Home

Chapter 2 Publicus ini

1. lt ActivelmageCounter gt Number of images in active items lt AdDescription gt Description of the ad item lt AdID gt ID of the ad item lt AdText gt Text of the ad item lt AdTitle gt Title of the ad item lt EndDate gt Last appearance date in the guide for an ad item lt GuideAdShowFullSize gt lt GuidelD gt ID of the guide for the ad item lt lmageCounter gt Number of images in an ad item lt StartDate gt First appearance date in the guide for an ad item lt UnsavedListindex gt Always 1 guide_GuideMainltem GuideMainltem pbo Output for each main category in the system lt GuideMainCat gt The title of the main category lt GuideMainCatLink gt The link to the list of all the entries in the main category lt GuideSubCatltems gt Outputs all the subcategories 440
2. Matches any single character except a new line character Matches the preceding character zero or more times Matches preceding character one or more times Matches the beginning of the line Matches the end of line Matches a character set Matches any characters between brackets Matches a negative character set Matches any characters NOT between brackets Used for creating OR statements Brackets an expression to use in the replace command A regular expression may have up to 9 tagged expressions numbered according to their order in the regular expression Marks the next character as a special character w matches the character w w matches any character The opposite is also true matches the end of the line matches the dollar sign Matches one alphanumeric character Matches any non alphanumeric character Matches one digit Matches a tabulator Matches carriage return Matches new line Matches any white space character For example space tabulator carriage return and new line Matches any single character except a new line character Matches the preceding character zero or more times 110 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual A xyz xyz expression w w d t r n s Special characters Syntax Turning off case insensitive Variables Examples Matching text Matches preceding character one or more times Matches the beginning of the line Matches t
3. The example above will only work if the form is being sent from a typical SAXOTECH Online URL If you are sending the form from a URLRewrite page the action must read D Q a p o 5 1 oe D Ke O un hy koj oO Q a po H Ss u c ey 5 B Q a 0 O o a 0 Q a E lt form name cce method post enctype multipart form data action submitcceobject gt lt input type hidden name date value 20060117 gt lt input type hidden name module value 4 gt f lt input type hidden name class value 41 gt lt input type hidden name Type value WTYP001 gt The logo image should be uploaded as Logo input file The first image should be uploaded as Image0 input file 234 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt input type file name Logo gt lt input type file name Image01 gt PEPE EET E E E EAEN E N EAE pocos E orepipiecrocisicaip cocos esas Sea If Date Module Class or Type fields are not submitted or are submitted with a value that does not exist an error is returned in lt pbs Error gt The Expires field is optional but the date supplied in this field will result in an error message if the format is specified incorrectly Options Category Uses a given category as a prefix instead of the standard general template Template A template can be specified with a query using the template option Otherwise a default template gen_cce_ModuleShortNameSubmit pbs will be used
4. The following tag on a section front section Category Sports where the Sports category has an attached profile 1004 will filter on Sports category and on profile 1004 261 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual RGBgraphcolors Determines which colors the graph bars should have This option uses the RGB color model The option is set like this Width The width of the Iframe or llayer It should be in the range 100 to 400 pixels depending on your design This tag uses two object files One for showing the poll and one for showing the result Pollmini pbo lt entry1 gt to These are the possible entries By putting and at the beginning and end of a line you indicate that the line lt entryXX gt should only be output if it contains data lt NoPoll gt Has a value if there is no poll available It can be used to show a message informing the web guest that no poll is available lt posturl gt The URL to the program that processes the submission lt question gt Outputs the question lt systemfields gt Outputs the hidden system fields that the poll needs to function lt Title gt Outputs the poll title PollMiniChart pbo lt chart gt The link to the chart lt htmichart gt The chart in HTML table format This option uses the following pbo files to render results PollDataResults pbo PollDataResultsltem pbo and PollDataResultsltemEntry pbo lt question gt Outputs the question lt votes gt The n
5. Variable tags These tags are used to set the correct value for input fields after the form has been submitted The Eventoptions tag manages this function for drop downs lt pbs DateSelected gt Remembers the value of the select date field lt pbs FreeText gt Remembers the value of the free text search field Building the form The following fields are needed or can be used to build a search form The form must start with the following line lt form name searchform action lt pbs eventsearch gt method post gt A esc E A rn cay RAL OE Paks Gate Res E cette nati as NAE EN eee TE T Action The action must be lt pbs eventsearch gt Category Hidden field Sets the template name for the results page For example the value business will result in the template business_events ovr being used This field is optional If the value is not set the current category will be used i lt input type hidden name Category value BUSINESS gt l A EEEE E EPERE PEN EAEE EEEE VOTEL A T AA EN A AEE ENEE PEE rd AEE i Community Enables the drop down used to show regions with registered events H lt select name i Community i H n gt i A lt pbs eventoptions communities gt E i lt select gt Datesort Hidden field Enables sort by date j lt input type hidden name DateSort value 1 gt 269 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Intervals Lets the web guest select the date or range for which she wants to list events
6. lt ISOEndDate gt The end date for the listing in ISO format lt Language gt The language lt Link1 gt Contains a link This could be to a cinema showing the movie a movie review and so on lt Link2 gt Contains a link This could be to a cinema showing the movie a movie review and so on lt LinkText1 gt Contains text referring to the content of lt Link1 gt lt LinkText2 gt Contains text referring to the content of lt Link2 gt lt MovieReview gt The same as lt Link1 gt 281 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt OnlineOrder gt Contains information about whether tickets can be ordered online lt PlayTime gt The running time lt Rating gt The movie s rating lt Region gt The region lt Shows1 gt Show times for Sunday lt Shows2 gt Show times for Monday lt Shows3 gt Show times for Tuesday lt Shows4 gt Show times for Wednesday lt Shows5 gt Show times for Thursday lt Shows6 gt Show times for Friday lt Shows7 gt Show times for Saturday lt ShowsIinto gt Contains various information about the movie For example parental guidance regarding the movie lt ShowsToday gt Show times for today lt StartTime gt The start time for the listing lt Title gt The title of the movie lt Trailer gt The link to the trailer Chapter 21 Forums Forums give you the ability to interact with your web guests This function allows guests to comm
7. lt Attachments gt Lists file attachments Please see ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo lt Author gt The name of the person who wrote the message The user s nickname is shown if the user has registered a nickname Otherwise the name with which the user registered is shown lt AvatarLink gt The link to the image associated with the user lt Body gt The message body lt Created gt The date time the message was written 291 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt DeleteMessageLink gt lt DeleteReplyLink gt lt Description gt lt EditMessageLink gt lt Email gt lt GroupLink gt lt GroupOptions gt lt HasNew gt lt HotThread gt lt lmages gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsModerated gt lt IlsMsgLocked gt lt lsNew gt lt lsoCreated gt lt IlSOLastMessageDate gt lt lsoPublished gt lt lSOUserRegDate gt lt lsSticky gt lt LastMessageDate gt lt LastPoster gt lt Link gt lt MessagelD gt lt MessageThreads gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt PostedBy gt lt PostedByHost gt lt Published gt lt Replies gt lt ReplyMessageLink gt lt ShowRepliesLink gt A link to an action that will cause the top message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished A link to an action that will cause the current message to be deleted with all its sub
8. lt stext gt lt br gt i H Multiple variables If you have more than one field in the block you must write the test like this Link lt a href lt Link gt gt lt Title gt lt a gt E With two or more variables you must specify which variable you want to check This is done by enclosing the variable in Example The following piece of code is only output when the variable Imagelink is not blank S Imagelink lt table border 0 cellspacing 0 cellpadding 2 align right bgcolor fEEEEEE gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt img src lt Imagelink gt 8MaxW 2008MaxH 15060 85 border 0 gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td align left gt lt Caption gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt Reverse test You can also use this as a reverse test using which is the operator NOT porn se As 5 de p B S 3 jaj 10 E 0 p n H o Be i oe In this example the text will be output when there is no link Nesting tests You can nest tests inside each other In this example the table row with the caption will only be output if the caption exists Imagelink lt table border 0 align right bgcolor EEEEEE gt i lt tr gt lt td gt lt img src lt Imagelink gt sMaxW 2008MaxH 15060 85 border 0 gt lt td gt lt tr gt S lt tr gt lt td align left gt lt Caption gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt Alternate output You can also output different tex
9. 0 no forum 1 story forum 2 Theme Category The default is 0 meaning moderators have to enable the forum for the individual stories in order to allow comments UserVerify section These settings are used when verifyling users DisableLogin When a user clicks on a verfication link received upon registering it redirects to the login page if the user is not logged in DisableLogin enables users to verify their account without being logged in This is default off From version 6 2 0sr27 MailSubject This value will be used as subject in the mail containing the verification link Web server ini file 68 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The web server ini file holds information necessary to connect the website to the web server and the web server to the database server This file can also be created on a per site basis Locations If this file is put in the cwinnt or c windows folder it needs to be named publicus ini If its located in the driveletter inetpub folder it needs to be called sitecode apps_pbcsab ini or default_pbcsdb ini affects all sites The sitecode apps_pbcsab ini will overrule the default_pbcsdb ini file Example Site MySite com with site code MY needs different settings than the other sites on the same server Create a MYapps_pbcsdb ini in the driveletter inetpub folder with the settings you need Time zones There is a setting in this file that controls the time zone information Please note that
10. SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Additional fields are defined in the example above The uppercase names can be used in the object files as variables The information that goes into the different fields must be present in separate fields in the import file or the import program must extract them The definition of fields requires that the import program be tuned to the capabilities of your Classified system This part of the ini file should not be modified without consulting SAXOTECH The following names are reserved for use by the system Title Date Text and Keyword ADX section Adinsert The OAMS Ad insert requires that you have the setting a i AdX L section The setting must be made in the Publicus ini file used by the site on which you want to use the functionality If the setting is not present the standard ads insert function will be used Please see bannerads_Pbsad for more information Domain The OAMS display dll does not support being placed behind a front end cache load balancer that changes the request host name Instead it simply uses the host name in the request hitting the dll To use a different host name use the following setting A ae ee EN If this setting exists all click and image url s will be prefixed with this domain and not the host name in the request Otherwise host name is used FlashWMode By default a browser puts a flash object and other embedded plug in objects in the topmost layer so it
11. lt EMail gt The email address field lt Age gt The age field lt Sex gt The gender field lt Phone1 gt The primary phone number field lt Phone2 gt The secondary phone number field lt Title gt The tfitleield lt MiddleName gt The middle name field lt Birthday gt The birthday field lt CellPhone gt The cellphone number field lt City gt The city field lt State gt The state field lt Zip gt The zip code field lt US gt The country field lt CustomField1 gt A custom field defined by you lt CustomField2 gt A custom field defined by you lt CustomField3 gt A custom field defined by you Each of the variables corresponds to a poll property field and will be set to 1 if the field is active on the poll Also all of the above variables can be appended Required to determine that the field is required For example if the CellPhone field is required Chapter 20 Events The Events tags are used to build the pages that display the events calendar There are also tags to build the pages that let web guests 266 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual input events into the system e Printer friendly calendar e pbs events _previous_link e Events setup e Events search form e Add events form e pbs eventlist e EventDateHeader pbo e EventDetails pbo e Eventltem pbo e EventLocationHeader pbo e EventSubjectHeader pbo e pbs events_next_link e pbs cinemalist e MovieList pbo e
12. lt MessageBody gt The message body of the private mail that was sent lt Name gt The recipient s first name followed by the last name lt NickName gt The recipient s nickname lt Subject gt The message subject of the private mail that was sent pbs news_content lt pbs news_content gt Used to show the list of themes on your site and to view messages Template The default template for the forums is gen_news pbs You can also use this tag on other templates URL The main URL for forums is apps pbcs dll news_themes Category FORUM The Category is optional but should be specified so you can view statistics on forum traffic Options All options are listed here even if they are used on other pages than the theme listing Ascthreadsort Makes the message threads sort in ascending order on the messages page The default is to sort the message threads in descending order Conditional Enables the listing of theme and article forums Without this option only group forums are shown Expandthreads Enables the expansion of threads in the messages overview so you can see all stories in the thread you are viewing This option cannot be used with a protected forum Hotthreshold Sets the threshold for when a message thread is hot The default threshold is 10 replies in 24 hours Enter if the message must have 25 replies in 24 hours before it is considered hot 290 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Maxdays Sets how many
13. lt input type hidden name descending value E lt pbs Descending gt 199 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual From date lt input type hidden name FromDate value lt pbs FromDate gt gt Range lt input type hidden name range value lt pbs Range gt gt To date lt input type hidden name ToDate value 1 lt pbs ToDate gt gt Type PEE EE ET E S i lt input type hidden name type value 1 lt pbs Type gt gt All other hidden fields in the form can be retrieved using the same method pbs classifieddetails lt pbs classifieddetails gt The Classifieds detail page is used to show all details about an ad This page is typically linked to from an ad listing The tag is used like this lt pbs classifieddetails datefields Date dateformat mmm dd yyyy gt You use the same tag to create the printer friendly version of the ad The printer friendly version is made for users that would like to print out an ad Template The template for Classifieds details is called gen_classd pbs The template for the printer friendly version is gen_classdp pbs The template should contain very few graphic elements Options Class Determines which class of classified ad will be shown The classes are predefined and match the different types of advertising you have jobs real estate cars and so on Datefields Determines which of the fields in the database con
14. oe lt photo gt lt ImgPhoto gt lt photo gt S ImgFilename image gt A oe lt paragraph gt 115 article_xml pbo In the article_xml pbo it is possible to use custom fields as variables in the format by using the following lt xml version 1 0 encoding lt sCharSet gt iso 8859 1 9 gt lt DOCTYPE article SYSTEM http www publicus com xml pbcs5_article dtd gt i lt article sitecode lt Site gt gt lt properties priority lt Priority s gt subarticle lt Subarticle s gt status lt Status gt note lt 2Notes gt gt lt date gt lt Date gt lt date gt PublishFrom PublishTo lt publishtime from lt S PublishFrom gt to lt PublishTo gt gt r E lt category gt lt Category gt lt category gt lt articlenumber gt lt ArtNo gt lt articlenumber gt E lt reference gt lt Reference gt lt reference gt i 08 lt subclasstype frontpage lt FPSubClass gt section lt SecSubClass gt article lt ArtSubClass gt gt 85 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual 5 lt forum gt lt Forum gt lt forum gt 5 lt rating gt lt Rating gt lt rating gt lt theme gt lt Theme gt lt theme gt lt keywords gt lt Keywords gt lt keywords gt lt taxonomy gt lt Taxonomy gt lt taxonomy gt 5 lt created time lt Created gt by lt CreatedBy gt gt lt modified time lt Modified gt
15. Contains the creator s user ID if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s first name if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s last name if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s email address if photo gallery is a blog entry Whether the photo gallery is user generated 1 or not 0 ISO formatted created date ISO formatted modified date Contains the taxonomy words of the photo gallery See PhotoGalleryLatestltemTaxonomy pbo Contains the extra fields of the photo gallery see PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFields pbo Contains the average ranking of a photo The RankingLink does not contain the actual ranking value this must be added to the link by using client side scripting The Following must be added to the link before submitting the link to the DLL lt RankingLink gt amp rating y Where y is the ranking given by a user Contains the total number of votes on the photo pbs photogallery thumbnails lt pbs photogallery thumbnails gt This function uses the template gen_tngallery pbs This template is displayed by the action apps pbcs dll tngallery Link to the gallery page from a story or by using pbs photogallery latest If you want to link to the gallery manually you must specify all parameters like this gt Link lt a gt Options Columns paca lt a href apps pbcs dll tngallery Date 20030609 amp Category REPOSITORY amp artno 609001 amp R
16. East aaa will have precedence over the search action 188 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual RatingSearch Used to search stories by rating Example e A t F a n 10 w K Q D K 10 Dn Ss an ct K w ct pe e Q n Oo w K Q D Il N w Vv will only return stories with a rating of 2 It is also possible to add the ratingsearch parameter through the standard search form using POST variables or GET variables IncludeProfile Used to include a profile associated to the story category in the result link This option is only available when using Online Search powered by FAST Example Useobject Determines whether or not object files are used The default setting is 0 indicating that object files are not used To enable object file usage the option setting should be 1 Objectclass Determines which object class is used By default the system will use the files in the default object class Objectclass can be set from 1 to 999 This tag supports object files SearchError pbo This object file is output when a search is for less than three characters or with larger errors like database connection errors lt ErrorMessage gt Contains the error message shown in case of error SearchResult pbo This is the framework for the search result This pages will only be parsed if SearchResultltem pbo are created lt search_criteria gt The string for which the web guest searched This tag is similar to the tag y
17. K w Vertical Outputs vertical columns instead of horizontal columns GuideSearchOptionsltem pbo lt Link gt Contains the link to the listing of entries lt Name gt Contains the name of the subcategory or detail category Example GuideSearchOptionsRow pbo This file is used when you use the Columns option in the tag lt col1 gt Outputs the first column when the Columns option is used in the tag lt col2 9 gt You must have the same number of column fields as you have set in the option Guide search form It is possible to build an interactive search page This section also covers how you can search by extra fields Template Guide_guide pbs This example uses the template guide_guide pbs If you are going to use another template name you must change the action for the form as well This line sets up the form The name of the form must be guidesearch 254 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt input type Hidden name MainCat value 2 gt lt input type Hidden name SearchExtras value 508 515 gt lt input type Hidden name Extra_515 value lt pbs extra_515 gt gt Two extra fields are also defined e Extra_508 is used for the rating and is remembered by the drop down e Extra_515 is used for featured restaurants It is used to remember the value City Used to select the region to search lt select name Location size 1 gt lt pbs ptguidesearchoptions ma
18. LogIncomingURL 0 Forum2NewsRewrite 0 SearchRewrite 0 ClassifiedsRewrite 0 GalleryRewrite 0 exec apps pbcs dll exec 1 a zA Z0 9 _ 0 9 0 9 htm1 apps pbcs dl1 article AID 2 1 3 Enter forum in the URL is changed to news The default is 437 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ForumRewrite Enter H ForumRewrite 1 o nn gu carer en aes E AE cee eee eee i GalleryRewrite Enter f GalleryRewrite 1 i a A eee eee i GuideRewrite Enter asa O LogincomingURL Enter e A Tema Fugees TE E E E T T MiscRewrite Disables the rewriting of the misc URL The default is enabled When it is turned on files placed in the misc folder cannot be accessed directly With as ste With a the URL looks like this http www website com misc etc Rewrites Used to add frequently used shortcuts For example you could have http www site com tennessee 20titans point to apps pbcs dll section Category SPORTS04 To do this you would need the following line in the REWRITES section 438 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual RootRewrite Enables the rewriting of the front page root URL to The default is disabled With With SearchRewrite Enter A SearchRewrite 1 SearchRewrite 0 E Settings Used as a placeholder for the settings Each of these settings enables URL rewrite for separate sections within a server default or site XX Publicus ini In order for the s
19. Text watermark This function allows you to output text on top of the picture Default To add a text watermark to the image add after the image link like this lt img src lt lmgLink gt amp Title 1 lt MaxWidth gt gt The system will use the text from the publicus ini variable ImageCopyright as the watermark Option Enter to output the text with a black outline This is done to make the text easier to read if the picture contains white areas If the variable ImageCopyright is not set in the publicus ini the title of the picture will be used instead Image watermark To add an image watermark to the image add 8Logo after the image link like this The system will place this GIF in the center of the image Only GIF files can be used for a watermark 376 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The control the position of the watermark image add amp LogoXPos and amp LogoYPost after the image link like this The X and Y positions are measured in pixels and use positive integers By default image watermarks are centered Watermark with tags This can only be done on the gallery page where you use the tag pbs ptshowimage This function is deprecated You should use the object file version instead Text watermark To add a text watermark to the image Showtitle 1 inside the image tag like this lt pbs peshowimage showtitle 1 quality 100 gt The system will use the text from the Publicus ini variable GENERAL section lmag
20. The following example will use the template gen_cce_submitphoneobject pbs specified in the query The following example will use the default template gen_cce_weathersubmit pbs because the ModuleShortName for component 4 is weather A A E lt form name cce method post action submitcceobject gt lt input type hidden name module value 4 gt Chapter 14 Banner Ads The ad tag is used to pull ads from the SAXOTECH Online Ad module This system is also used to manage ad codes from DoubleClick and other ad systems The ad tag requires interaction with the people selling and managing ads You must agree on the standard sizes you are going to use for the different ad spots If you sell ads that are larger than the space left in the templates the ads will destroy your layout If you use different sized ads for the same spot ads will be randomly scaled to the size of one of the ads This will negatively affect ad appearance You can have multiple ad tags on one template and multiple ads for each tag If you have an ad tag in the header or footer which is present on all pages the ad system allows you to display different ads for different categories Please see the _ SAXOTECH Online User Manual _to familiarize yourself with how the ad system works You enter ads into the system using the SAXOTECH Online interface For more information see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual Flash banners SAXOTECH Online can display Flash banner ads and cr
21. These files are 1 by 1 pixel and are used for drawing lines and spacing In addition this folder contains other graphics files that are used by the system You can use these files in your design These files will always be present on the server Chapter 5 Templates The use of templates is what makes SAXOTECH Online a dynamic publishing solution The website design is based on the templates The templates contain codes that pull information from the database allowing the user to display and control information using tags rather than programming Template placement By default all templates are placed in the folder mal on the web server Enabling the option TemplatePath in the Publicus ini allows you to use the folder templates instead Export templates e article_xml_asset pbo e article_xml_connection pbo e article_xml_paragraph pbo e article_xml pbo templates_Sms_xml Folder structure Palm templates Setting MIME Types Special templates Template mapping Template names and URLs WAP templates Zones Export templates Export templates can be created to customize the XML output of certain items Once customized they must be placed in objects export to be used by the system Customization of these templates will not be overwritten during system updates The following export templates are available e article_xml_asset pbo e article_xml_connection pbo e article_xml_paragraph pbo article_xml pbo e templates_Sms_xml Sam
22. This function uses the same options and object files below ArticleConnectionltem pbo and images This file is output for each story that is linked to the photo gallery lt Heading gt The title of the story lt Link gt The link to the story ArticleConnections pbo and images 365 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Used if links to the connected stories should be output lt Connectionltems gt Outputs each link PhotoGallery pbo lt ArticleConnectionltems gt Outputs links to all stories that are connected to the photo gallery lt Byline gt The byline for the photo lt Caption gt The caption for the photo lt CurrentPicture gt The number of the picture being viewed lt FirstURL gt A link to the first photo in the album except when viewing the first photo It is usually used like this S FirstURL lt a href lt SFirstURL gt gt First lt a gt First 5 lt GalleryText gt The gallery description lt GalleryTitle gt The title for the gallery lt GalleryZoomLink gt A link to the same photo on a different template The field is described in pbs link lt Height gt The height of the picture lt ImgParams gt This field contains all parameters for the image The field can be used to link to an order form for the image lt JumpMenuOptions gt Builds a drop down menu which enables web guests to jump to any picture in the gallery It is built like this lt form gt Jump to lt select
23. Weekly pattern 2 1 Repeat for every lt Jump1 gt weeks on lt DayX Y Z gt where lt DayX Y Z gt is actually specified by having the value set to 1 for any number of the following fields lt Day1 gt lt Day2 gt lt Day3 gt lt Day4 gt lt Day5 gt lt Day6 gt lt Day7 gt 3 Monthly pattern 3 1 On day lt Jump1 gt every lt Jump2 gt months 3 2 The First Fourth Last 5 lt Jump1 gt lt DayN gt every lt Jump2 gt months where lt DayN gt is actually specified by having the value set to 1 for one of the following fields lt Day1 gt lt Day2 gt lt Day3 gt lt Day4 gt lt Day5 gt lt Day6 gt lt Day7 gt If more than one is selected its the first selected day in the week that is the actual one being selected 4 Yearly pattern 4 1 On day lt Jump1 gt in Month lt Jump2 gt 4 2 The First Fourth Last 5 lt Jump1 gt lt DayN gt in Month lt Jump2 gt where lt DayN gt is actually specified by having the value set to 1 for one of the following fields lt Day1 gt lt Day2 gt lt Day3 gt lt Day4 gt lt Day5 gt lt Day6 gt lt Day7 gt If more than one is selected its the first selected day in the week that is the actual one being selected 325 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Examples FromDate may not be the first day in the pattern e g when selecting only Mondays and today is a Tuesday the first event date is actually 6 days in the future The following examples show how patterns se
24. by lt ModifiedBy gt gt lt page gt lt FIELDS_PAGE gt lt page gt 5 lt section gt lt FIELDS_SECTION gt lt section gt lt source gt lt Source gt lt source gt 5 lt properties gt S channels lt channels WEB lt SChWEBS gt WAP lt SChWAP S gt PDA lt SChPDAS gt 5 lt url gt lt URL gt lt url gt lt connections gt lt sConnections gt lt connections gt 5 lt head gt lt superheading gt lt SuperHeading gt lt superheading gt 5 lt heading gt lt Heading gt lt heading gt lt heading2 gt lt Heading2 gt lt heading2 gt E 6 lt netheading gt lt NetHeading gt lt netheading gt 2 6 ol A summary gt lt Summary gt lt summary gt 2 6 lt sectionsummary gt lt SectionSummary gt lt sectionsummary gt ole ol oe lt byline gt lt Byline gt lt byline gt 2 6 o lt location gt lt Location gt lt location gt ol oe WW i filename gt lt ImgFilename gt lt filename gt 2 oe A caption leadin gt lt Caption Leadin gt lt caption leadin gt 2 oe A caption gt lt Caption gt lt caption gt 2 oe lt photo gt lt ImgPhoto gt lt photo gt ImgFilename image gt ol A ole lt head gt lt facts align lt FactsAligns gt gt lt heading gt lt Fact sHeading gt lt heading gt lt
25. in seconds Server This contains the host name of any external image server used LIGHTUSERSTORYLIST It is possible to hide certain controls in the story list for light users Each control has its own toggle setting in the publicus ini file ShowCopyButton Determine whether light users can copy stories The default is 1 ShowExportButton Determine whether light users can export stories The default is 1 ShowFrontPageButton Determine whether light users can recache the front page The default is 1 ShowMultiEditButton Determine whether light users can multi edit stories The default is 1 ShowProfileDropDown Determine whether light users can filter the story list by profile The default is 1 ShowRefreshPrioButton Determine whether light users can refresh a story s priority The default is 1 ShowStoryPrio Determine whether light users can see the priority of stories The default is 1 It is also possible to define another set of extra fields that are used by light users using the LightEditExtraFields setting in the GENERAL section It is possible to set a default selection in the Forum setting of the Properties tab through the lt LightID gt DefaultForum setting in the StoryEdit section MODULES section Under the heading MODULES you define which modules are available AccessControl This line enables the Access Control Module pi e To use Access Control you must also enable ArticlePayment in the GENERAL section and the EXTLOGIN
26. lt Date gt lt br gt Condition lt Condition gt lt br gt H Temperature lt sTemperature gt i i lt ta gt lt tr gt A AA E Eo E R lt Category gt You can use this field instead of lt Type gt lt Categoryname gt You can use this field instead of lt Typename gt lt Class gt Outputs the Class parameter from the tag lt Date gt The date for the CCE object 225 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Dlink gt A link to the detail page for the ad lt Expires gt The date the ad expires lt FieldName gt Outputs the number value of the extra custom field with FieldName lt lmageLink gt A link to the image if the ad is a display ad If multiple images are attached to the CCE object add the element query parameter to indicate which image to display amp element 1 2 n It must be used like this lt img src lt ImageLink S gt amp MaxW 320 border 0 gt lt LogoLink gt A link to the logo if the ad is a display ad It must be used like this lt PrintLink gt A link to the printer friendly page It must be used like this lt OrgCCEID gt From Contains the original ID of the object Required for allowing the user to update the object It only has a version 6 2 0 value if the user is the creator of the object and therefore can edit it lt Relatedinfo gt Outputs the information from the related field when you use the Relatedto function lt Text gt Outputs the
27. lt b gt lt td gt lt td colspan 2 gt lt select name State OnChange javascript document weathersearch submit gt lt pbs accuwoptions type states gt lt select gt lt font gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt b gt Choose city lt b gt lt font gt lt td gt lt td colspan 2 gt lt select name Label OnChange javascript document weathersearch submit gt lt pbs accuwoptions type cities gt lt select gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt form gt Chapter 33 European Weather These tags are used to present weather information provided by Storm Weather Services Cirrus DNMI and DDMI Templates The European Weather tags can be used on all templates pbs weatherforecast e WeatherForecast pbo e WeatherForecastColltem pbo e WeatherForecastltem pbo e WeatherForecastRowltem pbo pbs weathergraph e WeatherGraph pbo e pbs weatherlastupdate e pbs weatherobservations e WeatherObservation pbo e WeatherObservationltem pbo e pbs weatherpicture e WeatherPicture pbo e pbs weathertext e pbs weathertidesunmoon e WeatherTideSunMoon pbo e Storm weather service pbs weatherforecast lt pbs weatherforecast gt This tag can be used on all templates The lt pbs weatherforecast gt tag can be used in the following manner Options Days Determines for how many days into the future the tag should show forecasts 398 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual L
28. lt script gt This blocks the user from submitting the form multiple times This script requires that the name of your form is classfsearch When you use this code in conjunction with the Next and Previous links the search form on the page is submitted To enable this you must have a search form on the results page and all the fields that you used for your first search must be present and loaded with their original values If you have multiple search forms on the same page they must have different names Otherwise the script will not work ClassifiedsGroupHeader pbo Contains one field with the same name as the field specified by the Groups option If you use the option in the object file If you have specified a date field in the Groups option the field will be formatted as a date if it is also listed in the datefields option 210 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This object file must be present Classifiedsltem pbo This file is output for each classified ad Fields that have been configured in the ini file for the ad class are also available This object file must be present lt Category gt This field contains the category ID for the ad lt Categoryname gt This field contains the category name for the ad lt Count gt This field contains the counter for the item lt Date gt The date for the classified ad lt Dlink gt Contains a link to the detail page for the ad lt Even gt This field contains 1 i
29. lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt section Category lt Category gt gt lt Categoryname gt lt a gt lt font gt lt div gt lt br gt lt font gt Example page With A and B class stories China Using Human Rights ssues To Promote Olymplc Bid Chinese leeders reacted Indignantlp amven pears ago rhan Seting s bid to hortthe Olrnpice vez derailed bp quezbonz sbout human rights They dencuncad citice Fer mizing sport and politic One Md Cemetery Gives Families Little Solace Nicole Willlarne stares silendy atthe foot of the maple trae For a long while Thi Is where har flance Maurice Pinckney mas supposedto be buried after a senseless shooting out short hb life Ste Whale stom Bealongl Haws Bill Passed To Sanction Lobbyists The Maryland Senate voted For the Arst time yesterdas to oeste a aystern of sanctions that could bar an unethical lobbyist from the halla of the State House for life Whole ctor Regions Neve Sples roam State posing as jumallsts FAL says Foreign Inteligence agents vorking ms revs reporters retain sveeping unsupervised acesa to the State Department s central headquertare darpita a aacurtty omckdovn aftar caverel major lapzme Whole ctory National Newz Georgetown Selects Non Jesuit President Georgebonn University broke vith tradition yesterday to select a precidert nho ia not a Jmuit priext a Arak for the nation s old rt Roman Catholic university Whale ctor Lo
30. lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt Leadin gt lt font gt lt br gt lt div align left gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt a href lt Link gt gt Whole story lt a gt lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt section Category lt Category gt gt lt Categoryname gt lt a gt lt font gt lt div gt lt br gt i lt font gt lt br clear all gt s Imagelink lt img src lt Imagelink gt amp MaxW 100 width 100 border 0 hspace 1 vspace 1 align right gt lt font face Verdana size 4 gt lt b gt lt Title gt lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt div align left gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt a href lt Link gt gt Whole story lt a gt lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt section Category lt Category s gt gt lt Categoryname gt lt a gt lt font gt lt div gt lt br gt 1 lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt Leadin gt lt font gt lt br gt 1 lt font gt 99 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Newsltem1B pbo Used for all items marked as Major Event lt br clear all gt s Imagelink lt img src lt SImagelink gt amp MaxW 150 width 150 border 0 hspace 1 vspace 1 align right gt lt font face Verdana size 4 color FF0000 gt lt b gt lt Title gt lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt Leadin gt lt font gt lt br gt lt div align left gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt a href lt Link gt gt Whole story lt a gt
31. 10 x ed n 10 w 5 Q zy ll w These settings control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH Controls how many concurrent Newslist searches can run The option is set like thi z p X Z 0 wn pa B a n 10 w l Q Er ll co These settings control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH 44 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Mimetype MultiSiteUser NewsletterMailid NewsletterMailSender NewsListForceLevel NewslistSmartCache NewsListUseNewEmbedded Sets the output MIME type of the site For example Mimetype text vnd wap wml Mimetype text html Mimetype application xml Mimetype text xml The system allows single user registration in a cluster When a user has registered site in the cluster he will automatically have access to all sites in the cluster To en this option enter By default this is disabled 0 Sets the sender name for newsletters sent from the web server The option is set li Sets the sender e mail address for newsletters sent from the web server The optic set like this zZ 10 v j 10 ct ct 0 B z w p n 0 5 Q 10 R ll o o 10 0 K lt o 5 Q w N 10 Et o Q fe 3 Activates support for running newsl
32. EnableMultiPriority EnableScrollBarForTaxonomy EnableSectiontypeSupport EventsClass Determines which of the dates relevant to a story are shown in the story list and thi format in which they are shown You can also determine that some dates should b shown in a hover box lt is possible to show the following dates e Dato e RetainedDate e LastModified e Created e PublishFrom e PublishToThe format in which the date should be shown is added in paren after each date type If no format is given it will default to the short date format Example EditShowDates Dato dd mm yyyy LastModified Created EditShowDatesHover RetainedDate yyy mm dd hh nn LastModified This adds a copy button to the Saxotech Online editing interface that allows the us copy a specified number of articles Enter a 5 w o A o D 5 ct be a a Q o O Ke 1 a n 2 o z 5 o ce li N a o to output the lt Summary gt field This enables scroll bars in the Taxonomy box in the story list view of the Edit interf when the list of taxonomy words is longer than the height of the screen To enable bars enter Controls whether the system will check for updates in the category before refreshir cache file Enter a pa w g o n o Q o Ba o 5 a Ke g o un el del lo 5 pad I ue if the system should check for updates in the category The default is 1 Sets the default class for Agenda and Events
33. Enter A A A AA A A The default is O The values of N can be e 0 e 1 Story e 2 theme category Determine whether the Byline field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Location field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the main fact box functionality will be available on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the main image in the story edit Edit tab can be cropped Default is off Determine whether the Net title field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the paragraph fact box functionality will be available on the Edit tab Determine whether the Subheading field will be available for paragraphs on the Edit tab Determine whether the paragraph image functionality will be available on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determines whether the paragraph stats box is to be displayed 1 or not 0 Default is not to display the box 0 Determine whether the Title field will be available for pictures on the Edit tab Determine whether the Rating field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Retain date checkbox will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine whether the SMS checkbox will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Story Design field will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine w
34. Example 419 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Category Objectclass Options Sets the category from which the keywords will be extracted Example Sets the object class for the object file When options 1 is used the object file is not used and the tag will output lt opt ion gt tags for a lt select gt list The tag is used to output options for the keyword field in a search form lt select name Keyword size 1 gt lt pbs getkeywords category NOTICES options 1 gt lt select gt 1 lt option value SELECTED gt Select Topic lt option gt KeywordList pbo lt Keyword gt Outputs the keyword pbs lastupdated lt pbs lastupdated gt Used to show the date on which a story was last updated This tag can be used on all templates The tag is used like this Options Format Kategori Lower Norwproper Proper Upper pbs link lt pbs link gt Sets the date format The legal values are described in the section Formatting dates Determines the category for which the date will be shown Kategori has the following options for use We e kategori Shows the last updated date for all categories e kategori NEWS Shows the date stories in the NEWS category were last updated kategori NEWS01 NEWS02 Shows the date stories in the NEWS01 or NEWS02 categories were last updated e kategori NEWS Shows the date stories in all of the NEWS categories were last updated Makes the system out
35. Feature Travel APU Metro APV Advisory APW Nation Washington APX Sports Agate e CP CP Canadian Press Canada http www cp org CP customers can use the following categories CPB Business CPS Sports CPN National CPE Entertainment CPP Panamerican Games CPW World e NTB Norsk Telegrambyr Norway http www ntb no NTB customers can use the following categories NTBI NTB Innenriks NTBU NTB Utenriks NTBS NTB Sport NTBO NTB konomi e RZ Ritzaus Bureau Denmark http www ritzau dk RZ customers can use the following categories RZI Ritzau Indland RZU Ritzau Udland RZK Ritzau Kriminal RZS Ritzau Sport RZE Ritzau Erhverv RZP Ritzau Politik e TT Tidingarnas Telegrambyr AB Sweden http www tt se start TT customers can use the following categories TTI TT Inrikes TTU TT Utrikes TTE TT Ekonomi TTS TT Sport TTP TT Resultater 157 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Count Controls the number of stories that will be shown By default all stories modified today are shown Enter any number between 1 and 999 in count x i to change the number of stories to be shown Keywords If the news feed contains keywords NTB and AP you can extract stories based on keywords To use keywords enter Keyword X where X is the keyword You can also do partial matching using the sign like this Keyword 01 You can also do a partial match like this Keyword war You cannot use multiple key
36. ImageSearchNavigator pbo Used for preparing search in images lt NavigatorName gt The name of the current image navigator lt NavigatorHits gt Specifies the number of hits in the result set used in the image navigator lt Modifiers gt Holds all elements modifiers for one image navigator All modifiers use the ImageSearchNavigatorltem pbo file ImageSearchNavigatorltem pbo Used for preparing search in images lt ModifierName gt The name of the current modifier lt ModifierHits gt Returns the number of hits related to the current modifier lt ModifierValue gt Returns a pre made search string that if chosen should be used as input to search criteria when performing a new search SearchNavigator pbo Used for preparing search in forum messages lt NavigatorName gt The name of the current forum navigator lt NavigatorHits gt Specifies the number of hits in the result set used in the forum navigator lt Modifiers gt Holds all elements modifiers for one forum navigator All modifiers use the SearchNavigatorltem pbo file SearchNavigatorltem pbo Used for preparing search in forum messages lt ModifierName gt The name of the current modifier lt ModifierHits gt The number of hits related to the current modifier lt ModifierValue gt Returns a pre made search string that if chosen will be used as input to search criteria when performing a new search StorySearchNavigator pbo Used f
37. The message counter for the list This field is increased by one for each message lt Created gt The date the message was created lt Description gt The description of the group lt Email gt The email address of the message author lt Group gt The group under which the message is posted lt GroupLink gt The link to the group under which the message is posted 300 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lmages gt The number of image attachments associated with this message lt lsLastiltem gt This field contains the value 1 if it is the last theme item listed lt lsNew gt This field is set to 1 if the message was created after the reader last viewed the page This option uses a cookie lt Link gt The link to the message lt LinkTop gt The link to the top message lt Messageld gt A value that represents the current message as a number lt MessageText gt The message text The amount of text is limited by the showref option in the tag lt Theme gt The theme under which the message is posted lt ThemeDescription gt The description of the theme lt ThemeLink gt The link to the theme under which the message is posted lt Title gt The title of the message lt Updated gt The date the thread was last updated ForumLatestMessages pbo lt items gt This field lists all entries pbs news_messages lt pbs news_messages gt The message listing lists all messages in the group
38. The validatekey validates against spam The option is activated using the following KeyVerificationEnabled 1 KeyVerificationLifeTime X where X is the number of minutes for the lifetime of the key XSendMailHTML pbo This file is used for the HTML version of the e mail It has the same fields as XSendMail pbo XSendMailHTMLltem pbo This file is used for the HTML version of the email It has the same fields as XSendMailltem pbo XSendMailltem pbo 433 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Name gt The name of the field lt Value gt The value of the field XSendMail setup Xsendmail requires its own ini file called default_XSendMail ini To make a site specific version follow the standard SAXOTECH Online logic GENERAL section The XSendMail ini GENERAL section has the following settings Captcha The user s solution to the captcha Protects forums using a captcha using the lt pbs captcha gt tag To enable this setting enter A 2S os Stes A AA E A E A SA AASA AEA SEES A S chee eka eK aes etal eres eso S The default is 0 The form submitted must contain the CaptchalD value BypassVerification When enabled the three verification steps for XSendMail are disabled for testing purposes To enable enter The default is disabled From Sets the default email address from which messages are sent Fromname Sets the default sender name KeyVerificationEnabled Used to turn key verification on and off The default is 1 en
39. This function allows a web guest to publish a story directly into the SAXOTECH Online database This feature can be set up to either require registration or login The stories will appear in the editing interface unpublished on the date the form was submitted Use the SAXOTECH Online interface to manage the stories e pbs userarticleform e ArticleForm pbo e ArticleFormMedialtem pbo e ArticleFormSectionltem pbo UserSubArticles_ArticleFormNotLoggedin e pbs usersubmitform for user generated content UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCEFieldList pbo e UserSubmitFormCCEFieldListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCEModule pbo UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbo UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidInput pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo e UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryPhotoltem pbo UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo e UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo e UserSubmitFormArticle pbo e UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pbo e UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryListltem pbo 314 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorInvalidInput pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFie
40. Title gt lt b gt lt br gt E lt SText gt lt br gt 2 The following fields are available lt Date gt The publication date It can be used for showing the ad s image lt ld gt The ad s ID It can be used for showing the ad s image lt Link gt The link to the details page lt Title gt The title of the ad lt Text gt The ad text lt Type gt The category It can be used for showing the ad s image Ad inserts using pbs classifieds You can use all regular object files for Classifieds with this information ClassifiedsRelated pbo has access to all the variables you used in the header of your Advertiser csv file Ads in stories You must add the following options to the article tag Options Adinsertheight Sets the height of the ad Adinsertspot Sets the spot for which you want ads This must match one of the defined spots on the ad insert server Adinsertwidth Sets the width of the ad Object file You now have the following field in the Article pbo lt Adinsert gt This field outputs the banner ad As a banner ad 197 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual If you are going to use the ad as a banner ad you must code the iframe manually as in this example lt iframe frameborder 0 marginwidth 0 marginheight 0 width 140 height 160 scrolling no src http ads starbanner com apps pbcsad d1ll adinsert Spot WHOOPFRONT amp TARGET amp H 160 amp W 140 gt lt iframe gt You must ch
41. ac co 10 X e ct 10 xX c A e hh o 5 t v SAXOTECH Online will replace the pbs tag with the font information from the ini file In the object files You can also use the defined fonts in object files You specify the font tags the following way lt font face lt fontfacel gt gt Text tex text lt font gt SAXOTECH Online will replace the tag with the font specified in the ini file Font size The traditional way of controlling font size is by using A mh o pa n N 10 Il E Vv where is a number between 1 and 6 In the SAXOTECH Online tags that do not support object files or where you do not use object files you can usually set font sizes in the tag Colors In HTML colors are set by COLOR rrggbb K K Q Q o o is a hexadecimal base 16 red green blue triplet used to specify the RGB color To set the background color of a web page use the following 78 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual tag Meta tags Meta tags are set in the HTML Head tag One of the advantages of setting the HTML Head is that the story will be indexed by search engines You need to use the lt pbs article gt tag twice once to extract information for the HTML Head and once for the HTML Body The pbs pbo file description you find below does not show all the variables available in each file These files are only for illustration gen_art pbs art_head inc E lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C D
42. forml crit value document forml action http search lycos com default asp lpv 1l amp loc lycoshp tab web amp query Q amp x 0 amp y 0 if Engine 6 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http www hotbot com default asp query Q amp ps amp loc searchbox amp t ab web provKey Inktomi prov HotBot if Engine 7 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http msxml excite com info xcite search web Q if Engine 8 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http search yahoo com search p Q amp sm Yahoo 21 Search amp fr FP tab web t amp toggle 1 document forml submit lt script gt lt form name form1 method POST gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory value gt lt input type text name crit size 10 maxlength 100 gt lt br gt lt select name engine style width 120px gt lt option value 1 SELECTED gt Royal Gazette lt option gt lt option value 9 gt Mid Ocean News lt option gt lt option value 2 gt Google lt option gt lt option value 3 gt A11 the web lt option gt lt option value 4 gt Altavista lt option gt lt option value 5 gt Lycos lt option gt lt option value 6 gt Hotbot lt option gt lt option value 7 gt Excite lt option gt lt option value 8 gt Yahoo lt option gt lt select gt lt br gt lt input t
43. gt From version 6 2 0 lt BlogEntry gt From version 6 2 0 lt lSOCreatedDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt ISOModifiedDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt Taxonomy gt From version 6 2 0 lt ExtraFields gt From version 6 2 0 lt CategoryID gt From version 6 2 0 lt CategoryDescription gt From version 6 2 0 lt AvgRanking gt From version 6 4 0 lt RankingLink gt From version 6 4 0 lt TotalNoofVotes gt From version 6 4 0 A link to the previous photo in the album except when viewing the first photo It is usually used like this The title of the picture The width of the picture URL that if visited will delete the story in case the story is a user submitted story and the user is the creator Contains the lopenr StoryID of the gallery Same as Category Contains the date of the gallery Contains the location field value Contains the publish status of the photo gallery It can be published 1 or unpublished 0 This is only returned if the photogallery latest tag has the ignorestatus 1 parameter Contains the creator s user ID if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s first name if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s last name if photo gallery is a blog entry Contains the creator s email address if photo gallery is a blog entry Whether the photo gallery is user generated 1 or not 0 ISO formatted created date ISO
44. gt The detail category ID lt GuideSubCatid gt The category ID for the subcategory pbs ptguidesearchitem lt pbs ptguidesearchitem gt You can also use this tag to display the information for a single item The details page for one entry automatically uses the same template and tag as the main list of entries The only difference is that it uses another set of object files When a web guest links to the details page the system will use this URL A Aa A A A A A A A A AA A A Template The information is usually displayed on the gen_guide pbs template You can also use this tag on other templates Options ItemID Used to specify the ID of the item being shown It can also be specified in the URL This option should only be used when you are hard coding the tag to show a single entry GuideSearchltem pbo lt Address gt The entry s address lt AltPhone gt The alternative phone number for the entry lt Contact gt The contact person lt Counter gt Holds the counter information for the current record lt Description gt The description of the entry Showref must be gt 0 for this field to be available lt E Mail gt This tag is written with a hyphen and contains the email address lt ExtraNoTranslate_X gt _ Retrieves the extra field with ID X untranslated from the database lt Extra_X gt Retrieves extra field X translated from the database lt Extras gt Outputs the extra fields for the entr
45. i i H 1 1 1 i i i i i i y lt Sitems gt i H 1 1 1 i i H 1 4 1 i i H 1 1 1 i i i H 1 1 1 i i i H 1 1 1 i i L 1 Variables lt NavigatorName gt The name of the facet being build lt ltems gt Outputs the Facet elements lt Count gt The number of facet elements in items 227 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual cce_ModuleShortNameNavigatorltem pbo This is used for outputting each element in the navigator list Example file name cce_SMSNameNavigatorltem pbo Example object file o ataca E lt option value lt ModifierValues gt gt lt Counter gt lt ModifierName S gt amp nbsp lt ModifierHits gt lt option gt A Variables lt ModifierHits gt The number of hits on this element in the navigator list lt ModifierName gt The name of the element in the navigator list lt ModifierValue gt The encrypted search string Should be assigned to a post or get variable named search lt Count gt The number of the current item CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLink Example file name cce_GOLFPageLink pbo Example object file A O A O oes eee ean E E eee eee eee Here we have lt Scount gt page links lt items gt Variables lt ltems gt Outputs the pagelink items elements lt Count gt Outputs the number of pagelinks Note that this functionality is first available from 6 3 0sr12 CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLinkltem This is the main
46. lsFromPhotoAlbum gt lt DocumentLeadin gt lt lmageSrc gt lt lmageCaption gt lt lmageText gt lt lmageByline gt The publication date of stories or photo albums depending on the type of result The category of stories or photo albums depending on the type of result The document link of stories or photo albums depending on the type of result For stories this will link to the relevant story When an image from a photo album is returned a link to a photo album will be returned This requires the appropriate templates Returns 1 if the image is from a photo album Otherwise it returns 0 The lead in from stories The image result storage location src independent of image type story connected or photo album The image caption The image text The image byline SearchResultimageRow pbo Defines the number of images shown in a row The number of images shown can be specified in lt pbs imagesearchresult gt lt Rowltems gt The number of image results specified in the ImageColumns option in lt pbs imagesearchresult gt The ImageColumns option specifies the number of images that should be shown in one row Result page The result page is used displaying the result page of a search Template The template for displaying the result is called gen_search pbs You have two options when bu e If the object files exist ilding a result page the page will be built using object files e Yo
47. lt PreviewMessageLink gt lt Published gt lt QuoteBody gt lt ReplyMessageLink gt lt ShowAllLink gt lt ShowRepliesLink gt lt Signature gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeDescription gt lt Themeld gt lt ThemeLink gt The referring URL The ID of the group in which this message will be created A link to the list of messages for a link This field contains an HTML option fragment that contains a list of group names and IDs for for the theme in which the current message exists This is typically used to present a drop down list of groups that users can use to navigate to a new group This has a value of 1 when the current message has replies that have been added since the current user s last visit date time This field has the value 1 if the thread is hot The Hotthreshold parameter on the pbs news_content tag controls the number of replies required before a message is considered hot Threaded Forums only The number of image attachments associated with this message The ID of the message to which this post responds This has a value of 1 if the group in which this message belongs is locked The group in which this message exists is moderated This field has a value of 1 if the logged on user is a moderator This has a value of 1 if the message is locked This has a value of 1 when the current message has been created since the current user s last visit date time The same as lt Created gt
48. lt form method post action imagesearch Category SEARCH gt lt input type hidden name EndDate value 20060606 gt lt input type hidden name StartDate value 19600101 gt lt input type hidden name BuildNavigators value 1 gt lt input type hidden name ExcludeCat value ARTICLES gt lt input type checkbox name IncludeStatus value 7 gt lt input type text name Criteria style width 95px size 8 gt lt input type submit name Go VALUE Go gt lt form gt pbs imagesearchresult lt pbs imagesearchresult gt Options Navigatorlist A list of navigators to include in the search result ObjectClass Specifies the object class used Sites Used when you are combining multiple sites in a portal If you are not searching multiple sites you do not need to add this option To use this option enter the site codes in a comma separated list ImageColumns _ Specifies the number of images shown in one row The default value is 1 ResultsOnPage This option is used for controlling how many results should be shown per page The default value is 12 SortField Sorts the result according to the field specified The default is the publication date A list of possible sort fields is provided in Publicus ini Please see FASTSEARCH section SortDirection Determines whether the sort is ascending or descending The default is descending Example showing the use of lt pbs imagesearchresult gt l
49. lt select name Interval OnChange Javascript ResetDate O gt lt pbs eventoptions intervals intextended selectdate default 7 gt lt select gt ia The JavaScript must be present if you are using the Select date function You can also use the function pbs showdate to output dates in the drop down This is used instead of the eventoptions tag To do this put the following line inside the lt select gt lt select gt tags l lt option value lt pbs showdate format yyyymmdd offset 17 gt gt lt pbs showdate format ddd dd mm offset 17 gt i lt option gt i This will output an option field for the date 17 days into the future Name The field name must have the value searchform for the JavaScripts used later to work OnlyLocalEvents Hidden field Used to filter out events that are not registered on the same site as the page is viewed i lt input type hidden name OnlyLocalEvents value 1 gt Subjects Enables the drop down box for subjects lt select name Subject gt lt pbs eventoptions subjects subcategories gt i lt select gt i Pop up calendar This function allows web guests to pick a date from a pop up calendar Fields You must have the two following fields lt input type text name dateselected value lt pbs DateSelected gt size 8 maxlength 8 width 5em gt lt input name DateChoice type button value onClick javascript choosedate gt The
50. o D a lt D B pe w o R D a U Ko Mo O 8 a D fe Il far oS ne 2 B un o o o o Q a dl pe o a ust yal lo 5 a un Q Hi o o w ia lt D B pe D o Rp D n ole You can use the global variables in the same way as all other variables To set the global variable use this syntax Examples Macro1 pbo Macro2 pbo Call both macros from a PBS file lt bar value to be used gt lt S bar Pr 1 H H i H 1 lt bar s gt H H H Leeewessecdusecdscececsead i a 1 r i H 1 lt pbs name Macrol gt lt pbs name i Macro2 gt E Inline objects Inline objects allow you to format the string output with lt pbs tvariable gt tags The object is formatted like this The quotation marks must be preceded by a backslash for the function to work Example lt a href lt pbs LastReferrer object lt Variable gt Sjavascript history back gt gt 101 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Inline objects can also be used as a macro to run for example a simple check If used in this way it is not necessary to have a macro file in the macros folder Example Localdata ini Localdata ini is a file used to hold your own permanent global variables This is useful for storing values that you use in multiple places on your site The file has the following sections Category keys Key lookup is used to look up values based on variables E Category_
51. o Oo ES H oO lt w H c oO Il H v Username The username field is called e mail because the e mail address is used as the username lt input type Text name email value lt pbs ureg_email gt size 20 maxlength nagn Script The following JavaScript needs to be called 339 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This script contains all the cookie functions used by the form pbs ureg_email lt pbs ureg_email gt Outputs the user s email address if she is already logged in pbs ureg_message lt pbs ureg_message gt The system uses the function to output messages from the system when the user is registering Edit user registration This function allows the user to change White Pages information This tag is an example of how to output custom user information from the system In this case the information is user income These tags will start with extra_ followed by the field name of the desired information This tag is used on the Edit Form To let the user update her information you must add ForceUserReg 1 amp Edit 1 to the link that takes her to the White Pages page The link should look like this pon A w a 5 o He I A B o 5 o w Q o y pe Qa Ry o 5 a n D 5 H o Q i ue Rh E Q p E I mn v a A p r lt 3 E 5 po 3 Eh o A m w V A o 5 v Templates The logon form uses the template gen_userregedit pbs The edit template is called
52. oe gt lt field x apples oranges x cars trucks Regular expression This will put every line output of lt Body gt inside lt p gt and lt p gt lt Body x 5 lt p gt S0 lt p gt r m g gt Replace with variable The function replaces the text yours truly with the value from the Name variable lt Body x yours truly Name gt Replacing text 114 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This will find all occurrences of apples in lt Body gt and replace them with oranges lt Body x apples oranges gt i Writing new variables You can write the result of a function to a new variable using the V option in the substring match example lt photoSr staff 1 V sh_staffphoto gt Be reach acess A O ama een a i a a o Fh Hh ue T o ct o It is possible to overwrite system variables Therefore all your variables should be prefixed with sitecode_ If you overwrite system variables there might be severe consequences Local variables To create a local variable prefix with A A A e e ae ee Se a aes a I i lt sh_myvariable gt A east aaa This variable is only available in the current macro For example To set a local variable sh_foo with the value 10 A H i 1 lt Ssh_foo gt i A EEE E OE A AAN PN NE AEAN A ENSE E EAA EEA A E ESE AAEE It is possible to overwrite system variables Therefore all your variables sh
53. onChange document location href this options this selectedIndex value this options this selectedIndex text Wait 7 gt lt sJumpMenuOptions gt lt select gt lt form gt When you use this option it is important that the lt select gt tag is written on one line lt LastURL gt A link to the last photo in the album except viewing the last photo It is usually used like this S LastURL lt a href lt LastURL gt gt Last lt a gt Last lt NextURL gt A link to the next photo in the aloum except when viewing the last photo It is usually used like this NextURL lt a href lt NextURL gt gt Next lt a gt Next l lt PictureCount gt The total number of photos in the gallery lt PictureURL gt The URL for the picture This field is usually used in the following piece of code lt img srco lt PictureURL S gt amp Maxw 400 amp Maxh 400 gt 366 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt PreviousURL gt lt Title gt lt Width gt lt UserSubmitDeleteLink gt From version 6 2 0 lt GalleryID gt From version 6 2 0 lt GalleryCategory gt From version 6 2 0 lt GalleryDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt Location gt From version 6 2 0 lt PhotoGalleryStatus gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByUserID gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByFirstName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedBySurName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByEmailAdr
54. otk dees ple a aaa 164 110 6 pbs newslist 2 21 4 cee A cee eee Mev ea a na eae OE A eee CN 164 T1056 NGWS PDO viii AAA A A AA e AAA E r a 173 1 10 6 2 Newsltem pbo iocs secutive A a ee led 174 1 10 6 3 NewsltemArticleConnectionltem pbO oooccccococccc teen tenes 178 1 10 6 4 NewsltemConmnectionlteM pbO 1 0 0 ete t eens 178 1 10 6 5 NewsltemExternalLinkltem pbo 2 2 ete 178 1 10 6 6 NewsltemExternalLinks pb0 1 0 tenes 178 1 10 6 7 NewsltemForumConnectionlteM pbO 1 00 ect ent eee 178 1 10 6 8 NewsltemForumGroupLink pbo 1 0 ete tenet eee 179 1 10 6 9 NewsltemGalleryComnectionlteM pbO 1 6 kk tenet nts 179 1 10 6 10 NewsltemInternalLinks pb0 2 ketene eee 179 1 10 6 11 NewsltemKeywordLinks pb0 1 eee eee eee ee 179 1 10 6 12 NewsltemKeywordLinksltem pbo 2 1 0 eee eee 179 1 10 6 13 NewsltemMultiMediaExtension pb0 1 ke eee eee 179 1 10 6 14 NewsltemThemeLinkltem pbo 2 0 2 eee eee 179 1 10 6 15 NewsltemThemeLinks pbo 0 2 eee eee 180 1 10 6 16 RelStoriesltem pbo 2 2 0 0 2 e ae pce ae eae 180 1 10 6 17 RelStoriesltems pbo 2 1 2 nnn aaau aeaa 180 1 10 6 18 URL Parameters and overview tagS 0 eee eee ee 180 110 7 PDS TOlated sinnis a a We AEPA E da Mle te Sega ae 180 1 10 7 1 ThemeLinkltem pbo and overview tagS oooocooccccccn cette eee 181 1 10 7 2 ThemeLinks pbo and pbs related 0 teens 181 1 10 8 PDS SUDCA OgOMeS moi cea Bee Obed Rd Gad eee Msn daa bos
55. registered events on the site are displayed SS a SS Leora eee aoe ee toe sa S EEE EEEE EE E se eer a eee eee ooea ease eee E eas By default this sets the default community number This community will be selected in the drop down when the page loads Filtersubjects Used with Subjects this is removes subjectcodes from the drop down menu The subjects must be specified in a semicolon separated list Intervals Used when listing intervals It selects which interval should be set as default gies seo2 552 Suse fess A eis sei Sirs Sees A SESA ENTE KIAN SE AA AE E NAE INSE elec hepa SEA cea aes ore AN RE E Intextended Used with Intervals this enables the extended select criteria Selectdate Used with Intervals this option must be present if you are going to use the pop up calendar for date selection Sub Used with Subjects this option enables the display of subcategories 268 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Subjects Used when listing subjects It selects the default subject in the drop down The subject ID must be specified The option EventsClass in the Publicus ini controls which subjects are listed The lt pbs cinemaopt s gt tag is used to list the cinemas A o o a Q pe le 10 3 D gt i i w an H g K ks oO Il Ls i Q H O Z Q H z E n Vv Options All Enables the All cinemas option at the top of the list Type Selects the data set Contact your system administrator for the correct value
56. sessioninfo gt tag will only be moved to post processing in static cache files if this is set to 1 The default is 0 E EnablePostProcessSessionInfo 0 1 21 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual FastArticleCacheTime You can enable caching of a full article using this option where xxx is the lifetime in minutes for the full page cache files The default setting is 0 meaning that the feature is disabled Typical settings with all three Fast cache methods set to two minutes would be FastFrontPageCacheTime 2 FastSectionCacheTime 2 FastArticleCacheTime 2 CC_GEN max age 0 s maxage 0 EX_GEN 0 E For more information on Cache Control headers please see the section CacheHeaders FastFrontpageCacheTime You can enable caching of a full front page using this option E FastFrontPageCacheTime xxx where xxx is the lifetime in minutes for the full page cache files The default setting is 0 meaning that the feature is disabled For an example of how this is used see FastArticleCacheTime FastSectionCacheTime You can enable caching of a full section using this option f FastSectionCacheTime xxx where xxx is the lifetime in minutes for the full page cache files The default setting is 0 meaning that the feature is disabled For an example of how this is used see FastArticleCacheTime Frontpage _Cachetime Optional Sets the cache time for the front page It is set like this i Frontpage_Cachetime 180 Gallery_Cachetime Optional Sets the cache time for g
57. style width 170px gt This field allows web guests to perform free text searches in the events The name of the field must be free text If you set the value for this field to A o o n rh 5 0 pa o X A V the search text will be remembered from search to search The other fields will limit your search If you have determined that you only want to display one day and enter a search string only that day will be searched You should build a separate free text search form Example code lt form name event2 action lt pbs eventsearch gt method post style margin left 0 margin right 0 margin top 0 margin bottom 0 gt lt input lt input lt INPUT lt input lt form gt type hidden name OnlyLocalEvents value 1 gt type hidden name Interval value 120 gt name freetext size 10 maxlength 50 type Submit value Go gt 271 style width 170px gt SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Cinema This drop down is used to list all cinemas lt select name Cinema i E class dropdown gt i lt pbs cinemaopts all type REGIONCINEMAS gt E lt select gt i Using cookies This option creates a cookie which is used for storing the user s search settings between each visit to the page The function is optional If you choose to use the function all of the following fields and scripts must be present JavaScripts The scripts used by the function are loaded using th
58. 1 12 4 1 ClassifiedFieldsXXX PDO 1 1 ett teen tenes 202 1 12 4 2 ClassifiedFieldsXXXltemM pbO 2 1 uaaa 202 1 12 4 3 ClassifiedFieldSXXXROW pbO 0 cette tte tenes 202 1 12 5 Classifieds pbs LastUpdate 0 natr aaa e e e rari a E a AE nee ete e eee 203 1 12 06 Classifieds SOALCO form citas A A A ts A 203 12 7 Classifieds Setup A td da 204 12 8 PDS classifieds eco iio tal e E satan ena A a RA A AA E ewe ne ate and dona dicto 204 1 12 8 1 Classifieds Pho cud par a AP a aging 209 1 12 8 2 ClassifiedsGroupHeader pbo 0 ketene nett nett 210 1 4 2 8 3 Glassitiedsltem PbO iso8 ne shea eo eh re de ys daa eae ae E Y 211 1 13 Chapter 13 Custom Content Engine ooocoocococ tnt n tenes 211 14131 CCE data retrioval tags mirae A Pig a ROIS sea hee iaa eaten a 212 1 13 2 CCE pbs LastUpdate voii coria rar A Ebdon ee ee deh ete ws coe N ees etler 212 1439 CCE searchin sy Be sects abate ware a e a Can A Rocanc santa et a hb nA 213 LATA CCES tup a A E era E 214 1 13 5 CCEttip a friend cr A ee A ei ee Pe ee ee ee 215 VADO PDS CCC iii ts sg cag Ais wee hod asa ere a ee ee Pe eho Sead RA eee Red dana abr eae ake ala 215 1 13 6 1 CCE ModuleShortName pbo n ps e0 4 dea le eee ae ee ee ele Ate ah abe le oe ein 224 1 13 6 2 CCE_ModuleShortNameGroupHeader pbo 6 eect tenets 225 1 13 6 3 CCE_ModuleShortNameltem pbo 2 1 teen ete 225 1 13 6 4 cce_ModuleShortNameNavigator pbO 11 0 ect teen tenes 227 1 13 6 5 cc
59. 1 20 3 1 MovieList pDo cece scte es A A A A A A eee 281 1 20 8 2 MovieLlstlleM pbo d crin erie cc a ad caters ane ane 281 121 Chapter2 T Forums 0 A A A Diet Gin A it 282 a Tel MESSAGE Tingo mi tr da Rts tl e ida 283 182122 MESSAGE TOA si it A A a E OE AA dd dia alicia 283 1 21 2 1 ForumNewMessage pDO o o ooooocccoconnracc eee een eee ee ee eee eee t eben ence e ene 283 1 21 2 2 ForumNewMessageExtLogin pbo 2 1 tenes 285 1 21 2 3 ForumNewMessageUnavailable pbo 0 ete eee 285 1 21 3 pbs Captcha ay et rperar weheediulens or ad aaa eaaa ein ta ope dle nee nee 285 k23 Capteha PbO ani a lira akties 286 14214 pbs TOruMOpPtlons A A A iota Sate A AAG A ep 286 1 21 4 1 ForumPreterences pbo 2 660 ini ee cre a ea cea ews 287 1 21 4 2 ForumPreferencesSaved pb0 1 1 ete ett ents 288 1 21 4 3 ForumPrivateEmall PDO crio dio deere ted wee EEO eben At adv AN Hey CANN Oven 288 1 21 4 4 ForumPrivateEmailMessage pbo 0 nee eee nee 289 1 21 4 5 ForumPrivateEmailSent pb0 2 cette nett nee 289 1 2175 pbs News_content 2 cases eed cea eee ed cede ee ee Pua eed eee eee oh ded oo babe wr 290 A215 A FOPUMMOESSAGE PDO severo A A a lat alec bic 291 1 21 5 2 ForumMessageAttachmentlteM pbO 1 teens 293 1 21 5 3 ForumMessageThreaditem pbo 1 1 eee ee 293 1 21 5 4 ForumThemeltem pbo sik dao de Sareea ob elated ad a eee 294 1 21 5 5 Forum hemes PDO x sra ishet ten eee eben thee Vie eee Ged ewe ne take Ab ce nb eee 295 1
60. 181 1 10 8 1 SubcatSimplelink pbo reiss in ees wea dal ones ce a eh ed als es Chee abe the deh ee ede 182 114 Chapter asl Searching PPP arg ye etait sede dita Roa aaa eel Bed a eae E 182 TATA Guided searchi aese ces verve A Se wg en ton ee ee ee ee ee ee qe Sa ee ee 183 TAT TT PbS Searehresult Guided s on ded Sethe ce A tn 183 1 11 1 1 1 ImageSearchNavigator pb0 2 6 ke ett eee 184 1 11 1 1 2 ImageSearchNavigatorlteM pbO 1 6 tent tenets 184 1 11 1 1 3 SearchNavigator pbO 1 2 A aa aa e a EEE Ea aa E EE aE ESA i ER neta nee eens 184 1 11 1 1 4 SearchNavigatorltem pbo 1 0 0 ketene tne eee 184 1 11 1 1 5 StorySearchNavigator pDO oooocococccc ene 184 1 11 1 1 6 StorySearchNavigatorlteM pbO 6 1 tenet eee e eee 184 111 2 Image Search es os cee ew eae A A Melee E Ce A SUE eld 185 1 11 2 1 pbs imagesearchresult soriire nei aa i aa E E E ee tee eee e ne een eee een ence een eee 186 1 11 2 1 1 SearchResultImage pbO 1 02 ee ented ene eee 186 1 11 2 1 2 SearchResultImageltem pbO 2 1 1 ett eee ee 186 1 11 2 1 3 SearchResultImageRow pbo 1 aranana 187 11153 Result page A AS eee oe ely 187 1 11 3 1 Building the page without object files 2 0 eee eee 187 Feat Pes Hg a 0 oS sy 104g ACA ic a Pe EP ear Ss 187 TITS 1 2 POSO ACOSO 6 bee aad oe 187 114 23 1235 pbS Search Mexia MMe cti a a O idea 187 1 21123 14 pbs search previous lINK sir pa vei A RIA St A Faas 187 1 11 3 1 5 pbs search_totalhits 20
61. 33 4 pbs weatherobservationS 1 0 cece cee eee eee ee teen ene eee been renee eet e eens 400 1 33 4 1 WeatherObservation pbO 1 0 eect tent e ete eee n ees 400 1 33 4 2 WeatherObservationItemM pbO 6 tenet ents 400 1533 5 pbs weatherpicture siii tee ee a Sere a eh oe ad a a el oe 400 1 33 5 1 WeatherPicture pb0 wate niet eisi oe eee a ta ee ee bea a 401 133 6 pbs weathertoxt 25 alres eraa eaii ia a AE eae nce Ar UPS A alee dt iian 3 401 1 33 7 pbs weathertideSUNMOON si ranne ci bee See rhe WE eae hE ass Hee EE are ey Oe 401 1 33 7 1 WeatherTideSunMoon pbo 1 ieee ete ete e teens 401 1 33 8 Storm weather Service espace ek he oad E eee BEA inten oe ecg ee ge thee paar 401 1 34 Chapter 34 Horoscopes 2 hire ate eE eae A a eee ee eb ee a ee 402 AE SATAN PDS MOLOSCOPE ant lA lA ad dianas 402 1 35 Chapter 35 TV Guide etario cri A eke Hoe Ri ad 402 1 30 AN PDS TiVO OPINAS Ad Al mAs e Cll aia 403 1 35 2 pbs tv _LIneUpData gt sir ra at a ad a ab a dr oe 403 1 35 2 1 TVLin eUpSel ct pbo ii a ok Beet A ee ve a E 404 1 35 2 2 TVLineUpZipSelect pb0 2 1 cent ee nt tne teens 404 IPS tv programinio sidente A oa a ee heeded date eerie ha 404 1 35 3 1 TvProgramini0 PbO siasi gene we ee eee ere te odie ce NG eles Cee ele ea ee eee ed 404 1 53574 pbs tv SCNEQU E cr ocio ii ohana OE adc eer A ee eat DA ee Ake ge a ahaa al ad 404 1 35 41 TVSchedule PO is eh weiner tan a et ioe eevee es 405 1 35 4 2 TVScheduleHeaderRow pbO 2 e
62. 8 1 pbS OVersiktnOtiser lt en nance potters hoe A Sade ened deters a Gad Gea gop wed bo Datei 126 ACB E23 ODS SOCIO lt a ced nets A o Aa mar 126 1 9 Chapter 9 Article TAGS A ety A A A A Pannen 129 1 9 1 ArticleConnectionltem pbo ves ee ee ees eve a eae eee A ce cee eed 130 Al O22 ODS lt AIMICIOTIOIG gt Lat e ide tic 130 1 9 3 A A O RN 130 1 9 4 pbs artikkelturS 2 a A lr TR O ae Ad ai 130 1 9 5 pbs articiemultiMedia sisse eih iie a a dd da 130 1 9 6 pbs photogallery lidkS erernu aine a e a A A a ee aS ew 131 MOK POS KEV WOTQUNKS gt S240 cay ate Asan A td cia 131 1 9 1 KeoywordLinkltsM pDo iio a Aa bald o AI a da 131 1 9 7 2 KeywordLinkS pb0 eii A A A A oa ees A tee 131 1 98 DDS THEMOElNKS oreraa isan a daa 131 1 9 8 1ThemeLinkltem PDO vna rre genari O A AAA O 132 19 82 Ihema LINKS PDO td a tne as ei seal ae ates 132 19 9 Other links os ed creed don ga bed a Cede dye a iba ob 132 1 9 10 pbsiarticlesliNkKS 2 eiew eet a et ea ee Eka le eee a eles elk oe RA 132 ToT POS article cia a 133 VOTA TICS PDOs mariera A A A a A A do Rc 141 IZ ACB yl PO et a od a cn ell da ade Sl AA 144 19 13 Article Connections PbO Sor rira A A A hee ee hahaa ad 146 1 9 11 4 ArticleExtraPicturelteM pbO oooooocooocorcnnoncc arre e nen e een e nee 146 1 9 11 5 ArticleExtraPictures pDO anire iiei a dra ee iA a E E eee nated Son DS ater wee 146 1 9 1 1 6 ArticieFacts pDO cas waite ri sg erage lot dd E kee y 146 1 9 11 7 ArticleForum
63. A word in the story must begin with the selected word These words are marked with lt gt in the list of words If the sniff with word is tree it would match treehugger and tree Template This function also uses the _subscribe pbs template See the example template Sniff_Subscribe pbs Fields JavaScript This version of the form requires that all the JavaScripts in the example are present You should cut and paste the example form and work from there Sniff Used to store the selected sniff words Web based management for newsletters Web based management of newsletters lets web guests manage their subscriptions through a webpage When using web based management the web guest can choose categories from which to receive stories User registration The web guest must be a registered user of your site This is because the newsletter uses the same database as the White Pages for user registration User registration is described in the section Chapter 25 User Registration Setup The setup is done using the SAXOTECH Online user interface For more information see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual You should create a category called NLETTER in which you set Link type to subscribe and registration to either Simple or Advanced This affects which registration template the web guest will see Link to the page You can link to the page using the ft tag It will use the link type from the category to create the correct link If you are going to
64. Bylines Contains the author s pager number as saved in the staff register 145 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Position gt lt PrivateEmailAdress gt lt PrivatePhone gt lt PrivateWebAdress gt lt StafflD gt lt Surname gt lt WorkEmailbAdress gt lt WorkPhone gt lt WorkWebAdress gt lt Zipcode gt Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s position as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s private email address as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s private phone number as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s private web address as saved in the staff register Contains the value from the staff ID field This allows you to link to the information page for one author The field is used like this E SEN SE AE ee O A ee ee E lt a href apps pbcs dll personalia ID lt StaffIDs gt gt lt BylineName Part gt lt a gt i Please see pbs staffinfo for more information Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s surname as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s work email address as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s work phone number as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s work web address as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the autho
65. Community Site pages uncached To enable the LiveArtStat enter Alternatively to enable the CollectMostReadStats functionality for collecting story statistics and the OnlineRobot for inserting the data as an improved option to ArtSt the option to 2 5 E lt 10 gt ct un ct w A G ks lo w Y 10 ll N We recommend using COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS section By default both possibilities are disabled 0 Sets the sender name for e mails sent from the web server The option is set like t Sets the sender e mail address for e mails sent from the web server The option is like this Determines which mail server should be used for sending newsletters and tips lt is like this z w Be p 10 o 5 lt oO K Il n 3 ES ze Q lo 3 w H 5 Q fe 3 Optional Enables MapQuest features in the system This option cannot be turned unless you have a contract with MapQuest The option is set like this E3 D X Q cd za n 0 D K Q gt ll N These settings control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH 43 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual MaxClassifiedSearch MaxDaysForNewslistDateRange MaxEventsClass MaxEventsSearch MaxForumsSearch MaxFreeTextSearch MaxNewsListSearch Controls how many concurrent Classified searches can run The option is set like tl These setting
66. Controls how many messages the tag will show The default is 10 The tag can show from 1 to 99 messages Group Limits the groups from which the tag should show hot messages The default is to use all groups Enter a Maxdays Sets how many days back the tag should look for forum postings By default this option is not used To set the maximum days the tag should look back for forum postings enter Pea aes OO is the number of days ObjectClass Sets the object class By default this is not used Enter objectclass X to use class is used Legal values are 1 through 99 298 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Theme Limits the themes from which the tag should show hot messages The default is to show all themes when viewing any page that is not showing a theme or a category When viewing a theme or a category the tag will only list new messages in the theme or category Enter oops os o o io E ERAS A A AA AEE is used all messages will be shown on all pages ForumHotThreaditem pbo lt Attachments gt lt AttachmentsNotlmage gt lt Author gt lt Counter gt lt Created gt lt Email gt lt Group gt lt GroupLink gt lt lmages gt lt lsLastitem gt lt Link gt lt Messageld gt lt MessageText gt lt Replies gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeLink gt A value for the number of file attachments that are associated with this post The number of non image attachments associate
67. E A EAER E EE EE E EA AEE E l A A A R NR to disable output of the summary Controls the output of the basic Tip a Friend function The function is controlled by the category setup here you can override the category setting The default is to enable output of the tip box in the category register It is also possible to use the article tiplink function to open a Tip a Friend window Enter A a a desis E E E E tienes ES A A ee A ee Ee EE E a ee ee eer to disable output of Tip a Friend When using Tip as the only option only the tip box will be shown 136 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Text Title Tittel2 Controls the output of the body text The default is to disable output of the body text Controls the output of the title The default is to disable output of the title Controls the output of the subtitle The default is a e to disable output of the subtitle Image options Bilde This option is the Norwegian version of the Image option 137 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Extrapictures Image Paragraphpicturewidth Picturealign Picturebgcolor Controls output of the extra pictures imported on the story You can also use a Photo Gallery Please see Article linked photo gallery for information on Photo Galleries The default is Enter Extrapictures 1 to disable output of extra pictures Controls the output of paragraph photos The default is Image 1 Enter Image 1 i to disa
68. Form The following form code sets up the search form The category you specify sets the template that is used to display the result The search form can be placed on all pages The result page is set in the form The template that displays the result must have this tag 242 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The form uses the following fields Firstname Creates the field in which the first name can be entered lt input type text name Firstname size 15 maxlength AUS i pad A A A i lt input type text name i Lastname size 20 maxlength i 20t i Chapter 17 Yellow Pages The Yellow Pages function allows you to build a Yellow Pages register for local businesses e pbs ypcategorylist e DirectoryCategoryList pbo e DirectoryCategoryListltem pbo e pbs ypdetails e DirectoryDetails pbo e DirectoryDetailsltem pbo e pbs ypsubcategorylist e DirectorySubcategoryList pbo e DirectorySubcategoryListltem pbo pbs ypcategorylist lt pbs ypcategorylist gt The tag for listing categories can be placed on all templates Templates for listing subcategories entries and details are specified in the tag that links to the page The example code used in this tag is built for use with subcategories If your entries are placed directly on categories you must change the link in DirectoryCategoryListltem pbo to go to YP3 instead of YP2 This enables you to go directly to the entries when you do not have subcategories Option
69. Genre value lt pbs Genre gt gt The two JavaScripts in the example form are to manage the selections Options Type Times Extracts a list of lt opt ion gt fields which is used to select the start time for the lineup The tag is used like this lt pbs tv_getoptions type Times gt Type TVDates Extracts a list of lt opt ion gt fields which is used to select the date for the lineup The tag is used like this Type TVChannels Extracts a list of lt opt ion gt fields which is used to select a single channel The tag is used like this lt pbs tv_getoptions type TVChannels Provider 0H60418 LineUp R Tier i 2 any 1 gt The other options are there to provide defaults Please see pbs tv_schedule for more information pbs tv_LineUpData lt pbs tv_LineUpData gt Before web guests can view TV listings they must select their geographical location and TV provider The TV provider is the cable provider satellite network and so on The template is called gen_lineup pbs This template must be accessed with apps pbcs dll tv_lineup The tag must be used like this Options 403 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Useobjects Enables the use of object files TVLineUpSelect pbo Used to select the provider lt Change gt Stores the previous selection lt LineUps gt Outputs a fields for the drop down TVLineUpZipSelect pbo This form is used to send the zip code to the server Please see the examp
70. If no TopNode is given it will be set to Root lt ltems gt which is the list of profile items lt TopNodelD gt The TopNode ID given as input to the tag ProfileTreeltem pbo lt lsSubNode gt This field has a value if the item is a sub node lt ltem gt Displays the item lt Separator gt Displays the separator ProfileTreeltemActive pbo lt IsExpandable gt This field has the value 1 if the item has sub items lt ISExtURL gt This field has the value 1 if the item points to an extra URL lt ProfileName gt Contains the name of the profile lt URL gt Contains the URL for viewing the profile ProfileTreeltemPassive pbo lt IsExpandable gt This field has the value 1 if the item has sub items lt ISExtURL gt This field has the value 1 if the item points to an extra URL lt ProfileName gt Contains the name of the profile lt URL gt Contains the URL for viewing the profile ProfileTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo lt ExpandURL gt This URL is used for expanding the branch ProfileTreeltemSeparatorExp pbo lt CollapseURL gt This URL is used for collapsing the branch pbs qwiknavsearch lt pbs qwiknavsearch gt This function can be used for jumping directly to a story or a sectionfront This function is comparable to AOL keywords This tag can be used on all templates To use this function you must assign QwikNav words to the stories to which you would like to jump You can also ass
71. In the function r w Orange w 1 Lemon 2 which is a more complex way of replacing text 0 contains the whole variable 1 contains the text in front of Orange and 2 contains the text after Orange This matches one or more alphanumeric characters 1 3 P ay er y O 5 D a This matches man won n men min but not moon 111 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This matches test teest teeeest etc AND tst Te st E Adding text Use this function to add text In the example the string Alice Bob and Charlie went on a road trip is changed to cool Alice cool Bob and Charlie went on a road trip r Alice Bob cool 0 i is the matching text Changing text The quotation mark is a special character and must be doubled up for the system to understand it If you want to replace a double quote with a single quote you can write it like this e re P SE EE T ve A EE AES AE A E AA EE You can also change text in the string There are multiple ways to do this Example a The matching word is replaced with another word oe lt BodyS r Bob Robert gt Example b This code will change We see that x 4 to We see that x equals 4 Here we are looking for the sign Since this is a special character we must look for the hex value instead In addition to replacing the equal sign a space is inserted before and after the text i lt Body r x3D equals gt i Example c i l
72. K lt 5 w 3 10 Il A e g a Q w ot 10 Q O K lt p D 3 10 V v Then define a variable lt categoryname gt in the macro that is formatted with object script Example 2 You have the following tag on your front page 118 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs macro name AP Lineup HOME gt This will make the system look for the file AP pbo and the field Lineup in the object file The lineup field has the value HOME The macro lt script language JavaScript gt site OHTOL section lt SSection gt lt SLineup gt lt script gt lt script language JavaScript sre http customwire ap org lineups lt Lineup gt js gt lt script gt The first script function sets the variable s site and section These variables are going to be used by the included JavaScript Section will be set to either the section or the lineup field depending on what is used in the macro tag The second line loads a JavaScript based on the lineup variable settings Example 3 The lt pbs macro gt tag can be used for many things For example on election night when AP sends results in XML format you can have a page with election results A o o a 3 D Q 5 o a w 3 10 II ti H 10 Q a pe o 5 N o o co Q w Q gt o a pe 3 D Il fir a v e Election2008 pbo Election2008 pbo ElectionScript contains some VBScript which retrieves the election results from AP s FTP server I
73. Make the following settings in the GENERAL section Fylke Redfylke specifies your main region EventsClass specifies additional regions Sets the class for your subject codes The class must match the class from the database If you do not want to share your events with other sites you must make the OnlyLocalCommunities setting PE E O e e Specify the class for the editing interface in the AGENDACLASSSUBJECTMAPPING section Create regions Regions can only be created by a database administrator Unless you are sharing your region codes with other sites you must use a unique code for Fylker Both Fylker and Kommuner must be created Create subjects Subjects can only be created by a database administrator Unless you are sharing your subjects with other sites you must use a unique code for the events class Events search form The search form is used to select different events This form can be placed on all pages The results will be displayed on the gen_events pbs template The lt pbs eventsearch gt tag creates the correct form action based on the category being viewed The lt pbs eventoptions gt tag is used to extract the available options for the events drop downs Options Communities Used when listing communities If OnlyLocalCommunities is specified in the Publicus ini the set of counties Fylke will be limited to the set specified in the Publicus ini For example Fylke 01 02 Only counties communities with
74. Online Tags Manual Formatting dates To use date formatting you must use the operator d The options below are available for this operator If available try using ISO versions of date and time variables and so on The lt isodate gt of an evergreen article will always be 99999999hhmm where hhmm is the site s rollover time If you do not want the hhmm on the date use c 1 8 instead of date formatting This will return the IsoDate for most articles and 99999999 for evergreen articles Please check available variables for the object file in question am pm Outputs the time in 12 hour format c Date in a predefined short version and time in a predefined long version d The number of the day of the month without leading zero dd The number of the day of the month with leading zero ddd Short name of the day Mon Tue Wed etc dddd Long name of the day Monday Tuesday etc ddddd Date in a predefined short version dddddd Date in a predefined long version h Hour without leading zero hh Hour with leading zero m Month number without leading zero mm Month number with leading zero mm can also mean minute if it is preceded by hh mmm Short name of the month Jan Feb Mar etc mmmm Long name of the month January February etc n Minute without leading zero M is used for month so N is used instead nn Minute with leading zero s Second without leading zero ss Second with leading zero t Time in
75. Optional Sets the cache time in minutes for stories only It is set like this l Article_Cachetime 720 20 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CacheClassifieds Optional Turns caching of classifieds on or off This option should only be used when debugging a website E CacheClassifieds 0 CacheTime Sets the cache time for the whole website The option determines the minimum number of minutes that the page should be cached on the web server The option is set like this CacheTime 120 DisableNoCache When A A i is set a 8 AI Mee DATE RA Aa PE A SIE SR CONIA in the URL does not have any effect This means that refreshing stories from the edit interface does not have any effect on the main site unless refresh from edit interface refers to a site other than the main site For example i Main site www mainsite com disable Nocache 1 Edit site edit mainsite com domain http www mainsite2 com f Update site www mainsite2 com the cache directory of this site is the same as the main site DisableTooBusyFunction Disables the Instance limit function DisableTooBusyFunction 1 EnablePostProcessRandomNumbers Set this to 1 to enable the lt pbs PbcsRequestRandomA gt lt pbs PbcsRequestRandomB gt and lt pbs UniquePageID gt tags for post processing using this setting The default is 0 EnablePostProcessRandomNumbers 0 1 EnablePostProcessSessionInfo The lt pbs sessioninfo gt tag and the lt pbs
76. Pa 384 1 29 3 2 NewsLetterActivatedError pb0 1 eee eee 384 1 29 3 3 NewsletterRemoved pbO 2 0 ket eee eet ee etree een nee ene e ene eee 384 1 29 3 4 NewsLetterRemoveError pbO 2 1 ee eee et eee ee ee ee eee eee teen eee nee 384 1 29 3 5 NewsLetterRemoveMail pbo 2 1 ee ec rar 385 1 29 3 6 NewsLetterSubscribeMail pbO 2 1 2 0 nananana aaaea 385 1 29 3 7 NewsLetterSubscriptionForm pbO 1 1 ete teens 385 129 4 Set p Newsletters neni ma cri a Candin O oe aci 386 1 29 5 Subscription page with Sniff Search 2 1 etn eet teen ee 387 1 29 6 Web based management for newsletters 2 0 0 0 tenes 388 1 29 6 1 SubcatSimpleLink1 pbO 22 0 0 ke eee e teen teens 390 1 30 Chapter 30 Newsletter Composer 0 0 eee rnaar ranana aaraa aaaeeeaa aaraa eens 390 1 30 MAM template ti az gece Canad ate seed A Re a wy st CHER Anak ade 391 1 30 2 Newsletter Ad PDO n inani aii a etd ok alec ae ree ede A e 391 1 30 3 NewsletterArticle pbo ccc eae ee eee oe eee A a ee cee ea eee eS ews 391 1 30 4 Newsletieremall is se Mion isan ante ha aia da lee tet drat eee thes attached Theta Sec td A 392 1 30 5 Web based management ccc cee eee ee ee nen ee eee eee teen ee ene ne raneren ra 392 1 31 Chapter 31 OMS ri banked eek wehbe tae ep peel mee a a e Whe pe whe RS ane 392 1231 4 pbS OMNItUreCOde ninia e at di where Benard aoe and 393 131 At URLACtiOn hie econo bec A bon bee ee Be ee ee oe Dah ee ee es 393 1312 OU OMIMITUR wih ame cee eta e r
77. RA AE EAE AE EEA E eee Ae en oes ET a from search i lt input type hidden name ExcludeCategories value Categoryid gt lt input type hidden name ExclCat value Categoryidl Categoryid2 gt The same rules as for setting a search category apply when excluding categories Please see Search category Keyword This option is used for searching by keyword in the system It can be used with the Getkeywords function For more search information please see pbs GetKeywords The keyword search is used as in this example lt select name Keyword size 1 gt lt option value SELECTED gt Select Topic lt option gt lt pbs getkeywords category NOTICES options 1 gt lt select gt If you have a lot of keywords this function will make the page load very slowly 192 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Restricted You can also search stories that are not published To do this add the field Includestatus The field can be used like stories this A A E A A A A a A e A Please see Article Status for more information about valid statuses Search other websites The multisearch function previously described in this section is obsolete Please use this JavaScript to achieve the same functionality This JavaScript allows you to enter sections of your own site to be searched to the select field in addition to the available search engines Also you can add or remove certain search engines as needed This example is taken from a scrip
78. Section neceseeo tean va A cee eee end Ba ae is 60 12 42 A Section id A e llas oak Malls ke aa rele da tls AE A Alt acral 60 1 2 43 SEARCHSTRINGDEFS section o ooooccoccoco tte ete 60 1 2 44 SECTIONSUBCLASS Section merino bones aglaw eal Gelade a a e a aa A de 61 1 2 45 SINGLETABSTORYEDIT section 0 000 ccc tenet tee eee 61 1 2 46 StoryEdit s ction dispet meresi chip A oe eo eed Pe ee 62 12 47 TEMPLATE MA P SEGi OT k A a albtaecigfben 65 1 2 48 URLV lidation Section 0000 a eae i a Ea eee bane ae EAE Cb eee ed 65 12 49 UserSubmitCCE Section iii nee ele bewie A ened ches whale eee ante a 65 12 50 WSErSUBMITSECHON ci A DEA inn rand we Done Wa Mardy Be Ate AAA 66 1 2 51 UserVerity Section ia A ples eee bard TA deat ee na ba eee E 68 12 52 WebSVN Ye cs sated Sea geal cee sdestue ta dd 2a ade ai 68 Chapter 3 PBCSdbiinky saracene A ea Oh A ed ta aie na Ree TE AR AEN Ee deeded 69 1 3 1 Database connection pool ois cee ee ea ae ee Le de eRe ele ene a a te eld 69 13 2 Database Servers 2 03 co wither i rian Stanek de ES AAA AA ahead Ga aoe ed ea Ges ard AAA da 70 1 3 3 Edit template settings si 2 verges A A any eee ares EA ee ebro eek eae ge te 70 1 3 4 General cache settings 0 ccc ene teen eee e tenes 71 13 5 GLOBAL Section e 2 fre yh ah and hen eee era Wk Beh Ran ee os Sh hee eee monte thee bee 72 1 3 6 Language file caching se cce eee Pe eae ernaia eee A a ees 72 13 7 Online Search li adan tas 72 AS B2PIUGINS
79. SubcatSimpleLink1 pbo instead Columns This option controls how many columns the list will have Count Determines the number of stories shown 0 zero outputs all stories Force Makes the system list all subcategories and ignore the Active flag in the category register Main Makes the system list all subcategories of the main category being viewed If this option is not set only subcategories of the category being viewed will be shown Maincategory Used to list subcategories of the selected main category The option is set like this A AA A A A A A A A weg Showart Retrieves the stories from the subcategory By default this option is off Change this option setting to On to retrieve stories from the subcategory Visref Determines how many characters of the lead in will be shown The option is set like this Visref 200 E SubcatSimpleLink pbo The object file is output once per category lt Article gt Lists the stories for the subcategory lt CategoryName gt The name of the category lt Link gt The link to the sectionfront for the category Chapter 11 Searching SAXOTECH Online provides the ability to search the stories forum messages CCE objects and images in the system The search functionality has two parts The search form where the web guest inputs the query e The search result page that displays the result Searching CCE objects is also described in the CCE chapter For more information please see Search
80. The expiration date for the account Password The web guest s password Changepassword This field has the value 1 if the change password flag is set Loggedin This field has the value 1 if the user is logged in This field is only available when you use the Type option in the tag Type This option is used to specify the subscription type This option does not have a default value Specify the category ID for the subscription type If you use Clickshare the type Clickshare is also available SubscriberData pbo The fields you have specified in the Field or Fields sections will be available here as variables pbs userid lt pbs userid gt This tag outputs the user ID for the logged in user Self created users The self creation option lets the users create their own accounts To use this option you must create a template as described in the following section Users can be added to the database in several ways If you have an external database of user names and passwords SAXOTECH Online can import these names and passwords into the database if your system can export them This option requires integration with your system and is done on a case by case basis Please contact SAXOTECH if you want to use this option The SAXOTECH Online interface also allows your staff to enter users directly into the database This is described in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual Templates When using the self creation option you must create a
81. The link to this page is automatically built by the the system by the pbs news_content tag on the groups page The tag is is used like this You can also list forum messages on a story page if the forum is attached to a category or a story lt pbs news_messages gt should be used uncached A O o a 5 o E 3 10 a a D Q 10 a vV when it is used on article templates Template The default template for forums is gen_news pbs It is accessed through this URL Theme ID and group ID must be specified Category is optional Options Articleforum Used to enable the Article Forum It must be present when you use the tag on a story template photogalleryforum Used to enable the forum in photo galleries It must be present when you use the tag on a photogallery template From version 6 4 0 cceforum Used to enable the forum in CCE It must be present when you use the tag on a CCE template From version 6 4 0 301 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Autoforum Lists all the messages in the forum type based on the forum setting in the story Class Sets the object class Conditional Makes the forum only appear on stories where forum is enabled Groupforum Lists all the messages in the group forum for the story Themeforum Lists all the messages in the theme forum for the story Threadcount Sets the maximum number of threads to be shown You can use previous and next links to get to the other threads By default all threads
82. Unsubscribe lt a gt i Unsubscribe field The form must contain Without this code the form will not work Listing Subcategories The following code can be used to output the checkboxes for the categories This code is used to automatically output the checkboxes for all subcategories This can also be done manually lt pbs subcategories maincategory NEWS class 1 force exclude NEWS13 gt This code uses the subcategory function Class The class that determines which object file will be used Exclude You can exclude categories from the listing by entering their category IDs here Force Forces the listing of all subcategories It is needed to output the subcategories without stories on today s date Maincategory The main category for which you want to list subcategories SubcatSimpleLink1 pbo The subcategory in the example code uses SubcatSimpleLink1 pbo It must contain the following codes Please see the example file on how to use these variables lt Categoryid gt This field must be placed inside the value field of the input checkbox lt Categoryname gt Outputs the name of the category lt Checked gt This variable will mark the checkbox if the web guest has subscribed to the category Example lt input type checkbox name Category value lt CategoryID gt lt Checked gt gt lt CategoryNames gt lt br gt f Chapter 30 Newsletter Composer The Newsletter Composer function allows you to send n
83. a a Soe eae pea ended pecans Wades Eia a En 246 1 18 1 1 SearchResultGuide pbo sevi aa Piette eee ela eta reno eed ee es 246 1 18 1 2 SearchResultGuideltleM pbO 2 tte 246 118 2 PbS PIQUIGES atorado DYE orev verte Bede RO det Gud aaa Beale ed ea oan 247 1 18 21 GuideSubcathtem pbo 200 aaa a A dai 247 1 18 3 pbs ptguidesearchiteM iii a a e e eld fob Whee Get doe 248 1 18 3 1 GuideSearchltem pbo wee Swe a is bea eee eel a ete vee Ce eee as 248 1 18 3 2 GuideSearchltemExtraltem pboO 1 0 ee tenet ents 249 1 18 4ipbs piguidesearchiist arco tol deat Al Gad cao ti ra oobi sha 249 1 18 4 1 GuideBusinessHours pbO 1 0 ete eet eee es 250 1 18 74 2 GuideSearchlist pbo viii a a ee AAs oe as 250 1 18 4 3 GuideSearchListHeader pb0 2 1 kc ete teen t enn e teens 252 1 18 4 4 GuideSearchListltem pbo 20 1 unnan 252 1 18 5 pbs ptguidesearchoptions gt os ies cor pete bed wie E eyes Bed kA E wad pecs ead nace i 252 1 18 5 1 GuideSearchOptionsltem pbO 2 1 ten ent tenes 254 1 18 5 2 GuideSearchOpti0NSROW PDO 21 knee net nets 254 118 6 Guid search fotm colar vag Cl leh dee Bo eee Ae Rea Se Bale A 254 LARCA CARMELA de E or 256 1 191 pbs pollarchiver 0s cscs a E A a dE td es 257 1 19 1 1 PollArchivelteM pbo niece ek eee otee ae pe ee Oe AA a ee 257 149 2 pbs polldata oi a id E Ease ae ated eee ea is dia 257 1 19 2 1 PollDataResultS pb0 vii encanta yea A Mie ae 0 AA a tne Op hy 259 1 19 2 2 PollDataResultslteM pbO 2 0
84. action lt pbs prog gt subscribe UserReg 1 method H POST gt E lt form gt JavaScript The JavaScript present in the example code must be on the page Listing categories You must put checkboxes for the available categories in the form Each checkbox must have the name Category and the value must be the category ID for the desired category E lt input type checkbox name Category value NEWS i E lt pbs CB_NEWS gt gt News lt br gt i i lt input type checkbox name Category value SPORTS E lt pbs CB_SPORTS gt gt Sports lt br gt i lt input type checkbox name Category value OPINION E lt pbs CB_OPINION gt gt Opinion lt br gt The pbs tag outputs the checkbox value when a subscription is edited This tag must be present for each category 389 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Select unselect all The following code is needed if you want a link to subscribe unsubscribe to all subcategories of a category lt a href javascript SelectAll true NEWS gt Select all lt a gt H lt a href javascript SelectAll false NEWS gt Unselect all lt a gt lt br gt You must replace NEWS with the category ID of the category to which the links should apply Subscribe unsubscribe The following piece of code is needed to output the links that allows the user to subscribe or unsubscribe i lt a href javascript doSubmit 0 gt Subscribe lt a gt i I lt a href javascript doSubmit 1 gt
85. and id4 or id5 and id6 or id7 or id8 e And expression with not id1 or id2 or id3 and not id4 or id5 and id6 or id7 or id8 Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 searchtaxonomy 11 or 12 and not 21 OF 22 DE 23 gt 19 1 27 or 34 h 11 or 12 and 21 or 22 15 or 12 and not 25 or 22 not 17 or 12 and 27 or 22 i 11 or 12 or 13 or 14 and 21 or 22 or 23 and 31 or 32 or 33 or 34 11 or 12 or 13 or 14 and 21 or 22 or 23 and not 31 or 32 or 33 or 34 PAP nn er d Single Determines that a single date is sent to the system This option operates in conjunction with the search form Please see CCE search form If this option is not set you must have from and to date fields Enter lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 single 1 gt ea eee te ec o epee j SortOrder Sets the sort order of the data You can specify all available fields For example l lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Sortorder Temperature gt lt pbs cce Groups FieldName1 DESC SortOrder FieldName2 ASC FieldName3 DESC FieldName4 gt Start Sets the start record This option is typically not used manually It is used automatically by the system when you have multiple pages Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 start 16 count 15 gt 222 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual TaxonomyWords Searches for CCE objects that have the taxonomy words given in the list It
86. are shown on one page ForumMessageltem pbo This object file is used for every top level message Please note only the Extended Forum can use all the fields The Extended Forum is set up in the Publicus ini file For more information please see VerifyUsers If Extended Forum is not enabled the following fields will not be available ee lt SAvatarLinks gt lt SISOUserRegDate gt lt sPostedBy gt lt SPostedByHost gt lt sSignatures gt lt SUserLevel gt lt sUserPostCount gt lt UserRegDates gt lt Attachments gt lt AttachmentsNotlmage gt lt Author gt lt AvatarLink gt lt Body gt lt Created gt lt DeleteMessageLink gt lt Description gt lt EditMessageLink gt lt Email gt lt GroupLink gt lt GroupOptions gt lt HotThread gt lt lmages gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsModerated gt lt IlsMsgLocked gt lt lsoCreated gt lt lsoPublished gt lt lSOUserRegDate gt lt lsSticky gt This field contains a value for the number of file attachments that are associated with this post The number of non image attachments associated with this message This is the same is lt Attachments gt minus lt Images gt The name of the person that wrote the message A link to the author s avatar image This is blank if the author does not have an avatar image Outputs the body of the message The date time the message was written A li
87. as UserSubmitFormRecurrencePattern pbo UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyListltem pbom Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGallery pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryListltem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorFailed pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorinvalidinput pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotCreator pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotLoggedin pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFields pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldsltem pbo 331 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Works the same way as UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyListltem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo User Submitted Stories This function allows a web guest to publish
88. be a separate EXTRAFIELDDEF section in the Publicus ini file Optional Controls sharing of guide data Setting this option to 0 will enable data fr other sites to be shown on your site This option is set like this Optional Controls sharing of links data Setting this option to 0 will enable data fro other sites to be shown on your site This option is set like this ac 5 pe lt o a 10 El pe 3 ai u ll o Optional Controls sharing of portal data Setting this to O will enable data from othe to be shown on your site This option is set like this FU 5 pe lt o E 10 ry o K at w ja ll S 1y 0 p Q El pa 3 P ct gt Q Q M a a ll o the user can see all stories in th story list but can only edit the stories to which he access The default setting is 0 Note that access is category based Used to sets the value for additional regions This setting must match the regions e into the database The option is set like this W o o H lt Es 4 gt BR gt N Pa w D D D a D a gt NI gt Co gt o by o o c Q D n co o K lt D O ll D 5 Q a ad Il pa story output is reduced to 1100 characters The default setting is 1 Determines whether the invalid story key cache file is created when the story is noi found If n lt S D H 5 E o ja p Q n q o H K Q y Q zy D rj H E o II o the cache file will not be created if
89. be placed on all templates If you are going to use this option your Newslist tags on the front page must contain the option ado 1 The tag might appear as follows A SN A D ISE A SE cate se Sean seta oe ae teen een setae aaa a aaa E E oe er cece ese ec se cenat one Sees see Se Sel San eee ee eae E cay lt pbs frontpagearchive days 14 sort desc dateformat dddd mmmm dd gt Options Dateformat Used to set the date format For more information please see Formatting dates Days Determines the number of days for which the tag should output links By default links are output for 6 days This option can be set from 1 to 6 days 416 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Sort Used to sort the list of dates By default days are sorted in ascending order Enter to sort the days in descending order Weekstart Used to show the front pages from yesterday to the start of the week By default this option is not used To use this option set the option to the first day of the week This tag will use object files if they exist FPArchive pbo lt FPArchiveltems gt Contains all links FPArchiveltem pbo lt Date gt The date in the formatted format lt lSODate gt The date in ISO format lt Lastltem gt Contains a space for the last item This field can be used for extra spacing after the last record pbs getcookie lt pbs getcookie gt This tag is used to read a cookie Use a script to set a cookie This tag can be use
90. be stored against a message These details will be displayed in the editing interface when editing the message An example lt input type hidden name Extra_postcode value GL7 3QU gt If this value is set to 1 all the messages for the current group will be displayed after the post completes The message ID against which a reply is set The ID of the message being edited See Message form If this value is set to 1 this message will be marked as a moderator message If this value is set to 1 this message will be marked as a sticky message If this value is set to 1 the user s signature will be stored with this message Extended Forum option The message title ForumNewMessageExtLogin pbo This file is rendered in preference to ForumNewMessage pbo when extended login is enabled ForumNewMessageExtLogin pbo has the same variables as ForumNewMessage pbo ForumNewMessageUnavailable pbo This file is rendered if there is no write access to the database ForumNewMessageUnavailable pbo has the same variables as ForumNewMessage pbo pbs Captcha lt pbs captcha gt lt pbs captcha gt most run without cache We recommend what you run this pbs tags in a Ajax call with a misc action misc is not cached with our FastCache level Newsfeed_bottom load apps pbcs dll misc url misc captcha pbs amp omniture 0 The lt pbs captcha gt tag represents a visual captcha Currently the tag can be used everywhere but server side valid
91. between 1 and 999 Rgbgraphcolors Defines the colors used for the graph If you specify three and have five alternatives the colors will loop so option four will have the same color as option 1 The system uses the default colors Enter to specify three graph colors 258 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Showresults Determines whether web guests will be taken directly to a results page or to a thank you page The default is to go to the thank you page Entering i showresults 1 i takes guests to the thank you page Useobjects Determines whether object files are used By default object files are not used Enter useobjects 1 in the tag to use object files PollDataResults pbo lt ltems gt This field lists all the items lt Title gt The poll title PollDataResultsltem pbo lt chart gt The URL for the chart If you want to disable the chart s 3D appearance you must use a regular expression like this lt chart x amp 3d x3d1 amp 3d x3d0 gt lt entries gt Outputs the entries lt question gt Contains the question lt totalvotes gt Shows the total number of votes PollDataResultsltemEntry pbo lt entryname gt Shows the name name of the entry lt numberofvotes gt Contains the number of votes lt votepercent gt Contains the percent of votes for the entry without Here is an example of an PollDataResultltemEntry pbo file lt tr gt lt td width 120 gt E E lt fo
92. br gt SIf you want to return to the location that triggered the verification process click lt a href lt 2NextLink gt gt here lt a gt lt br gt 5 s Status 0 A verification email has already been sent If you wish to resend the email click lt a href userverify Resend 1 gt here lt a gt 5 S Status 1 A problem has occurred The system cannot find the account you are trying to access If you clicked on the link you received through the verification email please make sure that your e mail client did not break up the link If so make sure you correct this problem and retry the operation lt br gt If the problem persists please contact lt a href mailto john smith dailynews com gt john smith dailynews com lt a gt 5 S Status lt 1 S lt SError s gt lt br gt SA problem occurred while sending the e mail The message was lt SendMailError gt lt br gt The status code for this problem is lt b gt lt Status gt lt b gt lt br gt Chapter 22 Net Guest Net Guest enables you to host online interviews Web guests can send in questions that are answered through the editing interface The person answering the questions can be anyplace in the world The person interviewed only needs access to the Editing Component You should set up a limited account for the guest which is deactivated after each session NetGuest pbo pbs netguest e NetGuestQuestionltem pbo pbs netguest_list e NetGuestList pb
93. but the value should be defined pbs newsletter_subscriptionform lt pbs newsletter_subscriptionform gt The email based management is a simpler version of the subscription form This version allows the web guest to enter an email address without registering An email is sent to the web guest when he subscribes or unsubscribes This email contains a link he must click to confirm his subscription status When this option is used for managing newsletters the web guest cannot change the categories to which he subscribes Setup NewsletterMaillD in Publicus ini sets the sender name for the confirmation emails Template This function can be used on all templates See the example file Newsletter_ovr pbs NewsletterActivated pbo Used when the web guest subscribes to the newsletter successfully This file has no fields NewsLetterActivatedError pbo Shown if there is an error when the web guest tries to subscribe to the newsletter This file contains no fields NewsletterRemoved pbo Used when the web guest unsubscribes successfully This file has no fields 384 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual NewsLetterRemoveError pbo Shown if there is an error when the web guest tries to unsubscribe to the newsletter This file contains no fields NewsLetterRemoveMail pbo Used to send the confirmation email to a web guest who is unsubscribing lt url gt The URL the user must click to confirm the unsubscription NewsLetterSubscribeMai
94. can be used Eindex Sets the stop letter Sdate This option is used to specify the start date The default is 19800101 Any date in ISO format can be used Search Controls if the tag should be executed By default the search is executed By putting in the URL the tag will not be executed This is useful if you would like to build a search page so the user must click on a link or fill in a form to get a search result Sindex Sets the start letter URL Rewrite setup The setup for URL Rewrite consists of three parts Webserver setup The dll urlrewrite dll must be installed as a filter for the website This can be done either for each server or for each site The dll should be placed in a separate folder if it applies to the entire server or in the websiteOs application folder if it applies to one website only This installation must be done by the people managing your web server This is not done at site level default_rewrites ini To use URL Rewrite the file default_rewrites ini must be present in the folder above your application folder The ini file must be called default_rewrites ini To make a site specific version replace default with the application pool name for the website The file can look like this 436 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SETTINGS Debug 0 RootRewrite 0 ForumRewrite 1 MiscRewrite 0 EventRewrite 0 GuideRewrite 0 REWRITES ClassifiedsRewrite Debug EventRewrite Forum2NewsRewrite
95. cece eect teens 319 1 23 2 pbs usersubmitform for user generated content 0 0 eee 319 1523 2 1 UserSubmitFormipbo ica a ft ede Masada pace Nig a Weer sc gp Ratan ab DG DA antl pc Sapna aan omnes 321 1 23 2 2 UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pb0 1 ketene nee eee 322 1 23 2 3 UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pb0 1 ketenes 323 1 23 2 4 UserSubmitFormCategoryList pb0 2 1 tenets 323 1 23 2 4 1 UserSubmitFormCategoryListlleM pbO 1 1 nauenak 323 1 23 2 5 UserSubmitFormCCEFieldList pbo 1 0 ee ttt nent eee 323 1 23 2 5 1 UserSubmitFormCCEFieldListltem pbo 1 0 0 0 eet eens 324 1 23 2 6 UserSubmitFormCCEModule pbo 1 eee naana 324 1 23 2 7 UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pb0 1 eects 324 1 23 2 8 UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pb0 1 1 ee teeta 327 1 23 2 9 UserSubmitFormErrorinvalidinput pb0 0 0 cette etn teens 327 1 23 2 10 UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pDO 1 ketene eee 328 1 23 2 11 UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedin pbo 1 0 eee teen e nee 328 1 23 2 12 UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo 2 0 0 eect ett 328 1 23 2 12 1 UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo0 2 2 eee 328 1 23 2 13 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryPhotolteM pbO 11 cee cette tenes 329 1 23 2 14 UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbO 0 cette tent e eee 329 1 23 2 14 1 UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo 1 2 1 ketenes 329 1 23 3 UserSubmitFormaArticle pbO 1 6 ketene tenet 329 1 23 4 UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pb0 2 1 ten
96. class type date CustomFieldl module 4 gt Objectclass Sets the object class for the object files The object class is used to look up the object template files for the tag Example will use object file CCE_Wweather49 pbo if it exists Otherwise it will use object file Weather pbo Profile Looks up the profile with the given ID and uses the taxonomy expression for that profile to create a query that returns the CCE objects matching the taxonomy expression If you have a story about a subject that belongs to a profile you can also show CCE objects that match that profile Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 profile 1334 gt E Published Used with the Range field to control which objects are shown The option is set like this Published 1 When you use this option only objects that are still active on the current date will be shown If you do not use this option the current status is ignored Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 daterange 20051101 20051201 published 1 gt Random Makes the tag show a random sampling of objects The option is set like this E Random 1 A a o a Q Q o 3 o Q c ter 0 i S Q jar w a a i D R w z Q o 3 Il p v 220 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Range If you enter the option Range 1 the system will look for objects that were active within the Daterange Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 daterange 20051101 20051201 range 1 gt E vs w 5 Q oO Il j Al
97. containing the new reply The theme list containing the new reply If a new topic is posted the following cache files will be flushed The topic list containing the new topic The group list containing the new topic The theme list containing the new topic Sets the value for region This setting must match the regions entered into the date The option is set like this rj lt Es gt 10 I o Sets the default timeout period in milliseconds for Pos getcontent The default val 5000 and it cannot be set to a value below 100 milliseconds Enter 41 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual GlobalFirst GlobalPaths ImageBorderColor ImageCopyright ImageCopyright_XX Imageserver IniPath Language LeaveBlankTitleBlank LightEditExtraFields Optional Used with the setting GlobalPaths Enter to detrmine that the system will use global templates before using local templates Optional Sets the global paths that should be used for templates This option is on when you have a global template repository for multiple sites The option is set like Q p o o o bh FU w T D a ll 10 a z Po Q ha o o D G 10 oe K o Q H o ja o 0 z z 3 Q ra 10 o o H 19 5 w z H o 5 w a You can also enter local in the GlobalPaths to use the local templates The paths 1 templates are used in the order that they are given in the GlobalPaths setting Used to control the border color of i
98. default the function uses the category in which the story is placed Enter to use the category to which the profile is attached CategoryTree pbo lt CategoryTreeContent gt Contains the entire category tree CategoryTreeltemActive pbo 121 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Used for the category being viewed lt Name gt Contains the name of the category lt OverView gt Contains the link to the category CategoryTreeltemPassive pbo Used for the categories not currently being viewed lt Name gt Contains the name of the category lt OverView gt Contains the link to the category CategoryTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo This object is shown in front of all objects that contain a collapsed branch lt Expand gt Contains the action necessary to expand the branch CategoryTreeltemSeparatorExp pbo This object is shown in front of all objects that contain an expanded branch lt Collapse gt Contains the action needed to collapse the branch CategoryTreeltemSeparatorNone pbo This object is used in front of objects that cannot expand or collapse This file has no fields pbs ft lt pbs ft gt This tag was originally made for building the footer menu The tag has morphed into the de facto tag for building menus Menus can also be coded by hand using the anchor tag Options The tag supports several options for modifying text style Activedot Used to show which category is currently being viewed Wh
99. defined field Text which is defined in the ini file lt TipLink gt A link to the tip a friend page It must be used like this lt a href lt TipLink gt gt Tip a friend lt a gt lt Title gt The title field for the ad lt Type gt The first type for the object lt Typename gt The first type name for the object lt UserSubmitDeleteLink gt If the user is the creator of the item this variable is available It contains a link that if visited by the From version 6 2 0 creator will delete the displayed object lt AvgRanking gt Contains the average ranking of a CCE object From version 6 4 0 lt RankingLink gt The RankingLink does not contain the actual ranking value this must be added to the link by using From version 6 4 0 client side scripting The Following must be added to the link before submitting the link to the DLL lt RankingLink gt amp rating y Where y is the ranking given by a user lt TotalNoofVotes gt Contains the total number of votes on the CCE object From version 6 4 0 Displaying Event objects The variables in this section are only available if the object belongs to an Event module and the lt pbs cce gt parameters EventFromDate and EventToDate are used lt EventDate gt From version 6 2 0 Contains the first coming occurrence of the object lt EventDateList gt From version 6 2 0 Contains a list of the first many object occurrence dates lt ShowEventOccurrences gt From
100. displayed section of your website For example if you were to separate a news story into its various pieces you might have a headline a byline the story text a footer and so on Each of these elements could be considered as an object file You can arrange modify and manipulate object files to display the story in different ways You can make the headline bold and at the top of the story or you could put it all lowercase at the bottom of the story This chapter describes the functionality of object files and scripting lt contains general information about how object files work The specific information about how an object file works is placed with the tag that uses the object file This chapter also contains information about object script which allows you to build conditional object files The functionality we call Article classes which allows the user to select a specific object file for one story is also described in this chapter The use of tags and object files It is not possible to set a variable in an object file as shown in this example A oe La 0 lt w B ii Y o n o w a o Q w ps Q v e v If used in this manner the variable new_var will be equal to lt pbs datecalc gt instead of the date desired When you want a variable with the results of a pbs tag in it and not the tag itself call it as part of a macro and make the variable a global variable In macros you can use pbs tags like lt pbs newslist
101. ee bee Cat ge ah tle yee Ghee ee a ane a a 31 1 21 9EXTRAFIELDDER SectiON ua Me a a Banda Ad 32 1 2 20 EXTRAMENUCPEDITORIAL1 section oococccocccoco eee eee eee 33 1 221 FAGEBOOK S6CHtON hee ee A ee ee es a a eno ee ee 33 1 222 FASTSEARGHIS GHON viciado bce td a A Goes wah Gay whan hn Seeds ede dae Adri 33 12 23 FORUM Section E tis bln ed erie Ma Ned A datos 34 1 2 24 FRONTPAGESUBGLASS SECTION matias ara Gns algneaalianssit gob ot lac ll A ole 35 1225 GENERAL Secta bavi yaehtveeine tit ara A a ena a Wk A a ert 35 1 2 26 GOOGLEMARS Section A Ve se Be ek 51 1 2 27 HOSTSITECODES Section sai ra A A ae ee besten ee tripa 52 1 25 28 IMAGE SECOM tic ri a era e Fd eased ee ed Aare dt abby e eared 52 1229 LIGHTUSERSTORY LIST iia ites a a Greil hatiadsr laa 53 1 2 30 MODULES section 0 A A A Sei ee als LS ble 53 1 2 31 MULTIPRIORITY Section scsi nn ba ee Pe eed a A a en os a eke Ee Dew bei EE 57 1 2 32 MULTITABSTORYEDIT Section sai eiee tn c ttn 57 1239 NETGUEST Seton torio bee a BY Ore athe Hed eked Sree ASA ne WEE Ae ens Gane ge Go da ee one 57 1 2 34 NEWSLETTERISOCHON ici a A Alai 57 1 235 OBJECTRANKING Section i vaccine ra ad a A da ad 57 1 2 36 OMNITURE_FRONTPAGE_MAPPING section oooococccocccccoc eet eens 58 A223 7 OMNITURE SOCOM A ele no aa 58 1 2 38 OVRSUBCLASS S CHON iio A Cee See WP are edad eae bone aed Hae ee eee 59 23 POLE SECOND ana 59 1 2 40 PRIOROTATEGROUPS section ooococcoococo ett ete 59 12 41 PUBLISHTIMES
102. ee er bea te darla ear hd 429 1 38 1 Other tags and community site 2 oo 429 1 38 2 pbs article and community site 26 teens 429 1 38 3 pbs DUITAMA w2 235 ese cae ee eel eee A ees 429 1 38 3 1 MenuGraphicltem pbo 00 ice tent eee e tte e teens 429 1 38 3 2 MenUTeXtltOM PDO erge crios Beenie aed wok A easier 429 TESS POS MGM nr cise Sse cust net eee GG gs RR E ANE E 430 1 38 5 pbs links on community site circo at A brea eee nate nnd OME ACER ooo we Oe 430 1 38 6 pbs sectionfront on community site 2 2 teen eae 430 1387 COMMUN Y SOU A ht ae ais tirada 430 1 38 8 Community site templates 22 0 eee e ent t nett nee 430 1 39 Chapter 39 Xsendmall siones henan i lovee er baa eptdes cena ened pada dade Chard wal epee A at 431 133921 XSendMail PHO x 5 5 sieges a ek Bhs A opts a On Bae Sl ieee Sn arate PAA oes aed wags 431 1 39 2 XSendMaill Form 3 204 sede A A Peay Mea ot ie ee ea hs 431 1 39 3 XSendMallHTML PBO xia e ea a tina 433 1 39 4 XSendMailHTMLlteM pbO sra eremi a i a E E a iA a o e aa E aA E aaa E E 433 1 39 5 XSendMailltem pDO sp horsri ni ve pee nieu eia i pe aaa E A A oe ep ee 433 1 396 XSendMail set p Saren r A koe A Ad E eR AA E 434 1 40 Chapter 40 URL Rewrite 2 20 nauan aanak 435 140 ANEW URES a A a a a MeO pod nds 435 1 40 2 Potential problems esien dis a A a a a A AAA E a R EE E Paani E a 436 1 40 3 URL Parameters wees cia iue A EE a wl alee NS CH e e a Be ee o eld 436 1 40 4 URL Rewrite Setups siii a
103. eee Other fields The following fields must be present lt input type hidden name OrgBrukerid value gt lt input type hidden name Byttpassord value 0 gt lt input type hidden name win value 0 gt i lt input type hidden name CheckMode value 0 gt E lt input type hidden name nye value gt Password The user s password Phone The user s phone number This field is optional lt input type hidden name RedirectURL value apps pbcs dl1 section category obituaries gt 337 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Subscribtion Set the category to which the subscribers should be added The value of these fields must match the category you type have created through the editing interface lt input type hidden name OrgAboType value SUBSCRIBE gt i i lt input type hidden name Abon_type value SUBSCRIBE gt i User ID The user name with which the user logs on to your site Chapter 25 User Registration User login can use the information in the White Pages to allow only registered users to see content or add events to the events calendar User login is a result of user registration Users can register to have their names in the e mail catalog The same database that is used for the White Pages is also used for user verification when users submit events or sign up for a newsletter e Advanced login e pbs ureg_email pbs ureg_message e Edit user registration e Log out e Lost passwor
104. except in ISO format The same as lt LastMessageDate gt except in ISO format The same as lt Publisheds gt except in ISO format This has a value of 1 if the message is a sticky message A sticky message will appear above all normal messages The date time the last message in the thread was created The logged on user s last name The link to the full text message A value the represents the current message as a number The user name of the logged on user The link to the page for posting a new top level message The logged on user s nickname A link that will submit the message to the system A preview of the body with all the graphics resolved A link that will preview the message For moderated forums this is the date time the moderator published the message For non moderated forums this is the date time the message was created The quoted body of the original message The link to the page for posting a reply A link to a list of messages for this messages group that is not restricted by MaxDays The same as lt SLink gt The logged on user s signature The theme name for this message The theme description for this message The ID of the theme in which this message will be created A link to the list of groups for the theme 284 lt ThreadCount gt lt Title gt lt Today gt lt ToggleLockLink gt lt UserLevel gt lt ValidCaptcha gt Output form fields SAXOTECH Online Tag
105. file for outputting a pagelinkitem Example file name cce_GolfPageLinkltem pbo Example object file A A A eee eee lt a href lt PageLink gt gt Page lt sLinkPageNo gt of lt sPageCount gt which is items lt FirstHit gt through lt SLastHit gt Current page has no lt PageNo gt lt a gt lt br gt i Variables lt PageNo gt The page number currently being shown lt PageCount gt The number of pages in total lt PageLink gt The link to another result page lt LinkPageNo gt The page number for the above link 228 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Counter gt Same as lt LinkPageNo gt lt FirstHit gt Object number of the first item in result list for the link lt LastHit gt Object number of the last item in result list foir the link Note that this functionality is first available from 6 3 0sr12 CCE_MPLACE pbo CCE_MPLACEitem pbo CCE search_ovr pbs pbs ccedetails lt pbs ccedetails gt The CCE detail page is used to show all details about a CCE object This page is typically linked to from the listing of CCE objects The tag is used like this lt pbs ccedetails module 11 datefields Date dateformat mmm dd yyyy gt Template The template file for CCE object details is called gen_cceModuleShortNamed pbs Example cce_weatherd pbs Please notice the d at the end of the file name The template for the printer friendly version is called gen_cce_ModuleShortNamedp pbs T
106. for the day with links to the stories on your website The server must be set up to send out newsletters for your website Otherwise web guests can subscribe but no newsletter will be sent The server setup can only be done by SAXOTECH e Newsletter template e Newsletter txt NewsletterAd txt NewsletterArticle txt NewsletterCategory txt NewsletterLinks txt NewsletterOAMSAdHTML pbo NewsletterOAMSAdSpot txt e NewsletterSniff txt e pbs Newslad e pbs newsletter_subscriptionform e NewsletterActivated pbo NewsLetterActivatedError pbo NewsletterRemoved pbo NewsLetterRemoveError pbo NewsLetterRemoveMail pbo NewsLetterSubscribeMail pbo NewsLetterSubscriptionForm pbo e Setup newsletters e Subscription page with Sniff Search e Web based management for newsletters e SubcatSimpleLink1 pbo Newsletter template Newsletter template files are used when sending the email to the subscriber The HTML versions of the templates have HTML added before txt so Newsletter txt becomes NewsletterHTML txt All templates must be put in the objects folder AD itis important that you keep your lines under 60 characters in order for them to be handled correctly by email servers Newsletter txt The main file is called newsletter txt The file supports the following variables 381 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Ad1 gt lt Ad99 gt These fields will output the ads defined in the editorial system lt Ads gt Outputs the ads for the newsl
107. for the entry being viewed lt MapCode gt The map code for the entry being viewed pbs accuwcurrent lt pbs accuwcurrent gt This function gives you the current weather The tag must be used like this Options Label This option is used to select the geographical location code The code must be in the system s option table and Accuweather must transfer information for the code to the server You can also set the label in the URL by adding to the URL Locklabel Used to lock the label for the tag so it cannot be overridden from the URL This is useful when you have a weather symbol in the header that should not change By default this option is not used To use locklabel enter in the tag instead of Label Class Sets the object class for the object file World Used to select data from outside the US The option is used like this World 1 i 395 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Statelnfo Makes the tag list all cities in the selected state using the Label option By default this option is not used To use Statelnto enter Selection Used to specify multiple city codes Multiple codes must be specified using a semicolon separated list AccuWCurrent pbo Not all vendors of weather content provide all the fields listed lt Updated gt The update time for the weather lt CurrLabel gt The current label lt Name gt The current name lt ShortDesc gt A short description of the weather This is usually a single w
108. formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo lt ExtraFields gt Contains the extra fields formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo lt ExtraFieldType gt Contains the name of the extra fields group name lt Sections gt Contains the gallery images formatted using UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryPhotoltem pbo lt NoOfSections gt Contains the number of images When updating an existing gallery the following variables are available as well lt Status gt Contains the published status of the gallery O is unpublished 1 is published lt PhotoGalleryStatus gt Same as lt Status gt lt Summary gt Contains the summary of the gallery lt Title gt Contains the title of the gallery lt Location gt Contains the location of the gallery lt OrgSections gt Contains the number of images in the original lt OrgDate gt Contains the original date lt OrgStoryID gt Contains the original ID lt OrgCategory gt Contains the original category CCE object specific variables lt Module gt Contains the module and type information formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormCCEModule pbo lt ShowRecurrencePattern gt Contains whether the object to be submitted belongs to an Event module 1 or not 0 lt Fields gt Contains the extra fields formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormCCEFieldList pbo If lt ShowRecurrencePattern gt is 1 then the follo
109. frontpage e CCE default value CCE Module e section default value category To enable this tag for post processing make the following publicus ini setting CACHE EnablePostProcessRandomNumbers 1 427 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Pop up calendar The pop up calendar is used when you want the web guest to be able to pick a date from a calendar This function is typically used for the events listing The following JavaScript is needed to open the calendar lt script language javascript gt po lt i function choosedate window open g kalender_eng html E formname fieldname amp nobackdate i E menubar 0 titlebar 0 width 268 height 236 i document searchform Interval options document searchform Interval options length 1 selected E true E function ResetDate l if document searchform Interval selectedIndex l document searchform Interval options length 1 Do document searchform dateselected value gt lt script gt Options Formname fieldname Used to select the field in which the date will be placed Both the form name and the field name must be specified Limit Used to set the limit for the dates that can be picked For example The option can be used with the pbs datecalc tag Nobackdate Used to block access to dates before today Submit Determines that the form will be automatically submitted when a date is chosen Submit Determines which butt
110. function uses the object files NewsltemKeywordLinks pbo and NewsltemKeywordLinksltem pbo The URL to the story The link to the main category if you are listing an entry from a subcategory This field is often used in following link lt a href lt MainCategorylink gt gt lt MainCategoryname gt lt a gt If the story is plac the main category this variable will contain no value The name of the main category for the category in which the story is placed if the story is placed ina subcategory If the story is placed in the main category this variable will contain no value It is writter Contains the profile chosen by the user in the edit interface as main profile when using multiprofile tl setting OnlyUseEmbeddedNewsList in publicus ini must be set to 1 Used to link directly to a multimedia object that is attached to the story It targets the object with direc enabled This field uses the object file NewsltemMultiMedia Extension pbo Extension is replaced k media type extension The priority given to the story The profile ID for the item The name of the profile when profiles are used The publication date This field uses the date format option in the tag for formatting The publication date and time This field uses the Dateformat and Timeformat options in the tag for formatting Same as ArticleStatus Outputs the rating on the story This feature is typically used in movie reviews The field outputs just rating valu
111. gallery AR PH theme The theme from the URL keywords The keywords from the URL profile The profile ID from the URL sectioncat The section category from the URL lightid The light ID from the URL pbs PbcsRequestRandomA lt pbs PbcsRequestRandomA gt This tag is processed when using static cache files It is a random number between 0 and 1000000 To enable this tag for post processing make the following publicus ini setting CACHE i EnablePostProcessRandomNumbers 1 i pbs PbcsRequestRandomB lt pbs PbcsRequestRandomB gt This tag is processed when using static cache files It is a random number between 0 and 1000000 To enable this tag for post processing make the following publicus ini setting A E CACHE EnablePostProcessRandomNumbers 1 pbs profileid lt pbs profileid gt 421 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This option gives you the current ID for the profile This tag works in the same way as pbs categoryid pbs profilename lt pbs profilename gt This tag extracts the profile name on a story Options ID Specifies which ID the tag should show By default it shows the current profile Enter E Sn o oo ps aes oo any to show the name for profile x Objectclass Sets the object class ProfileName pbo lt lsCurrent gt This field has the value 1 if the profile is the current profile lt ProfilelD gt The profile ID lt ProfileName gt The profile name pbs prog lt pb
112. gen_userregeditform pbs The input fields are the same as used in the registration form Logon form This line sets up the form lt form METHOD POST action lt pbs reguser gt gt E Fields Edit Hidden field Sets the next page to be the edit form j lt input type hidden name T edit value 1 gt i E mail field Captures the email address i lt input type Text name email value lt pbs ureg_email gt size A 30 maxlength 40 gt 340 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Password field Captures the password lt input type Password name pwd value lt pbs ureg_pwd gt size 20 maxlength 20 gt pais Edit form After the user has logged on to the system the form for editing her current information is shown The form is built with the following fields This line sets up the form A S o 5 3 Ss il 4 x G is i Go O un H 5 w a D ll p 5 E o 3 3 D E po o F N w a pes ja o 5 ll A kej o n H o Q e n o 8 Vv v Fields These fields must be present for the form to work lt input type hidden name Region value 0000 gt lt input type hidden name edit value 1 gt lt input type hidden name id value lt pbs ureg_id gt gt The e mail field cannot be used in the edit form Log out To log out you must use the following JavaScript to delete the cookie lt script Language Javascript gt InitCookieSearchParams docum
113. gt lt pbs article gt Or lt pbs macro gt tag nested macros An example of this is A ka eg a 3 D Q 5 o 5 D 3 10 Il a z o Q p lt a w Q o pa 10 u a Il A ol Or a p p i 0 Q o ar Q po p pet 10 Hh fo K 3 p ct Il lt lt lt Qs o an p lt a Il j Vv v A ole y 5 o i lt o 6 Il pu 10 un 4 se ole V About Object Files Trigger use of object files In some tags you must use the option useobjects 1 to get the tag to use an object file Other tags will automatically use the object file if it exists This feature is documented for each individual tag Naming of object files Object files for most tags are named with the following structure 93 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Object files for the article tag are named with the following structure A rj E 5 Q 2 H O 5 V A O o ae 10 Q amp a a w a a Vv A D R ion H Q pa 10 Q E w a a Vv A N o 3 0 V o o o Article class Article class is selected by the users when they are editing stories The design options on the story properties page sets the article class for the story Article class is a letter from A to Z Article class must be defined in the ini file For more information please see Article classes Function Function is the name of the object file This name is used by the tag to find the correct object file Object If you a
114. gt lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TABLE gt lt FORM gt lt img id image src g t gif gt lt BODY gt lt HTML gt 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 VAAAAAAAAAAAAAA A lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt Image settings These settings are used in the URL of the Pbsci dll also known as the Image dll to control the way the image is shown 360 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Background This option sets the background color when you use the rounded corner and drop shadow function To set the option color enter f lt img src lt image gt amp RcRadius 20 amp BgColor 90AAAA gt Border Sets the border color The default color for the border is black Add the following option to change the border color color PRA SIES A A EE A AIS A E A N A IA EEEE AE E i amp BColor RRGGBB i The color is set using the standard HTML color triplet This code will make the border red i lt img src lt image gt amp BColor FF0000 border 0 gt Border Add the following text to the link to enable the border on off E ETN E E PEE A TIT AEE AA E EE E LE baw A AEE PAE E A AEA EAE E E E A AE CE Y p i amp Border 1 i Border is enabled by default Enter i border 0 to disable the border Example f lt img src lt image gt amp border 0 border 0 gt Drop This function is used to give photos a drop shadow To set the option amp DsRadius XX where XX is the number of shadow pixels i
115. ini It is not used by default This option is typically used when you have an events tag inside GuideSearchltem pbo You can also use it inside a macro and read the guide ID value from the URL You can use the following code both inside guidesearchitem pbo and when you have the field guideid X in the URL where is the guide ID you want to show i lt pbs eventslist guideid lt Guideid gt gt E Ignoremovie Determines whether information from cinemas should be treated as movie listings or as normal events If you are using the cinema function to let other event providers manage their own events this option must be used When the option Ignoremovie is enabled events from cinemas are treated as regular events This option has no parameters If the option is not present the cinema events are treated as movies People Used to display information registered in Agenda People It is used to list birthdays anniversaries and so on You must set the option AgendaPeopleClass in the Publicus ini to match the class you are using You can get this value from the system administrator This option is not used by default Enter l people 1 E to use information from Agenda People instead The templates are called AgendaPeople instead of Event so the item file is called AgendaPeopleltem pbo instead of Eventltem pbo The system will use the standard templates as a fallback URL parameters Most of the options you can set in the tag can also be set as para
116. is output for each category and subcategory lt MainCategory gt Outputs the name of the main category when it changes lt SubCategory gt Outputs the name of the subcategory when it changes Links vote form To allow web guests to vote on the links you must set up a form around the list like this lt form action method post name Vform id Vform gt lt input type hidden name vote value 0 gt i lt input type hidden name redirecturl value lt pbs prog gt section Category LINKS gt lt table width 100 border 0 cellspacing 0 cellpadding 2 gt lt pbs linkscategorylist objectclass 1 gt i lt table gt l lt form gt The form code has the following Form setup f lt form action method post name Vform id Vform gt This line sets up the form This form has no action because it is handled by the JavaScript Hidden fields lt input type hidden name vote value 0 gt i lt input type hidden name redirecturl value i rt lt pbs prog gt section Category LINKS gt i These fields are necessary to enable the vote form The redirect URL should match the page used to view the links The following JavaScript must be placed in your template to enable voting lt script language JavaScript gt function DoVote p v var f document Vform f action p f vote value v f submit lt script gt In the object file Linksitem pbo you must enter the followin
117. is to use the user interface to setup the meta data for the solution e Create the component that will be used when looking up template and object files e Create classes for the component e For each class you should specify the required custom fields Add types subtypes and detail types for the component and or the classes Reserved field names The following names are reserved and cannot be used as extra custom field names Title Date Text Keyword Keywords Site Category Type ID Expires CategoryName TypeName Image AttachedLink NavigationCategoryName Numlmages SubType SubTypeName DetailType DetailTypeName Other setup Meta data for example advertiser s address phone number e mail or other static meta data related to CCE objects can be setup through the user interface The information can be shown using the Relatedinfo option CCE tip a friend This uses CCE templates for the message Sending a message uses the file CCE_ lt ModuleShortName gt TipsText pbo or CCE_ lt ModuleShortName gt TipsTextHtml pbo The CCE send tip form will use CCE_ lt ModuleShortNamestip pbs if it is present Otherwise it will use the gen_tip pbs template pbs cce lt pbs cce gt The main listing is used to give the overview of CCE objects for the given module For example A e e The template usually has a search form enabling web guests to find information Templates The module s short name is used when looking
118. list This option is typically used when you build a page that is to be used for either PDA or WAP distribution The default is to output stories through the Web channel The options for channel are Web PDA or WAP The tag would appear as follows lt pbs newslist channel PDA gt and the resulting output would be that only stoies with a matching channel will be output when this option is used Count This option controls how many stories should be shown The default is 5 stories Enter from 1 to 999 stories to change the option When you use profiles the cache rows option on the profile will set the hard limit for how many stories the tag can show CounterStart Determines the counter parameter s offset Enter counterstart where is the number used for the offset from the counter setting 166 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Createdby From version 6 2 0 Date Days Daystart Even ExactTaxonomyMatch FilmID Keywords Kwnot Used when you want to select stories from specific users Example The tag will select only stories submitted by those users Example A o o n i 10 7 ji H 7 Q K oO i oO Q o K Il Q e K K 10 yo ER e n 10 K Vv The tag will retrieve current logged in user id from the session object and list stories This function allows you to pick stories from one date By default this is not used By setting Date 99999999 you can select stories with
119. list of groups The number of replies to this message The title of the message This has a value of 1 when there is a reply to the current message that has been created today A link that will cause the messages locked status to toggle A locked message will become unlocked and an unlocked message will become locked This field contains the user level The total number of posts by the user This field has a value of 1 if the currently logged on user is verified The user level of the currently logged on user ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo This file is used to list all attachments for a given forum message It is used in conjunction with ForumMessage pbo and ForumMessageThreadltem pbo lt Counter gt The counter for the attachments lt DownloadLink gt The link that will download the attachment lt Filename gt The file name of the attachment lt lmgLink gt The link that will display the attachment if it is an image lt lsimage gt This field has a value of 1 if the attachment is an image lt lsLastitem gt This field has a value of 1 if the attachment is the last in the list ForumMessageThreadltem pbo This file is used to list all messages in the thread lt is used in conjunction with ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo and ForumMessageThreadltem pbo It is also used on the group overview page Please see ForumMessagesMessageThreadltem pbo The field must be present in the ForumMessages pbo for this f
120. logged in user s avatar image link lt Category gt The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the object s directory lt EMail gt The currently logged in user s email address lt FirstName gt The currently logged in user s first name lt lsModerator gt This is set to 1 if the currently logged in user is a moderator lt LastName gt The currently logged in user s last name lt Name gt The currently logged in user s first name followed by the last name lt NickName gt The currently logged in user s nickname ForumPrivateEmailSent pbo Used to allows users to email each other when the user s email addresses are not shown on the forum page 289 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This is used in conjunction with ForumPrivateEmail pbo and ForumPrivateEmailMessage pbo lt Author gt The recipient name lt AvatarLink gt The recipient s avatar image link lt Category gt The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the object s directory lt EMail gt The email address of the recipient lt FirstName gt The recipient s first name lt FromAddress gt The email address of the currently logged in user lt FromName gt The name of the currently logged in user lt lsModerator gt This is set to 1 if the recipient is a moderator lt LastName gt The recipient s last name lt MailSent gt Has a value of 1 if the mail is sent successfully
121. looks for stories with a Net title that matches the designated letter If the story does not have a Net title the story title will be used instead This option has no default setting There are several methods to use this option e Letter D Outputs all stories that start with the letter D e Letter A G Outputs all stories that start with letters from A to G e Letter 0 9 Outputs all stories that start with numerals Allows you to select stories based on the story s Location property The text specified in this option must be an exact match for the value from the Location property on the story By default this option is not used Enter Location XXX to make the tag select stories with XXX in the Location field Allows the tag to retrieve stories from multiple site codes Used with Site Only use Multisite if articles are retrieved from multiple sites The following code provides an example of how to use the Multisite parameter note that articles are retrieved from two sites A koj o a 5 o z a H Es a a 3 E ja ae n is lo Il na a E m o Il w Kej a a v By default this option is not used If you enter Multisite in the tag you can use the site option to select stories from multiple sites Enter Odd in the tag to output only items with an odd position code By default this option is not used Enter O Q Q in the tag to output only items 1 3 5 7 and so on Used to select stories on one priority
122. matter if they are the same or different Objectclass Controls which object file will be used Enter 0bjectclass 1 to make the system look for News1 pbo and Newsltem1 pbo The rules defining which object files will be used are described in the section About Object Files You should also read the section on the folders in which the system will look for object files which can be found in Directory structure SynchiD Setting this value to a specified number effectively groups all tags that have the same synchronization ID See NoDuplicates Useobjects Determines whether object files should be used If you enter Useobject s 1 the system will look for an object file to define the layout The object files are described later in this chapter Output options The newslist tag has the following output options These options control which stories will be shown by the tag 165 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Categories Used when you want to select multiple categories for the Newslist and it is not possible to use the pattern matching that the category option supports The category option is faster and should be used if possible This option is only used when the option category cannot be used To select multiple categories enter them into the tag For example Q w gt o Q O 5 ae o un Il Z E a wn i O DS un a y Ea o Q o K ea oO n I 3 o un ole a m o K T u e m l w w K 2i n E o B a 5 h
123. month 2 if FromDate is February 17th 2009 the first occurrence is February 14th 2010 Had the FromDate been a week before the first occurrence had been on February 14th 2009 4 2 The last Sunday in month 2 if FromDate is before the given date the first occurrence is in the same year otherwise they start being calculated from the next Form examples Submit a simple non recurring events Here we want a simple input form where the event enterer only needs to supply date and time of the event Because we don t want any recurrence to happen we preselect the recurrence pattern to stop after one occurrence And the pattern we choose is the daily pattern 1 1 with jump 1 every day so that we know for sure that the actual event date is going to be the same day as the start date 326 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt input lt input lt input lt input lt input ZES lt td gt lt t 24h lt lt tr gt type hidden name stopmethod value 1 gt type hidden name numberofocc value 1 gt type hidden name pattern value 1 gt type hidden name patternlsub value 1 gt type hidden name patternlsubljump1 value 1 gt able cellpadding 1 cellspacing 0 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td gt Date of the event lt td gt lt td gt lt input name fromdate id fromdate maxlength 8 value lt FromDates gt gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Start time lt
124. name 288 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual From Address The sender s address Email subject Captures the email subject lt input type text name Subject maxlength 255 size 60 i class forum gt i lt textarea name MessageBody rows 20 cols 45 class forum gt lt textarea gt i Output fields lt Author gt The name of the user that created the message lt AvatarLink gt The currently logged in user s avatar image link lt Category gt The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the object s directory lt EMail gt The currently logged in user s e mail address lt EmailTo gt The email address of the user that created the message lt FirstName gt The currently logged in user s first name lt lsModerator gt This is set to 1 if the currently logged in user is a moderator lt LastName gt The currently logged in user s last name lt Name gt The currently logged in user s first name followed by the last name lt NickName gt The currently logged in user s nickname ForumPrivateEmailMessage pbo Used to allows users to e mail each other when the user s email addresses are not shown on the forum page This is used in conjunction with ForumPrivateEmail pbo and ForumPrivateEmailSent pbo lt Author gt The currently logged in user s nickname If there is no nickname then it is the first name followed by the last name lt AvatarLink gt The currently
125. name must contain only the following characters e Letters from A to Z both upper case and lower case e Numbers from 0 to 9 Underscore _ Parameters This option is used for sending parameters to the query you have written This option is not required The parameters are sent from the tag must match the parameters the query requires Otherwise the query will fail You can use to specify a specific parameter name All parameters need values stored procedures may specify defaults The parameters should be passed using the syntax parametername parametervalue lt pbs query Name foo parameters 1 date 6 20 2008 count lt count gt startdate lt start3 gt gt In this example the query is inside a macro accepting fields The count parameter is skipped so start is used to specify the last parameter If you send in more or less variables than the system expects the system will expose fully qualified SQL server messages on the results page Always use parameter names This makes a longer string but makes no difference in performance Sending all parameters makes the tag easier to read and follow later The tag can be placed directly in a template The tag must then be run cached If you need to run the tag with recache intervals or you need to pass in variables the tag must be placed inside a macro or an lt pbs include gt For more information and examples of custom queries please see the SAXOTECH Online Custom Q
126. not set Enter E category categoryid to show the message with the template associated with the category ID Count Controls how many messages the tag will show The default is 10 Enter count X to show X messages Legal values are 1 to 99 Group Limits the groups from which the tag should show newest messages The default is to show newest messages from all groups To use this option set group groupnumber The Group number can be found by looking at the links in the group listing for a theme ObjectClass This option sets the object class By default the object class is not set Enter to use class X Legal values are 1 through 99 Showref Controls how many characters of the message should be shown by the tag The default is 0 The tag can be set from 0 to 999 Theme Used to list the newest messages for the specified theme only By default this setting is not used Enter E theme themenumber A ie o n ta o v w co o v oe Q w a o Q o 5 lt 1 O T Eh o 5 E 3 un K n u Q lo E gt Il w n a o B o Ph Il un N o Vv ForumLatestMessageltem pbo lt Attachments gt Contains a value for the number of file attachments that are associated with this post lt AttachmentsNotimage gt The number of non image attachments associated with this message The same as lt Attachments gt minus lt SImages gt lt Author gt The author of the message lt Counter gt
127. note that the following actions on other tags are not affected by this setting Tip a Friend AdClick PollClick and NewsLetterSignup They will generate statistical information anyway Because Omniture SiteCatalyst will only generate statistics if there is Omniture JavaScript on the pages we recommend not using this feature except in special circumstances Chapter 32 US Weather To be able to show weather on your website you need to have a feed from a weather provider SAXOTECH Online only offers the tools to display the weather information on your site We do not provide weather information The system does not know which measurement system is being used The system does not see the difference between Fahrenheit and Celsius so you must use the same measurement system as your weather provider There are multiple sets of weather tags The weather tags starting with Accu are only used in the US e pbs accuwforecast e AccuWForecast pbo e pbs accuwcurrent e AccuWCurrent pbo pbs accuwname pbs accuwmap e AccuWMap pbo e pbs accuwoptions pbs accuwforecast 393 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs accuwforecast gt The forecast function displays the forecasted weather Options Label Used to select the geographical location code Dateformat Sets the date format This option follows the default SAXOTECH Online behavior and can be set like this i dateformat h mmam pm Class Sets the object class for the tag Part Determin
128. nt 85 1 5014 articio MIpPDO grrr aaraa eA ra A eE OR a Ear CM dE le ates sey 85 15 15 templates MSM A di AE 87 1 5 2 Folder structure mic a a ce a 88 1 5 3 Palm templates moomia ae Ei ii a A A A A ae eve Gute alee dd a n 88 1 5 4 Setting MIME TYPES ursinii tor A e ese pri 88 1 5 5 Special templates e o ai 89 1 5 6 Template mapping 4 ass isosceles alee o A a a Ad chaos 89 1 5 7 Template names and URLS inno cet e eee a eee eee peed eta ed eee eee eee ea 90 TLDS WAP TOMPlates sota e fi tap a eee Ute a chatted a 92 JERAI eis cer dn cede A A Bele ert A RA AS E E E 92 1 6 hapter 6 ObjectiFiles os pence eee 2 cecatatet a a Casals wig Set 93 1 61 About Object Files as ii A A a BE inden a Sheds Beate Rea pagan 93 1 6 2 Article classes cummins Cee ey 98 126 3 Global Uncle el ok teeta tl iol arth aT Alt ara 100 136 4 Global variables armor tro diari 100 1 6 5 Inline objectS voii A AA a ote end 101 16 6 LOCAlG ata IAN ii A A A A Whe a ative arate a ARA 102 1 6 7 Object Script eener hoteg whats inet act ie en ie aaa eee Aihara Ot ata Se a BA 102 1 6 8 Odd and Even variable picture handling o ooocococcococccc ent teen 115 16 9 PDSHIMACKO aate a E bad A aa EA se ai Hewes Gad aaah Se a os 117 1 6 9 1 Election2008 pb0 vi sh aie eee en eee eek eee beet Pie ey eRe eles Chee eee ah oe ee eine 119 1 6 10 Position based design ici cients a ad a Son ane weep eee Ale ee tae aslo 119 1 6 1 System variables ia A Pe Miia ot eas Bee er
129. of the lt s loginfailedmessage gt variable using the lt pbs globa1l gt tag like this This tag should be run uncached because the message can vary from user to user Templates This template is used to redesign the page to which the web guest is sent when login fails and the Usefailedpage option is set The template is called gen_loginfailed pbs This page has no special tags You can use all the tags from pbs subscriberdata It has a special global variable that can be used in all object files used on the page The variable is lt loginfailedmessage gt pbs subscriberdata lt pbs subscriberdata gt This function allows you to show information about a logged in web guest The tags cannot show information from external subscription systems like Clickshare Templates This tag can be used on all templates Options Field This section is used to specify which field should be available Only one field can be specified 335 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Fields This section is used to specify which field should be available Multiple fields can be specified The available fields are Userid The web guest s ID This is the ID that he uses to log on to the site Username The web guest s name Email The web guest s email address Phone The web guest s phone number Fax The web guest s fax number Description A description of the web guest Fromdate The date from which the account is active Todate
130. one to 120 with interval X where is the number of days Local Determines whether only local events will be shown This option can also be set in the Publicus ini If you use the option in the tag you will override the ini file setting By default the setting in the Publicus ini is used If this is not set all events will be shown Enter A y to show all events Enter local 1 to show only local events Published Overrides the published option so that unpublished events are listed Only published events are shown Enter REE E EN EA E SEA NAE DEAT E O NE E EE ee ee a eer A A ng AR a S A a a ASN to show all events The published flag is ignored Subject Controls which subjects will be shown By default all subjects will be shown By setting this value you can select a single subject The subject codes are shown by the subject name in the SAXOTECH Online interface Other options 277 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Cinema Extracts events from a single cinema By default the event list shows events from all providers Enter cinema XX where is the cinema code The event list will only show events for one provider The cinema codes are most easily found by viewing the source of the user editing page The cinema code is the combination of your site code plus the cinema ID Example E cinema GE36 Guideid Used to show events for a single entry from the guide database For this option to be used it must be turned on in the Publicus
131. pe D 5 z w a H o 5 oe v The reference to the image displayed It is useful for zooming and required for zooming on teaser im The width of the image The Newslist tag does not support the zoom function you have on the story page It is possible to bui this function using the link field You do it one of these ways lt a href lt pbcs dll gt misc url templates zoom pbs amp lt Imagelink c 23 gt gt Zoom lt a gt lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt misc url templates zoom pbs amp aid lt ArtID gt gt Zoom lt a gt lt a href lt Spbcs d11 gt misc url templates zoom pbs amp dato lt IsoCreateDateTimeS d yvyyymmdd gt 8kategori lt Category gt 8lopenr lt id gt ref lt ImageRefs gt gt Zoom lt a gt The latter zoom link is the only one that works with Teaser images This field outputs the summary field It will not show parts of the first paragraph if a summary does exist This field is used with the option Alltext Used to show links to internal objects that are linked to the story For more information please see NewsltemInternalLinks pbo This field has the value 1 if the story is currently being viewed This function can only be used when use the Newslist tag on a story page This function can be used to make the current story bold in the of stories This field has the value 1 when the last story in the list is shown The creation date and time in ISO format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS For more in
132. rca 335 1 24 4 1 SubscriberData PbO 2 uc 0 renieu niasa ewe beg he eR aale ee ee Tekh det epee a A 336 240 PDS USOS e a a eden 336 T24 e OEA USES ewe A A ee ere phe 336 25 Chapter 25 User Registration circa a A A o a AAA eee De e Ae ee ee 338 1 25 ADVANCEA login acs iii EA A A a Ses ar ee rene AI ia Mader ee a dana le ete 338 1 25 1 1 pbs reg email wien ieee ee pe eke ee A dele a whale see aLe gd tite Sa alte oe ae ae ew 340 1525312 PDS reg MESSAGE eiii mara ie era Waele gO AA lcd ane D Aa wehbe 340 1425 2 EU USCETOUISTAMON a A A a bob ad Garand ater gee 340 125 3 LOG OUt ii A A A A A A A AA a a eee A 341 125 4 Lost password aii tt AAA A do Oke AA AAA Os eee te bach eee 341 1 25 41 PwdSenti pbo ici rt e t 342 1 25 5 pbs adregusertargels Tornes io rita ria rca daa lis rca AA ale bra ica die 343 1200 pbs xtra INCOME A A A A A A A A g Gee 343 125 7 pbs reg s eriNfo esas A A A A A A AA 344 1 25 71 UsSerreginiO pb0 iii ti A A AA AA E EE T EA EE ES 344 25 8 Setup USt registration caro nr rd A e a a 345 1 26 Ghapter 26 Statf Listing 1 0 A nay ie a o lat 349 1326 1 pbs departMentlist bocina ai a a a ada 350 1 26 1 DepList pb0 200 00 A A A A A ea A 350 12612 DEPlASHSM PDO sa a da etd eal mated 350 1 26 2 pbs departmentoverview 2 ee ere ee ne eee eee nee etn ene erent ee ee ne eeee 350 1526 21 DEPOVSIVIEW PDO ticos eed ah we at eee A Ae aiii 351 1 26 2 2 DepOverviewGroupHeader pbO 6 ce ett tenet tees 351 1 26
133. section and Enabled WSDL and TargetNamespace settings in the EXTLOGIN section AdvBanner This line controls whether a customer is running the Banner Ad module or OAMS If the value for advBanner is 0 the Banner Ad module is enabled If the value for advBanner is 1 OAMS is enabled Wa ee eae bas ee eee eae ee eee oe ote eae a ae eee ee eee ns ee ee et eee aay Agenda This line enables the Agenda Module Agenda 1 Agenda Movies This line enables the Agenda Movies Module 53 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Agenda People This line enables the Agenda People Module i AgendaPeople 1 i Assets This line enables the Assets Module j Assets 1 i Banner This line enables the Banner Module i Banner 1 i CCE This line enables the CCE Module CCE 1 Classifieds This line enables the Classifieds Module Classifieds 1 ClickShare This line enables the integration with ClickShare ClickShare 1 Company This line enables the Yellow Pages Module i Company 1 i ConfigSection This option is used for turning the configuration section on or off in the admin interface i ConfigSection 0 i Email This line enables the White Pages Module i Email 1 i Extlogin This line enables the Extended Login Module Extlogin 1 Forum This line enables the Forum Module Forum 1 Guides This line enables the Guide Module l Guides 1 54 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual HostingMeasurementPortal This line enables the Hosting Measurements Portal i
134. sees tein acs A OR 72 EA A A A ve an ace late A E E AN elas E AN 73 1 340 Template Settings ebsites ee bead A ates A A A o AA E a ees 74 1 3211 Thread DO eii A Se wate Al A A ea elem ee a e 75 Ghapter 4H TML Nd Includes ooo a ia A ide RA 75 1 41 Doeument structure A a Waid eg eal tana ea ete 76 TVAC2 FONTS se ees A Ree ee A Oe a WE Pea con RW tee Aaa 76 14 3 Meta tags oi A A A CPO Roda Ge wea AA AA Baad dre pee eae dae eas 79 T4341 ArticleSO pbo rica ohare Geo bee NO wee AEE oye tee a a ha a an eet ea 79 143 2 Article e ad90 PDO reci arios ar me a a a N aiii 79 1 4 3 3 ArticleHead pbo Meta tag oooonococnncnccar nor 79 1 4 4 PbstileCheck oa a eh el See Re ek My ele ee eta ee oe eh eee ee ea Aas es 79 1 4 5 POS GetCOMIOM srini ere ie tated iE ORO ies GPE A ee Hea hte eens abated ana ead cree nel ates Sena de eer 80 VAG POSANCIUAS cesar ice eh team td aie poeta hae de Seabee ached vate ita Genta ed 81 147 Server Side inClud S Ayaman Sidhe ocean A eats ace cd wide nls Monsen dtdver Slay ess e ale Shaves sagen ase uaa iS 82 1 4 8 Special graphics directory tuvimos A A da che ge ee ee ke 83 1 5 Ghaptero Templates ica a A at 84 15 VExporttemplates ic catenin ute A A AL A A A E patent es Poe 84 125 1 1 article xml asset Pho seeker hia ee A a ed ee EL ee De Ae 84 1 5 1 2 article_xml_connection pbO 0 6c nett 84 1 5 1 3 arti le xml paragraph PbO sici n oia deere te wee BE Ose se te WR eran do Lad ce Eat Oboes ore
135. set up in the Publicus ini file For more information please see VerifyUsers If the Extended Forum is not enabled the following fields will not be available aN AE N NSIN ESA N AE AE S SEE A A Pe Pe N AE re a a E E E lt AvatarLink gt lt IsAdminUser gt lt SIsModerator gt lt SIsNormalUser gt lt SISOUserRegDate gt lt IsROnlyUsers gt lt sLastPoster gt lt SPostedBy gt lt SPostedByHost gt lt sSignatures gt lt SUserID gt lt SUserLevel gt lt sUserPostCount gt lt UserRegDates gt lt Attachments gt A value for the number of file attachments that are associated with this post lt AttachmentsNotimage gt The number of non image attachments associated with this message This is the same is lt Attachments gt minus lt SImages gt lt Author gt The name of the person who wrote the message lt AvatarLink gt A link to the author s avatar image This is blank if the author does not have an avatar image lt Body gt The body of the message lt Created gt The date time the message was written 304 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt DeleteMessageLink gt lt DeleteReplyLink gt lt Description gt lt EditMessageLink gt lt Email gt lt GroupLink gt lt GroupOptions gt lt HasNew gt lt HotThread gt lt lmages gt lt Indent gt lt lsAdminUser gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsModerated gt lt lsModerator gt lt IsMsgLo
136. show the horoscope for Capricorn Chapter 35 TV Guide The TV Guide Component is used to display the TV guide To use this component you need a feed from an information provider You should use a style sheet when you build the TV guide If not your pages will be very large The examples in this documentation use style sheets The style sheet used by the TV guide is called tv css and is located in the folder includes e pbs tv_getoptions e pbs tv_LineUpData e TVLineUpSelect pbo e TVLineUpZipSelect pbo e pbs tv_programinfo e TvPrograminfo pbo e pbs tv_schedule TVSchedule pbo TVScheduleHeaderRow pbo TVScheduleRow pbo TVScheduleRowCell pbo 402 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs tv_getoptions lt pbs tv_getoptions gt This tag extracts information from the database Template The search form can be put on any template The results page must be set to the page used for showing the line up The example is placed on the template tv_ovr pbs These hidden fields are used to store information when the web guest browses the TV Guide lt input type hidden name Provider value lt pbs Provider gt gt lt input type hidden name LineUp value lt pbs LineUp gt gt lt input type hidden name Tier value lt pbs Tier gt gt lt input type hidden name Interval value lt pbs Interval gt gt lt input type hidden name StartTime value lt pbs StartTime gt gt lt input type hidden name
137. shown Enter i count to determine a number of stories to be shown This option overrides the archive setting in the category register Leadin Controls the number of summary characters that will be shown By default the whole summary will be shown Enter leadin to determine how many characters should be shown This can be any number between 0 and 9999 Subcats Controls whether or not stories from subcategories will be shown in the listing By default listing of stories from subcategories is turned off Enter to enable listing of stories from subcategories Summaries Determines how many stories should have summaries By default all stories have summaries Enter n w K p 10 n Il x to determine that only the first x stories will have summaries Entering any number for x will show the summaries for the specified number of stories Only the title will be shown for the other stories Image output options Image Controls if a thumbnail picture is shown in the story overview This is a thumbnail of the main story picture By default thumbnails are turned off Entering p 3 Q D Il pa enables thumbnails Picturealign Controls the placement of the thumbnail By default thumbnails are placed on the left Enter picturealign right to change the alignment of thumbnails to the right Picturepadding Sets the padding on the thumbnail By default there is 4 pixels of padding around a thumbnail Enter yel pe
138. sits on top of all other DIVs regardless of the z index set on those DIVs This can cause problem for example with Java scripted drop down menus that slip under the flash object instead of on top of it OAMS dll supports the parameter wmode transparent in the embed object tags if the Publicus ini file on the site running the OAMS dll has the following setting AdX FlashWMode transparent If FlashWMode is specified it will be added as the value of a wmode parameter If it is not specified in the ini file the wmode parameter will not be set LabellnClassifiedsLink Determine whether the label ID will be included in the redirect URL generated by OAMS Enter A A SS A A A a E SAN if the label ID should be included The default is 1 SpotinClassifiedsLink Determine whether the spot ID will be included in the redirect URL generated by OAMS Enter O E A E E E E E EO E E a A A A e E if the spot ID should be included The default is 1 18 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ShowClicksInCustomerLogin Controls whether or not customers login in will see number of clicks and clickrate as part of the reports they can pull Enter Default is that they don t see it AGENDACLASSSUBJECTMAPPING section This section is used for mapping the different classes in the system to the correct events type EE EE E a a AGENDACLASSSUBJECTMAPPING i E Agenda0 Subject3 i Agendal Subject0 i Agenda2 Subject2 i Agenda0 General events Agenda1 Mov
139. staff register and whether or not Smart Bylines are enabled To use the Smart Bylines feature you must use Art icleByline pbo If the Smart Bylines feature is enabled the byline will show the first name surname and e mail address of the staff member as entered in the Staff component selected in the user interface If Smart Bylines is not used a byline is only processed if it is active and in the category register If the byline is set to active you can use fields from the staff register to format the byline This can be overridden by entering pases Mae e e in the Publicus ini Alternatively you can make the system output the original byline written in the story When not using smart bylines the Online Robot will try to find staff information based on first name and last name in the byline field This requires removing noise words from the byline field before processing Noise words that must be removed from the byline field are defined in OnlineRobot_StoryExport ini 144 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Sitecode_SITE_ SETTINGS NoiseWordsInByline BY and Staff Writer 13 10 Online starts from left to right and combines 2 words firstname lastname at a time before looking up the staff lt Adress1 gt lt Adress2 gt lt Adress3 gt lt Adress4 gt lt Byline gt lt BylineEmailPart gt lt BylineNamePart gt lt City gt lt Department gt lt DesignClass gt lt Ex
140. tag must be used on both the front page and the sectionfront The object files used by the newslist tag are called News pbo and Newsltem pbo When you use an object class the object class number is input before the article subclass and the files are named Newsltem2A pbo and Newsltem2B pbo The object files can also be placed in a sub folder with the same name as the category The file News2 pbo is used for all stories Example A system has been set up with two subclasses for the front page These are called Breaking News and Major Event Breaking News is used when something happens during the day and Major Eventis used when something major happens like earthquakes assassinations and so on Stories have been written using all the different subclasses To present the information in the database the following tags and object fields are used Tag The following newslist tag is used to build the main page lt pbs newslist categories news sports count 15 days 2 priosort useobjects 1 Objectclass 1 gt Object files News1 pbo The main file that is used for the entire list lt font face lt pbs fontfacel gt size 1 gt lt items2 gt i t lt font gt Newsltem1 pbo Used for the regular items lt br clear all gt l i Imagelink lt img src lt Imagelink gt amp MaxW 100 width 100 border 0 hspace 1 vspace 1 align right gt l lt font face Verdana size 2 gt lt b gt lt Title gt lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt
141. taxonomy Must be set when using Reltaxonomy If no topnode is wanted this should be set to the root node ID 0 This is not advised as the system will only match on the 5 taxonomy words with the lowest ID Instead a subtree should be created in the taxonomy tree which is used to show the list of related stories The first node of the subtree should be used as the Topnode If the topnode is not set the system will not show related stories and an exception will be raised The option would appear as follows Determines if blogger fields such as CreatedByUserFirstName is to be outputted 1 or not 0 Default is 0 169 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Site Determines the sites from which the tag can retrieve stories This option is used with multisite By default this option is not used If you enter Site TB SB GJ in the tag you can select stories from those three site codes Start This option controls how many stories the tag should skip before it displays stories This option can be used when you want to place an ad in the listing of stories or use multiple Newslist tags on the same page to control layout By default the system starts at the first story but you can set the option to start at any story number between 1 and 999 Status This option makes it possible to show stories depending on their status To enable this it must be activated in the Publicus ini by setting the following Al lowChangingPublishedStatusOnNewslistTags 1 in
142. the GENERAL section of the publicus ini This enables the status parameter on the Newslist tag This parameter must be set to a set of valid statuses separated by comma The valid statuses are 0 Pending 1 Unpublished 7 Restricted 8 Archived 9 Published 99 Backed up 10 Locked For example It is important to use quotes around the status string Otherwise it only uses the first element in the list Use caution when using the category or profile from the URL in the tag category because this may allow readers to find unpublished stories from other categories and or profiles Taxincl or Taxinclude This option is used the same way as Profile See Profile for more information Taxonomywords You can output stories matching specific taxonomy words By default this option is not used Use Taxonomywords 12 14 in the Newslist tag When you specify multiple words they will be separated by AND By adding Kwor 1 to the tag the terms will be separated by OR Example lt pbs newslist taxonomywords 12 14 kwor 1 gt Please read ExactTaxonomyMatch Themes Allows you select stories based on theme By default this option is not used Using this option allows you to select stories using multiple themes The option is used like this ER y 0 3 D n ll Q fe 3 T oO K n et D p 0 xe pea lo ej o H 12 4 o B 3 o a Sort options By not using any sort options stories will be sorted this way e The defa
143. the Newslist tag This will look for stories with the corresponding film ID as a keyword You can combine the 1i1mid variable with other keywords if necessary a MO go A a A AEO A SER ee EE Se a RE Ee A AA E S A a ee ee pbs mv_movieinfo lt pbs mv_movieinfo gt This function uses the template X_ovr pbs where X is specified in the tag linking to the page The example uses mv1_ovr pbs Options ImageListColumns Controls how many columns the images should span The option is used like this A O ImageListStart Used to skip a number of images This option is typically used when you use an extra page to display images The option uses the first picture that the page should show as a parameter like this 406 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Objectclass Sets the object class Useobjects Enables the use of object files MVMovielnfo pbo This file is the mail file for the Movieinfo tag lt Actors gt The name of the actors lt Caption gt The caption for the first image lt sCaption2 gt contains the caption for the second image and so on lt Description gt The description of the film lt Distributors gt The name of the distributor lt FilmID gt The unique ID for the film The ID can be used in links lt Genres gt The genre information lt HomePage gt The URL for the film s homepage lt lmages gt Outputs MVMovielnfolmageRow pbo lt lmageCount gt The number of images connected to the movie lt lmageLi
144. the last posted message The link for the logo if the group has a logo The number of messages posted A link to the story listing The name of the moderator The name of the group A link to the new message page The number of messages in the group Shows the groups belonging to a theme lt Groupltems gt lt lSOUserLastVisitedDate gt lt ShowAllLink gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeDescription gt Lists all the group items Contains the date of the last visit for this reader A link showing all messages regardless if they are older than the number of days set in the ini file for deactivation of threads It is used like this A EE AN SE N AEE A SETE ea ee eer This option can only be used if the option ShowHeaders is used in the tag The name of the theme being viewed The description of the parent theme 297 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ThemelD gt The ID of the parent theme lt ThemeListLink gt The link to the main listing of themes lt ThemeLogoLink gt A link to the themes logo image if it has one pbs news_hotthreads lt pbs news_hotthreads gt This tag is used to list messages that have the most activity Options Category Sets the category to be used when showing the message This is done to show the forum messages in a category other than the category on which the messages is listed By default this is not set Enter to show the message using the non PE ne ane ne On Count
145. the related information table The field you use must be defined in the Fields option By default the option is not used Enter RelatedTo Customer E in the tag Information from the customer field on the ad will be used to look up information from the related information table Single Determines that a single date is sent to the system This option operates in conjunction with the search form Please see Classifieds search form If this option is not set you must have FromDate and ToDate fields By setting you can supply one date and the system will show the ads for that date SortOrder Sets the sort order of the data You can specify all available fields here such as SortOrder should be used after the Fields option Please note that if you group by a Field you should not use that field in the SortOrder option as well Start Sets the start record This option is typically not used manually It is used automatically by the system when you have multiple pages of ads 208 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ToDate Sets the end date for the list The date is specified in ISO format A ToFIELDSearch Used to search a field for a specific value By default this option is disabled To use this option you must specify seneesa You must also specify the FromFIELDSearch value Type Used to specify the ad category This option is only used when you are listing one category f aee Types This option works like Type but you can specify multiple ad
146. the story is not found The default setting is 1 47 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SaxoSync SaxoSyncCategories SecretlmagePublishKey From version 6 4 0 ShowlnactiveBannersInArchive ShowPhotoAlbumSharedStatus From version 6 4 0 ShowPicturePublishStatus From version 6 4 0 ShowTeaserlmagelconInStoriesList Smartingres Stedopt Allows synchronization with SAXOTECH Editorial The option is enabled like this Each time the article is saved it is flagged for export If SaxoSyncCategories is not specified all stories will be synchronized when saved See also ThinClientEditor for manual export of articles You can limit the synchronization to specific categories with Stories in other categories will not be synchronized In order to show unpublished images in the edit interface a secret key must be add Publicus ini This secret key is used for verifying that the request comes from the e interface and not the front end This must be used to enable publish status on imac photo galleries Determine whether you want inactive banner images shown in the archive list If Banners used on inactive banner ads will be shown in the archive Otherwise only banners that are not used on any banner ads are shown in the archive Enables shared photogalleries Default is off Enables publish status on photogallery images Default is off See also SecretlmagePublishKey in general section to enable this Determine whether you want an
147. the thank you message or an error message Options 257 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Chartlegend Determines whether and where a chart legend should be output The default position is to the right of the graph The possible options are Top Bottom Left Right and Off For example enter i chartlegend Bottom i in the tag Charttype Specifies the chart type that will be used By default the chart type is a bar chart The following chart types are available Pie Statsbar Planner Barstack Line Chart Bar Areastack Mline Tinystat and Tinystatsbar Chartvalues Determines whether the system should write the percent and number of votes directly into the graphic By default the number of votes is printed next to each bar The following options are available off number percent and both Imgwidth Specifies the width of the image showing the graph By default the system size is used Enter i imgwidth X i to make the graph X pixels wide Imgheight Specifies the height of the image showing the graph By default the system size is used Enter imgheight X i to make the graph X pixels high Labeltrim Used to shorten labels so you can better control the layout By default labels are shown as they are entered Enter labeltrim 20 i to cut off the labels after 20 characters for example Objectclass Sets the object class By default the object class is not set Enter objectclass x in the tag to set the object class Replace x with any number
148. up the main listing template 215 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The default template to display the list of CCE objects for a module is called gen_cce_ModuleShortName pbs The template for displaying the object details is called gen_cced_ModuleShortName pbs The template for displaying the print version is called gen_ccedp_ModuleShortName pbs Example If you have a Weather Data module with the short name weather the following templates are used gen_cce_weather pbs gen_cced_weather pbs gen_ccedp_weather pbs Actions The cce and dcce CCE URL actions will show the main CCE listing of CCE objects or will show other templates if you use other options Action options Category Use the given category as prefix instead of the standard general template Module Resolves the template name Template Use the given template as part of the template name of standard template Example The request uses a template file named gen_winterweathersearch pbs Options If you have a search form for CCE objects on the same page as the listing the options set in the form will override the options in the tag unless you use the locked option You can also put parameters in the URL which will override the form Cached Disables the cache in special circumstances By default this option is not used Cached 0 Class Determines the class of CCE objects that the tags will show The classes are predefined and match the different types of objects you ha
149. were cached Now there is a blacklist you can set in the publicus ini file that determines which sections should not be handled by fastsectioncache even if it is enabled It is a comma separated list of the categories you do not wish to fullpage cache DontUseFastSectionOnSections categoryl category2 AllowFastSectionOnSections It is now possible to only enable static section cache for a specified list of sections if From version 6 2 0sr29 and 6 3 0sr2 a section is defined in both DontUseFastSectionOnSections and AllowFastSectionOnSections then the section will not be cached using static section cache The list is a comma separated list of the categories you do wish to fullpage cache D H o rj w a 4 n o Q 2 be o 5 O 5 n 10 Q 4 H O ej a I Q w 10 Q o K K W Q w E 10 Q fo K lt D DisableFastArticleOnCategories It has bow been made possible to disable static caching of stories on specific categories and templates iw H u o o 10 Ry w a 4 gt R ag H a a 10 O 5 Q w o Q fz K B 10 a Il Q w Es 10 Q o K lt eA Q w jn o Q fo K lt N FastPageCacheReplaceSessionInfo Since no tags are processed when using static cache files for front page section and stories registering user information using lt pbs reguserinfo gt does not work When using static cache files the reguserinfo tag must be replaced with lt pbs sessioninfo gt Enter
150. which profile should be used for the page The option is set like this o K O Eh H 10 ll uN o N Rbgcolor Sets the background color of the right cell This option has the same options as the Lbgcolor option Notice that the option is called rbg and not rgb Section Creates a link to a sectionfront The parameter is the ID for the category If the ID for the category is SPORT11 and the name is College basketball you use 0 o Q ct He o la Il wn FU O a 4 PR R as the parameter Styleclass This option is used for setting the style sheet class The default class is Menu Setting parce n a he E 10 Q p w n n I o will set the style sheet class to Main Target Sets the target in a frame set pbs leftmenu lt pbs leftmenu gt The Left menu tag is used for building graphical menus This option is rarely used The tag will use an image called Im_categoryname gif in the directory grafikk The tag supports the following options Forside This option links to the front page 123 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Oversikt This option links to a section front Entering links to the news section pbs menu image lt pbs menu image gt This tag has the same functionality and options as the lt pbs leftmenu gt tag Please see the section for the pbs leftmenu tag for more information pbs menu text lt pbs menu text gt This tag has the same functionality and options as the lt
151. with a name the field will contain lt UserVerified gt This field contains the value 1 if the user is a verified forum user Setup user registration To have a section requiring user registration you must set the Registration option to either Simple or Advancea for the category in the category register Setting the option to Simple will present the user with the template gen_userreg pbs before the page is shown Setting the option to Advanced will present the user with the template gen_userreglogin pbs Please see Advanced login for information about using the Advanced option for presenting a login page Script The following JavaScript will open a dialog box if the user says her age is below 13 lt SCRIPT LANGUAGE JavaScript gt i i function Checkage theForm i l if theForm age 0 selected true l i alert COPA prohibits user registration by children below the age of 13 E document location href underl3 E return false 2 a l lt SCRIPT gt Form A A o 5 3 z El H jan e 5 i mu e un H 5 w 3 D il dE 5 o 5 3 w n H o 5 N w a Q p o 5 i A ye y un H o Q E n o 5 Vv o 5 a E y 3 B la ll i o E E H Q gt D Q a w Q 0 gt zA n Fields The only fields that are required are Email address first name and last name Password and repeat password are only necessary when the generate password function is not used It is possible to ad
152. with pbs questform e Polls _Saved pbo with pbs questform e QuestForm pbo e QuestFormAlternativesltem pbo e QuestFormltem pbo pbs pollarchive lt pbs pollarchive gt The poll archive is viewed by accessing a URL like this apps pbcs dll section Category POLLARCHIVE amp ShowCategory OP INION In this example you need to make a template called pollarchive_ovr pbs ShowCategory in the URL determines the category from which polls are shown Options Chatheight Determines how high the graph will be in pixels Chartwidth Determines how wide the graph will be in pixels Count Controls how many polls should be shown Dateformat This is how the dates will be presented This tag uses the regular date format options PollArchiveltem pbo lt ChartLink gt The link to the chart lt EndDate gt The end date for the poll lt Ledetekst gt The description of the poll lt PollID gt The ID code for the poll This is used in a hidden field lt Question gt The question that was asked lt StartDate gt The start date for the poll lt Votes gt The total number of votes pbs polldata lt pbs polldata gt This function is used for a full page poll To access this poll you must link to apps pbes d11 po11 Category Pollcategory where Pollcategory is the category in which the poll is placed It is used on the template gen_poll pbs After the poll has been posted the template gen_poll pbs will be used to show either
153. 0 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs ccefields gt Used to extract information from the CCE data and metadata The tag can be used to populate the search form with relevant data This tag must use one or more options and can be used with the exclamation mark option Object files will only be used when the parameter is used FieldName is replaced with the value from the field option Options All Will return all types not just ones with data attached By default all is not an available option Enter All 1 to get all types not just the ones with data attached Any Turns on Any as a choice in a drop down menu This function can only be used when you output an optionlist By default Any is not available as an option Enter i Any 1 to add Any as a choice in the drop down menu Class Sets the class This field must be set if it is used Enter Class x where x is the class Columns Determines how many columns the option list will have This option can only be used when Optionlist 0 The option is set like this CustomFields Returns all custom fields that are defined A11 1 denoting all the fields Example lt pbs ccefields module 4 class 41 field CustomFields optionlist 0 any 0 all 1 gt Date Makes the system display the dates for the days in the last week It will also display options for the last 7 14 and 30 days Dateformat Sets the date format for date fields Dateformat is set by using the codes found in the section Forma
154. 13 1 SearchResultForum pbo0 ic se ies etd aale a ee ee Sh Rte aa eee oe ee bY 308 1 21 13 2 SearchResultForumltem pbo 2 02 ete eens 308 T2114 o oC AUE ATTA A E N E A Cob cen hice A A A Ed ghee 309 1 21 14 1 UserVerificationMail pbo a arare cee eee ee ee ee eee teen eet e een n ee en ene 309 1 21 14 21USEr Very pO eae ina bak ea a tt hai eee enti Aa a RUM ake deca eras 309 4 22 Chapter 22 N t Guest auspicia a pe ep a elon 310 1 22 11 N TGUSSTPDO rist eenaa arg Rages che ie eddies dean db sin 310 A A A A ON 311 1 22 21 NetGUestQUEStIORITSM PDO sii Sunk oe A ee ee eon See ee a A 312 1 22 39 pbs netguest liSt ii aa OE Ste PR eR eee a Rae eesti hee BE nae ate bach fe Por 312 1 22 3 1NetGuesthist pb0 3 4 cecdu eh omban edo sl Wa eine bend 313 1 22 3 2 NetGuestListlleM pbO pii a a a Aa a a aaie ap teen ee tenet nes 313 1 22 4 pbs netguest_questionform ones aa a e a er e EE a A EA etree een E A 313 1 22 41 NetGUestQUEStION Form pho ci RE ee A EEES OE La A ey 313 1 23 Chapter 23 User Generated Content o ooocococcoococ nnana tent e teen nett nett e nee 314 123 1 pbs USerarticletOrM cs awd eo octets bow a A e deere We apta 316 1523 1 W AMICICR ORM DO duro orita tral anus tac age Gaeta aly a ai E E ara a E vanes a sal Uca dol 317 1 23 1 2 ArticleFormMedialteM pbO 2 0 ccc ee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee een teen renee 318 1 23 1 3 ArticleFormSectionlteM pbO 1 0 keene aaaea 319 1 23 1 4 UserSubArticles_ArticleFormNotLoggedIn 0
155. 2 0 lt Day1 gt From version 6 2 0 If Sunday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day2 gt From version 6 2 0 If Monday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day3 gt From version 6 2 0 If Tuesday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day4 gt From version 6 2 0 If Wednesday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day5 gt From version 6 2 0 If Thurday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day6 gt From version 6 2 0 If Friday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day7 gt From version 6 2 0 If Saturday is in the ActiveDays then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value The way a pattern is used to calculate object occurrences is described in UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbo cce_ModuleShortNameNavigator pbo This is the main file for outputting cce navigators Example file name cce_SMSNameNavigator pbo Example object file S count gt 1 lt td gt lt form name ccefsearch method post action apps pbcs dl1 cce module 2 gt lt sNavigatorName gt lt br gt lt select type text name search style width 240px margin 5px 0 5px 0 gt lt select gt lt input type submit name Go VALUE Submit gt lt form gt lt td gt H 1 1 1 i i H 1 1 1 i i i 1 1 1 i i i H 1 1 1
156. 2 3 DepOverviewHeader pbo 0 cece ent ete eee e teens 351 1 26 2 4 DepOverviewlteM pbO 6 nananana naana 351 1 20 23 pps Staffio cti oes a e A ARA a ey Sencar tk 352 1 26 31 StafflntopbO Vit ira a la eed 352 1 27 Chapter 27 Tip FUNnCtIONS o A tie A A A A es Pane ane 353 1 27 1 External tip page surcos A A A A A AA 353 1 22 okee Eel aN EEEE A A a E dd o aio tat eee ened sheet 354 LALO i eaa A a li ed catered 354 1 27 2 2 ARTIPpSTEXEDDO eri A A A A A e a tees A 355 1 27 2 3 ANTIpS FExthtml POO aei ii ie anaa a a da dc 355 1 27 24 Class TIPS TOXEDDO comi A ie Ue ed 355 1 27 2 5 ClassTipsTextHTML pbo o oocoococ nnn t ents 355 12732 6 GuideTipsT Gxt PDO 0d cae Seo Sok ae eee A oe a Ata eee eee ee heen 356 1 27 27 GuideTipsTextHTML pbo wes ne sae re A A ent eae a teehee ee te 356 T2732 8 MPS PDOs A pa ae eames wae 356 1 2129 MIPSTOXt POO i a lane a A A ghee Ra oat Soha AR cae deb Se FAL ct 356 273 SUP TIP TUNCHONS gt e cect reat tet gn Mahal o cdas 357 1 28 Ghapter 28 Images ii A A A dee hap adack eee eee 357 1 28 1 Access control for iMAaGeS sso eae tar eee ee a eee ae Reed ERE EEE Eb e a ae e 357 1 28 1 1 PhotoGalleryExtLogin pb0 2 2 1 tenet tenets 357 1 28 2 Story linked photo gallery 0 1 eect nee nena eee eens 358 1 28 3 G nerate graphical text m mriocrerr car a n a a A ele A che A ee ee 358 1 28 4 Image Settings rl at a A Aces 360 1 28 5 Order pic A A i aa A ee rae kes 362 1 28 6 pbs link and image
157. 21 5 6 ForumThemesGroupltem pbo 1 nent tent nee 295 121 6 PbS NEWS COUNT tio ros reeset a a da Oa beetle 295 1 21 pbs newsgrouplink Elio tata Pero lt a ora id a rl cia 295 1 21 71 FOFUMGFOUPLINK DBO usar a rd a A oe as 296 LLANO POS NEWS groups A i 296 1 21 8 1 ForumGroupHeadlinelteM pbO ooocococccco t tent eens 296 1 21 82 ForumGrouplleM pDO etario diaria a peered cri 297 1 21 8 3FOrUMGTOUPS PDO asma es nema a aa A dale a A pe ade eE 297 1 21 9 pbs news hotthreads iaaii io sd a 298 1 21 91 ForumHotThreadllemipDoO tiraria patie lth A A AR E ately 299 1 21 9 2 Forum HotThreads POO 1 ti a sociale seule e scat pti dope Seed 299 1 21 10 PDS news latest cuore raros ei o a a AA ee E tas es 299 1 21 10 1 ForumLatestMessageltem pbo oooocccoccco ete eee 300 1 21 10 2 ForumLatestMessages pbO keen eee 301 1221 40 pbs news MESSAGES sinrega A tea A AAA detente he A ie E Otte 301 1 21 11 1 ForumMessageltem pboO 1 eee eee eee 302 1 21 11 2 FOruMMe SSAGeS PDO sio ci ins fob ee edge en ere nile aa ae Pea ee ecg eae 303 1 21 11 3 ForumMessagesMessageThreadltem pbo 2 eee ee 304 1 21 11 4 ForumNavBar pho sai Ea hed acters ad E sobre eared vant a arate ey ii Ad ee E 306 4 212115 ForumNavBarltem pbo ria ri tua bin iets deg ve eels Meee Se eae paces ceed ately 306 AR2 To 2 E MER A E Net A A aya dele te et 306 1 21 13 pbs searchresult and forums tir a RT ee el apa D Senne eee Rane ai de Pere 308 1 21
158. 3 gt 4 value 4 gt 5 lt select lt option lt option lt option lt option lt option lt option stars lt option gt stars lt option gt stars Used to search the extra field for the review The option values must be coded to match the value entered on the items This line submits the search form You can use a regular submit button instead Chapter 19 Q8A The functions described in this chapter can be used for both polls and contests They are set up through the SAXOTECH Online interface For more information about polls and contests please see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual Please note that you cannot change the number of answers after a poll has accumulated data Doing this breaks the poll pbs pollarchive PollArchiveltem pbo e pbs polldata PollDataResults pbo PollDataResultsltem pbo PollDataResultsltemEntry pbo PollForm pbo PollFormAlternatives pbo PollFormAlternativesltem pbo PollFormltem pbo Polls_Error pbo with pbs polldata 256 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e Polls_Saved pbo with pbs polldata Poll Statistics e pbs pollmini e Pollmini pbo e PollMiniChart pbo e PollMiniNoPoll pbo e pbs quest_multipage e MultiPageQuestindex pbo MultiPageQuestPage pbo MultiPageQuestPageX pbo MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo MultiPageQuestWrongAnswer pbo Multipage self test MultiQuestAltltem pbo Poll_Error pbo with pbs quest_multipage e Poll_Saved pbo with pbs quest_multipage e pbs questform e Polls_Error pbo
159. 419 137 141 KY WOFOLIST OBO id ta td a e a 420 1 37 15 pbslastuplated envia daba Boek Ge bes 420 1537 16 PS O cari a A eae eee eee te 420 1 37 17 POS MEtarefresh sr ca ir a a da a a ii dada 421 1 37 18 pbs parvariables name site 0 ooo 1 37 19 pbs PbesRequestRandoM oooococcccocncncc rr 421 1 37 20 pbs PbesRequestRandoMB iiss c A SE ee a dd Sede 421 1 3721 PDS profileid ss cocinar A A Paes A A A 421 1 37 22 PDS ProfilenaMe gt iii a ad a a a A de 422 1 37222 1 ProfileName pho viii A it A ad a cos 422 13123 DDS PO Ai e das Le la iad 422 13724 POS QUERY os a A A A A A wake eds dd di EES 422 1 37 24 1 CustomQuery_queryname pbO o ooococo tents 423 1 37 24 2 CustomQuery_querynameitem pbO o ococcccoc ett ents 423 137 20 POS QUEDAN qrt sr hFawy cote A A wee a dene Niet A A a medina FoR NS 424 1 37 26 pbs random cri A A A A Ee A A A A en 424 3 27 POSSCNDE pantalla Alia O alii ne ia e a Wasaalate ERA 424 1237528 PDS SESSIONIMTO ii e A A AR A e A a pr 426 1 37 28 1 ArticlelExtLOgIN PDO 3 veces e A a e eb eee 426 1 3729 pbs SetHeadernto iii A A A ie wea ated Paar aida 426 1 37 30 pbs showdate ansie oct ii RA A A dE dae pes 427 SR IS E o AAA IAS An E O AN 427 1 37 32 pbs UniquePagelD drenira id di A bd a oe 427 1 37 33 Pop up Calendar a m east ed se bea Se bee eva bet eae ee eed eee ws 427 1 37 34 sessioninfo with static cache files 2 2 eee eae 428 1 38 Chapter 38 Community Site gt cuarta 264 6 ore eae hee
160. 50 300 lt pbs article tiplink gt gt Email this to a friend lt a gt Check field values 1 To check that the To field has been filled in use the following code onSubmit Jjavascript if this To value alert You must fill in the recipient address return false Check field values 2 This function is used to check multiple fields and it is included in the example lt script language JavaScript gt function checkTipsForm f if f To value f Fromemail value f From value f Message value 1 alert A11 fields must be filled in retura false lt script gt lt form action lt Action gt method POST onSubmit javascript return checkTipsForm this gt ArtTips pbo 354 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Action gt Outputs the correct URL for the action of the form it must be placed inside the form tag like this lt form action lt Action gt method POST gt lt from gt The sender s name lt Fromemail gt The sender s email address lt Html gt If this field has the value 1 the file ArtTipsTextHtml pbo will be used instead of the normal file This field should be used as a hidden field lt lmgLink gt The link to the story s picture lt Message gt This text area is used for the message entered by the web guest lt Next gt This hidden field contains the information needed to redirect the web guest to a page after the tip has be
161. AEN ese AAAS S elas sess sects othe ese besa ESE sosu S S E AAEE see ae cet EI ses EEA to set the document s MIME type to text XML This allows you to set a different MIME type for special templates For example pages that are going to be read by an application like for an RSS feed If you would like to set the MIME type to something different you can also specify the first part of the string like this or A A suse A E A E A E a E E E A E A A A A A A AA A A Special templates The following special templates also exist Error template This template is shown when a requested object cannot be found on the server The file is called 404 pbs and must be placed in the template folder In order for this to work the web server must be set up to pass error requests for the error type 404 to SAXOTECH Online This must also be done if you are using the Alias function This page should not contain any SAXOTECH Online tags The page is shown for every missing object you have and it can generate a lot of extra traffic if you have tags on this page Refresh page If you have made changes to your error document and want to refresh them without waiting for the cache to expire you can use this URL Robots txt This file is not a SAXOTECH Online file It is a standard web server file The file controls which parts of your website robots will be allowed to access This file should be present on your website It must be placed in the root folder o
162. Allows you to exclude categories when you use the Today option to show the photos of the day By default this option is not used Enter i exclude NEWS i to exclude photos from the News category and all its subcategories You can specify multiple categories to exclude in a comma separated list like this You can use this option with the Include option Group Determines which gallery the tag should show The groups are managed through the editing interface This option cannot be used with the Today option This option has no default To use this option Specify the group by entering to use the main category ID for the current category as group Include This option allows you to limit the categories when you use the Today option to show the photos of the day By default this option is not used Enter to show photos from the News category and all its subcategories You can specify multiple categories to include in a comma separated list like this You can use this option with the Exclude option Maximageheight Sets the picture height There is no default setting You can set this option by entering where xxx is any number between 10 and 9999 pixels 378 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Maximagewidth Sets the picture width There is no default setting You can set this option by entering Order Enter to sort the images with the most recently modified on top Quality Controls picture compression 1 is the lowest and 100 is the hig
163. Another way to define fonts is to use style sheets When you use style sheets you define how the different items should look in the beginning of the document An introduction to style sheets can be found at http www w3 org MarkUp Guide Style html An example of a simple style sheet is below lt style type text css gt A link A visited text decoration none color 566983 A example link A visited text decoration underline color FF0000 Categoryname font family arial Helvetica font size 10px color 3399cc i title i font family arial E font size 16px color 3E4A5A font weight bold i E i title2 i i font family Times font size 16px color 3E8A5A font weight bold E H1 font family Times font size 16px i h2 i E font family Arial Helvetica font size 20px i text decoration none font weight bolder margin 0 i E Pl margin bottom Opx margin top 0px l l E lt style gt A A A A AEA E O AN BELEE i A Defines the basic look of the anchor tag The anchor tag is used for links A example Used when you want to have another look for the link When you want to use this version put class example inside the A tag category Used on the category name Enclose the text with a div tag like name pu s a H1 Used by the tag AA H1 stands for Heading one ads usually ouput wth a large font size By rtelng the b
164. BAD REQUEST if the check fails Captcha pbo Captcha pbo supports the following variables lt ID gt The ID of the captcha lt image gt The image URL to the visual captcha lt length gt The number of characters rendered An example object file integrated into a form contructed as a simple name value table S image lt tr gt lt td width 22 gt lt b gt Captcha lt b gt lt td gt lt td width 78 valign middle gt lt input type hidden name CaptchaID value lt ID gt gt lt img src lt Image gt border 0 title Captcha gt amp nbsp lt input type text name Captcha maxlength lt Length 5 gt size lt Length 3 gt gt lt td gt lt tr gt pbs forumoptions 286 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs forumoptions gt The user preference function is used to set the preferences that apply to the Forum Module in SAXOTECH Online Template Gen_forumoptions pbs ForumPreferences pbo This object file brings up the current information in addition to saving the data input by the user The output fields are listed with their input fields Input fields Avatar Used to attach a picture to the user information This picture can then be shown with every post the user makes lt input type file name Avatar gt lt img src lt tavatarlink gt amp maxw 100 amp NoCache 1 gt First name Captures the first name for the user Form setup The form must be set up so t
165. CCE object within the system 320 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitForm pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object files of UserSubmitFormArticle pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGallery pbo and UserSubmitFormCCE pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType The following general variables are available for all submit types lt Date gt lt PostAction gt lt SubmitType gt lt TaxonomyWords gt lt UserlD gt lt UserName gt lt UserEmail gt Contains the current date on the form YYYYMMDD Contains the URL the form is to be submitted to Contains what the form is to submit Contains the taxonomy words available to the user formatting using the object file of UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo The user s ID If the user is anonymous the value matches the AnonymousUserld setting The user s full name e g John Doe If the user is anonymous the variable is empty The user s email address If the user is anonymous the variable is empty Also there are Story specific Photo gallery specific and CCE specific variables Story specific variables lt Categories gt lt ExtraFields gt lt ExtraFieldType gt lt MediaFiles gt lt NoOfMediaFiles gt lt Sections gt lt NoOfSections gt Contains the available categories formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo Contains
166. ComnectionlteM pbO 0 6 ete nent t eens 147 1 9 11 8 ArticleForumConnections pbO 1 6 ketene ttn teens 147 1 9 11 9 ArticleGalleryComnectionlteM pbO 2 1 teen teen tenes 147 1 9 11 10 ArticleGalleryConnections pbO oooococococc tenet t ene 147 191d ArticlbH ad Pho aii A A eh laa age ad Soy Po gah 8 147 1 9 11 12 ArticleLinklteM PbO nsise nieis nipankunata A A AA da ee 148 TIAA TSAM LINKS PHO eins a ll tyes shee ea OTA E ACA A E le sate srl 148 1 9 11 14 ArticleLocation pb0 ici a A A A A A e Ta ads 148 1 9 11 15 ArticleModified pbO v n s sier trass eae ure bate eee e cena ee et 149 1 9 11 16 ArticleMultiMedia pbo 2 0 1 eee tenet nee ee eee e en eet ween ence eens 149 1 9 11 17 ArticleMultiMediaExtension pb0 0 0 tee eee 149 1 9 11 18 ArticleMultimediaLinklteM pbO 2 1 2 nee eee 150 1 9 11 19 ArticleMultiMediaList pbo 2 ete 150 1 9 11 20 ArticleMultiMediaListltem pbo 2 teen eee 150 1 9 11 21 ArticleMultimediaListltemExtensi0n pDO 0 tee eee ee 150 1 9 11 22 ArticleMultimediaListlteMXXX PDO 0 eee eee ee 150 1 9 11 23 AmticleParagraph pLO vico rta Arr ade ealas A da lia 151 1 9 11 24 ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo oococcccococco ents 151 1 9 11 25 ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnails pb0 0oococococcccr eee 151 9 11 26 AMICIGRICTUPE PDO Mi A ias 151 1 9 1 1 27 ArticlePubliShed pDO scr id oa a it EAE E EAS 153 1 9 11 28 Atticl6 SUMMARY PDA a daa eins 153 1 9 11 29 InvalidArtiCiS pDO hoi de A A
167. D A o Q w H Q Q D lt a I l si v A Y o a Q p 10 Q p Q 2 o v in the to date field To search only the previous month s stories use A ue o n Q w ct o Q w H Q Hh H K n a o Ph 3 gt pr oh w lt uv Il N Hh H R a a o Ph 3 lo a o v A o ley a Q D o Q w H Q mh He 5 a pel o Fh 3 o 5 gt Pe Q K a I N D a be o ES 3 o 5 gt 5 V in the to date field pbs datechoice lt pbs datechoice gt This tag is used to create a list of date options for a drop down menu It always uses today s date Options Dateformat Sets the format for the date that is displayed Days Sets the number of days for which the system should create options 415 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs delimiter lt pbs delimiter gt This function can be used everywhere to output a delimiter Delimiter pbo This file has no fields pbs dingbats lt pbs dingbats gt This function is used to output special characters lt can be used everywhere Options Char Determines which character should be shown You use the option like this pa sey DingBats pbo lt Character gt This field contains the value from the char option An example of the object file output would be pad A AS pbs frontpagearchive lt pbs frontpagearchive gt This tag makes links to the front pages for the last week This tag can
168. Days Sets the offset from today s date in days By default this is not set The days can be set to any value This is added onto the publication date You can also set days 4 to subtract four days from the publication date Firstofmonth Sets the date to the first day of the month Firstofweek Sets the date to the first day of the week Lastofmonth Sets the date to the last day of the month Lastofweek Sets the date to the last day of the week Months Sets the offset from today s date in months By default this is not used The months can be set to any value This is added onto the publication date You can also set months 4 to subtract four months from the publication date Now Outputs today s date URL Makes the tag use the date in the URL as the start date for the calculation 414 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Weekstart Determines whether Sunday or Monday is the first day of the week Setting this option to O makes Sunday the first day of the week Setting it to 1 makes Monday the first day of the week 0 is the default You can set Weekstart to be any number from 0 to 6 The tag is most often used in search tags to set date ranges To make a form that searches this month s stories use A o o a Q p o Q p H a mh H K a a o Fh 3 o 5 e v A e o a Q A o Q w H Q m D a 4 o Fh 3 o 5 gt p Vv in the to date field To search the last 7 days of stories use A e le a Q
169. EDIT section StoryEdit section TEMPLATEMAP section URLValidation section UserSubmitCCE Section UserSubmit section UserVerify section Web server ini file ADCLASSES section 16 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual In this section you define the ad classes for the Classifieds module These classes can be used in the templates to show a single type of ad The value for class is set when the ad is created or imported The format of the ad classes section is as follows ADCLASSES running number class ADCLASSES E 0 General E 1 Houses i 3 Cars E 5 Jobs i 9 Display ads i 6 0bituaries l 7 Boats 8 Boats Display Ads 10 Celebrations ADCLASSDEF FieldInternalName field label text width height section must be a two digit number These sections are used to define the ad classes in this section These classes can be used in the templates to show a single type of ad The value for class is set when the ad is created or imported FieldInternalName The name used when referencing the field Field Label Text The label used in the edit interface Height Given in lines Width Given in character columns ADCLASSDEF00 AdText Text 40 15 ADCLASSDEFO1 AdText Text 40 15 ADCLASSDEF03 AdText Text 40 15 ADCLASSDEFO5 AdText Text 40 15 ADCLASSDEF0O7 AdText Text 40 15 ADCLASSDEFO06 AdText Text 40 15 NAME Name 30 1 AGE Age 4 1 BIRTHDAY Birth date 8 1 DIED Date of death 8 1 17
170. EErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorFailed pbo pbs userarticleform lt pbs userarticleform gt This tag is used to display the form A form is required for users to submit stories The form requires that the user is logged in You can either set the security option on the category by setting the subscription type on the category or you can set the category to require registration by adding Login 1 to the link Template This function should be used on a section template The example is placed on Usersubmit_Ovr pbs Options Mediafiles Allows multiple asset files to be submitted with a story Enter where x indicates the number of possible assets that can be uploaded Objectclass Sets the object class used 316 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Sections Useobjects Controls how many paragraphs the page will contain By default 7 paragraph boxes are displayed Enter number of paragraph boxes on the page Enables the use of object files ArticleForm pbo The object file contains the following fields Byline Writes the byline to the database It is used like this lt input type text size 50 name byline gt Category Determines the category in which the story will be saved It is used like this lt select name category gt lt option value LETTERS gt Letters lt option value 0PINION gt Opinion E lt select gt i lt Counter gt The counter for the paragraphs lt Date gt The curre
171. FactsHTMLEditorPtoBR From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 HTMLEditorCtrlAlign From versions 6 4 0sr1 ParagraphHTMLEditor From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 ParagraphHTMLEditorPtoBR From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 ParagraphStatsinterval From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 ParagraphTextBoxHeight lt LightID gt DefaultForumSetting ShowByline ShowLocation ShowMainFactBox ShowMainlmageCrop From version 6 3 0sr11 ShowNetTitle ShowParagraphFact ShowParagraphHeading ShowParagraphlmage ShowParagraphStats From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 ShowPictureHeading ShowRating ShowRetainDate ShowSMS ShowStoryDesign ShowStoryKeywords ShowStoryMisc ShowStoryPrioRotate ShowStoryPriority ShowStoryQwikNavs Determines whether the HTML editor used on fact boxes are to translate lt P gt tags to lt BR gt tags 1 or not 0 Default is to do the translation 1 Determines where the control button panel is located bottom or top bottom is default Same as UseHTMLEditor added for consistency Determines whether the HTML editor used on paragraphs are to translate lt P gt tags to lt BR gt tags 1 or not 0 Default is to do the translation 1 Paragraph stats can be continually updated This setting determines the update interval in milliseconds Default is 5000 Set the default height in pixels of the paragraph boxes on the Edit tab The default is 30 Determine the default forum setting for light ID users
172. Failed pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorinvalidinput pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFields pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListitem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCE pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryListltem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorFailed pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorinvalidinput pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidInput pbo 330 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotCreator pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotLoggedin pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbon Works the same way
173. For example names and values from a form Example Content SearchTitle Cars amp SearchBody Volvo amp SearchBodyTitle Brand SearchRegionIl lt ContentEncoding gt Specifies which data format transformations called content en codings such as compression mechanism assigns preferences to them lt ContentType gt Specifies the Internet media type of the entity body that is sent or would have been sent if requested Often the character encoding Example Content Type application x www form urlencodedHost localhost lt ContentVersion gt Defines the version tag associated with a rendition of an evolving entity Combined with the Derived From simultaneously on the creation of a work as an iterative process The field should be used to allow evolutior should not be used to indicate derived works or renditions in different representations lt may also be used entity s version with that of the current resource lt DerivedFrom gt When an edited object is resubmitted for example using PUT this field gives the value of the Version Tt two concurrent modifications by different parties will not be lost and to use established version manageme lt Host gt Specifies the Internet host of the resource being requested Example Host localhost lt lInternalPathinfo gt Contains the path to the page being shown Example lt InternalScriptName gt Contains the path to the SAXOTECH Online dll Example lt Method gt The method for ac
174. HostingMeasurementPortal 1 i Images This line enables the Permanent Photo Gallery Module i Images 1 i Light This line enables the Community Site Module Light 1 Links This line enables the Links Module Links 1 i Multichannel This line enables the Export feature in the Edit interface including an Export button in the Story List Enabling Multichannel allows you to export stories using FTP e mail and so on a E EA E E E E E a A A E E E y Multichannel 1 Multimedia This line enables the Multimedia Module i Multimedia 1 H NetGuest This line enables the NetGuest Module i NetGuest 1 Newsletter This line enables the Newsletter Module i Newsletter 1 i OAMS_AdTargeting This line enables the Ad Targeting functionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition PEE AE EE SDE SEE E E E E E E O A EE E E E E eee ce EE E E EA OAMS_EnableCampaigns This line enables the Campaigns functionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition paso ONE A AS N INRE o de S SAE AAEE AES N E os E sal OAMS_EnableClassifiedAds This line enables the Classified Ads functionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition 55 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual OAMS _EnableScriptAds This line enables Script Ad functionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition OAMS InventoryBasedScheduling This line enables the inventory based scheduling fu
175. If these special characters are not escaped the function will not work Variables Any variable value can be used in OldText and NewText This is done by joining static text and a Variable expression with or using Variable expressions alone f you have the summary in the variable lt summary gt with the value The writer believes this is wrong and you have the byline in the variable lt Byline gt with the value Bob Toner then the expression gt ole lt Ssummary x The writer Byline will output Bob Toner believes this is wrong Examples Adding text This will find all occurrences of saxotech in lt Body gt regardless of case setting and replace them with SAXOTECH in yellow text lt Body x saxotech lt font color Red gt SAXOTECH lt font gt i gt Adding to a variable This function adds on the value of counter when the counter value is found in the text lt Snumber x Counter Countert l gt Adding variable If the lt Title gt field has the value The team wins again and again and the lt Team gt variable has the value BMW Williams the function will output The BMW Williams team wins again and again Pr A oe 4 pe a p oO wn x 4 ag oO a oO w a H pp 10 4 10 w 3 Se ct oO w a A Vv Multiple replaces If you want to use multiple replace function on the same variable you can write multiple replace commands
176. It is written articleMultiMediaListItemPDF50 pbo articleMultiMediaListItemPDF pbo articleMultiMediaListItem50 pbo articleMultiMediaListItem pbo lt Connectionltems gt Outputs the links for connected stories forums and galleries It uses the files ArticleConnections pbo and ArticleConnectionltem pbo Add following to the lt Connectionltems ShowRef 250 gt to ensure that the leadin variable will contain summary text lt CurrentFlowStatusID gt Contains the current status of the story within a flow using an ID This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control lt CurrentFlowStatusText gt Contains the current status of the story within a flow using text This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control lt DesignClass gt The story s class f DesignClass a lt h2 gt Breaking News lt h2 gt 3 DesignClass b lt b gt Normal article lt b gt i lt ExtraFieldType gt Contains the chosen type for the article Types are defined in the variable EXTRAFIELDDEF section in the Publicus ini lt ExtraPictures gt Extracts extra pictures attached to a story These pictures must be imported from your editorial system To use this variable you must have the object files ArticleExtraPictures pbo and ArticleExtraPictureltem pbo lt Facts gt Outputs the main fact box for the story It uses the file ArticleFacts pbo lt Field_xxx gt Extracts extra fields from the story Replace id x X X with
177. Keys Sports Ball sports i Sports01 Football E Sports 1d Sport 1 News Bar This allows you to perform a lookup on a field and replace the value of the field with the value from the key lookup table In the example above a field called category with the value Sports will show Ball sports If the field has the value sports01 the value returned will also be Bal sports The reason for this is that the field is matched in the order they are listed On the first match found the system will stop looking For this reason you must put the most generic match option at the bottom of the list Options LU nw ur A STATICVALUES STATICVALUES MaxImageWidth 200 i NoRecordsFoundMessage No Customers Found i lt MaxImageWidth gt in all macros Object script Object script is the functionality that allows you to make conditional decisions in object files based on the content of the fields in the object file In addition object script allows you to do arithmetic with the values of numerical variables Test if a variable has content If a piece of code is only to be output if the variable contains information you can enclose the whole line or section in 3 tags In the following example the break after the field will only be output when 102 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual a is E A A sia E A eum ceadraekentdanes i i lt text gt E i i Fe Neer a A a acs A EA AA A ee eek cts Ac eee A A A EA i H
178. L in the e mail By default e mail is output as HTML To send e mail as plain text use the following No receipt Determines whether a receipt is sent to the sender By default a receipt is sent Enter the following if no receipt should be sent to the sender Objectclass Sets the object class By default object files are not used Objectclass is set as follows Required Determines which fields are required The web guest will view missing fields listed on an error page It is important to use field names that make sense to the web guest By default no fields are required Enter the following to set required fields lt input type hidden name REQUIRED value Name E mail gt i pasais 432 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Return_link Return_text Redirect_URL Subject Title To Validatekey This option is used to set the return link on the error page lt is used as follows By default the value is javascript history go 1 You can use any URL for the return address Sets the text for the return link By default the return text is Tilbake til skjema This can be changed to any text string Sets the URL to which the web guest is directed after the form is filled in and submitted correctly This option is required By default this option has no value Enter a value similar to the following If you want the e mail to be sent to multiple recipients you can specify multiple e mail addresses in a semicolon separated list
179. Listltem pbo Subcat Specifies the subcategory It must be used with the Maincat option This option should not be used on the gen_guide pbs template By default all categories are listed Enter Ao id ee Dees bee be eee oe E A SS EEE E O US E anaes GuideBusinessHours pbo Used with the GuideSearchListltem pbo CloseTime The time the business closes DayName The name of the week day OpenTime The time the business opens GuideSearchList pbo lt Category gt The category of the guide lt DetCat gt The detail category of the guide lt FirstHit gt The number for the first hit being viewed lt GuideDetailCat gt The name of the detail category 250 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt GuideMainCat gt lt GuideSearchDetails gt lt GuideSubCat gt lt LastHit gt lt Location gt lt MainCat gt lt MainCat2 gt lt MainCat3 gt lt NextLink gt lt PreviousLink gt lt SubCat gt lt SubCat2 gt lt SubCat3 gt lt TotalHits gt Filtering This block of code gives you a drop down menu that will filter the entries in the guide by the start letter of each of the entries names code should not be changed The name of the main category Lists all the items from the GuideSearchListltem pbo The name of the subcategory The number for the last hit being viewed The county kommune for the guide The ID of the main category as taken from the tag Used to get ID of other cat
180. Listltem pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ID gt Contains the category ID lt Count gt Forthrunning number lt Name gt Contains the display text lt Selected gt Has the value selected if the item has the category as category Only available when updating existing data UserSubmitFormCCEFieldList pbo 323 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the CCE fields part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm SubmitType cce gt The following variables are available lt ltems gt Contains the fields formatted using the object file UserSubmitFormCCEFieldListltem pbo lt NoOfFields gt Contains the number of fields in lt ltems gt UserSubmitFormCCEFieldListltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the CCE fields of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm SubmitType cce gt The following variables are available lt Counter gt Contains the the field number starting from 1 lt DataType gt Contains the data type of the field lt DisplayName gt Contains the display name lt Name gt Contains the internal name lt Value gt Contains the value of the field when updating an existing object UserSubmitFormCCEModule pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the module and type information part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmi
181. Location options for x 0 x lt a length x if a x value lt Location gt a x selected true var a document guidesearch extra_508 options for x 0 x lt a length x if a x value lt Extra_508 gt a x selected true document guidesearch filter value unescape lt Filter j gt To keep the information about the extra fields the next and previous links must look like this 251 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual i lt a href i lt PreviousLink gt amp extra_508 lt extra_508 gt amp SearchExtras 508 515 t amp musthaveextras lt musthaveextr gt Previous lt a gt i lt a href lt S NextLinkS gt S amp extra_508 lt extra_508 gt amp SearchExtras 508 515 S amp musthaveext ras lt musthaveextras gt gt Next lt a gt i GuideSearchListHeader pbo Output before the list of items lt GuideltemHeader gt Outputs the name of the category GuideSearchListltem pbo This list can display the same fields as the detail page except the extra fields The detail page is described later in this chapter lt Address gt The address of the customer in the guide item lt AltPhone gt An alternate telephone number for the customer in the guide item lt Category gt The name of the current category This does not contain the category of the guide item being output it contains the value of the page s category query parameter lt CountyID gt The ID of the c
182. Middle The user s middle name or initial name lnitial E REE AERE EE OE A A E PIE N EEE A PE T ENEE L T ERA EEEE E A EA O T EAE E aoe EEE lt input type Text name mname value lt pbs ureg_mname gt size 30 maxlength i 40 gt i Password The user s password 347 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Phone The user s phone number number E NE SA E iad TE A E E I E E A E EEE E E A OEA E seid sete seinen tap ATE nade A lt input type Text name phone value lt pbs ureg_phone gt size 15 maxlength i i 40 gt i Redirect URL Hidden field Sets the redirect URL This field should only be used when the server generates passwords It directs the user to the page informing her that a password has been sent to her e mail address Region Hidden field This field must be present Repeat This field is used to repeat the password This is done so the user can verify that the password is typed correctly password A A AI A EE PE AA TEENA 5 lt input type Password name pwdr value lt pbs ureg_pwdr gt size 20 i maxlength 20 gt i Send email Hidden field Sends an email with the user information Sender s Hidden field Sets the sender s email address email PAPE PP ETAPE E NEEE E E EIE EE A EA A E N AENEA E AS A AEAT A Sender name Hidden field Sets the sender s name Show in This checkbox allows the user to determine whether she will be shown in the White Pages directory A setae aoe eee E E T A Sta
183. MovieListltem pbo Printer friendly calendar make a printer friendly calendar you must perform the following steps Create the template Create the template print_events pbs This template should not contain any graphic elements or other elements that cannot be printed Example template lt hl gt Printed from the Times Gazette Inquirer lt hl gt i lt pbs eventlist local 1 showdate 0 todaydate 1 datesort 0 gt Add JavaScript The following JavaScript must be added to the JavaScript section on the main events template function DoPrint var f document searchform f action lt pbs prog gt events category print f submit This JavaScript requires that your search form is called searchform If your search form has another name you must replace searchform with the name of your form to enable this function Add link You must also add the following link somewhere on your main events template pbs events _previous_link lt pbs events_previous_link gt A navigation tag this outputs the link to the previous page A ya o a se 10 lt 10 B p O B 10 lt q pe o c i ja H 3 gt v Must have same cache setting as pbs eventlist 267 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Events setup The following steps must be taken before you can use the Events Module Publicus ini settings You must configure the Publicus ini based on the codes that have been assigned to your site
184. Newsltem1A_5 ENG pbo The system will use this object file if the story has o cues cesy i objectclass 1 articleclass A and the zone is set to ENG You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position Article classes Article classes allow you to predefine multiple templates that the users can select when they write stories Before the user can do this the following must be set up Setup The following code must be present in the Publicus ini file for the site FRONTPAGESUBCLASS section A e E ER a Breaking news b Major event EE E E E EA Seeescesseseenseeeeceseucesececsceeesseseaseeceey a Breaking news b Major event i a Breaking news t b Major event i Templates Article The article template must be built using object files Front page The front page must be built using the pbs newslist This is the only overview tag that supports article classes Sectionfront The sectionfront must be built using the pbs newslist This is the only overview tag that supports article classes Object files 98 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The naming of the object files for use with article classes is as follows Article For the object files used by the article tag you add the article class letter to the end of the name The object file for the heading will be named ArticleHeadingA pbo For object class 2 and article class B the file must be named ArticleHeading2B pbo Newslist The pbs newslist
185. NextLink PageNum NumPages and PrevLink lt NewMessageLink gt The link to the new message page lt NextLink gt The link to the next page This option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page lt NumPages gt The number of pages that are required to display all the messages The option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page lt PageNum gt When messages are displayed across several pages this field contains a numeric value for the page index currently displayed The option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page lt PrevLink gt The link to the previous page This option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page lt ShowAllLink gt A link showing all messages including those older than the cutoff date in the Publicus ini The link is used like this lt Subject gt The description of the group lt Theme gt The name of the theme lt ThemeDescription gt The description of the theme lt ThemeLink gt The link back to the group listing lt ThemeLogoLink gt The link for the theme logo if the theme has a logo ForumMessagesMessageThreadltem pbo This object file is used to list the replies to a top level message If the file does not exist ForumMessageThreadltem pbo will be used Please note only the Extended Forum can use all the fields The Extended Forum is
186. PhotoGallery pbo e pbs photogallery latest e PhotoGalleryLatest pbo e PhotoGalleryLatestltem pbo e pbs photogallery thumbnails e PhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo e PhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo e pbs ptshowimage e Showlmage pbo Photo album export e ExpPhotoAlbum pbo ExpPhotoAlbumltem pbo e ExpPhotoAlbums pbo e Set picture as desktop background e Watermark images e pbs ptimages e Imageltem pbo e ImageltemRowEnd pbo ImageltemRowStart pbo PhotoGalleryltemExtraFieldltem pbo PhotoGalleryltemExtraFields pbo PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFieldltem pbo PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFields pbo PhotoGalleryLatestltemTaxonomy pbo PhotoGalleryLatestTaxonomyltem pbo PhotoGalleryTaxonomyltem pbo Access control for images It is possible to control the access to images In order to give or limit access to certain galleries you can use Access Control For more information on Access Control please see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual To set up Access Control in the ini file please see EXTLOGIN section AccessControl Template Access Control uses the template gen_gallery_extlogin pbs PhotoGalleryExtLogin pbo 357 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt StandardText gt The text to be output For example it could say You do not have access to this gallery but you can purchase access by clicking Story linked photo gallery The photo gallery connected to a story is usually used when you have too many photos for the story For example you hav
187. Q e B 0 kj w Q Q pe ja I ste to adjust the padding around the thumbnail can be any number between 0 and 100 Picturewidth Controls the width of the thumbnail By default all thumbnails are 80 pixels wide Enter picturewidth to adjust the width of thumbnails can be any number between 10 and 1000 127 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Formatting options Cathead This option controls if the category subcategory name should be shown above the title By default this option is turned off Enter E cathead 1 to enable this option Linebeak Draws a line between each story in the list By default no line is drawn Enter j linebreak 1 to draw a line between each story Link Controls the text in the story link By default the tag will output Read more Enter p H gt Il OS eN ON eN where 2 is any text of your choice The system will use this text instead for the link Setting link title makes the title the link Linkcolor Sets the link color By default the link color is the color set in the lt body gt tag Enter linkcolor 4 lt font color gt Sortoption There are two possible sort options By default stories are sorted to show the newest stories first Enter l sortoption prio to sort the stories according to priority Subcatcolor Sets the color of the subcategory header By default the text color is used Enter subcatcolor lt font color gt Titl
188. RequestTimeOut It is possible to set timeouts on requests for the Access Control web service This can be done by adding the following setting The default is 5 seconds EXTRAFIELDDEF section Used to setup extra field group definitions For example E ExtraFieldDefs MusicReview MovieReview E For each definition there must be a separate EXTRAFIELDDEF section in the Publicus ini file Example ExtraFieldDef_MovieReview EditExtraFields movie_titel movie_instructor movie_countryoforigin movie_genre movie_manuscript movie_starring movie_sorttext The list of ExtraFieldDefs you have set up in the GENERAL section section will appear in the edit interface story properties By selecting one ExtraFieldDef from the list in the edit interface only those EditExtraFields which are defined in the respective section will appear in the story edit tab ExtraFieldDef and customizable edit interface for Light ID Group field definitions can be used with the customizable edit interface for light ID users 32 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ExtraFieldDef_ lt extra fields group gt i LightEditExtraFields lt comma list of fields gt i EXTRAMENUCPEDITORIAL1 section To display the link to the NewsletterPro custom edit screen in the Edit menu add the following to the Publicus ini file EXTRAMENU_CP_EDITORIAL1 caption NewsletterPro url apps pbcs dll exec name NewsLetterPro_Top target topp2 FACEBOOK section O These settings are avail
189. SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Tags Manual ler darlo caro ir ciao 12 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 Chapter 1 Introduction erein n e e E Eai dd 12 Chapter 2 PUDIICUS ME resisa reniri oe ee ae Seite eee Wey a E nie Dede a E eh oe A Y 16 1 21 ADGLASSES SECUON bar id ia del e e dla E ls e ee ead tee N O da ado 16 V2 2 ADX SOCIO oia ai A Rens dad di deen ta aca a decia 18 1 2 3 AGENDACLASSSUBJECTMAPPING section o ooooccccococcc eeeeeeae 19 122 4 AGENDA section 4va c a see limos oa Curt E Whe SR eRe ache A desta other ty Bae hee Skane ota 19 1 2 5 ALIASREWRITE Section emular tev vette le dace dba dpe la E Olek gah die Neg eet e ITY oka 20 126 ARTSUBELASS SECHON tati Pans A Eaa a 20 1 27 CAGHE SOCIO ti A ae ochre eae ree deemed 20 1 2 8 CAPTCHA Section da dd Lol lee Pd eee A eben 24 1 29 CCE SECON g sai Ss A eh ard etal Se hte Bite e Gag ane 25 1 2 10 CLASSIFIEDSIMAGE section 00 000 ttt 26 1 2 11 CLICKSHAREPRODUCTS section 00 0060s 26 1 212 CEICKSHARE Section uva Sit orn ee area Teche ALG th eee ae eee A sone Mec Peep Alec 26 1 2 13 COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS section 2 0 00 eee 27 1 2 14 CONTENTVALIDATION section 0 00 nannan nannan 28 12 15 DEBUG SCHON 2 A Ss kee eed eee Mee ee A i ols Men can ia epee us T wis Ace tae 28 1 2 16 EDITINTERFACE section a r aa etna 28 1 217 EVENTSDEF SCCUOME voir dco csy deg sce E area Mace gist aus Hb A dret diet 30 12 18 EXTEOGINSECHON ii eco ede eta Seb
190. TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN gt i lt html gt E lt head gt lt this tag is actually the same the one in gen_art pbs but will use a different Objectclass thus a different set of pbo files gt lt pbs article objectclass 90 gt lt head gt lt the following include will take care of the HTML head part of the document gt lt include virtual includes art_head inc gt lt the actual article will be shown using the following pbs tag gt lt pbs article gt e Article90 pbo e ArticleHead90 pbo e ArticleHead pbo meta tag Article90 pbo lt You must remove all HTML tags in the Head and Summary values gt lt title gt lt Head gt lt title gt lt meta name Description content lt SummarySt gt gt lt the Head variable in Article90 pbo uses this file gt lt HeadingSt gt lt it seems like some crawlers are looking for lt hl gt tags in the body of a document gt lt h1 gt lt Heading gt lt h1 gt lt Heading2 gt Pbs filecheck 79 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs filecheck gt You can also include images based on categories In this way if an image does not exist you have a fallback image If you use this tag too many places your site will be very slow Example lt img src lt pbs filecheck filename images logo_ category gif fallback images logo_default gif gt gt Options Category This variable will be replaced with the c
191. TETE E EP EEEE EE E cena es cuceaceeenceeccseenssceees cee one E E A E E EE EE This function can also be used to show guests from the current category and subcategory Count Determines how many guests the tag should list By default this is 1 To list more guests enter EE E E T EE E E EE E E E NE E E EE EE N E E E E E where is a number between 0 and 999 0 will list all guests 1 through 999 will list the selected number of guests Objectclass Sets the object class for the object files Showref Controls how many characters of the teaser is shown By default the entire teaser is shown To change the amount of characters from the teaser that is shown enter where is a number between 1 and 9999 312 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual NetGuestList pbo lt ltems gt Outputs the items NetGuestListltem pbo lt Active gt This field has the value 1 if the questionlink is active on the guest lt Date gt Contains the date lt Heading gt Contains the heading lt Ilmg gt This field has the value 1 if there is an image attached to the meeting lt lmgLink gt The link to the image lt InfoText gt The text from the teaser field in the editing interface lt lsoDate gt The date in ISO format lt Link gt The main page pbs netguest_questionform lt pbs netguest_questionform gt The Question form is linked to from the main guest page The template is called gen_ngqedit pbs NetGuestQuestionForm pbo T
192. The most recent date on which a message was posted in the theme lt LogoLink gt The link for the logo if the theme has a logo lt MessageCount gt The number of messages in the theme plus all the replies lt Name gt The name of the theme lt Theme gt The ID for the theme lt ThemeLogoLink gt This is the same as lt LogoLink gt lt Today gt This field has the value 1 if the theme has a new message today lt TopMessageCount gt The number of messages in the theme ForumThemes pbo Used to build the main theme listing lt lSOUserLastVisitedDate gt Outputs the date of the last visit for this reader lt Themeltems gt Outputs the themes ForumThemesGroupltem pbo This file is used to list groups with each theme Theme groups can be listed by entering on the URL and by defining ForumThemesGroupltem pbo ForumThemesGroupltem pbo exposes the same variables as ForumGroupltem pbo pbs news_count lt pbs news_count gt This tag is used to show the number of messages in the forums The tag will show the total number of messages on the level on which the tag is used If the tag is used on the main overview page it will show the total number of messages If it is used on the group page it will show the total number of messages for the group Template This tag can be used on all templates Options Group Enables you to specify the group for which the tag should show the total number of messages Th
193. The option is set like this 40 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ExtraFieldDefs Fontface ForumCache Forum_cachetime Forum_group_cachetime Forum_message_cachetime Forum_theme_cachetime Fylke GetContentTimeout Use this setting to prepare for extra sets of fields to use in the edit interface story properties For example ExtraFieldDefs MusicReview MovieReview For each definition there must be a separate EXTRAFIELDDEF section in the Publicus ini file Optional Sets the font for the tag lt pbs fontface1 2 gt and tags that do not use obje files The options are set like this Fontfacel Arial Helvetica Sans serif Fontface2 Arial Helvetica Sans serif All Forum tags must be run with an exclamation mark when this option is used Defines the cache lifetime for the forum If not present the cache lifetime will be 20 minutes Defines the cache lifetime when listing groups This setting overrides the ForumCa setting Defines the cache lifetime when listing topics and replies This setting overrides the ForumCache setting Defines the cache lifetime when listing themes This setting overrides the ForumC lt setting The settings above define the cache lifetime for the forum as long as there aren t new entries For example whenever a new reply is posted the following cache files will be flust immediately The reply list containing the new reply The topic list containing the new reply The group list
194. This story has been archived and is only available from our paid archive lt br gt lt a href lt Sinheritedlink gt amp Subscribert ype ARCHIVED amp Sect ioncat PROTECTED gt Click here to log in to the archive lt a gt lt br gt 5 ArticleStatus 9 Articlestatus The story goes here lt AssociatedKeywordLinks gt Outputs external links that have the same keywords as the story The following options are supported in the field Count Main category Subcategory and Object class This field has an attribute to specify which subcategory you would like to show Example lt AssociatedKeywordLinks MainCategory 177987 SubCategory 10005 Count 5 ObjectClass 30 gt lt AssociatedThemeLinks gt Outputs external links that have the same theme as the story The following options are supported in the field Count Main category and Object class lt AvgRanking gt Contains the average ranking of a story From version 6 4 0 lt Byline gt Outputs the byline It uses the file ArticleByline pbo lt Category gt Contains the category ID 141 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ConnectedEmbedMedia gt Used to embed multimedia in the story This field uses ArticleMultiMediaExtension pbo iia za X c O D n Hi o B tii A ole Q O la 5 10 Q 10 Q E 8 10 Q p w ole Vv lt ConnectedMedia gt Lists connected multimedia objects This field uses the object file ArticleMultiMediaList pbo
195. Top story can be used to set class on e as in this example ee A SEE E AE ASE A ae lt a lt TopStory gt class hot href lt Link gt gt lt Heading gt lt a gt lt br gt A e a a A A a E is only output if the story is a Top story If the story is not a Top story no class tag will be output Contains the total number of votes on the story 177 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt UserSubmitDeleteLink gt Contains a direct link that if visited deletes the story if the user is the story s creator From version 6 2 0 NewsltemArticleConnectionltem pbo Used with the field lt sArticleConnectionItems gt in NewsltemInternalLinks pbo The file uses the same fields as NewsltemConnectionltem pbo except lt IS gt fields are not available NewsltemConnectionltem pbo Used with the field in NewsltemInternalLinks pbo lt Date gt The date in localized format lt Heading gt The heading for the object lt lsForum gt This field has the value 1 if the link is to a forum lt lsGallery gt _ This field has the value 1 if the link is to a photo gallery lt lSODate gt The date in ISO format lt Leadin gt The lead in for the object lt Link gt The link to the object NewsltemExternalLinkltem pbo Used with the field lt NewsItemExternalLinkItem gt in NewsltemExternalLinks pbo lt lmageLink gt Contains the link to the photo defined in Story External Links in the Edit
196. URLrewrite URLrewrite must be installed on the server before this option can be enabled Please see URL Rewrite for more information The option is set like this If URLrewrite 1 then Article Date Category Storyld If URLrewrite 0 then Article AlD yyyyStoryID The default is o EEPE EEEE EE EE EAEN A E E EE DE E T E E PEEN casa tee soeees een EE E E 49 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UseGuidAsSessionld UseHierarchicalProfileSort From version 6 2 0sr17 UselPTC UseLastModified UseNewStoryLockingScheme UseOnlyPHP5 UseProfileBanner UseProfilelnNewslistCacheName Controls whether GUID is used as the session ID to make the session ID less pred Enter PE E E EEE E O O par E A E A A E E to make the IPTC field available in taxonomy editing Enable this to use the last modified timestamp on stories when updating the Newsl enable it enter The default is O disabled Enables the new locking scheme to ensure that multiple users cannot log into the s story at the same time PEE E E A re EEEE N E ee ee ene en The default value is 0 disabled in 6 0 5 In 6 1 0 and up the new locking scheme i enabled by default SOSE scripts with the extensions php or phs did not get executed when PHP 4 w installed on the web server setting solves the problem The option is enabled like t E SE EE E E E EEE EE NE E AA A S E E E SE E EO A EE EN The default is 0 Banners can be linked to profiles and work in the same manne
197. XOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag is used to list a single subcategory or detail category The tag is used like this lt pbs ptguidesearchoptions type subcategories maincategory 111 noall gt Template This tag can be used on all templates Options Columns Enables the listing of entries in columns By default columns are not used Enter x lt number of columns Empty Enter Empty 0 to make the tag list just those categories with content Maincategory Determines which category will be listed This option has no default value To select a category use Z D pe 5 Q D ha D Q O K i x lt where X is the category number This category number is shown in the editing interface Noall When present Noall prohibits the output of a link to the top level of a category Notempty Makes the tag list only those categories with content Objectclass Sets the object class for the object files Sortcode To list the guides sorted in ascending order by the SortCode field enter Please note that the list will be sorted by guide name after sort code 253 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Type Determines whether to list subcategories or detail categories This option has no default value To list subcategories use Type subcategories 4 4 4 4 lt lt lt lt ls Ls Ls Ls i i i i a Q Q O E o o S E a ct 5 o w co D ct Be H 5 H Pp o D o Q Q 3 5 D o a ct a o Q O 5 ae o n H Ke w oO ll oO X a
198. a 0 cea cor See hee vate eck eee eee deeds chaebol 188 1 11 3 1 6 pbs searchresult without object files 2 0 0 eee 188 1 11 3 2 pbS SearChresult a dre ia a Heer tee wee hE EE ae had A Re dete ed 188 161135241 Search Error PbO cuca Ca o a akan ioe as 189 1 112322 SearchResult pb0 aci a Soe eA E hehe Be ee kena ade Buea Dae heal 189 1 11 3 2 3 SearchResultlteM pbO iconas iE an nE EE eee e eee eee eee 190 LATAS OCN ii A A wha eats atada Page ido 190 1115 SO Arch other websites Toryo roca bad ee Reese nea dearer hoes hia ie weber 193 NOS O arcas MD succes a aa a a Waleed cite uae 194 1 12 Ghapter T2 Classifieds an narar a ad A A dicey Be aa Son Re Pee ae A 196 PAQT AM MAA rte Heese eve ce Lae eee ried ea ade bes E EPR eed oe ee Ce ee 196 1 12 1 1 Ad inserts using pbs classifieds 0 0 eee eee 197 1 12 1 2 AdS MISIONES dario Peet ted woes dt R cay bated A E E Abe dre outer ed 197 TAZI Asa bannerad cloaca War Kaeaea a ada a 197 1 12 14 Importing ad inserts iii a de a A dd de dd 198 1 12 2 Classifieds data retrieval tags oooocococcocoro ete etn n nett n ene 199 ALM253 POSClASSITOOCSLAIS a oe a aot AA Ne Ws fecha Meese ghd TB ate Seg Sey athe efi to ges aC A e eg tele tect 200 142 3 1 ClassifiedDetails pb0 siria dirt 200 1 12 3 2 ClassifiedPrintDetails pbo0 ra an ketene eet nee teens 201 1 12 3 3ClassifiedsRelated pDO 2 1 2 0 5 pedvuie a pitt ote ii 201 151274 pbsiclassiticdstields bici a A AAA dle ease as dau he Lito cd 201
199. a Q O o Q 10 On your site you must create a new folder called Edit Extrafields in Templates object Here you can create new files such as quote pbo sluc and page pbo In these files you can use three variables lt DisplayNam lt Name gt and lt Value gt For example lt div gt lt DisplayName p gt lt input type text name lt Snames gt size 50 value lt value gt gt lt div gt lt div gt lt DisplayNameS p gt lt select name lt names gt gt lt option value F value F selected gt Female lt option gt lt option value M value M selected gt Male lt option gt lt select gt lt div gt You will now see these fields in your edit interface EditExtraFieldsPrefix A prefix for the lookup of edit extrafields templates can now be set When the pref set the system will look for story extra fields templates in the Edit Extrafields folder setting the prefix you can now direct it to the lt Prefix gt Edit Extrafields fol The prefix can contain backslashes denoting directories Enter za fo pe ct za X ia 4 w rj be 0 p Q a FU 8 o bh p xX Il A 1 lo 3 10 o B 10 Eh p x V EditRowColors To determine that stories should have a different background color in the story list according to their status enter ti Q p ct W o z Q o p o K n Il p The default is 0 39 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual EditShowDates EnableArticleCopy
200. a a 119 A e hapter 7 MeOnU Tage thn Res eddie a iat Sat sit Boe tN eile Mihi etek ds 120 A 8 0137 07 11 lt 0 0 NR 121 1 7 1 1 Category Tree PbO au cena ne nee eed eat lees et bun S donde eda bates dene cee ny 121 1 7 1 2 CategoryTreeltemActive pbO 2 1 cette nnn e teen e nes 121 1 7 1 3 CategoryTreeltemPassive pb0 0 eee nen ene aeaaea 122 1 7 1 4 CategoryTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo 2 2 tent teens 122 1 7 1 5 CategoryTreeltemSeparatorExp pbO 1 eee t ents 122 1 7 1 6 CategoryTreeltemSeparatorNone pbo 1 1 0 ee tte tenets 122 A A A E O ROA 122 MLS POS AMM A EE A A e A a at e 123 VANOS MeONUZIMAGe ir A A A A A A AC 124 VERO POS MONUOXE ran li A EET A A A A yond AAA take a letras 124 1 7 6 pbs profiletree ss as ck ee pia a A a a oe A 124 17 60 profile Mes PDO xica a E ra wa ara n a la cg ble aoe wetted 124 1 7 6 2 Protilo Tr eltom PDO ici ada a why 125 1 7 6 3 ProfileTreeltemActive pbO oooooocooonocrocnnano eee ee ee eee eee n ee ene nese ene 125 1 7 6 4 ProfileTreeltemPassive pbO 2 0 taa rriad ua eee ee ee enter eee ee ene teen ence eens 125 1 7 6 5 ProfileTreeltemSeparatorColl pbO 21 1 teen tenet eee 125 1 7 6 6 ProfileTreeltemSeparatorExp pDO 1 ett tenet ene 125 1727 POS QWIKNAVSEAICH asi saaa a A Toca he a ee oleh A hook Rare sen baer ge Oey 125 1 7 7 1 QwikNavSearchForm pb0e cence see ee ee ae Seas A eee ee Gee nh Ga ee SET 125 1 8 Chapter 8 Section Front Tags canoe AA eee Ses A A Se A ae bey 126 T
201. a eben a A Heuvel Wek a eee ewes 238 DADOS PO it a A oe ale beanie eka heb peta etek Sa eee A Ah cepa eer 238 1ST 522 POS INKS ni toes aekt a Men via Srv at eaklte et ehed A boone he eho ce eve ect Teo 238 1 5 3 pDs lInkscategorylIStS ts cede eek arenes dad od tase Tose nina til tac a to og cael eet ot cle A 239 11531 CInKSHeM PDO ai ta e A AS aac NE Cee eee lalate ade E dae EA 240 1 15 3 2 LINKSSUBGAaL PbO nuria ebay hehe Pao gad glans eh ln wena eaten Dade one aby 241 4 15 3 3 EInksS VOS form ii A vaca fares deren eae eR padi A se he ww Eater aoe ae 241 1216 Chapter 16 White Pages 2 vcs oi ee A see ee SE Die Behe Pe Aa Me eee ieee okie 242 TAGi pos PlOMAllSCALCM tt a a e beta al sale A 242 1 17 Chapter 1 7 Yellow Pages 00 A A A dd 243 117 1 pbs ypcategorylist moco e A A O A a ds o 243 1 17 1 1DirectoryCategoryLiSEpDO ici ct Pen cnc Blas 243 1 17 1 2 DirectoryCategoryListlteM pbO 00 tenet ents 243 1 172 POS ypdetalls si cen rr A A A a A A O 244 1 172 Directory Details PHO se sua mala aa Da o al ICAA cl ule ei 244 1 17 22 DirectoryDetallsitem pbO viii A Wek Badan A A e Ta a e 244 1 17 3 pbs yps bcategorylist av sranie te cr eee Pe bad eae vet etd Oe E A ee Cea eee 245 1 17 3 1 DirectorySubcategoryList pb0 2 6 tenet aaa 245 1 17 3 2 DirectorySubcategoryListlteM pbO 2 2 naaraana 245 148 Chapter 1 8 GUIDES aers ta nosh Bie honed cascecestuaja abheet A a Manabi algae bleed 245 118 1 Guides tr e text search gt ii eek
202. a predefined short version tt Time in a predefined long version yy Year with two numbers For example 07 yyyy Year with four numbers For example 2007 Example You have the variable lt isodate gt in your object file and you would like to use a format other than the default format To change the date s format you could write lt isodateSd mmmm d yyyy gt i If the value for lt isodate gt is 20010601 this would result in the date being written like this June 1 2001 Formatting text You may want to use a different formatting of a field rather than the default supported by the variable To limit the number of variables the object files must support it is possible to specify the formatting directly in the pbo file You cannot use these functions on fields that 105 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual include other object files Syntax The syntax is as follows It should be noted that it is possible to have several operators on a variable These are executed from left to right The delimiter that tells the system that formatting for the variable is supplied lt format gt This field is used to format the variable lt operator gt Tells the system which class of formatting should be used The operator is case sensitive Only the formatting options are listed here There are other operators available for extracting and replacing text Available operators are e is used to replace ASCII characters 161 to 255 wi
203. a story directly into the SAXOTECH Online database This feature can be set up to either require registration or login The stories will appear in the editing interface unpublished on the date the form was submitted Use the SAXOTECH Online interface to manage the stories The following object files can display stories UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pbo The following general object files are also available for displaying stories UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo Live Extrafieldsi lt FieldName gt pbo The following object files are available for stories UserSubmitFormArticle pbo UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorinvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbo Chapter 24 Subscriptions Subscriptions can be set on all categories When subscriptions are enabled you nee
204. able from version 6 4 0 The Facebook section enables you to define the default settings for Facebook single signon With Facebook single signon it is possible to connect a Facebook account to a Saxotech Online user and thereby allowing sigle signon using Facebook login A query parameter has been added to reguser action to indicate that a user registration should connect a Facebook account to a Saxotech Online user Advanced login APIKey This key is generated by Facebook and a new key is needed for each site domain name Secret This key is generated by Facebook and a new key is needed for each site domain name ShowFacebookID Show Facebook ID on users in edit interface Defaultis 0 More information about generating the keys and implementing sigle signon can be obtained by contacting Saxotech A S and on Facebook Example Facebook APIKey 9ce8dbcle5c71f38a7474a0ce1934e4ca secret 89e7e00b9980782f7b3c2eb537679174 ShowFacebookID 1 FASTSEARCH section The Online Search powered by FAST InStream search technology is set up in the FASTSEARCH section To enable the FAST InStream search engine the following settings must be made FastSearch E UseFast 1 E Usesglonemptyfastsearch 1 AdvancedSearch 0 FieldSearch title staticbody rating names company taxonomy byline SortFields title pubdate priority rating articlenumber category news AdvancedSearch In order to enable extended functionality of FAST InStream for SAXOTECH Onl
205. abled KeyVerificationLifetime The key lifetime in minutes 0 N The default is 30 Mailserver The fully qualified address is the address of the SMTP server that will send the email You can also use the IP address instead of the address ReferrerVerificationEnabled Used to turn referrer verification on and off The default is 1 ReferrerVerificationMethod Used to determine which approach is used when trying to match the allowed referrers to the actual referrers Note that all referrer matching is case sensitive For example ReferrerVerificat ionMethod REGEXP INSTR HEAD EXACT Where e REGEXP matches by searching for the allowed referrer as a regular expression INSTR matches by searching for the allowed referrer in the referrer string e HEAD matches the allowed referrer to the head start of the actual referrer e EXACT performs an exact match ReferrerVerificationSection The name of the section in the ini file where the allowed referrers are listed It defaults to REFERRERS which is the list used by the old verification routine A A a E E A e de A a A A e ReferrerVerificationShowDetails Used to make XSendMail report details on why verification failed including the actual referrer and the valid referrers loaded from the ini file The default is O disabled 434 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UseNewVerificationScheme Set to 1 to enable the new verification scheme The default is 0 The verification scheme performs the fol
206. ace function Finding You can find the documentation of regexp on the web by searching for the phrase perl regexp There are also documentation books available on this subject Matching text period A xyz Axyz pipe expression w W d t r n s period There are several functions for matching text period Matches any single character except a new line character Matches the preceding character zero or more times Matches preceding character one or more times A Matches the beginning of the line Matches the end of line xyz Matches a character set Matches any characters between brackets xyz Matches a negative character set Matches any characters NOT between brackets Used for creating OR statements expression Brackets an expression to use in the replace command A regular expression may have up to 9 tagged expressions numbered according to their order in the regular expression Marks the next character as a special character w matches the character w w matches any character The opposite is also true Matches the end of the line matches the dollar sign w Matches one alphanumeric character W Matches any non alphanumeric character d Matches one digit t Matches a tabulator r Matches carriage return n Matches new line s Matches any white space character For example space tabulator carriage return and new line
207. ached to the story lt Links gt Outputs the external links It uses the files ArticleLinks pbo and ArticleLinkltem pbo You can also show links that have the same keywords or theme as the story lt MainPicture gt Outputs the main story picture It uses the file ArticlePicture pbo lt ModifiedDate gt Outputs the latest modification date for the story This field does not use ArticleModified pbo You can use the field like this Published lt PublishedDate gt ISOModifiedDate gt ISOPublishedDate Last modified lt ModifiedDate gt lt br gt lt NewsGroupAutolink gt Outputs the link to the forum if the story has forum This option uses the Autoforum parameter It is written lt sNewsGroupAutolink gt lt Paragraphitems gt Outputs all of the paragraphs for the story It uses the file ArticleParagraph pbo lt PublishedDate gt The publication date for the story The q lt PublishedDate gt field does not use ArticlePublished pbo 143 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt RankingLink gt The RankingLink does not contain the actual ranking value this must be added to the link by using From version 6 4 0 client side scripting The Following must be added to the link before submitting the link to the DLL lt RankingLink gt Srating y Where y is the ranking given by a user lt Rating gt Outputs the rating lt SingleSalelD gt Contains the single sale ID associated to a story It is poss
208. ade available to the user through object files A setting is available for every specific type and a fallback common setting The setting points to an extra field group definition as described in ExtraFieldDef_section PhotoGalleryExtraFieldDefs Use to allow the extra fields on the given extra field group definition to be attached to the photo gallery StoryExtraFieldDefs Use to allow the extra fields on the given extra field group definition to be attached to the story ExtraFieldDefs Use to allow the extra fields on the given extra field group definition to be attached to the submitted story or photo gallery Example PhotoGalleryExtraFieldDefs LiveGalleryFields StoryExtraFieldDefs LiveStoryFields j ExtraFieldDefs LiveFields H Here ExtraFieldDefs is never used as both types have specific definitions In order to view the same extra fields in the edit interface use the settings of Generelt i PhotoGalleryExtraFieldDefs LiveGalleryFields i ExtraFieldDefs LiveStoryFields i and if more extra fields are to be available to the edit interface users then it is done by creating another extra field group definition that is a superset of the group definition used for the front end extra fields Comments on submitted stories O These settings are available from version 6 2 0 A setting is available to set if comments are allowed on the submitted stories DefaultComments Determines whether a forum will be associated with submitted stories
209. ading multiple Classifieds tags within macros on the same template A A ee ee should be used within the Classifieds tag Class Determines which class of Classified ads the tags will show The classes are predefined and match the different types of advertising you have such as jobs real estate or cars Please see Classifieds setup Count Specifies the number of ads per page Datefields Determines which of the fields should be treated as dates This option causes the data to be formatted according to the Dateformat options Dateformat Sets the date format for the Datefields parameter Datefields can also be formatted in the object files Daterange Sets both the start and end date with the same option The dates are specified in ISO format this Days This option has two uses e ltcan be used with the random option to determine from how many days the system should show random ads e Itcan be used to specify how many days back the system should look for ads For the second use you must format it like this uU w KK n Il H B o 3 w ct oO i I pp H o 0 w ct 10 Il K K K S s FromDate must be set to 1 ToDate specifies the end date for the list Defaultdate This option sets FromDate to the last published date The option is set like this A a a Dd a e a ey Descending Sets the reverse sort order The content is sorted by the sort order field The field is used like this i Descending 1 i Set
210. alleries lt is set like this Gallery_Cachetime 720 HostNamelnFilename Determines that the host name with which the site is accessed is used in the cache file name This function is useful when you use one website for multiple functions that generate cache files with the same names The option is enabled like this f HostNameInFilename 1 ImageCache Optional Sets the cache time for images This option is used when you have set cache 0 to cache the images on the website during development It is set like this l ImageCache 1 InstanceLimit This option sets the maximum number of instances that the dll should start before the server gives the message Server too busy The default is 100 The option is set like this i InstanceLimit 100 22 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Misc_CacheTime Optional Sets the cache time for miscellaneous files It is set like this Section_Cachetime Optional Sets the cache time for section fronts in minutes It is set like this SessionLimit Optional Limits the number of concurrent sessions a user can have on the website The option is set like this Cache Headers This section allows you to set the cache control settings for the Cache Control header field The Cache Control header field is used to specify directives that MUST be obeyed by all caching mechanisms along the request response chain The directives specify behavior intended to prevent caches from adversely interfering with the request or response These
211. ange the spot name to match the ads you want to show Importing ad inserts Ad inserts can be imported into SAXOTECH Online using a simple csv file format This will allow you to use related customer information similar to the Banner Component and allow multiple ads that access the same customer information InQueue Your InQueue should be modified by adding a new folder in the same level of the InQueue directory as your stories and Classifieds main folder It should be named appropriately based on the name of your ads Examples are AdInserts Wow or RealEstate This folder should have the following structure E adinserts archive adinserts discarded i l adinserts pdf adinserts pictures E adinserts logos Multifilter The Multifilter ini file must be altered to map the path of the uploaded files and map the fields to the database Please see the Multifilter documentation for more information on the syntax for setting up the Ad insert information Advertiser spreadsheet You should produce a spreadsheet of your advertisers in the comma delimited format You should use the fields mapped in your Multifilter ini to produce the different variables You can have as many variables as you need for your type of ad Once these customers are imported they are not accessible to you in the User Interface so if there is a mistake you will need to fix it on the spreadsheet and upload again Each of the fields in the header line of your fil
212. arch program Start date This is the first date from which the system will select stories This date field must be in the YYYYMMDD format It can be both visible and hidden You can also use the calendar from the events search for input of this date You must give the form a name and change the name of the field in which the date will be entered End date This is the last date from which the system will select stories Please see Start date for more information Daterange _ This option takes two dates separated by a comma This option is often used with the Datecalc function to search the current month The option can be used like this lt input type hidden name daterange value lt pbs datecalc now firstofmonth days 1 firstofmonth gt H lt pbs datecalc now firstofmonth days 1 gt gt H Include Makes the system search stories that are placed on the date 99999999 The option is enabled like this stories Pe AAE E ET A A A RO oe EC ST oe A ee without ae date 1 lt input type hidden name IncludeNoDateArt value 1 gt or lt input type hidden name INDA value 1 gt 191 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Search Determines the categories that will be searched This can be either a hidden field or a drop down menu When category specifying multiple categories you must use a semicolon as the separator e Setting search category You can set the search category in the following ways lt input type hidden name Sea
213. ars like this E lt pbs lagent category AP priority 1 cachetime 10 gt Priosort Sorts the story list by priority By default this option is disabled and stories are sorted by timestamp by default Enter Priosort 1 to sort stories by priority The result is that stories are sorted by priority code Start Controls how many stories the tag should skip before it displays stories This option can be used when you want to place an ad in the listing of stories or use multiple Newslist tags on the same page to control layout By default the system starts at the first story You can set start story between 1 and 999 by entering the desired number in uv t w K c Il x 158 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Theme If the news feed contains a theme AP you can extract stories based on theme By default this option is not used and all themes are listed To use this option enter Theme X E 4 o 10 3 10 Il N o N oe You cannot use multiple themes A list of AP theme codes is available at www support us saxotech com in the FAQ section Theme is used like this in the tag A koj o a w Q oO 5 gt Q w l 10 Q lo K i gt FU ES g Q 3 O Il o o o Q p Q 5 o m p 3 m ll H o Vv The result is that only stories with a matching theme will be output Topstories Displays a list of stories based on the newest priority document from your press agency By default this option is disabled Entering To
214. asic HTML codes wih sve older browsers will display the website better You have the same function for the H2 tag P P stands for paragraph and can be used to enclose paragraphs of text 77 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual title This style works the same way as the style but it is used for the title title2 This is an example of an ID style ID can be used instead of class If you want to know more about the differences between class and ID please see www W3C org Publicus ini You can define the fonts you want to use in the Publicus ini However this method of managing fonts was created before style sheets were available and should no longer be used You define the font faces the following way Fontfacel Helvetica Arial Sans Serif Fontface2 Palatino Times Serif You can define two font faces to be used throughout the site When you define fonts you should always remember to define multiple fonts You should also include the generic font name for users who do not have the font you specified installed on their system Here are the generic names and the fonts to which they are usually translated Sans serif Helvetica Arial Geneva Serif Times Garamond Palatino Monospace Courier Terminal Cursive Brush Script Comic In the templates When you would like to use the font defined in the ini file you use the following font tag A Ph o ta ct hh w Q 10 Il A o o uv hh o 5 hh w Q 10 H v v 10 X
215. ated from that version Depricated from version 6 4 0 NETGUEST section The NETGUEST section is used for setting the names of the custom fields in the editing interface The names are only used in the editing interface It is set up like this Net Guest i CustomNamel Name goes here i CustomName2 Name goes here H NEWSLETTER section Make newsletter settings in the NEWSLETTER section Count Determines how many stories should be sent for each profile when profiles are used for newsletters Setting count 0 will make the system use the cache rows setting from the profile OBJECTRANKING section 57 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual O From version 6 4 0 The following two settings in the publicus ini file define the range of ranking which is allowed MinRanking The minimum rank allowed Default is 1 MaxRanking The maximum rank allowed Default is 10 OMNITURE_FRONTPAGE_MAPPING section Enables the ability to use the misc action for presenting a front page when using profiles with Omniture For example OMNITURE_FRONTPAGE_MAPPING 1002 url templates dailynewsfront pbs amp category dailynews amp profile 1002 In the example above whenever a URL hits the pbcs dll in conjunction with the misc action the Omniture JavaScript pagename variable is set to Frontpage and the profile is set to 1002 OMNITURE section In order to enable the Omniture statistics the following has to be present in the Publicus ini OMNITURE Coo
216. ategories It should be put in a conditional like this S SubscriptionType 0 lt a href lt UnsubscribeURL gt gt Unsubscribe lt a gt lt br gt NewsletterAd pbo This file is output for every ad lt AdText gt The ad text lt AdURL gt This field contains the value of the URL field on the ad lt Title gt The ad heading NewsletterArticle pbo Output for each story It must be placed in the objects folder lt Category gt The name of the category lt Date gt The publishing date for the story lt lmgLink gt The link to the main photo attached to the story 391 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Leadin gt The leadin for the story To avoid problems with the e mail server you should add an extra space after each period This example also shows how you can crop your leadin to a maximum of 300 characters lt Leadin w 1 300 r amp nbsp gt i lt Link gt The link to the story lt Lopenr gt The story s ID number lt Title gt The title of the story Newsletter email Getcontent Retrieves content from another website You can have more than one get content tag The tag can be used with newsletter composer in both the plain text and HTML version of the newsletter The tag is defined as follows or lt newsl getcontent removehtmlheader 1 url http www helloworld com apps pbcs dll section category news1 gt removehtmlheader Determines whether HTML header info
217. ategory ID of the category you are viewing Fallback This field specifies the fallback image if there is no image for the category you are viewing Filename The name of the file that should be included MainCategory This variable will be replaced with the category ID of the main category for the category you are viewing Placing peteeceeen ho y O Dn a 8 E 0 y pon A e Er a th pr H 10 Q F 10 Q E lo O o a Q K H Je y Hh p E 10 5 p 3 10 Il Q K w O En Q a N o Q o ole pa D Q 4 ps lt 0 N o y o I th K 10 Q T ae ue Us Q v SectionCate This variable will be replaced with the category ID of the sectionfrontOs category and not the category for the story Pboscript Offsite image include This function allows you to include a file from another website and use image processing functions on the image This function is often used when including images from web cameras The tag looks like this A de 3 Q a 8 Q Il Pas w Ko 5 n Toi ye o Q a pe Oi p bes K a Q 10 L y c K ER Il y ag co xe he Shy o ej Q w 3 si o A Q El a Q gm z D x Il Es N o mn O Il Es o o QR 5 o ou o 8 Q 0 R o o B Q D K Il o v Options Image options The function supports all the image options For more information please see Image settings URL Sets the URL of the image you wou
218. ategory option is optional Fields Crit Used to search all the other fields Guide_address Used to search the address field Guide_city Used to search the city field Guide_description Used to search the description field Guide_email Used to search the e mail field Guide_name Used to search the name field Guide_phone Used to search the phone field NoBlankCheck Used to determine that searches can be performed with blank search criteria Search result files The search result is displayed on the template gen_guidesearch pbs This template has the same features as the regular search template For information about the tags please see Result page SearchResultGuide pbo SearchResultGuide pbo This object file has the same fields as SeachResult pbo Please see SearchResult pbo SearchResultGuideltem pbo lt Address gt The item s address lt City gt The item s city name lt Contact gt The item s contact information lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt E mail gt This tag is written with a hyphen and contains the email address of the item 246 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Fax gt The item s fax number lt ltemLink gt The link to the guide item lt Name gt The item s name lt Phone gt The item s phone number lt URL gt The link to the item s homepage pbs ptguides lt pbs ptguides gt This function lists all guide categories You can filter the list of categories usin
219. ation is only implemented for forums and xsendmail for now 285 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The tag supports the following options Length The number of characters to render in the captcha Default is 6 characters BackgroundColor Sets the color of the captcha background use hex RGB value FontColor Sets the color of the captcha font use hex RGB value NoiseColor Sets the color of the captcha noise use hex RGB value ObjectClass Specifies what object file design class to use If there are no color values or only some values set on the tag it looks for any corresponding values in the publicus ini If there are no values at all it defaults to the original color scheme white blue light blue Faulty written color values return black as the default color lt pbs captcha Length 5 FontColor RRGGBB NoiseColor RRGGBB BackgroundColor RRGGBB ObjectClass 200 gt The tag outputs the content of its object file Captcha pbo specifically the file Captcha200 pbo Check a user s solution Checking if a solution is correct can be done in the pbcs dll by using the following action CaptchalD The lt ID gt in captcha object file Captcha The user s solution to the captcha Unpersist Whether or not to remove the captcha from the user s session file Default is O The unpersist can be forced with the ForceUnpersist setting in the CAPTCHA section The action returns an HTTP response of 200 OK if the check is successful and 400
220. ay the object occurs lt Pattern gt Contains the overall method used to calculate occurrences lt Subpattern gt Contains the specific method used to calculate occurrences lt Jump1 gt Contains the first jump value in the pattern E g 1 in The first Monday in June lt Jump2 gt Contains the second jump value in the pattern E g 6 in The first Monday in June lt Day1 gt If Sunday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day2 gt If Monday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day3 gt If Tuesday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day4 gt If Wednesday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day5 gt If Thurday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day6 gt If Friday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value lt Day7 gt If Saturday is selected in the pattern then it has value 1 otherwise it has no value Recurrence pattern description The pattern used to calculate object occurrences is made up by a main pattern and then a subpattern for our purposes lets denote the full pattern by the lt Pattern gt lt SubPattern gt values Then the following patterns are available 1 Daily pattern 1 For every lt Jump1 gt days 2 Every weekday from Monday to Friday 1 1 2
221. ber of paragraphs to be available to the user MediaFiles Defines the maximum number of media files that can be uploaded by the user Photo galleries Every gallery specific form tag supports the following parameters Sections Same as MaxAllowedPhotos MaxAllowedPhotos Defines the maximum number of images to be available to the user CCE objects Every CCE object specific form tag has to specify a specific Module Class and Type that the CCE object will belong to CCESection Specifies Module Class and Type that the CCE object will belong to on the form lt ModulelD gt lt ClassID gt lt TypelD gt Matching settings in the publicus ini file are required for the user to be able to do a succesful submit Example A A A AA Updating an existing item If an existing item is to be loaded into the form so that the item is updated on save the URL parameters to the call that fetches the lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt tag contents must contain load 1 and the ID of the item to be loaded For stories the following ID parameters are required PEPEE AEEA AEE A a tess hie ce elie ie cee E SN te ee ase Seca ee aes eet el oo soos ke eke ue E Sees iene Soa E es est ee eel Where X Y and Z values match a story within the system For photo galleries the following ID parameters are required Where X Y and Z values match a photo gallery within the system For CCE objects the following ID parameter is required Where the value of X matches a
222. ble output of paragraph photos Only the main photo will be shown Sets the maximum width of paragraph pictures This value is used by the image dll pbesi dll to resample high resolution pictures uploaded to the system The default is You can use any value between 1 and 999 If you set this value higher than the the width of the pictures you upload to the system the system will not optimize the picture Controls the alignment of the main picture The default is A O nn neni a n W a a a Enter i Picturealign Left E parar A if the main pictures should be aligned on the right Sets the background color for the picture and caption The default is for no background color to be set Any hex color triplet from 000000 to FFFFFF The value will be used as the background color for the table that holds the picture and the caption 138 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Pictureheight Sets the maximum height of the main picture This value is used by the image dll pbesi dll to resample high resolution pictures uploaded to the system The default is PE E A A A You can use any value between 1 and 999 If you set this value higher than the the height of the pictures you upload to the system the system will not optimize the picture Picturepadding Controls how much padding the picture and caption have This option is used by the cell padding parameter on the table The default is poa a AAA ii You can use any value between 0 to 99 Pictu
223. bo in which you can determine the style of primary author byline text Domain The domain is used by the front end pbcsedit dll Key The key is used by the front end pbcs dll ERENS See more on how to obtain a key for domain from Google here 51 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual http code google com intl da apis maps signup html HOSTSITECODES section This section is used for selecting which site code the image dll should use for image links when a site code is not present This function is only used when you share one image server between multiple sites HOSTSITECODES i imgsrv heraldtribune com SH i imgsrv theledger com LL H IMAGE section Settings for image quality and borders are defined under the heading IMAGE Border To disable photo borders set If no value is set the setting defaults to disabled BorderColor This option sets the border color for all images Border color is set using the HTML hexadecimal code for the color The lowest value that can be given to one light source is 0 hex 00 and the highest value is 255 hex FF The default border color setting is 000000 which is black Cache This option determines whether or not images will be cached If A N TE EE EA E ENET E E E E A image caching is enabled The default cache setting is 1 Cachetime This setting determines the maximum age for cache files The default is the cachetime setting in the GENERAL section of the Publicus ini Copyrigh
224. body gt lt Fact sBody gt lt body gt lt facts gt S lt assets gt lt assets gt lt assets gt 86 TXTTV lt ChTXTIVe gt mage mimetype lt ImgMimeTypes gt width lt ImgWidth s gt height lt ImgHeight gt gt SMS lt CHSMS 3 gt gt SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual s lt sParagraphs gt lt article gt templates Sms_xml sms_xml pbo The following is an example of the sms_xml pbo lt xml version 1 0 encoding lt CharSet gt Siso 8859 1 3 gt 87 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Folder structure Your website should have the following folder structure The root folder for the website A file called default htm must be placed in this folder It must redirect to the front page URL lads This folder is used for storing ads graphics ladlogs This folder is used for logging by the ad system cache This folder is used by the SAXOTECH Online cache engine lincludes Files that are included by templates go here light This folder is used for Community Site sites misc misc dE that should be parsed by SAXOTECH Online but are not templates should be placed in this older templates The main folder for template files templates macros The main folder for macros templates macros lt category gt Macros for one category templates objects The main folder for object files templates objects lt category gt Object files that are available for a single categor
225. bs questform This page contains no variables It is used to thank the web guest for taking part in the contest QuestForm pbo This object file is not needed by the system It is optional You can use this object file to change the layout of the contest In addition to the fields below you need to have a submit button and the fields for capturing name and address These fields are described in the section MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo lt lnfo gt The information field lt questformitems gt Displays the item file lt Title gt The contest s title 265 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual QuestFormAlternativesitem pbo Defines the alternatives in the question form It can only be used with the radio button option lt Alternative gt Displays the alternative text The fields are typically used like this r H H f lt input name lt Name gt type radio H value lt Value ernatives r H 1 lt SValueS gt gt lt Alt q gt lt br gt H H lt Name gt Used to remember the question number lt Value gt Used to remember the alternative number QuestFormltem pbo This object file is not needed by the system It is optional You can use this object file to change the layout of the contest lt alternatives gt Outputs the alternatives lt question gt Outputs the question lt Name gt The name field lt Address1 gt The first address field lt Address2 gt The second address field
226. by the Newslist tag Please see About Object Files and Position based design This section lists the base names News pbo This file contains the main framework for the tag It is possible to use the condition tags to exclude the whole file from being shown 173 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ltems gt This tag outputs all the items Newsltem pbo The following list of parameters is available for use in the object file lt ArticleStatus gt From version 6 2 0 lt ArtiID gt lt ArtIDLink gt lt AvgRanking gt From version 6 4 0 lt BlogEntry gt From version 6 2 0 lt Byline gt lt CaptionBody gt lt CaptionByline gt lt CaptionHead gt lt Category gt lt CategoryLink gt lt Categoryname gt lt Counter gt lt CreatedByUserld gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByUserFirstName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByUserSurName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByUserEmailAdr gt From version 6 2 0 lt Date gt lt DateHeader gt lt Dateline gt lt DesignClass gt lt DesignClassChanged gt lt ExternalLinks gt Contains the status of the story See Article pbo for available status This is only true when the ignorestatus parameter is used on the newslist tag The article ID for shorter links which can be used without category and date as here http www yoursite com apps pbcs dll article AID 9999607210374 This field is u fo
227. by you you should create an alias that redirects users to the main page If you have created a Community Site customer with ID 001 and the category FRONTPAGE for the front page the alias must point to apps pbcs dll section Category FRONTPAGE amp LID 001 Community site templates The templates which are used by Community Site are gen_ovr pbs gen_art pbs You can also create templates for each category These templates follow default SAXOTECH Online behavior Community Sites do not 430 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual use the frontpage pbs template The templates for each Community Site reside in this folder Chapter 39 Xsendmail XSendMail is a component that handles forms on web pages It takes information in the form and translates it into an e mail which is sent to the specified address To use XSendMail the XSendMail ini file must be present in the folder above your application folder e XSendMail pbo e XSendMail Form e XSendMailHTML pbo e XSendMailHTMLItem pbo e e XSendMailltem pbo XSendMail setup XSendMail pbo lt Copyright gt Copyright message lt ImpMessage gt The Do not reply to this email message message lt ltems gt Returns the values from the XSendMailltem pbo lt Title gt Only used for XSendMailHTML pbo The result of the title field from the Send Mail form XSendMail Form The form for XSendMail has the following structure lt form method post action apps XSendMail dl1 gt
228. cache time Disables caching for the file Usually the system generates a cache file that is used by all similar includes When you enable this option the system caches the content in the main cache file This option is used like this 5 o Q w Q eg 10 Il pb 81 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Useaid This function includes the date category and story number in the cache file name The function can be useful for caching story forum messages on the story page The function is used like this a n 10 w p Q Il bp Useprofile This option is only necessary if you are using profiles and the template changes based on profile With this option in the tag a cache file will be created for each profile Virtual Used for specifying the file you would like to include Server side includes Server side includes is a function that allows you to split up your HTML code into multiple files By doing this you will only have to maintain code that is used multiple places in one file This ensures that all pages that should look the same way do look the same way Standard includes SAXOTECH Online supports the standard way of including files A typical file that includes the standard header and footer would look something like this i lt include virtual includefiles header pbs gt Some text that is unique A 1 lt include virtual includefiles footer pbs gt The included files contain the information that is presen
229. cal News Global function The global function is used to output the global and system variables in a template User defined global variables and system variables can be used The function uses an inline object like this Global variables Global variables should be used sparingly They can significantly impact performance on your website 100 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The following conditions apply to global variables On a template a global variables must be set in a macro There must be a cache time on the macro If you use an additional macro on the same template which refers to the global variable the cache time MUST be the same as on the initial global variable macro If you have a newslist tag on the same template the macro on the news item will NOT have access to the global variable even if the newslist tag has the same cache time as the global variable macro Global variables only work on a single level and only when ALL cache times are the same Global variables are available in all object files These variables are prefixed with like this A ene nen nena nen een e ene neem nnn nennen nenne nennen ene een en nee nee neem nenene nenene name nenene nenene ennenen nen an nea nennen anne 1 h i i i lt hasimages gt H A a ee l You can write global variables using object script Testing You can use the following code to test if global variables are available in the object file ole a a o
230. can be used on all templates Options Region Used to select the region for which you would like to show the forecast Which region codes match which areas is dependant on the server configuration Contact the server administrator for a list of relevant region codes Dateoffset Determines for how many days into the future you would like to show the forecast Site Sets the site code from which the weather data should be retrieved This option is only to be used if you are retrieving information from another site pbs weathertidesunmoon lt pbs weathertidesunmoon gt This tag can be used on all templates WeatherTideSunMoon pbo lt TideHigh gt The time when the tide is highest lt TideLow gt The time when the tide is lowest lt Sunrise gt The time the sun rises lt Sunset gt The time the sun sets lt Moonrise gt The time the moon rises lt Moonset gt The time the moon sets lt MoonPhaseType gt The phase of the moon lt MoonPhaseTime gt The time of the moon phase Storm weather service 401 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Storm weather service provides a different type of service and has its own separate tags Object files from detskjer no O E E E E EN ER lt pbs weatherpicture region 8 width 235 onclickurl Javascript NewWindow 536 434 lt Simgur1 gt amp maxw 500 gt lt pbs weathertext region 3 site TA gt lt br gt lt pbs weatherlastupdate format dd mmmm yyyy kl hh nn g
231. categories They must be specified in a comma separated list avesina i Reset drop down field values You can use a JavaScript to reset the drop down fields to the same values that they had before the form was submitted The following JavaScript sets the value for the fields ToDate FromDate and Type JavaScript is case sensitive so you must write the field names exactly the same way as they are in the form This script must be placed at the bottom of the gen_class pbs template E lt script language javascript gt l L ya a document classfsearch ToDate options i for x 0 x lt a length x i E if lt pbs ToDate gt amp amp a x value 1 a x selected true else if a x value lt pbs ToDate gt a x selected true ime 4 1 a document classfsearch FromDate options for x 0 x lt a length x i r if lt pbs FromDate gt amp amp a x value 1 a x selected true else E if a x value lt pbs FromDate gt a x selected true i a document classfsearch Type options for x 0 x lt a length x i 1 if a x value lt pbs Type gt a x selected true E i lt script gt i Classifieds pbo This file contains the framework which is output once This object file must be present lt FirstHit gt The number for the first record being viewed lt ltems gt Outputs the Classifieds items lt LastHit gt The number for
232. ced in the same directory as the export file lt credit gt The name of the photographer or creator of the image lt imagecontentbase64 gt If enabled the images are embedded in the XML file and the variable lt imagename gt will not have any value lt imageHeight gt The height of the image lt imagemimetype gt The image MIME type lt imagename gt created file The name of the image file lt imageorder gt The image s ranking in the photo album lt lmagewidth gt The width of the image lt summary gt The image summary lt title gt The image title ExpPhotoAlbums pbo This is optional If the ExpPhotoAlbums pbo file exists all the selected albums are exported to a single file If the ExpPhotoAlbums xml file does not exist there will be one export file for each photo album lt ltems gt Outputs the selected photo albums Set picture as desktop background This function allows the web guest to set an image from the database as his desktop background You should include the following text to guide the user in this operation e Windows XP Right click on the photo to the right and select Set as desktop background Macintosh Click and hold your mouse button down on the photo to the right When the drop down menu appears select Download Image to Disk From the Apple Menu choose Control Panel gt Appearance Select the Desktop tab at the top of the window Click Place Picture and ch
233. cee ee ete eee rete ee nee nee e ene e eee 259 1 19 2 3 PollDataResultsltemEntry pbo 1 nets 259 1 19 2 4 P l Form PbO cute A teeta whales Oe A a See a eee 260 1 19 2 5 PollFormAlternativeS pDO 2 2 eee eee tee ecru ee ee ne eee eben eee ne neee 260 1 19 2 6 PollFormAlternativesiltem pbO 1 o 260 119 27 POMFORM LSI DOO ies eh cide here acetate ts A i cajita te fen 260 1 19 2 8 Polls_Error pbo with pbs polldata 0 0 eee 260 1 19 2 9 Polls_Saved pbo with pbs polldata 21 uaaa aeaa 260 AS19241 0 POllStAtSticS fare oe eke psc dase jndla lies aia Els 260 UIE AeA pbs OMNIA seas teers le deeb tec petro cous A A A E ase E 261 1 19 31 POIMIDOEDDO ccc ack Pega A Seed eee ee ede A en eee dee eee ey 262 1 19 32 PollMiniGhart pbOns 29 sedges ia a eet ec Nae oe bas Meee ai fates 262 1 19 3 3 PollIMiniNOPOll pbO lt aniano cara ra het lately ee ee a thule nde te a a 262 11 94 PDS QUeESE MUILIPAGS tica ra dae tale anit la one gla nell aya Rat Eata edn bbls NS 262 1 19 4 1 MultiPageQuestIndex pb0 6 ketene tent e ee 262 1 19 4 2 MultiPageQuestPage pbO cee ete tenn eens 263 1 19 4 3 MultiPageQuestPageX pbO 2 1 teresia ui ea a p a a ENEE teeta 263 1 19 4 4 MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo 2 1 tent ents 263 1 19 4 5 MultiPageQuestWrongAnswer pbO 1 ketene t ent enee 264 1 19 46 Multipage self test re oe rice gig hes cele A wae A 264 1 19 4 7 MultiQuestAltltem pbo gt 2c ce cca ee eine A eye eee eee ee ee eee eee 264 1 19 4 8 Po
234. cessing the page Example 418 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Pathinfo gt lt PathTranslated gt lt ProtocolVersion gt lt Referer gt lt RemoteAddr gt lt RemoteHost gt lt ScriptName gt lt Title gt lt URL gt lt UserAgent gt Additional path information as given by the client This consists of the trailing part of the URL after the scri Example FU w A gt H 5 Fh O I Ss mh K lo 5 E O D Q o W 10 3 o ct 10 gt Q Q K Il uN N x o o The host name of the client or agent of the client for example gateway or firewall that sent the request If should set RemoteAddr to leave this unset A virtual path to the script being executed used for self referencing URLs Example The title of the document Not part of the document The syntax is the same as for the Subject field in RFC Subject field in that the title is defined by the author of a document but the Subject field is defined by the Gives the base portion of the URL Example q Py T e w o 5 n is Ho o Q un Q H H UserAgent Mozilla 5 0 Windows U Windows NT 5 1 en US rv 1 8 0 7 Gecko 2 pbs GetKeywords lt pbs GetKeywords gt This tag extracts keywords from stories lt is typically used on a search page to populate a drop down This tag can be used on all templates Options Categories Use this option to extract keywords from several categories
235. cked gt lt lsNew gt lt lsNormalUser gt lt lSOCreated gt lt ISOLastMessageDate gt lt ISOPublished gt lt lSOUserRegDate gt lt lsROnlyUser gt lt lsSticky gt lt LastMessageDate gt lt LastPoster gt lt Link gt lt LoggedinUserLevel gt lt LoggedinUserVerified gt lt MessagelD gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt PostedBy gt lt PostedByHost gt lt Published gt lt ReplyMessageLink gt lt ShowAllLink gt A link to an action that will cause the top message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished A link to an action that will cause the current message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished The group description of this message The link to the page for editing the current message The email address of the author A link to the list of messages for a group This field contains an HTML option fragment that contains a list of group names and IDs for for the theme in which the current message exists This is typically used to present a drop down list of groups that the user can use to navigate to a new group This has a value of 1 when the current message has replies that have been added since the current user s last visit date time This field has the value 1 if the thread is hot Note the Hotthreshold parameter on the pb
236. class used lt Heading gt Outputs the main heading lt Heading2 gt Outputs the subheading lt Site gt Contains the site code 147 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt SuperHeading gt Outputs the super heading Kicker Field You can use object scripts to force capitalization of the super heading For example will show as this is a test ArticleLinkltem pbo This file is output for each of the external links in the story lt AgeRating gt Contains the age rating From version 6 2 0 lt Counter gt The counter is the number for the link The fist link is given the value 1 and the second link the value 2 This value is increased by 1 for each additional link lt Description gt Contains the description of the site lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt lmageLink gt Contains a link to the photo defined in Story External Links in the Edit interface lt Link gt Contains the link to the external site lt LinkID lt Contains the link s ID lt LinkMainCategory gt Contains the main category of the linked story lt LinkMainCategoryID gt Contains the main category ID of the linked story lt LinkRegion gt Contains the region of the linked story lt LinkSubCategory gt Contains the subcategory of the linked story lt LinkSubCategoryID gt Contains the subcategory ID of the linked story lt LinkSubRegion gt Contains the subregion of the linked story lt LogoLink
237. cleExtLogin pbo lt AccessControlldentifier gt Indicates the flow ID that is associated with a story in the edit interface If there are no flows associated with the story then this variable will be empty This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control lt CurrentFlowStatusID gt Represents the current status of the story within a flow using an ID This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control lt CurrentFlowStatusText gt Represents the current status of the story within a flow using text This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control lt SingleSalelD gt Represents the single Sale ID associated to a story It is possible to associate a single sale id toa story in the editing interface This is used for Access Control lt StandardText gt This field contains the text to output For example You must be a subscriber to access this story To buy a subscription pbs SetHeaderlInfo lt pbs SetHeaderInfo gt This tag is used to change values of the HTTP header fields available through pbs getheaderinfo either as the standard HTTP header fields or fields defined through the pbs getheaderinfo parameter The A pene Seas seas eae a eae iat A E A tag is used by adding parameters of the form Name value This will add a new header or overwrite an existing one of the same name Example 1 lt pbs SetHeaderInfo HeaderName HeaderData gt Example 2 lt pbs SetHeaderInfo Accept Encoding Y
238. cococ ent n tne teen eee 331 1 23 25 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryList pb0 oooococococococnc tte 331 1 23 26 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryListlteM pbO oooococococoocococa tte 331 1 23 27 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorFailed pb0 2 6 eee teens 331 1 23 28 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorinvalidinput pbO ocoococococcoococora teeta 331 1 23 29 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotCreator pb0 ooococcccococccc teen eee 331 1 23 30 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotLoggedIn pbO 1 11 eee ete nee 331 1 23 31 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldS pDO oooooococcccococcr 331 1 23 32 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldsltem pb0 2 0 0 0 eect tenes 331 1 23 33 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyList pb0 ooococcccococcr net eee nee 332 1 23 34 UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyListlteM pbO 1 1 0 0 cece eee eee 332 1 23 35 User Submitted Stories Huida pes See teh ta dh ans pa ie ee See A aoe kaha 332 1 24 Chapter 24 Subscriptions cis A ees A a A ee eth i ee 332 LA ASEOGIM PAGES edirdin a a a axle Rada te Meet acter A a Supa A r care ea ee cata geen te as 333 124 11 PDS OQUT Hae 2 ike eee etn ated NR NN 333 1 24 1 2 pDS IOQININIO esi eg eee a epee eG oe A RE a ae ea een 333 1 24 13 PDS targot fy odie weer a a A A AAA 333 1424 2 pbs changepasswold ici a A A ote eens dich baat oe tnd ed eek acre ad 333 24 3 pDs GIODAL riea dt da tna 335 1 24 54 pbssubseriberdata dor di E A AA EE EA AAA E AAA a a de
239. ction This section should only be used by SAXOTECH or by self hosted customers DumpNewslist Exports the database call to a file in the DBLogs folder Default is 0 DumpNewslist 1 i PBOWarningTimeout Sets the number of milliseconds a ReplaceVars parse may last Default is 7500 milliseconds ExtendedPBOWarnings If enabled 1 the generated PBOWarnings output the current template code and the variables given to it Also it outputs the request URL Default is O ExtendedPBOWarningsCropVariables If enabled 1 the generated PBOWarnings Variable value output is cropped and line shifts are removed Default is 1 EDITINTERFACE section These settings control the behavior of the editing interface AgendaExport Controls if the export button should be available in the agenda interface The option is set like this 28 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual DefaultPublished Optional Determine that new stories are not published by default To enable this option enter DefaultPublished 0 DefaultRedKat Optional Sets the default category for new stories This option can also be set for individual users in their myPublicus settings The option is set like this PA A A A A A E E E A E E E EA O E DefaultRotate Sets the default rotation type in the editing interface The options are 0 No rotation 1 Rotate within category 2 Rotate for all categories 3 Rotate within group AA FrontpageArticles Optional Disables the obsolete fr
240. d It can be used both on the section front and in a story The function this tag provides has been superseded by the Newslist tag It is only documented for historical purposes The lt pbs history gt tag might be used as follows bosses is iodo tio io sis Sons See an e N A ES NSA IEE oo o casa ile sica ici Options Bgcolor Sets the background color on the title when an object file is not used Bredde Sets the width of the output in pixels or percentage when object files are not used Category Determines the category from which the history is to be retrieved By default the current category is used Select one of the following if another category option should be used e Current Stories from the current category and subcategories e Category Stories from a single category e Category Stories from a single category with subcategories e All categories Color Sets the color on the title above the links if an object file is not used Count Determines how many stories the history tag should display By default the value is set in the category register Enter Count to override the setting in the category register Dateformat Controls how the date will be shown by the lt date gt tag Note that it is also possible to use the lt isodates gt variables and format dates yourself The default date format is dd mm This option can use other standard date format options Fontsize Sets the font size of text when object file
241. d e PwdSent pbo e pbs adregusertargets e pbs extra_income e pbs reguserinfo e Userreginfo pbo e Setup user registration Advanced login The information in the White Pages can be used to allow only registered users to see content or add events to the events calendar To add login to a section you must set the Registration option to Advanced on the category in the category register The user will be presented with the login form before the she can see the page To force an already logged in user to log in again you can use the option amp ForceLogin 1 in the link to the page From version 6 4 0 To enable Facebook single signon you must add the option amp FBLogin 1 in the link to the page Default is 0 Template The template used for the login form is called gen_userreglogin pbs Form The following code is used to set up the form A B 5 5 E kK y O ll 5 E o o D 5 w 3 0 I a o o 2 G o fa w E D lt w ja E 0 ll c n 8 w E D O w n n o 5 Q v 338 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Editing info Use the following to create a link to the page for editing the user information E lt a href frontpage ForceUserreg 18Edit 1 gt Edit your info lt a gt lt br gt e i Forgotten You can also link to a page where the user can email her password to herself password A A A A A E E E E AE A A E E AA A SEN SRO E A EE EE lt a href Javascript NewWindow 450 300 apps pbcs dl
242. d 10 stories for example Count 7 then return an additional 10 stories SC_Map Keeping a map file in a cache folder on a central server causes a lot of traffic Long file names also cause increased traffic Long file names are used by the lt pbs news1ist gt tag to find the right story to show in the list However using the map file can be replaced by Smart Map There are two ways for the system to find the right stories to show in the lt pbs newslist gt but only Smart Map is recommended for the production environment The two ways are e Caching the map file can be used for debugging and staging and using the short names in the cache file These names are created in a random way e Using Smart Map By default both features are disabled If they are both enabled Smart Map will prevail The SC_Map section contains the system settings for caching of your site 73 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual WriteMapFileToDisc By default WriteMapFileToDisc is enabled If WriteMapFileToDisc is disabled Smart Map is automatically enabled To enable Smart Map enter This will drop writing the Map file to disc and implicitly enable Smart Map For staging and debugging purposes writing the Map file to disc can be enabled CacheEnabled When the Map file is written to disc for staging and debugging purposes reading and writing can be optimized by enabling caching To enable this option enter The file must be reread if it meets a long cache fil
243. d Pbs classifieddetails are processed To use CCE data enter CCEClassifieds 1 ClassifiedsModule Determines the module that is used when CCE processes Classifieds tags ForceCache Enter ForceCache 1 It is recommended that the ForceCache setting be used to prevent high CPU usage on the web servers ForceCacheTime Enter a number of minutes between caching intervals The recommended value for this setting is 3 It is recommended that the ForceCacheTime setting be used in conjunction with ForceCache to prevent high CPU usage on the web servers 25 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ForceFieldsCache Enter lt is recommended that the ForceFieldsCache setting be used to prevent high CPU usage on the web servers ForceFieldsCacheTime Enter a number of minutes between caching intervals The recommended value for this setting is 3 It is recommended that the ForceFieldsCacheTime setting be used in conjunction with ForceFieldsCache to prevent high CPU usage on the web servers NoMDCache Used to disable the metadata cache for CCE The metadata cache does not store information about custom fields causing the system to only identify custom fields correctly once every five minutes This problem can be avoided by disabling the metadata cache To disable the cache enter CLASSIFIEDSIMAGE section Under the heading CLASSIFIEDSIMAGE you define settings for Classified ad images Transparency Disables transparency in images in the Classifieds system penn
244. d custom fields to your users These fields are not available through the edit interface but they are available on the templates See the options for the pbs reguserinfo tag The fields are added to the template as follows lt input type text name extra_age value lt pbs extra_age gt gt In the example above a new field called age will be stored with the information written in the input form The extra field s name can be used for target advertising in OAMS So if you create target advertising then the names of the fields in OAMS and the extra fields from the user registration will make target advertising work Address 1 The first address line lt input type text name address size 15 value lt pbs ureg_address gt gt Address 2 The second address line 345 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Age Verifies that the user is over the age of 13 This is done to comply with the United States Child Online Protection Act lt SELECT NAME age SIZE 1 gt lt OPTION VALUE 130ver gt over 13 lt OPTION gt lt OPTION VALUE 13 or under SELECTED gt under 13 lt OPTION gt lt select gt Cellphone The cell phone number Cookiename Hidden field Sets the cookie name that is used to store the username and password City The city Date of birth The user s date of birth lt input type text name dob size 8 value lt pbs ureg_dob gt gt Email format Selects the email format lt select name mail
245. d on all templates Options Name This option specifies the name of the cookie you want to read By default this option is not set Enter A E A where XXX is the name of the cookie pbs getheaderinfo lt pbs getheaderinfo gt This tag is used to read HTTP headers Options ExtendedHeaders Used to specify extra headers to be read By default this option is not used Any headers not included in the Headerlnfo pbo variable list must first be defined here For example entering will allow access to a variable named lt Accept Encoding gt in the HeaderInfo pbo Headerlnfo pbo 417 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual These fields are derived form the message headers defined in the standard HTTP protocol Any headers not included in this list must first be pre defined in the pbs getheaderinfo tag using the ExtendedHeaders parameter lt Accept gt Used to specify certain media types which are acceptable for the response Example Accept text xml application xml application xhtml xml text html q 0 9 text ple lt Authorization gt Consists of credentials containing the authentication information of the client for the realm of the resource k lt CacheControl gt The cache control settings sent by the browser Example CacheControl no cache lt Connection gt Specifies options that are desired for the particular connection This must not be communicated by proxies Connection keep alive lt Content gt The entity body that is sent
246. d on the article tag lt Category gt Contains the category name lt Content gt Contains the content 153 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt NextPageLink gt Contains the link to the next page Because a WAP phone can only display a small text block the story is split up into multiple parts lt SectionLink gt Contains a link back to the section front WAPArticleContent pbo This object file is triggered when the pbs article WAP option is used on the article tag lt Byline gt Contains the byline for the story lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Heading gt Contains the heading for the story lt ModifiedDate gt Contains the date the story was last modified lt Paragraphs gt Contains all the text blocks lt PublishedDate gt Contains the publication date It is written lt PublishedDate gt i t EEE EEE E E EE i lt Source gt Contains the source name for the story lt Summary gt Contains the summary WAPArticleParagraph pbo This object file is triggered when the pbs article WAP option is used on the article tag lt Body gt Contains the body text of the text block lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Heading gt Contains the heading for the text block ArticleGeoDataltem pbo O Geo Data is available in SAXOTECH Online from version 6 3 0 lt Name gt Contains the name of the geo data item as for example The summer house lt L
247. d to have the template gen_login pbs to handle logins Subscriptions are a separate function from registration User information is stored in the SAXOTECH Online database The user management screen is documented in the Subscriptions chapter in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual This user database is not related to the White Pages database This is a separate database which is only used for protected pages Instructions for setting up a category for subscription can be found in the Subscriptions chapter in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual e Login page e pbs login pbs logininfo e pbs target e pbs changepassword e pbs global e pbs subscriberdata e SubscriberData pbo e pbs userid e Self created users 332 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Login page Templates The default template for login is gen_login pbs If you would like to have a specific template for a category replace gen with the category ID When a web guest tries to access a section that is protected he will be directed to this page SAXOTECH Online needs the following tags and fields in the template Fields PBS_UserlD Passes the user name to the system PBS_ Password Passes the password to the system Usefailedpage Enables the failed page function Normally the web guest is returned to the login page if login fails If this field is present with the value 1 the template gen_loginfailed pbs will be shown instead The field is typically used like this lt form action
248. d with this message This is the same as lt Attachments gt minus lt SImages gt The author of the message The message counter for the list This field is increased by one for each message The date the message was created The e mail address of the message author The group under which the message is posted The link to the group under which the message is posted The number of image attachments associated with this message This field lists all entries The link to the message A value that represents the current message as a number The message text The number of replies to the message This field contains the theme under which the message is posted This field contains the link to the theme under which the message is posted ForumHotThreads pbo lt items gt This field lists all entries pbs news_latest lt pbs news_latest gt This function lists the newest messages in the forums Best practice Is to add this tag in a macro because then the same cache file will be reused instead of it always generates a new one example template lt pbs macro name getnewslatest CacheTime 15 gt macro getnewslatest pbo lt pbs news_latest count 5 showref 0 gt Options 299 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Category Sets the category to be used when showing the message This is done to show the forum messages in a category other than the category on which the messages are listed By default the category is
249. d you can ensure that stories will not be duplicated on the page For more information please see Noduplicates In order to use this functionality an accompanying dll must be loaded by SAXOTECH Online PBCSDupArtFilter dll This dll is responsible for maintaining the list of stories that will be displayed on the resulting web page SAXOTECH Online must know the location of this file in order to load the dll To facilitate this the PLUGINS section must be added to the _pbcsDB ini file 72 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual PLUGINS i i PluginsEnabled 1 i i PluginsDirectory Plugins i PluginsEnabled Set this value to 1 if SAXOTECH Online should load the PBCSDupArtFilter dll The default is 0 PluginsDirectory Specifies the directory in which the PBCSDupArtFilter dll is placed f this setting does not have a value SAXOTECH Online will look for the dll in the directory containing the pbcs dll The plugin directory must be a relative path to the apps directory For example i PluginsDirectory Plugins PAP E AR j NOT PluginsDirectory c www inetput apps plugins PT ee ee eS AT F Accompanying the PBCSDupArtFilter dll should be an ini file For advanced use it is possible to change some settings in that file You can optimize control by returning fewer or more stories at any given time The PBCSDupArtFilter ini can look like this EXTRAARTRANGES 0 5 5 6 10 10 When the functionality from the PBCSDupArtFilt
250. database Form code lt form name classfsearch method POST action lt pbs prog gt classifieds Category lt pbs categoryid gt gt The form code and hidden fields in the example code must be present If this code is missing the search form will not work Fields Almost all options that you can use in the tag can also be used as a field in the form They are either set using hidden fields or as drop down in which the web guest can select a value The fields are documented in the section pbs classifieds Free text search You can enable free text searching of ads with the following fields A H 5 O a a ot he o 19 Il 10 Es aa w 3 10 Il H oO K amp n 10 i K Q o Es o Pp Ss 10 ll A hal y a 4 10 gt bat un 10 w K Q gt se Vv 0 H N 10 Il N o Vv is used to output the text the web guest entered on the result page This is necessary for the next previous browse function This is a generic function and by replacing text with the name of another field you can search that field instead Examples Below are some examples on how you can search the ads From to search You can search from and to values For this to work you must define two fields 203 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual From E PEIEE AEE IAE EAI AAE EAN EAEE SOON APTS ES lt input type text name fromDocketNumberSearch value lt pbs fromDocketNumberSearch gt lo size 8
251. database The password which is used to connect to the database Edit template settings The EditTemplateSettings section contains the system settings for caching your editing templates 70 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CachingEnabled Template caching is enabled by default CacheRefreshinterval The interval for refreshing a template cache can be modified By default the setting is 300 seconds 5 minutes To change this setting write another number of seconds NoOfFileReadAttempts The number of times the system should try to read the file until it aborts because the file is not there To change this setting write the number of attempts you need The default is one attempt O Please note that this setting works regardless of whether caching is enabled or not FileReadRetryInterval If NoOfFileReadAttempts is set to a number larger than 1 this setting controls how many milliseconds a request thread must wait before retrying file retrieval The default is 500 milliseconds To change this setting write another number of milliseconds Best practice Enable the Edit Template Cache and set the CacheRefreshInterval to 0 since the edit templates are never changed without restarting the dll General cache settings SAXOTECH Online has a fail over system used when caching on a separate server When the cache server cannot be reached by SAXOTECH Online a warning is issued You get a warning in the ExceptionLogs folder when a fail ove
252. days back the tag should look for forum postings By default this option is not used To set the maximum days the tag should look back for forum postings enter PEE O sa A E SE OEE co seees ete ap aos E S E E E E EE I E E ee oe coco ee oe Sec oso c ote ae oa ec eee E E is the number of days ShowHeaders Enables message headers in the group listing This option can only be used if you have very few messages Showing headers on the group page can make your site fail This option is turned off by default Enter to enable this option Threadcount Sets the maximum number of threads that should be shown on the overview page You can use previous and next links to navigate to the other threads By default all threads are shown on one page Enter A A A A A A E A E A A A AA A AAA for A A E e A E A A E A e 6 A E E A A A threads to be shown per page You must use the functions for previous and next links Otherwise web guests cannot navigate to all message threads ForumMessage pbo This function displays the actual message The link to this page is automatically built by the system with the pbs news_content tag Template The default template for forums is gen_news pbs The template is accessed through this URL Theme ID Group ID and InReplyTo must be specified This is used in conjunction with ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo and ForumMessageThreadltem pbo lt ArtLink gt A link to the originating story if the forum is an Article Forum
253. dcard searches The text in the criteria must be an exact match The option is used like this FIELDSearchExact 1 FromDate Sets the start date for the list The date is specified in ISO format FromDate 20030715 206 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual FromFlELDSearch Used to search a field for a specific value By default this option is not used To use this option you must specify You must also specify the ToFIELDSearch value Groups Sets the group header This is not to be confused with group mappings in the ini file If you use the County field to define a group the file ClassifiedsGroupHeader pbo will be output when the county changes The option is set like this pai bees A A A A A A A E A A A A e E E A The field specified in the Groups option will be available as a field in the object file Groups should be used after the Fields option in the tag Intfields Determines which fields should be treated as numbers Locked This option can only be used in the tag It locks the tag so it cannot be overridden either in the form or the URL This option is useful when you have a sidebar with ads which you do not want to be changed by other Classified tags on the page The option is set like this A RAAE AREE SEN S AS SEAE AES AIE S eea ies sae e wean cue nana SE S EE AA S EEA E E ESA l Locked 1 Objectclass This option sets the object class for the object files Published This field is used with the Range field to control which ads are sho
254. dd Ada ad 153 1 9 11 30 Tips pbo and articleS ssr eet eee a cee ba cob eee ees 153 1 OchsSd WAPAMICIE pbO tou oss ce kde tame Ay UN oN or tie cathe ll ke eel ou slime o EA Alta aba 153 1 9 11 32 WAPArticleContent pbO 2 1 1 cette aana 154 1 9 11 33 WAPArticleParagraph pboO 1 1 eee eee 154 1 9 12 ArticleGeoDataltem pbo vu e ke a E ele Minette Se Pantene ws aoe k Saeeeeen sd 154 1 9 13 ArticleGeoDataltems pbO 0 154 1 10 Chapter 10 Overview Tags 0 eee nnn tenet tne tenet ene 154 TAO PDS AGEN recono a a tev oceans Bett ede te Be Pekan Faden a Balad a Hees Gad ash Se Meters Oth eration 155 1 10 1 t Agent PDO esser ei eae A ee baie toe E AA AA A ae eed 159 1 10 12 Agentltom pbo iia o it a A ere PES 159 1 1 0 2 pDS agenteategory iia A A a TAS AA AAA a id 160 O POS IISLORY ota a it i 160 1 10 31 History PDO so ote ra tia ta A A A A AA AAA E AA ai EA 161 1 10 3 2 Historyltem pb0 rociar rr a A a ee a led 161 1 1 0 4 pbs keywordindeX ssatina ii ad A Dt riada 161 1 10 4 1 KeywordindexHeader pbO oooocococoncnccar ono 162 1 10 4 2 KeywordindexLink pDO oooooccococo nee eee 162 1 10 4 3 KeywordindexTitle pbO etine cee eee tent erence eee eee een e beeen e nes 162 1 10 5 pbs mostread 2 erste a alsa Pha Re ee eA eal RE alee a pat pula goa dle ee eae ele 162 1 10 51 MOSTREAC PDO eases oe egies eds fb Se soe eld ania a We dake ele Blac b br la A as ein gb te aoe aed hed 164 1 10 5 2 MostReadltem poor iyi
255. default enter ConnectedForumModerated 1 ForumMailid Sets the sender name for forum e mails sent from the web server The option is set like this ForumMaillD Gazette Forum ForumMailSender Sets the sender e mail address for forum e mails sent from the web server The option is set like this ForumMailSender forum gazette com Group ListFilter The group drop down will only show the first 1000 groups with latest messages This also enables a From version 6 2 0sr16 freetext filter to help find groups Possible values are 0 1 Default is 0 MailSubject Sends an e mail to posting authors when someone replies to their postings MailSubject Your forum message has been replied to MaxDaysinactive Controls how long inactive threads should be visible in the overview MaxDaysInactive 90 ProtectedPost Enabling this setting determines that unregistered users will be redirected to a login register page when they try to post a new message The default is O which disables this option To enable the setting enter ProtectedPost 1 UseLogin Enabling this settings determines that users must log on before posting messages UseLogin 1 UserListMaxSize Defines the maximum number of users displayed in the forum user list Default is 200 entries From version 6 3 0 VerifyUsers Enables the Extended Forum Extended Forum indicates that only users already registered and verified can post new messages Please see ForumMessageltem pbo and ForumMessagesMessageThreadltem pbo E
256. directives typically override the default caching algorithms Cache directives are unidirectional in that the presence of a directive in a request does not imply that the same directive is to be given in the response A HTTP 1 0 caches might not implement cache control and might only implement Pragma no cache Cache control options are documented in RFC2616 For more information please see http www w3 org Protocols rfc261 6 rfc26 1 6 sec14 html CACHE H CC_FRONT CC_SECTION CC_ARTICLE i CC_GEN H EX_PRONT l EX_SECTION i EX_ARTICLE l EX_GEN i CC_FRONT Cache control settings for the front page CC_FRONT max age xx in seconds l CC_SECTION Cache control settings for the sectionfront CC_SECTION max age xx in seconds CC_ARTICLE Cache control settings for story pages CC_ARTICLE max age xx in seconds CC_GEN The fallback setting if the options above do not exist EX_FRONT The expire time for the front page in minutes EX SECTION The expire time for the sectionfront in minutes EX_ARTICLE The expire time for the story pages in minutes EX_GEN The fallback expire time if the options above do not exist in minutes The cache control string can be for example i max age 300 s maxage 300 i Fast Cache 23 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual DontUseFastSectionOnSections When running fastsectioncache with reader specific content like newslists based on users behavior those newslist tags
257. directly in the variable inside the object file If the date field supports formatting it is documented in the description of the date field The codes used for formatting dates are described in the section Formatting dates Time zones If your website is in a different time zone than the web server all times on your website will be wrong if additional steps are not taken to correct this An easy way to test if this is the case is to put the tag lt pbs showdate format hh mm gt jon a page and uncache it If the time is correct your settings are correct If the time is wrong please contact your server administrator Please see Web server ini file for more information Directory structure SAXOTECH Online requires several folders on the web server to run The folders are placed in various locations on the server and some of them are common for all sites installed on the server They contain programs and templates that cannot be modified by the customer These folders are maintained by SAXOTECH Story jumps SAXOTECH Online can handle story jumps in several different ways Depending on how you want your site to function you select which method to use From the front page There are multiple ways to do story jumps from the front page to either the story or the section front for the category in which the story is placed Automatic jump with different text For each story you can write a teaser that features text and a picture The teas
258. dy a gt Options You can set the target and classes for the links This is done by adding the following options a target urlclass mailclass All parameters are optional so you can write a a _top a _top extlink maillink or a extlink Replace text This function allows you to replace text in a variable The function is case insensitive Example You can use the function like this lt Body r Banana Apple r Orange Lemon gt This function will replace every 1 occurrence of the word banana with apple and every occurrence of the word orange with lemon Example You can also use the function to change the way a word is written lt Body r saxotech SAXOTECH gt This function will 2 ensure that SAXOTECH is always written in uppercase letters 109 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Example The quotation mark is a special character and must be doubled up for the system to understand it If you want to replace a 3 double quotation with a single quotation you can write it like this lt Body r gt Example The backslash is a special character and must be doubled up for the system to understand it If you want to replace a 4 double backslash with a single backslash you can write it like this lt Body r backslash gt Backslash is used for specifying regular expressions Please see the Regular expresions section below Regular expressions Regular expressions can be used in the replace function This expands the basic repl
259. e JavaScript src apps cookiesearchparams js type text javascript gt lt script gt i 12 lt head gt i 1 The document type is set up This is used to define which HTML tags the browser should expect If this tag is not present the document is treated as HTML version 2 0 2 The HTML tag starts This tag must enclose the entire document In the example the tag is closed on line 16 o We start the HTML header The header contains information about the document and links to resources placed outside the document Contains the title for the document Sets the description of the document Sets keywords for the document Contains information about the character set used on the page Links to the main style sheet By linking to the style sheet it will be loaded only once This makes pages load faster o OA JO Oo A Loads the style sheet for TV Movies 10 Contains a link to the shared JavaScript functions used on the website 11 Contains a link to the cookie management library 12 Closes the head of the document 13 Starts the body of the document Here the background color and the color for links are set 14 Includes the text that is the document 15 Closes the body tag 16 Closes the HTML tag It should always be the last line in the document Fonts 76 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual One of the biggest obstacles when trying to keep a uniform layout on a website is to control the use of fonts Style sheets
260. e gt The date the story was published lt Link gt The URL that links to the story lt Title gt The title of the story KeywordLinks pbo The tag will use this object file if it exists This file is used to build the framework around the stories lt ltems gt This is where the system will output the items lt MoreLink gt This parameter will make links to all the stories with same keyword pbs themelinks lt pbs themelinks gt This tag is used for theme links also called related stories lt is used to display links to other stories that have been tagged with the same theme You can also use ThemeLinks in the Article pbo The tag for displaying all related stories is described in the section Pbsrelated Options Antall This option works the same way as Count on the Sectionfront tag Please see Count Bgcolor Sets the background color for the header This is only used when object files are not used The default is the HTML color CCCCCC You can use any HTML color 131 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Color Bredde Fontsize Ledetekst Visref Sets the text color in the header This is only used when object files are not used The default is the default color for the text page This option is set by putting inside the tag Sets the width to be used the by tag Only used when object files are not used This option sets the font size Only used when object files are not used The default is pabwbase
261. e o 5 a os a H H H H Categories news sports H 1 mb 1 A TERT mer oe ee Ree tenes Cee AEE ree E Q y ae o Q o K pe oO n Il 3 o v oO oy a lo o K a n o e l N Selects stories from the categories news05 news06 sports01 and sports02 As with the category option the range used must be one character Writing Categories CATEGORYID05 06 is not supported Q w A o Q o 5 pe o v Il al o v o E a n ol o 5 at gt Selects stories from all categories except for news05 and sports01 ExcludeCategories Used when you want to exclude categories for the Newslist To exclude multiple categories enter them into From versions the tag For example 6 4 0sr1 A id id ea ExcludeCategories NEWS SPORTS ti x Q pa c o 0 Q o Q lo K is 10 a Il 3 o a ole u ta o B pa a o w a w K a ES ws o o j e re o 5 A EN a I i i i i ExcludeCategories news sports i E EEEE E E ENE A NA E ti xX Q an g Q 19 Q w St 10 Q 0 K H 10 a Il tj 10 a a D n ge O 5 a fo H N Excludes stories from the categories news05 news06 sports01 and sports02 As with the category option the range used must be one character Writing ExcludeCategories CATEGORYID05 06 is not supported Channel This option uses the Channel property from the editing interface to control which stories the tag should
262. e Location It is used for selecting stories with a keyword of the filmid instead of location for Location This option lets you select stories based on the keywords with which they are tagged By default this option is not used You can use x oO lt o 5 a an i o o fa pe ca pe Q a Q E sn o to select stories that have been tagged with both keywords If your keyword has spaces you must write the keyword with underscores The option must be written like this To select stories that have been tagged with the name of the category being viewed use the keyword category If you are viewing a subcategory and want to use the name of the main category as a keyword use the keyword maincategory This option separates the keywords with NOT The default option for keywords is to use the AND separator Entering A o ct Il ja in the tag determines that the keywords will be separated with NOT 167 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Kwor Lastdate Letter Location Multisite Odd Prio Prioonly Priosort Profile ProfileLink This option separates the keywords with OR The default option for keywords is to use the AND separator Entering Kwor 1 in the tag determines that the keywords will be separated with OR Makes the tag only select stories from the last publication date This will override the count and days options Used with Alphasort to select which letters should be output The system
263. e Module Class Range Fromdate Todate and Locked parameters Text search examples NAS AND BS IN IS Value search examples pbs pbs pbs pbs pbs pbs pbs pbs pbs locked 1 lt pbs lt pbs cce cce cce cce cce cce cce cce cce cce cce modul modul modul modul modul modul modul modul modul le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 le 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 class 4 search ford gt module 4 class 41 module 4 class 41 searc searc searc searc searc searc searc searc range h mobilehome sortfield title gt h title mobilehome sortfield pubdate gt h xml brand ford h xml brand ford and mustang gt h musta gt h xml brand ford or xml brand toyota gt h xml brand ford and not xml state CA gt h ford near mustang gt 1 fromdate 20060101 todate 20061230 search xml wind 2 gt search xml brand range 2 10 gt CCE setup Publicus ini settings To activate the CCE menu in the user interface you must add the following value to the MODULES section of the Publicus ini MODULES CCE 1 214 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual In the CCE section you can add the following values A a es CCE i CCEClassifieds 0 E ClassifiedsModule 11 i l Cache 1 i NoMDCache 1 i CCE components classes and types The first thing to do when creating a new solution with CCE
264. e User Manual for more information By default the option is not used The option is used like this lt pbs ad spot TOP1 adlabel ANCHOR gt Adsublabel This option applies only to sites using OAMS and is optional It determines the Ad sub label to which the ad is assigned Please see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual for more information By default the option is not used The option is used like this lt pbs ad spot TOP1 adlabel ANCHOR adsublabel GATOR gt Spot Determines the ad spot for which you want to show ads This option is mandatory and has no default value f you put an ad in the system on TOP1 use the parameter INEASA et ee ee a ee eee to retrieve the ad This code must be matched in the ad s management user interface The system does not require the use of object files Unless you are trying to do something special it should not be necessary to use the object files If you need to use your own object file it should be saved in the Objects folder root FlashBanner pbo does not accept objectclass AdSpot pbo lt adimagelink gt The image URL lt adlink gt The link for the banner lt adlinktarget gt The target for the link lt height gt The height of the banner lt ilayerid gt The ID for the ILAYER lt source gt The banner s URL 236 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt width gt The width of the banner FlashBanner pbo lt clickTag gt The link for the banner lt Filename
265. e a travel story from an exotic location and you would like to show 20 photos How to use the story linked photo gallery is described in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual Linking to a photo gallery is documented in the section pbs photogallery links Generate graphical text The Pbcsi dll also known as the Image dll has the ability to generate GIF images containing a text string This will allow you to build graphical headers for your pages without having to edit the images directly Tag This function has no tag You pass parameters to the image dll Example text Test amp Fontname Arial amp Fontsize 16 amp Width 300 amp Height 1 lt img src apps pbcsi dll text FontColor FFFFFFSBGColor 00000085XOffset 84YOffset 0 gt Template This function can be used on all pages Options BGColor Specifies the background color The color is set using an RGB triplet Bold Makes the text bold geasseubercecesccbeecestesresossetaese rociero sc to enable this function Fontcolor Specifies the font color The color is set using an RGB triplet Fontname Specifies the font Only fonts installed on the image server can be used Fontsize Specifies the font size Height Specifies the height of the image Setting this value to beg i will make the system scale the image Italic Makes the text italic Enter to enable this function Text Sets the text string 358 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Transparent Makes the backgrou
266. e all subscribers submitted items to seem to be created by a edit user called Subscriber and all other items will be given the 12345 user as creator Anonymous users are not allowed to submit content A note changing the creator will completely disassociate the submitters from their submitted items They will not be listed as created by the user and the user will not be able to update or delete the item Categories on user generated content 0 These settings are available from version 6 2 0 For user generated stories and photo galleries it is possible to supply a list of available categories that will be displayed to the user through object files A setting is available for every specific type and a fallback common setting Also it is possible to set a default category that will be used in case no valid category was supplied again with fallback to a common setting PhotoGalleryCategoryList Use to define a list of category IDs that is available for photo gallery submitters StoryCategoryList Use to define a list of category IDs that is available for story submitters CategoryList Use to define a list of category IDs that is available for story and photo gallery submitters This setting is used if the type specific setting is not set PhotoGalleryDefaultCategory Use to define a default category for photo galleries StoryDefaultCategory Use to define a default category for stories DefaultCategory Use to define a default category for photo gal
267. e and it can be used to show an image like this paa e A a ames seaseasesmeaeans Lists the stories related by taxonomy 176 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Sectioncat gt lt StorySite gt From version 6 4 0 lt SourceHostName gt lt SourceName gt lt StoryCategory gt From version 6 2 0 lt StoryDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt StoryID gt From version 6 2 0 lt StoryProfileList gt lt StoryRef gt From version 6 2 0 lt Summary gt lt Superheading gt lt Text gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeLinks gt lt Time gt lt Title gt lt TopStory gt lt TotalNoofVotes gt From version 6 4 0 The ID for the category in which the story is shown SectionCat is a flexible way to specify which tem the page should use without affecting the articles you get from the database e Example 1 You want all teasers in a newslist to use your SPORT article template sport_art In your Newsltem pbo enter poso eso stos co eta osos pos ee sacar sosaess The resulting URL in your newslist apps pbcs dl11 article AID 20060922 NEWS 60922080 21628SectionCat Example 2 Get a specific include file based on the actual SectionCat parameter If SectionCat does not exist in the URL the system will look for includes default_header i Contains the site code of the story Outputs the host name www source com of the site from which the story is taken The name of the site fr
268. e ee i l Facts 0 i to disable output of the fact box When using Facts as the only option the tag will output only the fact box and no other parts of the story 134 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Header Karakter MediaOrder available from 6 2 0 Modified Controls the output of the story header The default is to disable output of the header Outputs the story s rating The default is to disable output of the rating This setting determines how the connected media assets are ordered The value specifies a sorting order e 0 Embeddable assets first then direct linked assets first then oldest assets first default e 1 Embeddable assets first then direct linked assets first then newest assets first e 2 Newest assets first then embeddable assets first then direct linked assets first Outputs the story s last modification date This option will use ArticleModified pbo when you use the option Ga a 10 o o u 10 Q Il o to disable output of the modification date 135 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Published Summary Tip Outputs the storyOs publication date This option will use ArticlePublished pbo when you use the option to disable output of the publication date Controls the output of the story summary The summary is shown in the summary field on the story The default is Summary 1 i EARS E EELE E E N a Sc LA ce are eee et f Enter Summary 1 i AE E E EE TLA EAE A EA A E
269. e following line E lt script language JavaScript src apps cookiesearchparams js type i text javascript gt lt script gt lt script Language Javascript gt InitCookieSearchParams document searchform 1 lt script gt i Setting cookie The form must also be modified so the cookie is set when the form is submitted l lt form action lt pbs eventsearch gt method post name searchform onSubmit pbsSetCookie this tow i style margin top 0 margin bottom 0 gt Cookiename The following field sets the name of the cookie lt input type hidden name cookiename value eyents gt Add events form It is possible to let web guests add events to the system These events are not published directly but placed in a queue so staff can review them first Link to the form To link to the registration form use the following link A is p 8 0 Hh Il o lt D 5 ps a w Q Q y Q y Sr 10 Q o 5 K Il x lt gt gt v D Q Q lt o a K o lt D 5 et A Sy Vv If you have not enabled user registration for the category the user will be presented with the registration form If user registration is enabled the user must first log in Login should be required on the category so you capture the name email address and phone number for the person registering the event 272 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual After logging on the user will be sent to the pa
270. e last character or word in the text to ensure it ends with a whole word Use the option like this Startpos is the character with which you start count is the number of characters you would like to show If you leave it blank it will show the rest of the string This function does the same as the UY Q option but it does not break words Length check You can also check the length of a text string The basic test is to check the value of a string By adding square brackets around the field you can check the length instead Example You would like to shorten titles so they stay on one line on the front page In addition you would like to add to show that the title is longer If the title is shorter than 50 characters the whole title will be shown without the dots S Title gt 50 lt Title c 1 47 gt lt Titles gt This test will cut titles longer than 50 characters at 47 characters and add three dots URL replace This function allows you to make internet addresses in text fields into hyperlinks The function will automatically convert all addresses starting with http ftp and www into hyperlinks All e mail addresses will be converted into mailto links To use this function add a to the field on which you would like to use the function You cannot use this function on a field that calls another object file The body field in ArticleParagraph pbo looks like this with the function added lt Bo
271. e last week Sets the object class It is only valid when to use object files instead Specifies the information that should be shown from the related information table You can then use the related fields with Field option Makes the tag list the options vertically instead of horizontally The option can only be used with the Columns option The option is used like this ClassifiedFieldsXXX pbo lt items gt This field outputs the items ClassifiedFieldsXXXltem pbo This file is output for each item lt id gt lt name gt The ID for the item The name for the item The fields can be used together like this a a i i l lt option value lt id gt H s 1 gt lt Sname gt lt option gt l 1 H 1 ClassifiedFieldsXXXRow pbo 202 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual When you use the Columns option you must use the Classifieds XXXRow pbo file lt col1 gt This field outputs the first row lt col2 9 gt You will have a col field for each row Classifieds pbs LastUpdate lt pbs LastUpdate gt Outputs the update time for the category being viewed Classifieds search form The search form enables searching of the classified ads The search form can be put on all pages Template The result uses gen_class pbs This page must have the pbs classifieds tag to show the results Form and fields The tag pbs classifiedsfields is used in some of the fields to extract information from the
272. e lead in should be displayed If there is no lead in the first paragraph will be used By default there is no lead in Enter any number between 1 and 9999 to change the number of characters displayed in the lead in Entering 1 will result in the system displaying the entire first paragraph of the story Multimedia Enables direct links to multimedia objects connected to a story By default Multimedia links are not output Enter Multimedia 1 to show links to multimedia objects when the field lt Mult iMediaItems gt is present in the object file 172 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ProfileHeader Determines whether a profile header will be shown for the newslist Enter to show a profile header for the newslist Showref Determines how many characters of the summary will be shown By default no characters from the summary are shown Enter Showref where is the number of characters from the summary to be shown Source Determines whether the source will be displayed in the newslist Enter Source 1 E to display source in the newslist Teaser This option is used for turning off the use of teasers on stories By default the teser registered on the story will be used Enter Teaser 0 to disable the teaser The standard title and summary will be used ThemeLinks Enables links to stories with the same theme as the story currently being viewed By default this option is not used Enter Themelinks 1 to show links to stories with the same
273. e name not already in the cache This is disabled by default SmartMapEnabled If you have chosen to write the Map file to disc you can still choose to enable Smart Map In this case the way the short filenames are found is changed To enable this option enter This is disabled by default AddShortFileNameToStatusLog When enabled this adds information about the used short cache file name s to the StatusLog These file names can be seen by using the lt pbs StatusLog gt tag and by looking at the status page This is disabled by default To enable it enter The cache file names will be listed in the same order as their respective pbs tags AddOnlylfFileNameSubstituted _ If set to 1 items are only output if a file name substitution took place if the long file name is more than 255 characters and is therefore replaced by a short file name To enable this filter enter Gases tt cesteensbaenebGesieseccesascceseacs Template settings To reduce disk and network activity certain logic of reading templates and include files is used It is enabled through settings in the _pbcsDB ini file The TemplateSettings section contains the system settings for caching the templates of your site TemplateThemeRefreshinterval The interval for refreshing a template theme can be modified By default the setting is 300 seconds 5 minutes To change this setting write another number of seconds CachingEnabled Template caching is enabled by defau
274. e pbs MultipageSelftest In addition it has one extra object file It is used when the user answers a question incorrectly This tag uses object files In addition to the object files used for multipage contest the following file is used lt RestartLink gt This variable can be used to link back to the beginning of the contest lt TryAgainLink gt This variable can be used to link back to the question that was not answered correctly Multipage self test Multipage self test is a variation of a multipage contest Instead of the web guest providing his name and number he will be presented with a page showing how many questions were answered correctly The results page uses the object file MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo to show how many correct answers the web guest had MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo lt AllCorrect gt This field has a value if all questions were answered correctly lt CorrectAnswers gt Contains the number of correct answers lt NumberOfQuestions gt Contains the number of questions MultiQuestAltltem pbo Used to output the alternatives 264 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt AltAlfaNumber gt Outputs a letter corresponding to the alternative number where A is the first alternative and B is the second lt AltNumber gt Outputs the alternative number lt is used in the input selection like this i lt input type radio name answer value lt AltNumberS gt gt l lt AltText gt Outputs the alternati
275. e structure for different formats This file is also used by the tag lt pbs articlemultimedia gt lt Align gt Contains the align link from the story properties page lt AutoStart gt Contains 0 or 1 depending on whether or not the file should auto start lt DirectDownload gt Has the value 1 if the item is to be downloaded directly lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt DirectLink gt The direct link to the file lt ExternalURL gt Contains the external URL of the item lt FileDescription gt A description of the object lt FileName gt The filename of the object lt FileSize gt The size of the object lt Height gt Contains the height from the properties page for the media type lt Link gt Contains the link to the item lt MediaDescription gt The description of the media type lt OrgFileName gt The original filename lt Start gt The start field lt Stopp gt The stop field lt StreamLink gt Contains the stream link to the item lt Width gt Contains the width from the properties page for the media type 149 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleMultimediaLinkltem pbo Used for linking to movie files lt Description gt Contains a description of the content lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Format gt Contains the name of the format lt MovieLink gt Contains the link to the movie file lt Speed gt Contai
276. e system lt UserRegDate gt The date the user first registered in the system ForumNavBar pbo This object file is used to list a navigation bar which can help the user quickly navigate through many pages of message data lt FirstLink gt lt LastLink gt lt Navbarltems gt lt NextLink gt lt NumPages gt lt PageNum gt lt PrevLink gt The link to the first page if it is not currently being viewed The link to the last page if it is not currently being viewed This field lists all entries The link to the next page if there is a next page The number of pages that are required to display all the messages The option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page When messages are displayed across several pages this field contains a numeric value for the page index currently displayed The option is used when you use Threadcount to limit the number of threads on one page The link to the previous page if there is a previous page ForumNavBarltem pbo This object file is used to list a navigation bar which can help the user quickly navigate through many pages of message data lt CurrentPage gt lt lsCurrent gt lt PageLink gt The page number that is displayed for the list of pages This has a value of 1 if this item represents the current page in the list A link to the message represented by this item lt PageNumber gt _ The page number o
277. e template is called gen_fart pbs Front page linked subarticle The gen_fuart pbs is used by all subarticles listed with a main story when the P ENEE EAE RIE E E IEEE ENN EN IE EE SE AN E E A E E E E SEA E A E AE A E NE E E E E E EE E EA 91 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual option is used Unique templates for the same story To use a different template for the same article create the template and then use the template name with the option For example the same story might be shown in the sections Local and Sports and its appearance should correspond to the section in which it is being viewed To use the template gen_sports pbs enter Other templates Other templates are discussed with their tags WAP templates This section covers the steps that have to be performed if you are going to provide services for WAP users WAP is an acronym for Wireless Application Service and allows people to browse the web through cell phones Setting up WAP The server must be set up to handle default wml as the default document Before you can use the WAP templates the web server must also be set up to handle the MIME types that WAP uses These are womp image vnd wap wbmp wml text vnd wap wml wmlc application vnd wap wmlc wmls text vnd wap wmlscript wmlsc application vnd wap wmlscriptc Default wml The default wml file must provide links to the different sections you would like to have on your WAP site All URLs must be fully q
278. e theme lt GroupLink gt The link to the overview for the group lt GroupName gt The name of the group to which the message belongs 308 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Leadin gt The first 250 characters of the message lt MessageLink gt The link to the message lt PublishedDate gt The published date for the message lt Subject gt The description of the group lt ThemeLink gt The link to the overview for the theme lt ThemeName gt The name of the theme to which the message belongs lt Title gt This field contains the title of the message pbs userverify lt pbs userverify gt When you use user registration an e mail must be sent to the user so she can verify that her e mail address is correct The system will automatically redirect the user to this page before she can post any messages Template Gen_verify pbs UserVerificationMail pbo lt Accept gt The link to the acceptance page lt ClientHost gt The host name for the machine that triggered the verification process suspect that someone may have abused your account please contact lt A HREF mailto john smith dailynews com gt john smith dailynews com lt A gt lt Decline gt A link to decline the verification lt Name gt The name of the person being verified Example lt P gt Hi lt Name gt i lt P gt Please click on the link immediately below this paragraph in order to activate your new forum account
279. e theme must also be specified if this option is used By default all groups are counted You can use pbs queryparam to set this value or you can hardcode it The group ID is used Theme Enables you to specify the theme for which the tag should show the total number of messages By default all themes are counted You can use pbs queryparam to set this value or you can hardcode it The theme ID is used pbs news_grouplink 295 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs news_grouplink gt This tag is used to link to a forum from a story Options Articleforum Makes the system link to the article forum for the story Autoforum Makes the system link to the correct forum type based on the forum setting in the story You should use this option if you want to link from the story to the forum Conditional Used with Themeforum Articleforum and Groupforum to make these options only output a link if forum is enabled in the story Groupforum Makes the system link to the group forum for the story Themeforum Makes the system link to the theme forum for the story ForumGroupLink pbo lt Link gt The link to the forum pbs news_groups lt pbs news_groups gt The group listing lists all groups in a theme The link to this page is automatically built by the system by the pbs news_content tag on the theme page This tag can be used on all pages The theme number is used and must be specified when you use this tag This tag can also be us
280. e will become a variable and the name of the column is its variable name Example AdvertisersSSummer20040601 csv looks like this E Customer Name Address City State Zip Phone Email URL 537795 Basket Barn 272 Route 101 Amherst NH 03031 603 673 2716 700042 Champion Windows 230 Ballardvale St Wilmington MA 877 846 3699 In this example you have 9 variables for each customer The variable Name has Basket Barn for the first entry and the variable Phone will produce 603 673 2716 The URL variable although present in the header has no data for either customer Ad manifest spreadsheet The spreadsheet for the Ad manifest is in the same format as the advertiser spreadsheet This spreadsheet contains the data for the individual ads and requires certain information to be present The file name is compiled from four pieces of information the customer number the site code the ad ticket number and the priority Example Basket Barn s ad for ticket number 000002 537795NS000002 x1 E The title and value proposition should be enclosed in double quotes to indicate to SAXOTECH Online that the whole phrase is included as the ad text Any appearances of double quotes appearing in the text such as Big Jim says Buy our cars should be prefaced with a backslash to tell SAXOTECH Online that the text is not finished yet The text should appear in the Ad manifest like this 198 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Big Jim says B
281. eCopyright as the watermark Image watermark To add an image watermark to the image add Logo folder file gif after the image link like this lt pbs pt showimage logo graphics tbdotcom gif gt The system will place this GIF in the center of the image pbs ptimages lt pbs ptimages gt The permanent gallery is used to build galleries that are available without any connections to a story In the Online user interface these images are administered through the Misc menu Activating this functionality often requires a change to the Publicus ini The gallery tag is also used to build image collections based on the day s published pictures Please note that SAXOTECH Online also has a story based photo gallery This function is usually used when you have too many photos for a story This is documented in the Article Tags chapter This tag requires object files Setup To use the permanent gallery images you must have Images 1 in the MODULES section section of the Publicus ini Please see the Publicus ini chapter for more information about this setting Templates This function can be used on all templates See the example template permgall_ovr pbs The tag must be inside table tags like this A A a A a AA A AAA AA lt table gt lt pbs ptimages gt H lt table gt i Options Columns Determines how many columns the picture will span You can set this option from 1 to 9 377 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Exclude
282. e_ModuleShortNameNavigatorlteM pbO 2 1 tet nee 227 1 13 6 6 CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLink 00 cect eet eens 228 1 13 6 7 CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLinkltem 0 ccc tenet ents 228 1 13 6 8 GGE MPLACE ODO A ieee hee aie vee oth 229 143 6 9 CGE MPLACEitemM PhO sites een eae ee a E EE a ee Ge ee ee ee ey 229 113 6 10 CGE search Ovr POS haga id A eed een aa ta Nee eee BOGE peed Sede bok 229 1313 7 pbs ceedetallS caiie kiwi ed gee eee dare he A danas dade Ra EA aad a ashe oct be Bane 229 1 13 7 1 CCE_ModuleShortNameDetails pb0 2 1 tent ene 230 1 13 7 2 CCE_ModuleShortNamePrintDetail pbo 00 kt tet t eens 230 1 13 7 3 CCE_ModuleShortNameRelated pbo 11 ke cc 230 AAS Os e E AM E A A E A theo sats aA Eh anti ahs AO 230 1 13 8 1 CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFdNmRw 0 0000 ett 233 1 13 8 2 CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldName pbo ooocococcccoc tents 233 1 13 8 3 CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldNameltem pbo coccccoccccoco 233 1 13 9 pbs UsersUbMItOrM iesene hee ee ale Bed Oe Ne ES ON ee ee ERE OR EE eee ES ew 233 1 13 10 SubmitCCEObject action e i E a aa nent E a a 234 1 14 Chapter 14 Banner AdS iie maripat e n a a ad A a ate te 235 TABOADA 236 TAA AAA POEPDO uri da A A A Sek dae ee 236 1 14 1 2 FlashBanner pbo ic ce aes eee ee eee ea A eee ba De eee Oe ee 237 1 1413 LAVETAASPOt PbO tii A a dd Alea all ae ee 237 1 14 2 SAXOTECH Online ads on other sites 2 6 ttn tenet eens 237 1 15 Chapter T5 LINKS vrs eta
283. eate rotations of both Flash and animated GIF ads SAXOTECH Online adheres to industry standards for rich media to ensure properly functioning and supported rich media ads SAXOTECH Online uses the same solution for proper ad tracking as DoubleClick so third party ads do not need to be redesigned to be tracked with SAXOTECH Online If you wish to serve rich media ads you must ensure that the ads are built to the requirements specified by Adobe for allowing third party ad serving solutions to track ads In order to track statistics for a Flash ad spot Flash ads must include a special action script The clickTAG is the tracking code assigned to an individual ad that allows SAXOTECH Online to register where the ad was displayed when it was clicked The getURL action in this action script will navigate the browser to clickTAG by appending the variable data passed in via the OBJECT EMBED tag Example i on release if clickTAG substr 0 5 http 235 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Please note that if you use swf files they must be made with ActionScript 1 0 for Flash Player 6 The clickTAG will not work with newer versions of this scripting language e pbs ad e AdSpot pbo e FlashBanner pbo e LayerAdSpot pbo e SAXOTECH Online ads on other sites pbs ad lt pbs ad gt Options Adlabel This option only applies for sites using OAMS and is optional It determines the Ad label to which the ad is assigned Please see the SAXOTECH Onlin
284. ect nent nents 405 1 35 4 3 TVScheduleRow pb0 rica A Obes dd Rae eed 405 1 35 4 4 TVScheduleRowCell pbo 1 2 2 ke eee teen eee ee net e eae 405 1 36 Chapter 36 Movie Guide 2 3 208 asada A i Sire ages ane Ba teens Eee daa 406 1236 4 Link tO OWNTEVIGWS a A Wawa aa A detente teas daw gies A is ag alee 406 13622 POS MVE IMOVICIM Os ec a dd ir 406 1 36 2 1 MVMOVielntO pD0 44 cid tes ob chen A beets ete ae aed cei ae see ee wid bie ARA Pearle ee ale iii 407 1 36 2 2 MVMovielnfolmageltem pbO 1 eee eee 407 1 36 2 3 MVMovielnfolMageRow pbO 1 eee eee 408 1 36 2 4 MVMovielnfoReviewltem pbo 0 2 rnern rrenen 408 153623 POSIMV lt SCHECUIS la ld oad barnes Mea ee nace tt bs 408 1 36 3 1 MVSCHEdUIG PDO nies sins cid dee Boca ia Ae ee a hee add ti 409 1 36 3 2 MVScheduleChainFooter pb0 21 eee nett tees 409 1 36 3 3 MVScheduleChainHeader pbO 0 tte nett teens 409 1 36 3 4 MVScheduleMovielteM pbO 2 1 eee tenet ents 409 1 36 3 5 MVScheduleTheaterFooter pb0 11 0 0 eect tenet ete eens 409 1 36 3 6 MVScheduleTheaterHeader pbO 1 te ent en teens 409 1 36 4 Search form for movie guide 1 1 Lk eee aaaea aaa teen eee 409 1 37 Ghapter 37 Othertags ni ati cis 410 1 37 41 Internet Explorer functions a A A A ea ao 411 1 37 2 pbs calondar ci A A A A AD A CA 411 t372 1 Calendar pho pi A A td ae a ta EA ee be 412 1 37 2 2 CalendarDateltem pbo 2 3003 ohn edo oteed beet an when ure cate traded saa hire Seeded d
285. ection is allowed to be closed before it is removed from the pool Default is O infinite EditldleSeconds The amount of idle time in seconds allowed before an edit connection is closed Default is 300 EditMaxLifeSeconds The amount of time in seconds an edit connection is allowed to be closed before it is removed from the pool Default is 0 infinite SearchidleSeconds The amount of idle time in seconds allowed before a search connection is closed Default is 600 SearchMaxLifeSeconds The amount of time in seconds a search connection is allowed to be closed before it is removed from the pool Default is 0 infinite Controlling the size of the pool 69 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual From version 6 1 0 In addition there is a way to control lt type gt InitialConnections The initial size of the connection pool Default is 0 lt type gt IncreaseBy When all connections in the pool is used and another connection is requested this is the amount of connections the pool is increased with Default is 1 Here the lt type gt part of the setting can by one of the following DBSERVER EDITDBSERVER ADSDBSERVER STATSDBSERVER SEARCHDBSERVER IMPERSONATERWSERVER and IMPERSONATEROSERVER An example CONNECTIONPOOL i IMPERSONATEROSERVERInitialConnections 2 i DBSERVERInitialConnections 10 l DBSERVERIncreaseBy 5 H EDITDBSERVERInitialConnections 0 i EDITDBSERVERIncreaseBy 5 i Database servers Three sections define the database serv
286. ed the dll will not add it to the list As a result it will present a list of non repeating stories For more information on this dll file please see PBCSDupArtFilter When using NoDuplicates and the same SynchID on several newslists in the same file you have to make sure that unique cachefiles are generated Example lt pbs newslist cachetime 2 category NEWS count 3 days 5 useobjects 1 objectclass 1 noduplicates 1 synchid 1 gt lt pbs newslist cachetime 2 category NEWS count 3 days 5 useobjects 1 objectclass 1 noduplicates 1 synchid 1 gt These two newslist tags are 100 identical this will generate the same cachefile for the two tags Effectively this means that the second newslist tag overwrites the cachefile from the first tag as the system builds cachefiles based on the parameters in a newslist tag What you should do to prevent this from happening is the following lt pbs newslist cachetime 2 category NEWS count 3 days 5 useobjects 1 objectclass 1 noduplicates 1 synchid 1 uniquecache 1 gt lt pbs newslist cachetime 2 category NEWS count 3 days 5 useobjects 1 objectclass 1 noduplicates 1 synchid 1 uniquecache 2 gt There is added uniquecache X as a parameter in the tag Now the cachefiles will be different and the content will be correct So a new parameter uniquecache has to be added to the tag if they are identical We strongly recommend that you always add that parameter when using noduplicates and synchid no
287. ed from SAXOTECH Development If you are running an older version of the system some features mentioned will not be available Prerequisites Before you start working with this manual you should have a firm grasp of HTML web servers and other Internet technologies It is designed for site designers and administrators and is not meant to be a training manual Caching SAXOTECH Online is a database driven system but all content is not retrieved from the database each time the website is loaded The information is cached on the web server Publicus ini file settings The general CACHE section for your website are stored in publicus ini in the root folder for your site Tag settings It is also possible to set the cache time directly in a tag This is done for tags for which you want to have a more frequent update cycle like a breaking news listing To do this you must run the tag uncached and add the option cachetime X to the tag X sets the interval in minutes at which the the tag is cached Overriding cache settings You can override the cache settings for a page by adding amp cachetime xX to the link to the page X is the interval in minutes at which the page should be cached 12 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual By putting an exclamation mark in a tag after pbs you indicate that the content of the tag should not be cached by the system For example using the exclamation on the weather tag like this will cause the system to a
288. ed in user s nickname If there is no nickname then it is the first name followed by the last name lt AvatarLink gt The currently logged in user s avatar image link lt Category gt The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the objects directory lt EMail gt The currently logged in user s email address lt FirstName gt The currently logged in user s first name lt lsModerator gt This is set to 1 if the currently logged in user is a moderator lt LastName gt The currently logged in user s last name lt Name gt The currently logged in user s first name followed by the last name lt NickName gt The currently logged in user s nickname ForumPrivateEmail pbo Used to allows users to e mail each other when the user s email addresses are not shown on the forum page This is used in conjunction withForumPrivateEmailMessage pbo and ForumPrivateEmailSent pbo URL The URL for the form is generated in the message listing and should look something like this apps pbcs dll forumoptions Category forum i i amp Privateemail lt PostedBy gt i Input fields Form The form must be set up like this lt form method POST Action i 1 lt pbcs dll gt forumoptions Category lt Category gt amp SendPrivateEmail o gt H To Address The to address must be set up in a hidden field like this lt input type hidden name EMailTo value lt EMailTo gt gt From Name The sender s
289. ed to list a single newsgroup Template The default template for forums is called gen_news pbs lt is accessed through this URL Theme ID must be specified Category is optional but should be specified so you can view statistics for the forum Options Theme Specifies the theme for which you want to list groups This tag also uses the same options as pbsnews_content ForumGroupHeadlineltem pbo Used to show the headlines belonging to a group directly in the group listing If you have a lot of messages this file will make your forum pages very slow lt Attachments gt A value for the number of file attachments that are associated with this post lt AttachmentsNotimage gt The number of non image attachments associated with this message This is the same is lt sAttachments gt minus lt Images gt lt Author gt The name of the person who wrote the message lt Counter gt This is an index value for the headline item The count starts with a value of 1 lt Email gt The email address of the message author lt HasNew gt This field is set to 1 if the message was created after the reader viewed the page This option uses a cookie lt lmages gt The number of image attachments associated with this message 296 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lsLastltem gt lt LastThreadDate gt lt Link gt This field contains the value 1 if it is the last field listed The publication date for the newest me
290. editing stories the story title was only displayed on the Edit tab Now the title is displayed at the top of the screen and is visible for all tabs To disable this feature enter gg casa sicesecee case AEN PISI te scac oe see sce s seca E IASS A E N NDSA EE N ES E E The default is 1 Story stats can be continually updated This setting determines the update interval in milliseconds Default is 5000 Use this setting to determine whether the HTML editor will be used in the edit interface 1 Default is off 0 Use this setting to determine whether publish control will be used If any setting is misspelled or omitted the default is used TEMPLATEMAP section Under the heading TEMPLATEMAP template mappings are set up Please see Template Mapping for more information URLValidation section This section determines that the Pbcs dll prevents SQL or scripting injections in the URL The section is used like this ii URLValidation UrlValidation 1 InvalidURLInput m i g alert select update drop ErrorMsg Your request contains a forbidden substring ErrorStatusCode 303 HaltOnInvalidURLInput 1 And has the following settings UrlValidation InvalidURLInput The same as StripInvalidURLInput A list of comma delimited regular expressions that are not allowed in the URL HaltOnInvalidURLInput Determines whether a request is halted upon invalid input The default is 0 do not process the re
291. ee ed 412 1 37 2 3 CalendarWeekltem pbo 0 0 0 ope once eee eee pce dopo que aie poe ps woke ne RU tpg lee nee nae 413 LIL POS Cale GOly ia A Ape en ecb A AA A A A A AN 413 1 37 4 pbs Categor ydescriptiON vercion eae eee ove pa ede bee edad ee ee Rae E 413 137 5 PDS Cale A eats ths bec SER aoe bles od Ma Aare ene naa Ba ne Eee tee Sacha fo Pere 413 1 37 6 pbs calselech a Tei teiaa tore A whet ee ay Datle tha 414 1377 posidatecalO ie sh cess eco veal ole tara A A A OE ale chateea Canad aos 414 1 33728 pbS datechoices ici iros a a Wah bee a ii gk de Coats ae od 415 1 37 9 pbs delimiter cui ee cee oa eee ee A ee Eve ees Ca Dee teeta ta ee ee ee ote ca aS AA 416 137 94 Dellmiter PDO ziro ace alte tl nets 416 1 3710 POS NAS ae ecb even farts Mags ned Benth A o taa eS caer 416 1 3110 11DIMgBatS PbO0 gt aia a p a a ceed health a the aa a haat dana 416 1 237211 pbs frontpagearch ive civic gests iiie once ia eters ek alana ae argc a A le we Sets ears oe 416 1 37 91 1 FEPASCRIVe pDO xera ei ceca ee ces ee ne aces eee SE OA LOWE eee ee Dee ea eee 417 1 3712 FPArchiveltom DDG cat A titan 417 1 31 12 PDS JO COOKIE ave sts bad teed ee bed pease e enter HS deh he wee RR Gh dace Meenas gaat Peas Waban he ne eee bd 417 1 37 13 pbs getheaderinfO socie A eee tele es wae ele 417 1537513212 Header ifO PO vicio ad Foe eared a a e EA E a A ek afew eater ae and 417 1 37 14 pbs GetKeywords as sasen eed dee ee hee en tes A eee eee ean a eee ee evn ee ele eee ee
292. ee nee nee ne en ene ne nn ee nee nnn een een e nee ne nee neeneeneeenes a i H i i Transparency 0 d CLICKSHAREPRODUCTS section The Product for Clickshare integration must be defined in the product list Usually only the default or product 0 is used You can also define additional subscription levels such as a bronze silver and gold CLICKSHAREPRODUCTS E O default i i 2 premium i CLICKSHARE section This section is used to make settings for the Clickshare integration The URL and key are provided to you by Clickshare CLICKSHARE RequestString https home website com clickshare authenticateUserSubscription do sCSProduct lt Product 3 gt amp CSAuthReq lt CSAREQ gt amp CSTarget URL lt URL gt CSAREQ lt TimeStamp gt lt Session gt lt SHash gt AppendHash 0 Key 12ab34cd 26 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual AppendHash If the hash will not be sent in the URL enter BypassMinutesOffset This setting allows an article request to bypass the clickshare authentication redirect based on a given number of minutes after the article s published date A valid entry must contain an integer that indicates the number of minutes after the article s pubdate If the value is positive then the article will be locked after the specified number of minutes have past If the value is negative then the article will be opened after the specified number of minutes have past The example below bypasses the authenticati
293. eesSeecd A A A A A A A A A beset a A Ad AA AA You can use any size from 1 to 6 Sets the title for the listing You can use any text If you enter A A EE A it will not output any text This option works the same way as Leadin on the Article tag Please see Leadin ThemeLinkltem pbo e ThemeLinks pbo ThemeLinkltem pbo This file is used for building each item in the listing lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt Date gt The date the story was published It can be formatted with object script lt Link gt This is the URL that links to the story lt Title gt The title of the story ThemeLinks pbo This file is used for building the framework around the stories lt ltems gt This is where the system will output the items lt MoreLink gt This parameter will make links to all the stories with same theme Other links Linking to a keyword index Use the following tag to link to the keyword index for a category index lt a gt lt a href lt pbs prog gt index Category lt pbs categoryid gt gt View the lt pbs category main gt keyword pbs article links lt pbs article links gt 132 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag is used to show stories that have been liked to the story being viewed These stories are linked manually through the web based user interface You can also use Connectionltems in the Article pbo Options Forwardonly _ This option will make the tag l
294. ef PH where x is the number of columns in the gallery table 370 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ID Specifies a gallery when you are viewing the gallery on another template or through another action This option has no default Set this option as follows Objectclass Sets the object class used by the tag Rows Determines the number of rows in the gallery table By default this is set to 3 rows Enter TS E E ENEE EE E NE S Ee a ee ee eee a ears EERE NEIN PSAE EENET anes EEE A A E SE E N E A NE EN O E OE EE will display all photos on the same page PhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo Output for each photo in the gallery lt Byline gt The photo credit lt Caption gt The caption for the photo lt Counter gt The counter for the photo lt GalleryID gt The ID of the gallery Lopenr From version 6 4 0sr1 lt GalleryltemLink gt The link to the current photo in the browsable version of the gallery lt GalleryLink gt The link to the first photo in the browsable version of the gallery lt GalleryZoomLink gt A link to the current photo on a different template The function is described in pbs link lt Height gt The height of the photo lt IlmgLink gt The image src for the photo It is used like this lt img src lt ImgLink gt amp Maxw 2006 amp Maxh 200 gt lt ltemNr gt The image number within the gallery From version 6 4 0sr1 lt RowEnd gt This field has the value 1 on the last photo on
295. efont This option sets the font that will be used for the title The default font face will be used If you do not wish to use the default font face enter 128 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Titlesize Togglecolumns This option builds a page in which every other line contains two stories manner Chapter 9 Article Tags Article tags are used to display stories ArticleConnectionltem pbo pbs articlefield pbs articledate pbs artikkel urls pbs articlemultimedia pbs photogallery links pbs keywordlinks e KeywordLinkltem pbo e KeywordLinks pbo pbs themelinks e ThemeLinkltem pbo e ThemeLinks pbo e Other links e pbs article links pbs article e Article pbo ArticleByline pbo ArticleConnections pbo ArticleExtraPictureltem pbo ArticleExtraPictures pbo ArticleFacts pbo ArticleForumConnectionltem pbo ArticleForumConnections pbo ArticleGalleryConnectionltem pbo ArticleGalleryConnections pbo ArticleHead pbo ArticleLinkltem pbo ArticleLinks pbo ArticleLocation pbo ArticleModified pbo ArticleMultiMedia pbo ArticleMultiMediaExtension pbo ArticleMultimediaLinkltem pbo ArticleMultiMediaList pbo ArticleMultiMediaListltem pbo ArticleMultimediaListltemExtension pbo ArticleMultimediaListltemXXX pbo ArticleParagraph pbo ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo ArticlePicture pbo ArticlePublished pbo ArticleSummary pbo InvalidArticle pbo Tips pbo and articles WAPArticle pbo WAPArticleContent pbo WAPArt
296. eformat Sets the date format for the date fields The date fields can also be formatted in the object files DateRange Sets both start and end date with the same option The dates are specified in ISO format Daterange 20030715 20030722 E DateRange 20030427 Example Days This option has two uses lt can be used with the Random option to determine from how many days the system should show random CCE objects The second use is to specify how many days back the system should look for CCE objects When you use the option this way you must format it like this U D lt a Il rj 8 lo 3 fe D ct D I ra 4 o lo D a o Il K K E 5 5 E lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 days 14 gt Defaultdate Sets Fromdate to the last published date The option is set like this Defaultdate 1 Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 defaultdate 1 todate 20051201 gt 217 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Descending This option is obsolete Use SortOrder instead see below Enter U D a Q D 5 Q D 5 Q Il oe lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Sortorder Temperature Descending 1 gt Execute Deactivates the initial search By default the search is executed If you enter Execute 0 you must set execute to 1 in the search form using a hidden field Otherwise you will not see any search results Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 execute 0 gt Fields Determines which extra custom fields will be available Al
297. egories of guides from the tag Used to get ID of other categories of guides from the tag A link to the next page if you are viewing a multipage listing and you are not on the last page A link to the previous page if you are viewing a page that is not the first page in a multipage listing The ID of the subcategory as taken from the tag Used to get ID of other subcategories of guides from the tag Used to get ID of other subcategories of guides from the tag The number of total hits for the list being viewed lt form action lt PostLink s gt method GET gt lt input type Hidden name Category value GUIDE gt lt input type Hidden name MainCat value lt MainCat gt gt lt input type Hidden name SubCat value lt SubCat S gt gt lt input type Hidden name First value 1 gt lt input type Hidden name Number value lt Number gt gt lt select name Filter gt lt option value gt None lt option gt lt filteroptions gt lt select gt lt input type submit value Filter gt This Drop downs If you want the values of the drop down to be remembered when you submit a search you must add the following block to the bottom of GuideSearchList pbo lt SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT gt With extra fields var a document guidesearch SubCat options for x 0 x lt a length x if a x value lt SubCat gt a x selected true var a document guidesearch
298. elow which limits the width to 100 pixels lt Info gt This field contains the information field lt JobTitle gt The job title lt Name gt The employee s name in the format Last name first name lt Office gt This field is used for office location lt PhOffice gt Office phone number lt PhDirect gt Direct phone number lt PhHome gt Home phone number lt PhCellular gt Cell phone number lt PhBeeper gt Pager number lt Phfax gt This field contains the fax number lt Residence gt This field is used for home location Typically community county name lt Staffid gt ee e for the employee This field is used to provide a link to the details page for the person lt can be used ike this aaa SS ene ae nie seas E see A ao onan s een ee Seca a eee a eee ae A E ee eee lt Surname gt The employee s last name lt WebHome gt This field contains a link to a personal webpage lt WebOffice gt This field contains a link to a work related webpage lt Zip gt This field contains the Zip Postal code pbs staffinfo lt pbs staffinfo gt This tag is used to show the details for one person The tag must be placed on the template gen_pers pbs Options Objectclass Sets the object class Stafflnfo pbo This file uses the same fields as DepOverviewltem pbo plus the following fields 352 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Firstname gt The employee s first name lt Surname g
299. em pbo This file is output for every question in the poll lt ltem gt Used with the Required field to keep track of the question lt Question gt Contains the question lt QuestionField gt Lists all the alternatives lt Required gt Used with the Item field to keep track of the question Polls _Error pbo with pbs polldata This page is used if the user does not fill in the name address form correctly or does not fill in a required field lt backlink gt Contains the link back to the poll page Polls _Saved pbo with pbs polldata This page is shown after the poll has been saved lt chartlink gt Contains the link to the results page Poll Statistics 260 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The full page poll confirmation page automatically links to this page It uses the same tags and templates as the full page poll If you want to link to the page manually you must use this URL apps pbcs dll pollstats Category POLL amp ID 12 You must specify the ID for the poll you want to show pbs pollmini lt pbs pollmini gt The Mini poll is the most common version of the poll tag It can be used on all pages In modern browsers this poll function allows the user to vote without refreshing the entire page The tag can look something like this lt pbs pollmini category FRONTPAGE labels trailing width 121 height 135 imgwidth 115 imgheight 60 bgcolor e eef9 gt i This tag uses an ilayer for Net
300. em pbo e LinksSubcat pbo e Links vote form Links pbo lt Linkltems gt Outputs the items pbs links lt pbs links gt You can also list links from a single category This function is typically used to include links on a sectionfront or front page This tag can be used on all templates Options This tag has the same options as Links_Pbslinkscategorylist with the addition of two others in the table below Category Sets the category ID you want to list This option performs the same function as maincategory for 238 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Random Determines whether the links should be listed in random order By default i random 0 i E E E E E N E SE E EE E EE E E E A A E AE A EE E EE E eae i Enter Random 1 i AMEDEE DRA E PE AA LA ENA AA A NAA A EA e AE to list links in random order The links tag uses two object files Links pbo and Linksltem pbo pbs linkscategorylist lt pbs linkscategorylist gt This function lists all links in the database Category headers are included in the list This tag can be used on all templates Options Count Controls how many links should be retrieved The option is set like this Count 30 When using Count the Top and Last arguments will be suppressed Last Outputs only the newest link based on your other selections The option is set like this EEE E AINE A EA E AE E ESE AN ENE ON TS E EE A A E AE NI E E NE I EE E E E Maincategory Determines the category from w
301. em will look for both categories For more information please see Server side includes This option maps all section fronts with notices to the standard overview template A notice is a story with the notice checkbox marked in the story properties This template type is obsolete This option maps all subarticles to the story template Subarticles are stories with the Subarticle checkbox marked in story properties Example For a sports subarticle the system will first look for sports_uart pbs If this file does not exist the system will look for sports_art pbs If this template does not exist the system will look for gen_uart pbs The last template the system will look for is gen_art pbs If this template does not exist the system will fail AlwaysCheckMainCatMap 1 This option introduces a rule that makes the system check main category mappings even if sub category mappings exist as long as the resulting file from the sub category match did not exist This means that if you have mapped News to Sports News01 will use the sports template even if a specific mapping does not exist Other Methods If the differences between the templates are more subtle like color changes and different parts that are to be included you can use SAXOTECH Online tags to include different information on different categories These tags are described in Other Tags Template names and URLs All templates in SAXOTECH Online must be named according to a predefined s
302. en sent To redirect back to the story use the following code lt pbs hidden gt Outputs the hidden fields needed by the system lt Title gt This field contains the title of the story and must be placed in a hidden field named Tittel like this AA e ceceese sees se E E O es cewescesecdceeccdeecad lt TO gt The recipient s email address ArtTipsText pbo This file is the e mail that is sent to the tip recipient lt from gt The name entered by the sender lt Fromemail gt The email address provided by the sender lt Message gt The message from the sender lt Link gt The link to the story lt Title gt The story s title lt TO gt The recipient s email address ArtTipsTextHtml pbo This file has the same fields as the normal file It is used when the flag HTML is set to 1 in the object file ClassTipsText pbo The tip function allows a web guest to send an email to someone that might be interested in the ad he is viewing This function is also used to send tips about stories The field in Classifiedsltem pbo contains the link to the tip page The external tip page is used to send the tip This file is used for the email sent by the classifieds tip This file has the same fields as ArtTipsText pbo ClassTipsTextHTML pbo The tip function allows a web guest to send an email to someone that might be interested in the ad he is viewing This function is also used to send tips about stories The
303. en you use the activedot parameter the menu must be enclosed in a table because the tag will output a table row for each item in the menu Example lt table border 0 gt i lt pbs ft section FRONTPAGE activedot images arrow gif dotwidth 7 dotheight 11 nobold gt lt pbs ft section NEWS activedot images arrow gif dotwidth 7 dotheight 11 nobold gt H 1 lt table gt The activedot parameter is the path to the image you would like to use DotHeight Sets the height of the activedot DotWidth Sets the width of the activedot Font Size Controls the font size for the menu item The tag will use the default font size However you can use font size from 1 to 6 122 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Front Creates a link to the front page This option is not used by default Example page When the option is used the menu link goes to the front page You can also link from the menu to the front page using the section option To do this you must first define the category Front page in the category register and set the link type to front page Lbgcolor Sets the background color of the left cell If the option is not set the default background color will be used This option can be set in two ways e To use an image for the background use the option El o Q o pu o K Il ji 3 Q ie H 3 D Q oO a S o E c 0 Q p Hh Nobold Makes the link not bold The links in the menu are bold by default Profile Defines
304. en you want to use functions like zoom It is usually used like this Esas EES T EE E E esoo pocos procesion coin ropa lt a href apps pbcs dl1 misc url templates zoom pbse lt SImgKeyParams gt gt Zoom lt a gt This function is described in the section pbs link and images lt ImgLink gt Contains the URL that is used as source for the lt img gt tag It is possible to use the options Title 1 and Logo somefile gif in conjunction with this field so that the tag can be used like this a nO n S aE R n A N ARES Ata a lt img src lt ImgLink gt lt SMaxWidth gt amp title 1 amp logo graphics logo gif gt lt MainPicture gt This field has the value 1 if the picture is the main picture lt MaxHeight gt Contains the value from the options PictureHeight or ParagraphPictureHeight It outputs a aise OO ee is the value from the option It is used with the lt IlmgLink gt field lt MaxWidth gt Contains the value from the options PictureWidth or ParagraphPictureWidth It outputs ieee i is the value from the option It is used with the lt lmgLink gt field lt Orientation gt This field contains the value A A A A A AA oso nisos cias E EE E E EN EE E E E process src ips pao if it is portrait lt Photo gt The photo byline 152 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Width gt Contains the width of the picture lt width gt outputs the value passed in from lt pbs article picturewidt
305. ent login lt script gt lt a href javascript EatCookie gt Log out lt a gt lt br gt i lt script gt i function EatCookie E document cookie usernamepassword Path document cookie UserRegID Path document location apps pbcs dll frontpage RegLogout 1 ys i E lt script gt OAMS Ad targeting eat cookie To use the eat cookie function with OAMS ad targeting you must add a line to the JavaScript lt script Language Javascript gt InitCookieSearchParams document login i l lt script gt l lt a href javascript EatCookie class white gt Log out lt a gt amp nbsp amp nbsp E lt a class white href apps pbcs dll section Category REGISTER gt Edit your settings lt a gt E lt script gt function EatCookie document cookie usernamepassword Path document cookie UserRegID Path i document cookie PBCSSESSIONID Path i document cookie 0AMS_TARGETS_LIST Path E document location apps pbcs d11 frontpage RegLogout 1 i l lt script gt L This will ensure that the web guest is served non targeted ads upon log out 341 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Lost password This function lets the user receive her password through e mail if it has been forgotten The link can look like this i lt a href Javascript NewWindow 450 300 apps pbcs dll misc URL misc password_email pbs gt Fields Email address The To field is u
306. ent on stories and sections There are several settings in the Publicus ini that must be added before you can use forums on your site Please see the FORUM section e Message filtering e Message form e ForumNewMessage pbo ForumNewMessageExtLogin pbo ForumNewMessageUnavailable pbo e pbs Captcha e Captcha pbo e pbs forumoptions e ForumPreferences pbo e ForumPreferencesSaved pbo e ForumPrivateEmail pbo e ForumPrivateEmailMessage pbo ForumPrivateEmailSent pbo e pbs news_content ForumMessage pbo ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo ForumMessageThreadltem pbo ForumThemeltem pbo ForumThemes pbo ForumThemesGroupltem pbo e pbs news_count e pbs news_grouplink e ForumGroupLink pbo e pbs news_groups e ForumGroupHeadlineltem pbo e ForumGroupltem pbo e ForumGroups pbo e pbs news_hotthreads e ForumHotThreadltem pbo e ForumHotThreads pbo e pbs news_latest e ForumLatestMessageltem pbo e ForumLatestMessages pbo e pbs news_messages e ForumMessageltem pbo ForumMessages pbo e ForumMessagesMessageThreadltem pbo ForumNavBar pbo 282 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ForumNavBarltem pbo e pbs search e pbs searchresult and forums e SearchResultForum pbo e SearchResultForumltem pbo e pbs userverify e UserVerificationMail pbo e UserVerify pbo Message filtering The forums support message filtering This function is used to replace profanities and other objectionable content The system matches whole words The file contai
307. er dll is incorporated into SAXOTECH Online it is also responsible for deciding how many stories will be retrieved in order to achieve the desired number of stories The following code provides an example of how to use the SynchID and NoDuplicates parameters lt pbs newslist days 20 multisite 1 noduplicates 1 site ap cj synchid 1 count 4 objectclass 1 gt i i i lt pbs newslist days 20 multisite 1 noduplicates 1 site ap cj synchid 1 count 2 objectclass 1 gt i i In the example above the first Newslist tag requires 4 stories Count 4 and the second requires 2 Count 2 After the first tag returns the desired number of stories in this case 4 the next tag must be processed which requires 2 stories However SAXOTECH Online must now make sure that none of these new stories are already present from the first tag In order to retrieve 2 more stories that are not already present SAXOTECH Online will need to retrieve more than 2 stories in case 1 or more is a repeat The PBCSDupArtFilter ini settings above are able to allow access to how many extra stories should be returned Each setting is based on a particular range of story counts In the line under the section heading ExtraArtRanges you can specify if a tag requires between 0 and 5 stories for example Count 3 then instead of retrieving just 5 stories add an additional 5 stories to the count in case any are repeats In the second line of the example if the count needed is between 6 an
308. er left or right lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Heading gt Outputs the title for the fact box lt Text gt Outputs the text for the fact box lt Width gt Outputs the value of the FaktaWidth option in the article tag which is used for controlling the width of the fact box ArticleForumConnectionltem pbo This file is used by lt ForumConnectionltems gt in both Article pbo and ArticleConnections pbo lt Date gt The creation date for the forum lt Link gt The address of the connected forum lt ObjectClass gt If you need to use the current object class with the forum template add it to the link like this lt Title gt The heading of the linked forum ArticleForumConnections pbo This file is used with lt ForumConnectionltems gt in Article pbo lt Connectionltems gt Outputs the forum items ArticleGalleryConnectionltem pbo lt lmgLink gt Contains the link to the first image in the gallery From version 6 2 0 lt Link gt Contains the link to the gallery lt Title gt Contains the title of the gallery ArticleGalleryConnections pbo Used when a gallery is attached to a story lt Connectionltems gt Shows all gallery all items ArticleHead pbo Controls output of the story header It supports the following fields lt ArtNo gt Contains the story number lt Category gt Contains the category ID lt DesignClass gt Contains the design
309. er pbo Example object file I lt html gt i lt body gt i i lt table gt lt items gt lt table gt i lt a href lt SortByTemperature gt gt Sort By Temperature lt a gt lt body gt lt html gt lt FirstHit gt The number for the first record being viewed lt ltems gt Outputs the CCE items lt LastHit gt The number for the last record being viewed lt NextLink gt Contains a link to the next page when not on the last page It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this i lt a href Javascript dosubmit lt NextLink gt gt AN E Next lt a gt lt PrevLink gt Contains a link to the previous page when not on the first page It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this lt a href javascript dosubmit lt sPrevLink gt gt Previous lt a gt i lt SortByDate gt Contains a link that will sort all the objects by date It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this lt a href javascript dosubmit lt SortByDate gt gt Published lt a gt i The system will remember the sort order so you can reverse the list To keep to the sort order when you browse using a search form you must add a field to the form that remembers the value lt SortBy gt You can also use other fields for the sorting in addition to date Replace with the name of the field Example 224 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt TotalHits gt Shows the total n
310. er will be shown on the front page and sectionfront Automatic jump with same text 13 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual There are two ways to do this 1 You can use the summary on both the front page and the story 2 You can not use the summary at all In this case the first paragraph of the story will be used From sectionfronts The usual way of doing story jumps from a section front to a story is to display the summary on the sectionfront If the summary does not exist SAXOTECH Online will use the first paragraph of the story You can adjust how much text you would like to use Please see pbs sectionfront In stories To do story jumps between stories you have multiple options Please see Article Tags Taxonomy and profiles Taxonomy is a method for ordering content that can be used when information can be classified in a hierarchical structure In SAXOTECH Online a taxonomy is made up of key words Each keyword must be unique and appear only once A basic taxonomy for a sports website could look like this e Sports e Ball sports e Football e NFL e AFL e XFL e Baseball e MLB e AAA e Tennis e Ski sports e Bike sports e Geography e World e Central America e Europe e North America e Canada e United States e California e Florida e Miami e Tampa e Georgia e Illinois e Maryland e Baltimore e Annapolis e Texas e South America If we follow the NFL branch deeper the branch could be split into conferences and co
311. erence is the existence of the Contains token that is FAST InStream specific The syntax of using the Contains token is lt fielddef gt lt Contains token gt lt Search string gt for example Byline Gore With this syntax it is possible to search in specific FAST InStream fields Since the FAST InStream fields require some knowledge about the structure of FAST InStream this field will primarily be useful for people with insight in the FAST InStream data model used in SAXOTECH Online In addition to the standard search criteria the Search string parser is able to handle a section added to the end of a search string This so called non parse section contains code that should not be parsed such as search conditions to add to the search string This can be useful to parse in a URL when searching in pre existing results for example when navigators are used The search string parser uses encryption of this section SECTIONSUBCLASS section The sectionsubclass section defines the subclasses that should be available on the sectionfront It is set up the same way as the FRONTPAGESUBCLASS section SECTIONSUBCLASS a Breaking news b Major event SINGLETABSTORYEDIT section It is possible to edit stories on a single tab instead of using multiple tabs This feature is enabled disabled based on user type and site 61 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual where user type is either normal or light The following settings are used in the SINGLETABSTORYEDIT
312. erform the modulo operation which is the operation of finding the remainder in division For example 10 modulo 4 2 because when you divide 10 by 4 2 is the remainder You can also use the modulo operation to output different code based on the remainder Entering Counter 3 1 will be true when the counter has the value 1 4 7 etc This allows you to make a three column output like this A cee cacutesceeea ete sect eee cee E E E E Counter 3 1 lt tr gt 8 lt td gt Content lt td gt Counter 3 0 lt tr gt The table row start and end will only be output at the start and end of the line lt value gt This is the number you would like to use in the operation Examples In this example the field lt sWidth gt contains the number 240 107 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt SWidth 8 gt 248 lt SWidth 8 gt 248 lt sWidth 8 gt 232 lt SWidth 2 gt 480 lt SWidth 2 gt 120 lt SWidth 2 gt 0 modulo is the remainder of a division Arithmetic and formatting You can combine arithmetic and formatting of variables The calculation must be done first lt SCashF low 2Sf 0 00 gt will apply thousands separators after dividing the value of the variable by two If lt sCashFlow gt contained the value 2432 the result will be 1 216 00 Variable check You can check if a variable contains a text value The match looks at the whole variable You cannot use this function t
313. ers In the RODBSERVER section the read only database server is set up The following settings can be made IP Trusted UID PWD Specifies the server name the IP or the alias for the read only server Can be 1 or 0 This parameter can be set to 1 if the web server and the read only database server are in the same domain If that is the case there is no need to specify username and password The username which is used to connect to the database The password which is used to connect to the database In the SEARCHDBSERVER section the search database server is set up The following settings can be made IP Trusted UID PWD Specifies the server name the IP or the alias for the search server Can be 1 or 0 This parameter can be set to 1 if the web server and the search database server are in the same domain If that is the case there is no need to specify username and password The username which is used to connect to the database The password which is used to connect to the database In the EDITDBSERVER section the edit database server is set up The following settings can be made IP Trusted UID PWD Specifies the server name the IP or the alias for the edit server Can be 1 or 0 This parameter can be set to 1 if the web server and the edit database server are in the same domain If that is the case there is no need to specify username and password The username which is used to connect to the
314. es gt 426 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual o eae eee eee eee eee eee ere lt pbs setheaderinfo remotehost newXPhost gt lt pbs getheaderinfo gt A nn gn i H i i lt remoteaddr gt i i lt br gt i H i i lt remotehost gt H H i i Then where the output was previously Gandalf192 168 172 1It will now be newXPhost192 168 172 1 pbs showdate lt pbs showdate gt This function allows you to output a date This tag can be used on all templates The tag is used like this lt pbs showdate format ddd dd mm offset 17 gt Options Format Sets the date format The legal values are described in the section Formatting dates Lower Makes the system output the text in lowercase Norwproper Makes the system output the text with the first letter in the first word in uppercase Offset Determines how many days the date is offset from today s date Proper Makes the system output the text with the first letter in each word in uppercase Upper Makes the system output the text in uppercase pbs statuslog lt pbs statuslog gt The tag lt pbs statuslog gt is a debugging function that outputs the build time of the page This tag should be included commented out at the bottom of your templates so you can easily check the build time for the page pbs UniquePagelD lt pbs UniquePagelD gt Performs a lookup in the localdata ini file to find a mapping for the following actions e frontpage default value
315. es which record in the forecast table is used Enter i part 0 i to display all records Local Determines which table will be used in the database If the weather provider delivers more details for your local region you can use this table instead by entering If this option is not set the forecast will use the default national table World Used to select data from outside the US The option is used like this AccuWForecast pbo lt Updated gt The update time for the weather lt CurrLabel gt The forecast label lt Name gt The forecast name lt Part gt The part ID for the forecast lt lcon gt The icon number for the weather It is usually used like this 394 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ShortDesc gt The short description of the weather This is usually a single word like sunny foggy or overcast lt DayDesc gt The description of the day lt High gt The projected high temperature in Fahrenheit lt HighCelsius gt The projected high temperature in Celsius lt Low gt The projected low temperature in Fahrenheit lt LowCelsius gt The projected low temperature in Celsius lt WindSpeed gt The wind speed lt WindDir gt The wind direction lt WindGusts gt The projected wind gusts lt Humidity gt The humidity value lt Dewpoint gt The dew point lt Barometer gt The barometric pressure lt Visibility gt The visibility information lt State gt The state code
316. ess shooting cut short his lie at Whale stom Beolongl Heys Bill Passed To Sanction Lobbyists a Marland Banata voted for tha first Uma sastarday to ceate a syrtam of canciones that could bar an unathical lobbyist from the halls of the House for life Spies roam State posing as jumalists FB says Forsign intelligence agente vorking sz neve reporters retain seeping unsuparvicad accass to the Stata Department s cantral headquarters despite a seourty cadidown after coveral major lapses an Whole story National Hawe Georgstoven Selects Non Jesut President Georgetovn University broka vith tradition yesterday bo select a pracidant who Is not a Jasutt pret a first For the nation s aldert Roman Catholic unluerstty Pbs macro lt pbs macro gt Macros are functions related to object script They allow you to build tags or output other code based on URL parameters and options in the tag Template This function can be used on all templates Folders The system will look for the macro file in the following folders lt templates gt macros lt categoryid gt lt templates gt macros lt maincategoryid gt lt templates gt macros Caching You can run the tag uncached so that it is cached independently of the template itself When you write lt pbs macro gt a separate cache file will be created You must then use the cache time option to set the refresh interval Options Before and The Before option make
317. et type Used for Castfire integration 150 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual i lt embed id castfire_player_ lt OrgFileName gt _flv i class castfire_player sro lt SLink gt i quality high i wmode transparent name castfire_player_ lt OrgFileName gt _flv allowScriptAccess always type application x shockwave flash pluginspage http www macromedia com go getflashplayer o width lt 3Width3 gt height lt Height2 gt gt i lt embed gt ArticleParagraph pbo lt AltText gt Outputs the information from the image Alt text field lt Blockid gt Contains the ID for the paragraph The first paragraph is given the ID 1 The number is increased by one for each paragraph lt Body gt Outputs the paragraph lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Facts gt Outputs the fact box for the paragraph lt Heading gt Outputs the heading for the paragraph lt Html gt This field has the value 1 if the HTML flag is turned on for the paragraph Otherwise the field is blank lt Location gt Outputs the dateline To limit it to the first paragraph you can use the following code a Please see Stedopt lt Picture gt Outputs the paragraph picture ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo This file has the same variables as the non story version documented in the chapter pbs photogallery thumbnails ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo This file has the same var
318. etter lt Articles gt Outputs the stories the subscriber has selected to receive lt Links gt Outputs the links for the newsletter lt LongDate gt Outputs the date the e mail was generated lt UnsubscribeURL gt Contains the link to the unsubscribe page NewsletterAd txt This file is output for every ad lt AdText gt The ad text lt AdURL gt The link to the ad lt HTMLAdText gt The HTML version of the ad text lt Title gt The ad heading NewsletterArticle txt This file is called NewsletterArticle txt and it is output for each story It must be placed in the objects folder lt Category gt The name of the category lt Date gt The story date in ISO format lt lmgLink gt The link to the main photo attached to the story lt Leadin gt The leadin for the story To avoid the e mail server destroying the email you should add an extra space after each period This example also shows how you can crop your leadin to a maximum of 300 characters lt Leadin w 1 300 r amp nbsp gt lt Link gt The link to the story lt Title gt The title of the story lt SniffMatch gt The Sniff word matched for the story This field is only available on stories that have been output using Sniff words Special variables when using the keyword group file lt Category gt The name of the category lt CategoryID gt The category ID lt Super gt The story kicker lt Tex
319. ew URLs Potential problems URL Parameters URL Rewrite setup Using URL Rewrite New URLs When the function has been enabled the following new URLs are available for use i apps pbcs dll frontpage l section apps pbcs dll section H classifieds apps pbcs dll classifieds E i misc apps pbcs dll misc i E article apps pbcs dll article search apps pbcs dll search 435 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual If you have any folders with these names on the web server you will not be able to access them when URL Rewrite is enabled Potential problems If you have created files or folders in the root folder of your website with names matching the SAXOTECH Online action these pages will no longer be available when URL Rewrite is enabled If you have coded your links as relative links your site will break Incorrect link e ay a SS SS ss came seas EE lt a href apps pbcs dll section category NEWS gt News lt a gt lt a href lt pbs prog gt section category NEWS gt News lt a gt All links on your site must be fixed so they conform to this format before the urlrewrite dll can be installed for your web servers URL Parameters You can control what the page displays by putting parameters in the URL This is done by adding amp paramsz to the end of the URL The params setting has the following options Edate This option is used to specify the end date The default is 99999999 Any date in ISO format
320. ew folder called Edit Extrafields in Templates object Here you can create new files such as quote pbo slut and page pbo In these files you can use three variables lt DisplayNam lt Name gt and lt Value gt For example lt div gt lt DisplayName p gt lt input type text name i lt name gt size 50 value lt value gt gt lt div gt lt div gt lt DisplayName p gt lt select name lt Sname gt gt i lt option value F value F selected l gt Female lt option gt E lt option value M value M selected gt Male lt option gt E lt select gt lt div gt You will now see these fields in your edit interface 38 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual EditExtraFields Optional Allows you to determine which extra fields are available in the story editir interface This option only controls which fields will be visible Fields that are prese the story can still be shown on the site even if they are not editable The template is Stemplatepath objects e The description assumes the setting GENERAL templatepath Templates and adds the subfolder of object which should be objects e The edit template article Edit ExtraFieldsItem is the default tem for extra fields so the users do not NEED to add a new template Using th setting alone will work just fine The option is set like this Ei Q pe za X a K w H H 10 H Q a Il Q Ss o 10 n ja
321. ew password The user enters the new password in this field i lt input type password name PBS_NewPasswordl size 12 i 1 value gt i Repeat new password The user re enters the new password in this field lt input type password name PBS_NewPassword2 size 12 value gt H Target Hidden field Sets the page to which the user is sent when the password is changed i lt input type hidden name PBS_Target value apps pbcs dl1l frontpage gt User ID Hidden field Stores the user ID i lt input type hidden name PBS_UserID value I lt pbs userid gt gt i Submission form You should use the following code to check that the passwords the user has entered are not blank and that the new password is the same in both fields 334 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt INPUT type button value Continue onClick javascript CheckNewPass gt lt script language javascript gt function CheckNewPass var submitForm true var NewPassl document frmChangePassword PBS_NewPasswordl value var NewPass2 document frmChangePassword PBS_NewPassword2 value if NewPassl NewPassl null NewPass2 NewPass2 null submitForm false alert You must enter your new password twice to confirm that your password will be changed if submitForm document frmChangePassword submit lt script gt pbs global lt pbs global gt You can also display the content
322. ewsletters for which you select the stories This newsletter can be targeted based on demographic information and on subscription categories 390 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Setup The server must be set up to send out newsletters for your website If this is not done you can create the newsletters but they will not be sent Your server administrator must set up the routine that actually sends the e mails out to the subscribers Newsletter ini The file that controls the newsletter is called newsletter ini This file must be placed in the objects folder For more information see the section newsletter_Newsletter Newsletter iniFile Templates These files are used when sending the e mail to the subscriber The HTML versions of the templates have HTML added before pbo so NewsletterArticle pbo becomes NewsLetterArticleHTML pbo All templates must be put in the objects folder Itis important that you keep your lines under 60 characters in order for them to be handled correctly by the email servers Main template NewsletterAd pbo NewsletterArticle pbo Newsletter email Web based management Main template The main template is coded directly in the newsletter composer The following fields are available lt LongDate gt Outputs the date field lt NewsletterContent gt Outputs all ads and stories lt UnsubscribeURL gt Contains an URL used to unsubscribe The unsubscribe link is only valid for newsletters sent based on c
323. f the counter for the item is even lt Expires gt The date the ad expires lt lmageLink gt Contains a link to the image if the ad is a display ad It must be used like this lt LogoLink gt Contains a link to the logo if the ad is a display ad It must be used like this lt Odd gt This field contains 1 if the counter for the item is odd lt PrintLink gt Contains a link to the printer friendly page It must be used like this lt Relatedinfo gt This field outputs the information from the related field when you use the Relatedto function lt Text gt This field outputs the defined field text which is defined in the ini file lt TipLink gt Contains a link to the Tip a Friend page It must be used like this lt Title gt The title field for the ad Chapter 13 Custom Content Engine The Custom Content Engine CCE enables you to create manage and present your own custom objects Such objects are typically structured information such as weather stock quotes sports results marketplace classifieds recipes reviews etcetera It is especially suited to large volumes of structured data as it is your own custom database CCE Objects may also serve as classifieds content for OAMS CCE tags are used to display the CCE objects CCE data retrieval tags CCE pbs LastUpdate CCE search form CCE setup CCE tip a friend pbs cce e CCE_ModuleShortName pbo 211 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CCE_ModuleShortNameGro
324. f this item pbs search lt pbs search gt You can search all messages in the forums The example code is set up so that you search within the scope you are viewing For example if you are viewing a group you will only search within that group 306 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Template This function can be placed on all templates Options Encoding Because the search URL is built using a PBS tag the output cannot be encoded to ensure compliance with W3C standards The lt pbs search gt tag now accepts a parameter will turn an ampersand character amp into amp Search form The form action must be lt pbs search type forum gt like this Fields and buttons Crit Used to input the search text string Group Hidden field Used to limit the search to the group being viewed or to a specified group Leaving the field empty will make the form search all groups Example A p 5 o E 2 K o lo Il y fae Q a D 3 5 D 3 10 i Q 8 o c aj lt o H fa o Il A O o a 9 G oO K K o D 8 w 3 u D K w 1 Q K o c O ER ox V v The tag pbs queryparam is used to output the group ID for the group Submit Used to add a submit button Theme Hidden field Used to limit the search to the theme being viewed or to a specified theme Leaving the field empty will make the form search all themes Example A a 5 O 5 qa Kg o 0 ll p Eb D a o 3 3 w
325. f your website Template mapping In the Publicus ini there is a TEMPLATEMAP section that contains information about which templates are to be used Use this section to define mappings so that you do not have to make multiple copies of the template files For example 89 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual TEMPLATEMAP _FART _ART _FUART _ART _UART _ART _OVRN _OVR opinion arts ABOUT_FART ADVERTISE_ART ABOUT_OVR ADVERTISE_OVR ADMATL_ART STATIC_ART All of these options must be placed under the TEMPLATEMAP section of the ini file The different types of templates are described below Mapping types about_fart advertise_art about_ovr advertise_ovr _fart _art _fuart _art opinion arts _ovrn _ovr _uart _art With this option you map a specific story template to another category With this option you map a specific sectionfront to another category This option maps all front page stories to the normal story template A front page story is a story that has been linked to from a story of the type front page This option maps all front page subarticle stories to the normal story template A front page subarticle is a story with the Subarticle checkbox marked in story properties and which is linked to from a story of the type front page This option maps all templates from the Opinion category to the Arts category for all template types When you use include files with the category as part of the name the syst
326. ferer 1 UseAgent InVoterID 1 UseIpInVoterID 1 UseSessionIDInVoterID 1 MinTimeBetweenVotes 5 MaxNumVotesFromIP 25 CheckReferer Ensures that the vote comes from the domain value defined in Publicus ini MaxNumVotesFromIP Maximum number of votes from a given IP This is a problem when there are many users behind a firewall MinTimeBetweenVotes The number of minutes that must elapse between participants from the same IP can vote This is a problem when there are many users behind a firewall UseAgentinVoterlD The participants browser will be part of the voter ID UselpinVoterlD The remote IP address will be part of the voter ID UseSessionIDInVoterID The session ID will be part of the voter ID PRIOROTATEGROUPS section 59 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Under the heading PRIOROTATEGROUPS you define the groups for rotation of story priority The groups are defined like this 1 NEWSO1 NEWSO2 i 2 NEWS03 NEWS04 3 ARTS ARTSO1 ARTS02 i These settings are used with the other settings for rotation PUBLISHTIMES section The special publishing times section is used for overriding the publishing times for a single day This is usually done in conjunction with holidays The section is set up like this EA EA E EE A A E E E EEE E E E E A A E A A AAA PUBLISHTIMES 20040704 13 00 20041025 13 00 20041224 11 00 20041224 15 00 On the left side you specify the date in ISO format YYYYMMDD On the right side you specify the publish
327. field 355 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual in Classifiedsltem pbo contains the link to the tip page The external tip page is used to send the tip This file has the same fields as ClassTipsText pbo It is used when the flag HTML is set to 1 in the object file GuideTipsText pbo The tip function is also available for guide entries The field contains the link to the external tip page The email sent to the web guest uses GuideTipsText pbo It has the same fields as ArtTipsText pbo GuideTipsTextHTML pbo The tip function is also available for guide entries The field contains the link to the external tip page This file has the same fields as the GuideTipsText pbo It is used when the flag HTML is set to 1 in the object file Tips pbo lt Action gt lt from gt lt Fromemail gt lt Html gt lt lmgLink gt lt Message gt lt Next gt lt pbs hidden gt lt Title gt lt TO gt TipsText pbo Outputs the correct URL for the action of the form it must be placed inside the form tag like this The sender s name The sender s email address If this field has the value 1 the file ArtTipsTextHtml pbo will be used instead of the normal file This field should be used as a hidden field The link to the story s picture This text area is used for the message entered by the web guest This hidden field contains the information needed to redirect the web guest to a page after the ti
328. field By default all cities are listed Enter O eee seats to limit the list to those staff members with xxx in the city field Department This option is used to filter based on the department field Note Department is case sensitive e Correct lt pbs departmentoverview department Markedsavdelingen gt e Incorrect lt pbs departmentoverview Department Markedsavdelingen gt 350 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Location This option is used to filter based on the location field By default all locations are listed This value is entered into the office field in the user interface Enter to filter the list to a single office When this option is used on your pbs tag you can use the sort field in your edit interface Objectclass Sets the object class Sortby This option makes it possible to sort the staff list by first name work phone occupation and more This is done in the following way A o o v Q o ze w K p 3 D 5 F o lt oO 5 lt He Y v fe K p g lt Il Hh H H v 5 w a D v Without the sortby parameter specified the list sorts by last name by default The following options can be used case insensitive WORKTLF work phone STILLING or OCCUPATION PRIVTLF private phone MOBILTLF cell phone POSTNR or ZIP POSTSTED or CITY DepOverview pbo lt DepOverview gt This field lists the items DepOverviewGroupHeader pbo Output for each group in the department lt DepGrou
329. field can be used instead of lt Typename gt lt Categoryname01 09 gt Can be used instead of lt Typename gt fields lt DetailType gt The first detail type for the object lt DetailType01 09 gt The additional detail types for the object lt DetailTypename gt The first detail type name for the object lt DetailTypename01 09 gt The additional detail type names lt Numimages gt Outputs the number of images for the object lt Relatedinfo gt Pulls in the related information object file lt Type gt Contains the first type for the object lt Type01 09 gt The additional types for the object You can use lt Type01 gt lt Type02 gt E i etc for additional categories lt Typename gt The first type name for the object lt Typename01 09 gt The additional type names lt SubType gt The first subtype for the object lt SubType01 09 gt The additional subtypes for the object lt SubTypename gt The first subtype name for the object lt SubTypename01 09 gt The additional subtype names CCE_ModuleShortNamePrintDetail pbo Used for the printer friendly version of the CCE object The same fields as in CCE_ModuleShortNameDetails pbo are available CCE_ModuleShortNameRelated pbo If you use the Relatedto option you can use this field to show the related information The fields that are available match the fields you have in the related table pbs ccefields 23
330. form FastSearch By default the system uses SQL free text searching in the database For more efficient searching Online Search powered by FAST InStream search functionality is implemented To use the FAST InStream functionality certain settings must be made in the FASTSEARCH section section of the Publicus ini file 182 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e Guided search e pbs searchresult_guided e ImageSearchNavigator pbo ImageSearchNavigatorltem pbo SearchNavigator pbo SearchNavigatorltem pbo StorySearchNavigator pbo StorySearchNavigatorltem pbo e Image search e pbs imagesearchresult e SearchResultlmage pbo e SearchResultlmageltem pbo e SearchResultImageRow pbo Result page Building the page without object files pbs search_criteria pbssearch_hits pbs search_next_link pbs search_previous_link pbs search_totalhits e pbs searchresult without object files e pbs searchresult SearchError pbo e SearchResult pbo e SearchResultltem pbo e Search form e Search other websites e Search syntax Guided search SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search functionality has two parts regarding SQL free text searching e The search form where the web guest inputs the query e The search result page that displays the result All existing search options in the SQL free text search described above can be used SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search is available in a standard edition as well as an advanced edition The standard edit
331. format gt lt option value 0 gt Select format gt gt lt option value 1 lt pbs ureg_mailformatl gt gt Text lt option value 2 lt pbs ureg_mailformat2 gt gt HTML lt select gt Email The user s email address It is used as user name address SR E A E E A EE DN AA OBOE Nar ee Email subject Hidden field Sets the email subject Email text Creates the email body The field can have multiple lines All fields in the registration form can be used here lt input type hidden name emailtext value You are now registered at widgets com with the following information Email ureg_email Password ureg_pwd Other fields go here gt 346 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual First name The user s first name lt input type Text name fname value lt pbs ureg_fname gt size 30 maxlength i i naos l Gender This field allows the user to pick a gender lt select name sex gt i I lt option value M lt pbs ureg_sex_male gt gt Male i i lt option value F lt pbs ureg_sex_female gt gt Female lt select gt Generate Use this hidden field if the system should generate a password for the user When this option is used the fields password enabling the user choose a password must not be present The email option must be enabled so that the password can be mailed to the user Home phone The home phone number Homepage The user s homepage Last name The user s last name 40 gt
332. formation on formatti please see lt 31ISOpubdate gt This field can be formatted using object script It is written A ole H a o Q H o w G 10 iw 5 10 4 be 3 O ole Vv The modification date and time in ISO format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS For more information on formatting please see lt 1SOpubdate gt This field can be formatted using object script The publication date in ISO format YYYYMMDD This variable should be used in conjunction with formatting functions Please read the section Formatting dates This field can be formatted using obj script 175 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lsoPublishFromDateTime gt lt lsoPubDateTime gt lt KeywordLinks gt lt Link gt lt MainCategoryLink gt lt MainCategoryname gt lt MainProfile gt From version 6 2 0 lt MultiMedialtem gt lt Prio gt lt Profileid gt lt ProfileName gt lt PubDate gt lt PubDateTime gt lt PublishedStatus gt From version 6 2 0 lt Rating gt lt RelatedStories gt The publishing date and time in ISO format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS For more information on forme please see lt 1ISOpubdate gt This field can be formatted using object script It is written The publication date and time in ISO format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS This field can be formatted usi object script It is written par seuss o o A A A A Outputs stories that have the same keywords as the current story The
333. formatted modified date Contains the taxonomy words of the photo gallery See PhotoGalleryLatestltemTaxonomy pbo Contains the extra fields of the photo gallery see PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFields pbo Contains the category ID of the photo gallery Contains the category name Contains the average ranking of a Photo The RankingLink does not contain the actual ranking value this must be added to the link by using client side scripting The Following must be added to the link before submitting the link to the DLL lt RankingLink gt amp rating y Where y is the ranking given by a user Contains the total number of votes on the Photo pbs photogallery latest This function output links to the newest photo galleries in the system The tag can be used on all templates 367 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Options Category Count CreatedBy From version 6 2 0 Days Excltaxonomywords From version 6 2 0 IgnoreStatus From version 6 2 0 Incltaxonomywords From version 6 2 0 Objectclass By default photo galleries for all categories are shown Enter a to show galleries for the defined category By default the 5 latest galleries are shown Enter where x is between 1 and 99 to show the selected number of photo galleries Used to filter by gallery creator Enter pa A A A E A nA To display the user s own stories By default this option is not set Enter where x is between 1 and 99 E
334. g Usetheme Used to show links with the same theme as the story being viewed This option can only be used on the article template By default this option is not used Enter to use the theme for link selection Linksltem pbo This file is output for each link lt Description gt The description of the entry lt Gif_rating gt A link to the rating image This rating is given by the staff in the editing interface The field is used like this E ESEE E EE E N E N EEEE E E EREE NEE E lt img src lt Gif_rating gt amp char C amp size 12 amp Color 0B4770 border 0 alt align middle gt i amp char determines which character is used for the graphics This function uses the Wingdings font amp size 12 sets the size of the image amp Color 0B4770 sets the color of the image lt Gif_userrating gt Provides the URL to the averaged total of user submitted votes lt imagelink gt The link to the image You can add ESE AAEE E ES ci ssh elo EE EEEE ONE SSN EAEE aia I O eee ase Sea ce eos passes st A sen sec ssee nese eae otees ove stosea le a ee es to the field to set the image width lt id gt Provides the ID of the link entry 240 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt logolink gt The link to the logo This item must be placed inside an image source tag You can add to the field to set the logo width lt Title gt The title lt URL gt The URL for entry LinksSubcat pbo This file
335. g all images related to stories and photo galleries Image search will search stories in the following text fields found in the SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST Index Profile title net title subtitle byline body image texts image captions Template Image search results are shown using the lt pbs imagesearchresult gt tag in the gen_imagesearch template It is also possible to specify a template using the keyword TEMPLATE TemplateName in the search action Image search uses the imagesearch action Options StartDate This is the first date from which the system will select images This date field must be in the YYYYMMDD format It can be both visible and hidden EndDate This is the last date from which the system will select images BuildNavigator If BuildNavigator has value 1 navigators defined in the NavigatorList in lt pbs imagesearchresult gt will be built Criteria The field for entering the search criteria SearchCategory Determines which categories will be searched You can set the search category in the following ways You cannot set the search category using multiple categories and wildcards ExcludeCat The same rules as for setting search categories apply when excluding categories SearchProfile You can limit the search to a profile IncludeStatus Add this field to search stories that are not published Example showing the use of the imagesearch action 185 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual l
336. g code This code provides the voting links 241 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt a href javascript DoVote lt Votelink gt 1 gt 1 lt a gt lt a href javascript DoVote lt Votelink gt 2 gt 2 lt a gt lt a href javascript DoVote lt Votelink gt 3 gt 3 lt a gt i ie i lt i 5 lt a href javascript DoVote lt Votelink gt 4 gt 4 lt a gt lt a href javascript DoVote SVotelink gt 5 gt 5 lt a gt Chapter 16 White Pages The White Pages function allows you to build a White Pages register for individuals The tags are used to pull information from the e mail catalog e pbs ptemailsearch pbs ptemailsearch lt pbs ptemailsearch gt The lt pbs ptemailsearch gt is used to display white pages It must be placed inside a table like this lt table gt lt pbs ptemailsearch blanksearch 0 gt lt table gt Templates The White Pages tags can be used on all templates Options Blanksearch Controls how blank searches are handled By default if this option is not set or set to 1 the system will return all entries if a search without any URL parameters is performed Enter to make the system return zero hits if a blank search is performed URL With the following parameter added to the URL the system will search for entries in which the last name begins with H parameters SS A E A A i This function is usually used for building a link block at the top of the page
337. g the listed options Template The tag for displaying the main list can be placed on all pages Options These options are not mandatory GetActiveAds Enabling this option ensures that only categories with active ads are listed For example lt pbs ptguides maincatfilter A subcatfilter F getactiveads 1 gt i Maincat Enables you to select the top level to which you would like to limit the listing The easiest way to find this number is to view the category link in the full listing By default all categories are listed Enter Maincat XX i to list only the category with number MainCatFilter Allows you to filter the list of categories based on the first character in the category This parameter can also be placed in the URL This option is not used by default Enter to list only the categories that start with A Noall When present Noall prohibits the output of a link to the top level of a category SubCatFilter Allows you to filter the list of categories based on the first character in the subcategory This parameter can also be placed in the URL This option is not used by default Enter to list only the subcategories that start with A GuideSubcatltem pbo 247 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt GuideSubCat gt The name of the subcategory lt GuideSubCatLink gt The link to the subcategory lt GuideDetCat gt The name of the detail category lt GuideDetCatLink gt The link to the detail category lt GuideDetCatid
338. ge for adding an event Please see Chapter 25 User Registration This page uses the gen_eventsadd pbs template Form The following lines are needed to set up the form lt form action lt pbs eventsave gt method post enctype multipart form data gt All the fields go here lt input type submit value Post event gt lt form gt System fields Other system Every input field has a matching variable which remembers the information if the submission of the form fails The fields variable is listed with the field Published Hidden field Determines whether the agenda is published automatically lt input type hidden name Publisert value 1 gt Redirect Hidden field Defines the page to which the web guest is directed after submitting the form lt input type hidden name RedirectURL value misc thankyou htm gt Submitter Hidden field Sets the submitterOs name lt input type hidden name Submitter value lt pbs events_submitter gt gt lt input type hidden name required value FromDate Fromtime gt i lt input type hidden name Class value 0 gt System This variable outputs system messages These messages are output if the registration of a new event fails messages A sc se ease EE LEEA EAN AA AAE AE EEA EEA OE S S E EAE i A de T a o lt 10 el 10 3 10 n n w Q 10 NA User input fields Active The following checkboxes are used to select active days This is u
339. ght appear as follows lt pbs random min 1 max 3 id adselect gt i lt pbs macro name adselect gt i i S f RandomValue_adselect 1 i l lt pbs clasifieds jobs gt H i 8 RandomValue_adselect 2 lt pbsiclasifieds esses houses gt j o RandomValue_adselect 3 i lt pbs clasifieds autos gt 1 5 H 424 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs script lt pbs script gt The script tag is used to execute scripts written in other languages from within the SAXOTECH Online publishing platform This function uses the Windows Scripting Host By default VBScript and JavaScript are supported The SAXOTECH Online publishing platform supports any language supported by the Windows Scripting Host including Perl PHP Python NET and so on Saxotech strongly recommends that prior to using the script tag you receive additional training and read the SAXOTECH Online Scripting Technical User Manual All scripts must be placed in the scripts folder in the templates folder The typical location is templates scripts The basic tag looks like this E lt pbs script name scriptname language Vbscript gt Options Name Sets the name of the script Language The language sets the script language used By default only VBScript and JavaScript are installed on the web server If you want to use additional script languages you must install support for the languages on the server before they can be used The language used
340. gnature 536871559 0 0 0 415 0 Style Definitions p MsoNormal 1i MsoNormal div MsoNormal mso style parent margin 0in margin bottom 0001pt mso pagination widow orphan font size 10 0pt mso bidi font size 12 0pt font family Verdana mso fareast font family Times New Roman mso bidi font family Times New Roman page Sectionl size 595 45pt 841 7pt margin 7in 7in 2 4in 7in mso header margin 5in mso footer margin 5in mso paper source 0 div Sectionl page Sectionl 156 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Category Determines the category from which stories should be retrieved This option has no default but it MUST be set Option Current The category currently being viewed Current The category currently being viewed with subcategories All All categories Il Il All categories Categoryname A specific category The category names available depends on your press agency feed The following are options for various press agencies e AP AP The Associated Press North America http www ap org AP customers can use the following categories AP All AP categories APA Nation APB Nation Special APC Feature APD Feature Food APE Feature Entertainment APF Business APG Metro Briefs API Foreign APJ Metro Lottery APK Op Ed APL Feature Lifestyle APN Metro APO Weather APP Nation Politics APQ Sports Single APR Sports Racing APS Sports APT
341. gt You can only change the category in this link ImageltemRowEnd pbo This file does not have any variables ImageltemRowStart pbo This file does not have any variables PhotoGalleryltemExtraFieldltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 lt ExtraFieldName gt Contains the name of the extra field lt ExtrafieldValue gt Contains the value of the extra field PhotoGalleryltemExtraFields pbo O From version 6 2 0 lt ltems gt Contains the extra field items PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFieldltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 In addition field specific object files are available using PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFieldltem lt FieldName gt pbo lt ExtraFieldName gt Contains the name of the extra field lt ExtrafieldValue gt Contains the value of the extra field PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFields pbo From version 6 2 0 lt ltems gt Contains the extra field items PhotoGalleryLatestltemTaxonomy pbo O From version 6 2 0 380 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ltems gt Contains the taxonomy words PhotoGalleryLatestTaxonomyltem pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 lt TaxonomylD gt Contains the taxonomy ID lt TaxonomyWord gt Contains the taxonomy word PhotoGalleryTaxonomyltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 lt TaxonomylD gt Contains the taxonomy ID lt TaxonomyWord gt Contains the taxonomy word Chapter 29 Newsletter The Newsletter function allows you to send out a list of all the new stories
342. gt Days Limits the age of the stories shown This option uses the publication date of the story and counts backwards The Days option is faster than the StatDays option Please see StatDays By default stories published in the last 100 days will be shown Enter Days x stories to show stories published the last X last days The value can be set from 1 to 365 Days does not work with All and specifying both options will make the tag ignore All LastMonth Lists the most read stories from the last month For example if the current date is May 5th this option will list the most read stories from April 1st to April 30th Best practice If you use LastMonth do not use LastWeek LastWeek Lists the most read stories from the last week Monday to Sunday Best practice lf you use LastWeek do not use LastMonth Minread Sets the minimum of hits a story must have before it will be listed By default a story must have 5 views before itis listed Enter where x is any number between 1 and 99 MostEmailedArticles Tracks the number of times that a story has been e mailed Tip a Friend This option lists the stories that have been e mailed most times on a chosen date Best practice If you use MostPrintedArticles do not use MostEmailedArticles 163 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual MostPrintedArticles Objectclass Tracks the number of times that a story has been printed Update of the number of stories printed requires use of the PrintArt pbo or that an addi
343. gt To lt input type text name toDocketNumberSearch lt pbs ftoDocketNumberSearch gt r H H H i i i i i i H i i i i i value l 1 size 8n size 8 gt H i fi i This enables search on any value between the from and to values This can also be used with dates so you can make a form for searching date ranges When this function is used you must remove Single 1 from the pbs classifieds tag Selecting ad category Used to select the ad category Use the pbs classifiedsfields to list all categories for the ad class E lt select name Type style width 330px gt lt pbs classifiedsfields field Category optionlist 1 any 1 class 0 gt i lt select gt Classifieds setup Before you can start using the Classifieds Module you must set it up Publicus ini file In SAXOTECH Online there are three possible levels of classification in the Classifieds engine At the top are ad classes which are broad groupings of records that share similar rules Below classes you may optionally create groups of categories Categories are the lowest level classification for records In the Publicus ini make the following settings ADCLASSES section ADCLASSES section CacheClassifieds Categories Category values correspond to your Classified system s categories Your categories must be imported into the system by a database administrator Customers Customer meta data for example advertiser s addre
344. gt A forthrunning number lt NoOfSections gt Contains the maximum number of paragraphs available determined by the Sections tag parameter lt OrgSections gt Contains the number of paragraphs on the original story when updating it otherwise 0 lt HasContent gt Determines whether the paragraphs contains an image 1 or not 0 In addition if updating a story the following variables are available lt Body gt Contains the paragraph text lt PictureCaption gt Contains the paragraph image title lt PictureByline gt Contains the paragraph image byline lt PictureSummary gt Contains the paragraph image text lt PictureUrl gt Contains the URL to the paragraph image UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the category list part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object files UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pbo and UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryList pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ltems gt Contains the available categories formatted using UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo lt Count gt Contains the amount of categories available UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the category part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object files UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryListltem pbo and UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategory
345. gt Contains a link to the logo defined in External Links in the edit interface lt Name gt Contains the name of the external site lt QualityRating gt Contains the quality rating From version 6 2 0 ArticleLinks pbo Used when you have links to external sites in the story lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Linkltems gt This field outputs all the links 148 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleLocation pbo Controls output of the dateline lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Location gt This field contains the dateline ArticleModified pbo This object file is only used when you use Useobject lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt IlSOModifiedDate gt Contains the publication date in ISO format lt ModifiedDate gt The publication date ArticleMultiMedia pbo The fallback file used if you have not created an object file for the media type Because different file types are managed differently it is nearly impossible to write a general object file for all media types This file should tell the user that the support file for the media format is not installed on the server lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used ArticleMultiMediaExtension pbo ArticleMultiMedia Extension pbo Used for embedded multimedia objects A A eae Soran E eae ec eae eee is replaced by the media type extension See the example section for th
346. gt The banner s file name lt Height gt The height of the banner lt Width gt The width of the banner Example code lt OBJECT classid cl1sid D27CDB6E AE6D 11cf 96B8 444553540000 codebase http download macromedia com pub shockwave cabs flash swflash cab version 5 0 0 0 WIDTH lt Width gt HEIGHT lt Height gt gt lt PARAM NAME movie VALUE lt Filename gt clickTAG lt clickTAGS j gt gt lt PARAM NAME quality VALUE high gt lt PARAM NAME bgcolor VALUE FFFFFF gt lt EMBED src lt Filename gt clickTAG lt clickTAG j gt quality high bgcolor FFFFFF WIDTH lt width gt HEIGHT lt Height gt TYPE application x shockwave flash PLUGINSPAGE http www macromedia com shockwave download index cgi P1_Prod_Version ShockwaveFlash gt i lt EMBED gt lt OBJECT gt l LayerAdSpot pbo This file contains the same fields as Adspot pbo SAXOTECH Online ads on other sites The following code is placed at the position where the ad will be shown lt nolayer gt i snip i lt ILAYER gt tag lt LAYER gt i snip i lt LAYER gt i Adspot The example code displays the ad SKYSCRAPERO2 To display the ads for another ad spot you must replace SKYSCRAPERO2 with the correct Ad spot code Height and You must replace all height and width options with their correct values width Spotname The code adspot_1 identifies the spot This code must be unique for each ad on the
347. gt The show times lt TheaterID gt The ID for the movie theater that is sent in the feed to the TVMV database MVScheduleTheaterFooter pbo lt ltems gt Outputs all the movie items MVScheduleTheaterHeader pbo lt Address gt The address lt City gt The city name lt Phone gt The phone number lt State gt The state lt TheaterName gt The name of the movie theater lt ZipCode gt The zip code Search form for movie guide The form is set up like this lt form name moviesearchform action lt pbs prog gt section Category MV method POST gt Fields and buttons go here i lt form gt i You must set the category in the action field to the category in which the movie listing will be displayed Fields and buttons 409 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Date field Used to select the date for which movie listings will be shown Use the Getoptions tag to get a list of dates currently in the database lt select name Date gt lt select gt Radius A oC lt input name Radius value lt pbs Radius gt gt Search A A E RS button i i lt input type button value Go onclick javascript DoSubmit gt A O A we aE Reson E Zipcode Used to enter the zip code for which movie listings will be shown The zipcode tag is used to extract a zip code the web guest has previously entered lt input name ZipCode value lt pbs ZipCode gt gt The JavaScripts included in the exa
348. h 250px gt E Link 1 URL 2 E lt input name Link1 type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px gt E Link 2 Used to add the description for the second link text E L E ne a a a ee ee ee eee eee ee F l lt input name Linktext2 type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px gt Link 2 Used to add another link to the event URL PE EREE EPE E EASI ITEE E NE E PEATA PEE SEAE E NA NE AETI ASE E I E AE E AE a E lt input name Link2 type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px gt E Location The location of the event lt input name Location type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px value lt pbs events_sted gt gt Mailing The mailing address for the event address A A A A A a ae eae eee ae A lt input name Mailingaddress type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px value lt pbs events_postadresse gt gt Phone The contact phone number lt input name T1f type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px value lt pbs events_tlf gt gt Photo Used to upload a photo on the event lt input name Picture type file id Picture size 26 style width 250px gt E Region Selects the region lt select name Kommune style width 250px gt lt pbs eventoptions regkommuner default 2001 gt i i lt select gt 274 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Street The address for the event address lt input name Streetaddre
349. h XXX gt E if is defined and is less than the image s actual width If the image s width is larger it outputs the actual width It can be used with the lt ImgLink gt field or in the table tag like this When you use the option like this you will get spacing around the picture table ArticlePublished pbo This object file is only used when you use Useobject lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt IlSOPublishedDate gt Contains the publication date in ISO format lt PublishedDate gt Contains the publication date ArticleSummary pbo Controls output of the story summary lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Location gt Outputs the content of the location field lt Summary gt Outputs the content of the summary field InvalidArticle pbo If a web guest links to a story that no longer exists she will get see error message Invalid article key You can override this so that the web guest will see a more understandable error message lt Message gt The message from the system lt StoryCategory gt The category in which the story is placed lt StoryDate gt The story s date lt StoryID gt The story s ID lt StorySite gt The site on which the story is published Tips pbo and articles For information about the integrated tip form see the section pbs article tiplink WAPArticle pbo This object file is triggered when the pbs article WAP option is use
350. hapter 31 Omniture SAXOTECH Online web site statistics information is provided through a web analytics engine called SiteCatalyst powered by Omniture e pbs omniturecode e URL action e Setup Omniture pbs omniturecode lt pbs omniturecode gt In order for Omniture to gather website statistics it must find Omniture JavaScript on the pages it should analyse If you would like to determine on which pages and where on the pages to insert Omniture JavaScript you should use the Omniture tag pbs omniturecode Checks will be made to ensure that the code will only be inserted once per page at the bottom of the page URL action In order to exclude Omniture JavaScript from the response of certain actions you can add somniture 0 to the URL This will work for all responses of actions into which the Omniture JavaScript is normally inserted In order to exclude Omniture JavaScript from the response of the story and section actions you can add mime xm1 to the URL For example this can be used if NITF Stories or RSS feeds are requested Setup Omniture To use this tag the following settings must be made in the Publicus ini file in the OMNITURE section OMNITURE i UseOmnitureTag 1 SuiteID saxotechcom BuildHierarchy 0 CookieDomainPeriods 2 The UseOmnitureTag 1 setting disables the automatic insertion of the Omniture JavaScript Instead it inserts Omniture JavaScript wherever an Omniture tag is found in the templates Please
351. have been tagged with the same keywords or theme using the links tag lt pbs links usetheme 1 gt The tag is documented here pbs links Object files The object file is described in the section ArticleLinks pbo pbs articlemultimedia lt pbs articlemultimedia gt This tag is used to output the code needed to show streamed media embedded in a pop up window This function is used when you turn off direct download on a linked asset This function uses the template ArticleMultiMediaPopup pbs The popup link in the object file ArticleMultiMediaListltem pbo links to it 130 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag uses ArticleMultiMediaExtension pbo which is also used for the embedded streamed media This tag does not have any options pbs photogallery links lt pbs photogallery links gt Used to show Gallery links This tag outputs the same information as GalleryConncetionltems in the Article pbo Object file The object file is described in the section GalleryConncetionltems pbs keywordlinks lt pbs keywordlinks gt Options Antall This option works the same way as Count on the Sectionfront tag Please see Count Visref This option works the same way as Leadin on the Article tag Please see Leadin e KeywordLinkltem pbo e KeywordLinks pbo KeywordLinkltem pbo The tag will use this object file if it exists This file is used to build each item in the listing lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt Dat
352. he end of line Matches a character set Matches any characters between brackets Matches a negative character set Matches any characters NOT between brackets Used for creating OR statements Brackets an expression to use in the replace command A regular expression may have up to 9 tagged expressions numbered according to their order in the regular expression Marks the next character as a special character w matches the character w w matches any character The opposite is also true matches the end of the line matches the dollar sign Matches one alphanumeric character Matches any non alphanumeric character Matches one digit Matches a tabulator Matches carriage return Matches new line Matches any white space character For example space tabulator carriage return and new line SAXOTECH Online uses the equal sign as a separator If you want to search for you must use the code x3D for Quotation marks must doubled like this OO because the first one signifies that the next character is a special character r triggers the use of regular expressions lt Body r Bob Robert gt The options case insensitive and greedy are turned on by default You can turn these functions off by writing i and g at the beginning of the expression The following variables are available 0 contains the whole matching string 1 2 etc will contain the parts if the expression is split up with parenthesis
353. he export job will place the photo albums in a subfolder to the root path named lt category gt lt date gt lt PhotoalbumID gt is the category of the photo gallery is the date of the photo gallery is the ID of the album 373 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt site gt is the site code of the site If the lt PhotoalbumID gt folder already exists it will be emptied before the exported files are copied to it The images are exported as JPG files and meta data is stored in an XML file named where lt category gt is the category of the photo gallery lt date gt is the date of the photo gallery lt PhotoalbumiD gt is the ID of the album lt Photold gt is the priority of the image lt site gt is the site code of the site The format of the XML file can be controlled by templates Object files The following object files are used for photo album export e ExpPhotoAlbums pbo optional ExpPhotoAlbum pbo e ExpPhotoAlbumltem pbo The export object files are part of the default edit templates however it is also possible to add user defined object files These object files must be prefixed with a name name_ For example e CCE ExpPhotoAlbums pbo optional e CCE ExpPhotoAlbum pbo e CCE ExpPhotoAlbumitem pbo Using the mentioned syntax it is possible to have multiple sets of templates for exporting photo albums Upon export users determine which templates to use through the Template set drop down in the Photo alb
354. he logged on user s avatar The body text of the current message This field has a value of 1 if the user has a user level above 1 A link to an action that will cause the top message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished A link to an action that will cause the current message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished The group name for this message This field has a value of 1 if editing an existing message The link to the page for editing the current message The logged on user s email address When extended login is used this is the user s email address When extended login is used this is the user s first name When extended login is used this is the user s surname The logged on user s first name 283 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt FromUrl gt lt GroupID gt lt GroupLink gt lt GroupOptions gt lt HasNew gt lt HotThread gt lt lmages gt lt InReplyTo gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsModerated gt lt lsModerator gt lt IsMsgLocked gt lt lsNew gt lt lSOCreated gt lt ISOLastMessageDate gt lt lSOPublished gt lt lsSticky gt lt LastMessageDate gt lt LastName gt lt Link gt lt MessagelD gt lt Name gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt NickName gt lt PostMessageLink gt lt PreviewBody gt
355. he posted information will be saved lt form method POST Action lt Spbcs d11 gt forumoptions Category lt Category gt amp SavePreferences gt Lastname Captures the user s last name lt input type text name LastName value lt LastName gt gt Nickname Captures a nickname The nickname is displayed instead of the user s real name in the forum listing lt input type text name NickName value lt NickName gt gt Signature Captures the signature It will be attached to every posting lt textarea name Pref_Signature rows 6 cols 45 gt lt Signatures gt lt textarea gt Output fields lt Author gt The currently logged in user s nickname If there is no nickname the first name followed by the last name lt AvatarLink gt The currently logged in user s avatar image link lt Category gt The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the object s directory lt EMail gt The currently logged in user s email address lt FirstName gt The currently logged in user s first name lt lsModerator gt This is set to 1 if the currently logged in user is a moderator 287 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt LastName gt The currently logged in user s last name lt Name gt The currently logged in user s first name followed by the last name lt NickName gt The currently logged in user s nickname ForumPreferencesSaved pbo lt Author gt The currently logg
356. he presence of the macro in the rewritten result is used to determine whether the rewrite is complete or not If present the macro will be expanded and the result used If not the result will be looked up in the database Complete rewrites are much faster than partial rewrites Examples ALTASREWRITE sports local cgi bin sect Name x3DLOCALNEWS amp Z local cgi bin sect Name x3D amp Z section Category 1 sections section category 1 business section Category business The first example is a partial rewrite and the local value will be translated as a normal alias The second line is a complete rewrite e Notice that substitution is supported so subexpression matches can be used on the right hand side Notice the use of x3D instead of hex 3D on the left hand side This is due to the way parameters are read from the ini file the first equal sign separates the name and the value portion of the pair Processing of the rewrite rules stops as soon as a match is found so the most frequently used rewrite rules should be put towards the top of the section ARTSUBCLASS section The artsubclass section defines the subclasses that should be available for the story It is set up the same way as the FRONTPAGESUBCLASS section ARTSUBCLASS a Breaking news b Major event CACHE section These settings control the caching on the website The section has the heading CACHE Article_Cachetime
357. he printer friendly version is made for users that would like to print a CCE object The template should contain very few graphic elements and design Options Class Determines which class of CCE objects the tags will show Date The CCE object s publication date Datefields Determines which of the fields in the database contain the date information Dateformat Sets the date format which is to be used when the system displays the objects Fields A list of extra custom fields that should be shown ID The CCE object s ID Module Sets the module used by the tag The component s short name is used to look up the templates This option is required Example There is a Weather Data module with ID 4 and the short name weather lt pbs ccedetails module 4 class 41 date 20051101 type CAT1001 id 23533221 gt 229 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Related Pulls data from the related table in the database This is typically customer information If the related field is called CUSTOMER you can use this option If you use this option the object file CCE_ShortModuleNameRelated pbo is used to show the related information Type The CCE object s type CCE_ModuleShortNameDetails pbo All fields in CCE_ModuleShortNameltem pbo are also available lt Category gt This field can be used instead of lt Type gt lt Category01 09 gt The lt Category01 09 gt fields can be used instead of lt Type01 09 gt lt Categoryname gt This
358. he registered user s criteria It is only necessary to use this tag if you decide not to use SAXOTECH Online s built in user verification engine If you do use this tag you should place it only on the first page being displayed after a user has been successfully logged in For more information please see the OAMS chapter in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual pbs extra_income Edit user information This function allows the user to change White Pages information This tag is an example of how to output custom user information from the system In this case the information is user income These tags will start with Oextra_O followed by the field name of the desired information This tag is used on the Edit Form To let the user update her information you must add amp ForceUserReg 1 amp Edit 1 to the link that takes her to the White Pages page The link should look like this A A e e e e e Templates The logon form uses the template gen_userregedit pbs The edit template is called gen_userregeditform pbs The input fields are the same as used in the registration form Logon form This line sets up the form poses e A a A E A A E E Fields Edit Hidden field Sets the next page to be the edit form E A e O Scan we adeewae be E AE Email field Captures the e mail address lt input type Text name email value lt pbs ureg_email gt size 30 maxlength 40 gt 343 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Password Captures the pa
359. he second parameter can be left out if the script has a vbs extension or by adding the file extension to the name For example lt currentdomain S myScript gt will call the script myScript vbs Both lt currentdomain S myScript JScript gt and lt currentdomain S myScript js gt will call the script myScript js The script must be places in the scripts folder of the templates directory The name and value of the variable the script is executed on in the previous example this is currentdomain is avaliable through SOSE GetVar _Variable and SOSE GetVar _VariableValue VarName The name of the variable Formatting numbers This function is used to format numbers output by the system You can select the desired number of decimals separators and so on The function is triggered by f like this EEEE E E E A E E AEE E NA Ti A A o e ct ur Hh Se a o e jo vV The following table shows how the format affects different values Format 0 0 00 HHH 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Zero 1234 1234 0 5 0 1234 1234 1 0 1234 00 1234 00 0 50 0 00 1234 1234 5 1 234 00 1 234 00 0 50 0 00 1 234 00 1 234 00 0 50 0 00 1 234 00 1 234 00 0 50 Zero 106 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual 0 000E 00 1 234E 03 1 234 00E 03 5 000E 01 0 000E 00 HHE 0 1 234E3 1 234E3 5E 1 0E0 Example A A A A a a The system will output the correct thousand and decimal separator based on the local setti
360. he subscriber to choose between HTML and plain text newsletters HTML mail RedirectURL This hidden field is used to set the page to which the subscriber will be directed after the form is processed i lt input type hidden name RedirectUrl value i lt pbcs dl11 gt misc url mal NewsLetterMailSent pbs gt i Remove This hidden field is used to control whether the web guest is subscribing or unsubscribing This field is filled in by the JavaScript Subject This hidden field is used to set the subject of the e mail This field is filled in by the JavaScript Setup newsletters Newsletter ini file The file that controls the newsletter is called newsletter ini This file must be placed in the objects folder The file has the following sections 386 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SETTINGS This is the header for the Settings section e CharSet Sets the character set of the email It is set like this Q y w K uv 10 ct Il js n o l co co a wo l H l Language DEN Danish i Language SWE Swedish Language GER German e ReplyTo Sets the reply to address for the e mail The option is used like this ReplyTo sendereditor tahoe com Sender Sets which email address the newsletter is sent from The option is used like this SYSTEM This is the header for System section It must be present e Antall Sets the maximum number of stories sent from a single category e DateFormat Sets the date forma
361. he way an OAMS ad is called The available variables are the same as for the newsl ad tag described above lt AdLabel gt The OAMS ad label if applicable lt Categoryk gt The category lt IDN gt The spot identifier lt NoLink gt Determines whether the link is included lt Pageld gt The Page ID lt Profile gt The profile if applicable lt Server gt A reference to the OAMS server lt Site gt The site lt Spot gt The spot lt SubLabel gt The sublabel if applicable lt Subsite gt The subsite NewsletterSniff txt lt lsFirstltem gt _ Is 1 when processing the first sniff item lt Leadin gt The leadin for the story To avoid the e mail server destroying the e mail you should add an extra space after each period This example also shows how you can crop your leadin to a maximum of 300 characters OURS MORRO A sede o o E E A anes E E PA A AAA lt Link gt The link to the story lt SniffMatch gt The Sniff word matched for the story lt Title gt The title of the story 383 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Predefined lt newsl ad gt variables If nlsort is not set the variables AdCategory and AdProfile will be set corresponding to NewsLetterHTMLCategory txt pbs Newslad lt newsl ad gt It is possible to put OAMS ads into newsletters using newsl ad tags in the HTML versions of the templates For many of the variables default values can be defined in the news
362. he week lt lSODate gt The date in ISO format It can be used like this lt LastinWeek gt This field has the value 1 if the day is the last in the week lt NotinMonth gt This field has the value 1 if the day is not in the current month lt Today gt This field has the value 1 if it is today s date CalendarWeekltem pbo lt CurrentWeek gt This field has the value 1 if it is the current week lt Dateltems gt Lists all the days in the week lt WeekNumber gt Contains the week number pbs category lt pbs category gt This tag outputs the name of the main category for the section category currently being viewed Options Category Makes the tag output the story s category Main Makes the tag output the name of the main category when viewing a subcategory Section Makes the tag output the section category instead of the story s category The section category is inherited from the section front on which the story is displayed If the section category is blank this option has no effect By using the tag as follows TT E you will get the name of the maincategory for the sectioncat you are viewing pbs categorydescription lt pbs categorydescription gt This tag outputs the category description or information The description is stored in the database Without options the category description field is output Options Category Makes the tag output the category Info By default this option is no
363. heck if the variable is odd Advanced value test You can also compare the numerical value of two variables This expands on the basic test that compares the variable to a number When you use this function the second variable must be enclosed in hash signs The test must be placed inside curly brackets Example 1 In this example the last changed date is only output if the story has been modified after it was written You must use the ISO versions of the variables when you define a date test Published lt PublishedDate gt s ISOModifiedDate gt ISOPublishedDate Last changed lt ModifiedDate s gt Example 2 In this example the position of the picture is adjusted depending on whether the picture is higher than it is wide If the photo is wider than it is high the photo will be aligned left If the photo is higher than it is wide it will be aligned right The photo will also be scaled to a maximum width of 200 pixels or a maximum height of 300 pixels This function is built into the image function Multiple tests It is also possible to perform multiple tests to determine if the code should be output This function uses an ampersand amp for AND It uses a pipe for OR amp has a higher priority than Example In this example the font size will be set to 4 if one of the following statements is true e The category is Internet and ImageLink contains a value not blank e The category is News 104 SAXOTECH
364. height of the info window in pixels For example H 5 Eh o fa 5 Sg D p Q El co I D o T H Eh o H B Q o o gt 10 pP Q D t Il the JavaScript window will not be auto created 275 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Infowinwidth Determines the width of the info window in pixels For example Objectclass Sets the object class Pagelimit Limits the number of events shown per page This option should only be used on locked lists of events If you show multiple days and have the Pagelimit option set the navigation becomes illogical By default all events matching the criteria are shown Enter pagelimit X i to show only events per page The link to the next and previous pages will change to say next and previous X hits Showdate Enables date headers in the events list This option can only be used if Datesort is enabled This option is turned off by default Enter to show date headers Todaydate Disables the output of the date for events that happen today By default the date header for today s events is enabled Enter peeeteceuacscunesceeescesacsceseseeess AA E E E as ceuececuasssesesceenssee aes ceee crue sscete sess eeesssceueseeeesaueeoocey to disable the date header for today s events ShowMorelnfo Retrieving a list of events would generate a javascript function that was used in the lt InfoLink gt Url Now the lt pbs eventlist gt tag has a parameter that dictates if the variable and
365. hest By default quality is set to 60 Sortorder By default the images are output with the oldest image first By adding the sort option the images are sorted with the newest image first Today Determines that the gallery should be built from today s pictures This option cannot be used with the Group option The date for which the gallery is shown can be controlled by adding PUSIERA Iris Sro arcos coc soc sortea SER to the URL This option will only output the main photo from a story The photo must be in JPEG format Imageltem pbo lt articleparams gt The necessary information to link back to the story from which the picture was taken This function only works with the Today option The field is used like this S ArticleParams lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt article lt articleparams gt gt Read story amp raquo lt a gt lt Byline gt The photo credit lt Caption gt The caption for the picture lt lmagePath gt The path used in the a E E SASEA a ee a a ANEN SEE NNA ee ee ee ne ee eee tag lt Title gt The title of the picture lt StoryTitle gt The title of the story Only available when using the today option From 6 2 0 379 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Zoom link The zoom link is built using multiple variables like this lt a href apps pbcs dl1 misc url misc photos_single pbs amp Category PERMGALL amp IDato lt IDato gt amp Kategori lt IKategoris gt amp ID lt IDt gt
366. hether the Keywords section will be shown on the Keywords tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Miscellaneous section will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Prio Rotate field will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Priority field will be shown on the Properties tab in the edit interface Determine whether the QwikNav section will be shown on the Keywords tab in the edit interface 64 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ShowStorySource ShowStoryStats From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 ShowStoryThemes ShowStoryType ShowSuperHeading ShowSuperHeading ShowSuperHeading ShowTitlelnTop StoryStatsinterval From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 UseHTMLEditor UsePublishControl Determine whether the Source drop down will be shown on the Propertied tab in the edit interface Determines whether the story stats box is to be displayed 1 or not 0 Default is not to display the box 0 Determine whether the Themes section will be shown on the Keywords tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Story type drop down will be shown on the Propertied tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Summary field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the Subtitle field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface Determine whether the field will be shown on the Edit tab in the edit interface When
367. hich the links should be retrieved This number is shown by the category name in the editing interface Objectclass Determines which object class is used Region Determines the region from which the links should be retrieved This number is shown by the region name in the editing interface Sort By entering Sort 1 the entries will be sorted by the Sortcode If the Last or Top parameters have been specified Sortcode will be the secondary sort field instead of the primary one Subcategory Determines the subcategory from which the links should be retrieved This number is shown by the subcategory name in the editing interface Subregion Determines the subregion from which the links should be retrieved This number is shown by the subregion name in the editing interface 239 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Top Shows the links with the highest ratings Entering will result in the 10 highest rated links being shown Usekeywords Used to show links with the same keywords as the story being viewed This option can only be used on the article template By default this option is not used Enter EREE SSE ANAE EAE cece ec cace swe E INE E E NE au seas eet eae een ence cee ese ea A D E E E AN see sees ean Sea eee oe TE E EN to use keywords for link selection Useobjects Determines whether object files are used By default object files are not used To enable the use of object files add A Sareea eter ae wee eat ean N ean N E S to the ta
368. his function will put every line output inside lt p gt lt p gt Greedy has been turned off so each line is wrapped instead of the whole body field Substring match This function can be used for checking if a field contains a text string and outputting the text Order print if it does lt photo r staff 1 V sh_staffphoto gt s sh_staffphoto 1 Order prints The function sets a flag if the text staff is in the photo credit field There is then a test to see if the flag is set to output the text A temporary variable is used for this Please see Writing new variables below for more information on temporary variables Extended replace Extended replace is another replace function The difference between regular expressions and extended replace are subtle The big difference is that the extended replace function can use variables inside the expression Syntax x triggers the use of regular expressions A ole w O eN lt Eos x O Q H 10 X pa za 0 fe o K pad bs 0 o Pa w A 10 j Ed w Q a ole Vv The Replace flags parameter is optional Replace flags Replace flags are used to control how the replace function should behave The flags are switched on using and off using using in the text string written as the third parameter in the command Every flag must have either a or specified immediately after the flag itself For example A ole w O a K Ur x o p
369. his line is used to set up up the form The action for the form must be lt sSaveAction gt lt form action lt SaveAction gt method post gt H Fields Birthday a re A A CeO es PO oP RETO gt f lt input type text name Birthday size 30 gt Captures the birthday A Hell E E E A A l lt input type text name Custom1 size 30 gt a aren ae See a eee ee ee ee ee eee d Captures the first custom field This field can be used for whatever extra information you want to capture Custom field 2 aaa0v000 00000000000 nn ene E lt input type text name Custom2 size 30 gt Captures the second custom field This field can be used for whatever extra information you want to capture E mail address A A E A ES l lt input type text name Email size 30 gt AAA INNRINET AA IMA E j Captures the e mail address 313 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Name Phone Question Title A a a a e e A lt input type text name Phone size 30 gt A aaa aa a aa This field is used for the title This hidden field is used by the system to manage the questions lt textarea name Question cols 49 rows 5 gt lt textarea gt E SS SS e E E E E E EE This field sets the page to which the web guest is sent after submitting the question You can make this any page The field lt NetGuestLink gt contains the link back to the main Net Guest page a A T AAA A E A E E EA E E A AA E A A AAA Chapter 23 User Generated Content
370. hod as the lt pbs macro gt tag 425 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The S modifier can be used on variables in any object file that is in the SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This modifier is used to call a script Note that you cannot use memory banks when using the S modifier The SAXOTECH Online object is used to communicate with Online from inside the script For the complete list of properties and methods available for the SAXOTECH Online object please see the SAXOTECH Online Scripting Technical User Manual pbs sessioninfo lt pbs sessioninfo gt It is possible to control access to stories and photo galleries Use Access Control to give or limit access to certain stories For more information on Access Control please see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual To set up Access Control in the ini file please see AccessControl Access Control uses the template gen_art_extlogin pbs This functionality uses either the lt pbs sessioninfo gt tag or the lt pbs sessioninfo gt tag You can one of these tags on a login page to retrieve information from the session object Always use lt pbs sessioninfo gt when using full page caching to avoid registered user information being cached in the cache file and presented to other users The tag takes no parameters Use the Create a SessionInfo pbo file located in the objects folder and containing these variables lt sLoginName gt lt FirstName gt lt LastName gt lt EmailAdr gt Arti
371. hod post gt i Place fields here i lt form gt 263 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Hidden fields The following hidden fields must be present in the form and not changed lt input type hidden name max value lt S NumberO0fQuestions gt gt lt input type hidden name quest value 1 gt lt input type hidden name chart value 0 gt lt input type hidden name id value lt ID gt gt lt sAnswers gt Required fields Use the following hidden field to specify which fields must be completed lt input type hidden name requiredfields value name address1l city state zip gt You can make all fields required User information fields The following fields can be used to get information about the user name Title gt name Name gt name Address1 gt name Address2 gt name City gt lt input lt input ype tex ype tex lt input type tex lt input type tex lt input type tex tod name State size 2 gt name Zip size 5 gt name Age gt name Birthdate gt name Email gt lt input type tex lt input type tex lt input type tex lt input type tex lt input type tex lt input type text name Phonel gt lt input type text name Phone2 gt lt input type text name Cellphone gt lt select name Sex gt te e e e ee e e e e et The last field should be a selection box MultiPageQuestWrongAnswer pbo This version of the contest uses the same object files as th
372. i Fields go here l Submit button i 1 lt form gt H Templates The form can be put on all pages The example template is called XSendMail_ovr pbs Fields You can create any fields you like as long as they do not have the same names as any of the hidden fields Hidden fields These fields are put in the form as hidden fields Body This is a text field that is put in the e mail By default this field has no value To use this field enter a value similar to the following 431 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual File Allows web guest to select a local file to be sent with the form From Hides the sender address By default the setting in the server wide XSendMail ini is used Enter the following to hide address the sender s address lt input type hidden name from value server website com gt E From name Hides the sender name By default the setting in the server wide XSendMail ini is used Enter the following to hide the sender s name Hide recipient Disables the output of the recipientOs e mail address in the e mail sent to the person filling in the form By default the e mail address is shown Enter the following to suppress the recipient s address Language Sets the language for the e mail and system messages It is typically used like this By default the language is Norwegian Other languages available use the following values NOR Norwegian SWE Swedish ENG English DAN Danish No HTML Used to disable HTM
373. iables as the non story version documented in the chapter pbs photogallery thumbnails ArticlePicture pbo Used to display the pictures on the story You can also use numbering in the file name to determine which pictures will use the file The file ArticlePicture_0 pbo will only be used for the main picture ArticlePicture_1 pbo will be used for the picture on the first paragraph ArticlePicture_2 pbo for the second paragraph and so on ArticlePicture pbo is used for all pictures that do not have their own template If you have integration with QPS you might get pictures that contain only the caption and not the picture itself These images have the size 1 by 1 pixels You can use object script to check that the size is larger than 1 to avoid outputting just the caption lt Align gt This field contains the value from the editing interface for aligning the picture left or right For the main picture it uses the value from the PictureAlign option in the article tag It is usually used like this in the table that wraps the picture 151 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt AltText gt Outputs the information from the image Alt text field lt Caption gt The caption for the picture lt CaptionTitle gt The title for the picture lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt Height gt Works like lt width gt for height lt lmgKeyParams gt _ Contains the key parameters for the picture These parameters are used wh
374. ible to associate a single sale id toa story in the editing interface This is used for Access Control lt Site gt Contains the site code lt Summary gt Outputs the summary for the story It uses the file ArticleSummary pbo lt Theme gt Contains the story theme lt ThemeLinks gt Outputs the links to other stories that have the same theme To control the number of stories listed use the count option like this Please see pbs themelinks for more information lt ThumbnailGallery gt Displays the first photo gallery attached to the story as thumbnails This tag supports the option for setting columns rows and object class like this The field uses the files ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo and ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnailltems pbo These files have the same variables as the non story versions documented in pbs photogallery thumbnails lt TipLink gt Contains the link to the tip form For more information please see Tip functions lt Tips gt Outputs the integrated tip form For more information please see Tip functions lt TotalNoofVotes gt Contains the total number of votes on the story From version 6 4 0 lt GeoDataltems gt Output the geo data locations on a map attached to the story For more information please see ArticleGeoDataltems pbo and ArticleGeoDataltem pbo ArticleByline pbo The byline file operates in different modes depending on category settings whether or not the person is found in the
375. icleParagraph pbo This option sets the font size that will be used for the title By default the size is 4 e ArticleGeoDataltem pbo e ArticleGeoDataltems pbo 129 This will output in the following SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleConnectionltem pbo lt Date gt The publication date for the story lt Heading gt The heading for the linked story lt Leadin gt Outputs the summary if the leadin is larger than 0 To ensure that the leadin is larger than 0 use ShowRef lt Link gt The address of the connected story lt TeaserUrl gt The External URL of a teaser link if available From 6 3 0sr12 pbs articlefield lt pbs articlefield gt If your story interface is set up with extra fields like a quote or a slug it is possible to extract these fields on the article template Which fields you have available will vary depending on your site setup This tag can be used on all article templates Options Field The field option is used for extracting the field It is used like this Where xxx is the name of the field Extra fields can also be shown in the article object files using Field_XXX pbs articledate lt pbs articledate gt This tag outputs the date the story was published Options Dateformat This option s parameters are described in Formatting dates pbs artikkel urls lt pbs artikkel urls gt This tag outputs the same information as Links in the Article pbo You can also show links that
376. icon in the stories list to show if a story have a tea image If n F o z A 10 D a 10 K H 3 Q D H Q o 5 a 5 Y co lo K H 10 a E ay a pel ll p is enabled a small T icon will be shown next to the numbers of pictures attached tc story for stories with a teaser image Optional Shortens the summary to a complete sentence instead of outputting you reach the character limit The option is set like this n 3 w 3 a H p Q 5 0 n li po n cf 10 Q o Mo Il N will make the location field available in the first paragraph 48 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual StripInvalidURLInput TemplatePath ThinClientEditor TitlelsEditLink URLrewrite Governs the filtering away the following strings from URI s after they have been de script embed applet object to eliminate the risk of cross site scripting attacks If the strings will be filtered The default is 0 Optional Sets the folder for your templates The default is the folder templateswill be used instead Used to enable the Thin Client Editor TCE for exporting articles to SAXOTECH E The option is enabled like this dada ici rs oasis ise pocitos See also SaxoSync for automatic export of articles To determine that the story title in the stories list is an edit link instead of a preview enter The default is 1 Determines that SAXOTECH Online should write all links in the short form underst
377. ie events Agenda2 People events Subject 3 The Events class AGENDA section Under the heading AGENDA you define the properties for the agenda Guidelink Optional Enables links between a guide item and an event When this option is used you must also add the events field definition below por A A A A A A A A HideSub Subjects Optional Disables sub subjects The option is set like this HideSub Subjects 1 Images Optional Enables images in the main listing The option is set like this Images 1 Sites Optional Determines the site code from which events should be retrieved The option is set like this PEE E A A epee aaseee oa eeecca seers see eceu ean Seen ee ee as see EE E eset Saas e ease ee ee eas 85 sites or 255 characters is the maximum number of sites that can be used 19 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual TextLimit Optional Determines whether or not there is a limit on the text length on an event Enabling this option limits events to 255 characters The option is set like this TextLimit 0 By default TextLimit is enabled ALIASREWRITE section Aliases created in the database cannot include wildcards for performance reasons However you can perform a regexp rewrite of the URL before the alias is interpreted The rewrite rules are placed in the ALIASREWRITE section This rewrite can be either partial it will be translated as alias after the rewrite or complete the URL will be used as defined in the rewrite T
378. ield to be used lt Attachments gt lt AttachmentsNotlmage gt lt Author gt lt Body gt lt Category gt lt DeleteMessageLink gt lt DeleteReplyLink gt lt EditMessageLink gt lt Email gt Lists file attachments Please see ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo The number of non image attachments associated with this message This is the same as lt Attachments gt minus lt lmages gt The name of the person who wrote the message The body text of the current message The template category that is used to resolve the correct pbo files in the object s directory A link to an action that will cause the top message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished A link to an action that will cause the current message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished The link to the page for editing the current message The email address of the message author 293 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt GroupLink gt lt HasNew gt lt HotThread gt lt lmages gt lt Indent gt lt IsGrpLocked gt lt IsMsgLocked gt lt lsNew gt lt IlSOCreated gt lt ISOLastMessageDate gt lt lSOPublished gt lt lsSticky gt lt LastMessageDate gt lt Link gt lt MessagelD gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt Published gt l
379. ies lt items gt Outputs the subcategories DirectorySubcategoryListltem pbo lt CompanySubCategory gt Contains the name of the subcategory lt params gt Contains the parameters needed to display the detail category This field is used in the link like this lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt section Category YP3 amp params lt params gt gt Link lt a gt Chapter 18 Guides Guides are functions that let you build a cross between the yellow pages and the links database It is also possible to add additional fields The tag for listing the guide categories can be placed on all pages The template used for listing the entries for the categories is called gen_guide pbs e Guides free text search e SearchResultGuide pbo e SearchResultGuideltem pbo e pbs ptguides e GuideSubcatltem pbo e pbs ptguidesearchitem e GuideSearchltem pbo e GuideSearchltemExtraltem pbo e pbs ptguidesearchlist e GuideBusinessHours pbo e GuideSearchList pbo GuideSearchListHeader pbo 245 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e GuideSearchListltem pbo e pbs ptguidesearchoptions e GuideSearchOptionsltem pbo e GuideSearchOptionsRow pbo e Guide search form Guides free text search This section covers free text search for the guides Template This search form can be placed on all pages Form code This line sets up the search form i lt form action search i i Type guide i amp category guide method post gt in the tag The c
380. ies with the word Gothenburg or the word Sweden This option is used to group searches vacation Holland or Netherlands 195 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This search will return all stories where the words vacation and Holland or the words vacation and Netherlands appear Used to search for partial words Usage The search for will return stories with the words foot football and other words starting with foo Chapter 12 Classifieds The Classifieds tags are used to display classified ads e Ad inserts e Ad inserts using pbs classifieds e Ads in stories e As a banner ad e Importing ad inserts e Classifieds data retrieval tags e pbs classifieddetails e ClassifiedDetails pbo e ClassifiedPrintDetails pbo e ClassifiedsRelated pbo e pbs classifiedsfields e ClassifiedFieldsXXX pbo e ClassifiedFieldsXXXltem pbo e ClassifiedFieldsXXXRow pbo Classifieds pbs LastUpdate Classifieds search form Classifieds setup pbs classifieds e Classifieds pbo e ClassifiedsGroupHeader pbo e Classifiedsltem pbo Ad inserts Ad inserts allow you to display a classified ad as if it were a banner ad Setup Setup of ad inserts has three steps e You must define the ad insert server in the Publicus ini You must add the following line to the GENERAL section A a NS SA I A A a a ee R On the ad server you must create these folders adinserts adinserts objects You must create the file config ini in the adinserts folde
381. if the program is Closed Captioned lt ChannellD gt The channel ID This information is used to link to the details page for the program lt ProgramiD gt The program ID This information is used to link to the details page for the program lt ProgramType gt Sets the correct code for the style sheet 405 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Rating gt The program s rating lt SchedID gt The schedule ID This information is used to link to the details page for the program lt Span gt Sets the width of the cell lt Title gt The title of the program lt TooShort gt Contains a value if the cell is too short to show the program information Chapter 36 Movie Guide Movie Guide is a module that allows you to show information about cinemas in your region This is not the same as the Cinema Module which is based on the events calendar and in which theaters must enter the information themselves This movie guide requires that you have an information feed from a content provider e Link to own reviews e pbs mv_movieinfo e MVMovielnfo pbo e MVMovielnfolmageltem pbo e MVMovielnfolmageRow pbo e MVMovielnfoReviewltem pbo e pbs mv_schedule e MVSchedule pbo MVScheduleChainFooter pbo MVScheduleChainHeader pbo MVScheduleMovieltem pbo MVScheduleTheaterFooter pbo e MVScheduleTheaterHeader pbo e Search form for movie guide Link to own reviews To attach your own reviews use the variable in the keyword portion of
382. ign QwikNav words to aliases in the Alias database This tag has no options e QwikNavSearchForm pbo QwikNavSearchForm pbo lt Action gt Contains the action for the form ErrorUrl Used to set the error URL which is used when the QwikNav search word does not exist QwikNav Used to capture the QwikNav word The following is an example of the QwikNavSearchForm pbo 125 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt form action lt Actions gt gt i b gt QwikNav lt b gt lt br gt i input type hidden name Errorurl i alue apps pbcs dl1 misc Url templates QwikNaverror pbs gt input type text name QwikNav size 9 i tyle font family Verdana Geneva Arial Helvetica ans serif font size llpx width 80px gt amp nbsp input type submit value amp raquo tyle background color efefef border lpx solid Black font 10px Verdana gt i lt form gt DANN AS AA Chapter 8 Section Front Tags The Sectionfront tags can only be used on the Sectionfront templates These tags are used for building lists of stories In addition to the Sectionfront tags you can also use the overview tags to build lists of stories The default Sectionfront template is called gen_ovr pbs For more information on template naming please see Template names and URLs This tag is used for listing stories on sectionfronts You should use the pbs newslist tag to build sectionfronts For the category setup set the overview type
383. ikke NearTokens n r ContainsTokens indeholder 4 GroupStarts GroupEnds PhraseDelimiters SearchStringDefs ValidChars WildCards AndTokens and OrTokens or Not Tokens not NearTokens near ContainsTokens contains GroupStarts GroupEnds PhraseDelimiters Valid chars define which characters should be considered legal alphabetic characters beside the letters a to z This way it is possible to customize the search string parser to any language Non alphabetic letters should be avoided since they can destroy the functionality of the parser Wild cards are the characters that are used as wildcards in searches Since these are dependant on the search engine used they should not be altered unless it is found highly necessary The remaining tokens are operators or delimiters The general rule for defining these is that they must be a single character operator that can be used with no space such as Bush Clinton or word operators that will be delimited with spaces such as Bush and Clinton e Single character operators should not be the letters a to z or in the lists ValidChars and WildCards e Word operators should only contain the letters a to z or the letters in ValidChars An arbitrary number of operators of both types can be put in the lists as alternatives for the operators delimiters The default tokens correspond to a high degree to the old syntax of search strings One diff
384. iles UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo and UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldsltem pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType In addition field specific object files are available at Objects Live Extrafields lt FieldName gt pbo lt ID gt Contains the extra field ID lt Count gt A forthrunning number lt Name gt Contains the extra field display text lt Value gt Has the value of the extra field Only available when updating existing data 328 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryPhotoltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the gallery image of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm SubmitType ph gt lt Counter gt A forthrunning number lt NoOfSections gt Contains the maximum number of paragraphs available determined by the Sections tag parameter lt OrgSections gt Contains the number of paragraphs on the original story when updating it otherwise 0 lt HasContent gt Contains whether the paragraphs contains an image 1 or not 0 In addition if updating a gallery the following variables are available lt PictureCaption gt Contains the image title lt PictureByline gt Contains the image byline lt PictureSummary gt Contains the image text lt PictureUrl gt Contains the URL to the image UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the taxonomy words
385. ime will be the same The date the user was added to the user database This has a value of 1 if the message is a sticky message A sticky message will appear above all normal messages The date time the last message in the thread was created The nickname of the user that last posted to this thread The link to the full text message The ID for the message Lists replies to this message in a threaded style forum By including this variable you define your forum as a threaded forum The link to the page for posting a new top level message The numeric User ID The IP address of the user who posed the message The date time the message was published This value is used when the forum is moderated If moderation is not enabled creation date time and published date time will be the same Lists replies to this message in a non threaded style forum By including this variable you define your forum as a non threaded forum The link to the page for posting a reply The same as lt Link gt 292 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Signature gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeDescription gt lt ThemeLink gt lt ThreadCount gt lt Title gt lt Today gt lt ToggleLockLink gt lt UserLevel gt lt UserPostCount gt lt LoggedinUserVerified gt lt LoggedinUserLevel gt The user s signature The name of the theme in which the message is posted The theme description for this message A link to the
386. in the file must match the language specified in the tag There are errors in the following list of examples For instance when using PHP5 you should NOT specify a language instead append the extension php5 to the end of the script name specified in the tag Examples A O i lt pbs script name scriptname language VBScript gt A A ENA NAE EEE NAN EAEE eee er Tene eres Cay eee eno ee ere a 3 The system will look for the file scriptname vbs i lt pbs script name scriptname language Jscript gt Am O O AS 4 The system will look for the file scriptname js i lt pbs script name scriptname language PerlScript gt The system will look for the file scriptname pl lt pbs script name scriptname language PHPScript gt The system will look for the file scriptname php5 i lt pbs script name scriptname language ActivePHP gt e E The system will look for the file scriptname phs or scriptname php i lt pbs script name scriptname language Python gt A SO Pe a eS OE E Oe Eee aS E E eae Beene ee eee Seen aes 3 The system will look for the file scriptname py i lt pbs script name scriptname language RubyScript gt The system will look for the file scriptname rb All other languages use the extension ws for the script file Cache The tag does not support the cache time parameter You must place the tag inside a macro or an include file time Variables can be defined on the fly in the tag using the same met
387. incategory 2 type locations gt lt select gt lt br gt Close This block closes the form and shows the matching entries form Fae ea Oe DS Ee eet EE PE oY OO oS OE er Ao ES EE POE SC a lt form gt i lt pbs ptguidesearchlist count 15 gt Cuisine Used to build the category drop down It lists all the subcategories for the dining guide lt select name SubCat size 1 gt lt pbs ptguidesearchoptions maincategory 2 type subcategories gt lt select gt lt br gt 255 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Filtering This block is used to switch the filtering on the featured restaurants whther you are showing all restaurants or just the featured ones Name Review Submit lt a href javascript Extras gt View lt script gt Function Extras if document guidesearch Extra_515 value else document guidesearch Extra_515 value document guidesearch submit if lt pbs Extra_515 gt 1 document write all else document write featured lt script gt document guidesearch Extra_515 value 1 mm n myn This field line is used for free text search by the restaurant s name lt input type text name filter size 20 gt lt br gt It uses JavaScript to output different text depending on name extra_508 size 1 gt value gt A11 lt option gt value 0 gt 1 star lt option gt value 1 gt 2 stars lt option gt value 2 gt 3 value
388. ine AdvancedSearch 1 must be set The use of the advanced functionality of FAST InStream for SAXOTECH Online requires a special license lf the above setting is not made or in case both primary and backup FAST InStream servers are not responding all searches will search using SQL 33 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual NumberSearchResults In order to customize the number of results returned the following variable must be used This variable also determines the number of results in forum and image search Default is 200 SortFields A list of the fields by which you can sort search results It is possible to sort search results by multiple fields including combinations like rating pubdate or pubdate rating For example SortFields title pubdate priority rating articlenumber category news rating pubdate pubdate rating UseFast Determines whether the FAST engine should be used when searching UseSqlOnEmptyFastSearch Makes it possible to fallback to MSSQL when the result on the FAST search is empty The variable lt SearchProvider gt will contain either FAST or MSSQL strings to indicate which database performed the search To enable this add the following pao a a A A e A A The default setting is 0 When using the SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST it is possible to customize Boolean and proximity operators in search expressions This is done in the SEARCHSTRINGDEFS section FORUM section Settings for forums are defi
389. ink only to the linked stories and not from the linked story to the main story Subarticles ignores this option Includegallery This option will make the tag output links to photo galleries Object files The tag uses ArticleConnections pbo pbs article lt pbs article gt This tag outputs the whole story or parts of it depending on which options are used Using the tag like this will output the story with default formatting Some of the options on this tag block output of some elements of the story The tag supports object files The article tag is used to display stories Links to stories are automatically built by the overview tags It is also possible to access a story by linking directly to it The link will look something like this The article tag supports the use of article classes This is a method of predefining different layouts for the article tag using object files Please see Article classes The article tag also supports object files Please see Object Files to learn more about object files The article tag supports the use of object files for controlling layout You can also use different classes for the object files Please see Article classes This tag is used on article templates The general template is called gen_art pbs Printer friendly version The print version of the story is a version that does not have any graphics The print template is usually used in two different versions One with pictures and the o
390. ink pbo NewsltemGalleryConnectionltem pbo NewsltemInternalLinks pbo NewsltemKeywordLinks pbo NewsltemKeywordLinksltem pbo NewsltemMultiMediaExtension pbo NewsltemThemeLinkltem pbo NewsltemThemeLinks pbo RelStoriesltem pbo RelStoriesltems pbo e URL Parameters and overview tags e pbs related e ThemeLinkltem pbo and overview tags e ThemeLinks pbo and pbs related e pbs subcategories e SubcatSimpleLink pbo pbs agent lt pbs agent gt This tag is used for listing stories that come into the system from press agencies The tag was previously used to list the most popular stories on a site functionality that has been moved to the pbs mostread tag This is an example of what the tag could look like This tag will use object files if they exist Object files are not available when you use the Channels option in the Publicus ini 155 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArtKeys Extracts stories from the press agency NTB The option is used like this The possible keys are ARB FRI KRI KRE KUL MED NAT KUR POL REL SOS SPO ULY UTD VIT VAR OKO Filtering can be used on this tag to extract stories based on the value in a key The option is then used like this artkeys lt Classl gt lt Valuel gt lt Value2 gt lt Class2 gt lt Value3 gt lt l Font Definitions font face font family Verdana panose 1 2 11 643 5 4 4 2 4 mso font charset 0 mso generic font family swiss mso font pitch variable mso font si
391. interface lt LinkDescription gt The description of the link lt LinkID gt The ID of the link lt LinkMainCategory gt The main category for the link lt LinkRegion gt The region for the link lt LinkSubCategory gt The subcategory for the link lt LinkSubRegion gt The subregion for the link lt LinkTitle gt The title of the link lt LinkURI gt The link s URL lt LogoLink gt Contains the link to the logo defined in Story External Links in the Edit interface NewsltemExternalLinks pbo Used to show links to external objects that are linked to the story lt NewsltemExternalLinkltem gt Shows external links 178 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual NewsltemForumConnectionltem pbo Used with the field lt sSForumConnectionItems gt in NewsltemInternalLinks pbo The file uses the same fields as NewsltemConnectionltem pbo except lt IS gt fields are not available lt ObjectClass gt __If you need to use the current object class with the forum template add it to the link like this A aaa NewsltemForumGroupLink pbo Used to link directly to a story forum from the Newslist lt Link gt The link to the forum NewsltemGalleryConnectionltem pbo Used with the field lt tGalleryConnectionItems gt in NewsltemInternalLinks pbo The file uses the same fields as NewsltemConnectionltem pbo except lt IS gt fields are not available NewslteminternalLinks pbo Used to show links
392. ion has the same options as the SQL free text searching but with a more efficient SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search engine Image Search and Guided Search are only available to users of the advanced edition Guided search includes navigators In order to use navigators the following option must be included in the search action for stories forum messages or images Below you will find pbo files that must be available when including navigator Guided Search pbs searchresult_guided lt pbs searchresult gt Options NavigatorList Specifies which navigators are shown in the result set If is used all navigators will be shown SortField Sorts the result according to the field specified The default is publication date A list of possible sort fields is provided in Publicus ini Please see SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST SortDirection Determines whether the result is sorted in ascending or descending order The default is descending This example shows the result tag for a story and a forum search A e a A a A AAA A E lt pbs searchresult Showref 1 Sites DA Count 10 navigatorlist Keywords Locations sortfield articlenumber sortdirection ASCENDING gt This example shows the result tag for image search 183 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs imagesearchresult Showref 1 Sites DA ResultsOnPage 6 navigatorlist Keywords Locations imagecolumns 3 sortfield articlenumber sortdirection ASCENDING gt
393. ion is not present the events are treated as movies pbs events_next_link 280 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs events_next_link gt A navigation tag this outputs the link to the next page Must have same cache setting as pbs eventlist pbs cinemalist lt pbs cinemalist gt This tag is used to display movies through the Events Module This functionality is not related to the Movies Module The tag can be used on all templates MovieList pbo lt Cinema gt The name of the cinema if you are listing only one cinema lt ltems gt Contains all the items lt NextLink gt The link to the next page lt Noltems gt This field has a value if there are no items to list lt PreviousLink gt The link to the previous page MovieListltem pbo lt Body gt The movie description lt Cinema gt The name of the cinema lt ComingAttraction gt Contains information about whether the movie is shown now or in the future It is a Boolean variable lt Country gt The production country lt Date gt The start date lt EndDate gt The end date for the listing lt EndTime gt The end time for the listing lt Genre gt The genre for the film lt Homepage gt The link to the movie s homepage lt ID gt The ID for the movie lt lmage gt The link for the image lt lmgHeight gt The image height lt ImgWidth gt The image width lt lSODate gt The start date in ISO format
394. irectoryDetails pbo lt CompanyCategory gt Contains the name of the main category in which the entries belong lt CompanySubCategory gt Contains the name of the subcategory in which the entries belong lt items gt Outputs the entries in the subcategory lt nolisting gt Contains a value if there are no entries in the subcategory DirectoryDetailsltem pbo lt Address gt The address lt Contact gt The contact information lt Description gt The description of the company lt email gt The e mail address lt Link gt The link to the homepage of the company lt Location gt The city name lt maplink gt The link to the MapQuest component lt Name gt The name of the entry 244 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt params gt Contains the information necessary to link to a page for a single item lt must be used like this lt a href lt pbcs dl1 gt section Category YP48 Params lt params gt gt Link lt a gt H lt Phone gt The phone number lt State gt The state lt Zip gt The zipcode pbs ypsubcategorylist lt pbs ypsubcategorylist gt The lt pbs ypsubcategorylist gt tag should be used as follows A A q O Options Objectclass Determines which object class will be used Useobjects Determines whether the tag should use object files DirectorySubcategoryList pbo lt Categoryname gt Contains the name of the category for which you are listing subcategor
395. is being shown You set up this functionality under the heading MULTIPRIORITY You also need to enable the function using the EnableMultiPriority setting in the GENERAL section OnlyShowProfilesWithDefaultwords Enter a A to show only those profiles that have default taxonomy words The default is 0 MULTITABSTORYEDIT Section These settings are used in the MULTITABSTORYEDIT section and they influence the multi tab story edit only For single tab story edit please refer to SINGLETABSTORYEDIT section and for general story edit settings refer to StoryEdit section SectionOrder Determines the order in which the different tabs will appear on the multi tab story edit Edit and Properties From version 6 4 0 tabs are required and will be appended the SectionOrder section list if they are missing Duplicates are ignored The following tabs are supported PA E E E E A E E A E A A E A A A AAA AAA In addition the keywords and connections tabs has a combined tab keyandconnections which can be used as well and it overrides adding keywords or connections to the list Also when teaser tab is not specified the properties tab will not display the teaser checkbox ShowExtraPictures Determines whether the Extra Pictures tab will be shown 1 or not 0 Default value is 1 meaning the tab is From version shown From 6 4 0 SectionOrder can be used for specifying whether or not to show the extra pictures so this 6 2 0sr27 setting is to be considered depric
396. is is a built in default mapping in the system Sectionfront with notices If you use the SAXOTECH Online function Notices on a category the gen_ovrn pbs template is used instead of gen_ovr pbs Notices is a function that allows you to filter out short stories from the main section overview Whether or not a category uses notices is defined in the category setup To use a category template for a section where you use notices the template should be named Story templates Default story template Story templates are named with a structure similar to sectionfronts The default template for stories is called gen_art pbs To use a template for only one category name the template A A As with section overviews stories placed in subcategories named category01 99 will automatically use the same template as the main category if no specific template exists Substory template A substory is a story that has the Substory type selected in the Story type drop down on the story properties page Substories are not listed by the Newslist or Sectionfront tags Substories use the template gen_uart pbs They are searchable by SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST but are not searchable by the old SAXOTECH SQL server based search Front page linked story This template is used when you link to a story from the front page and have the option A pues ee asaeeeo em E E E E EN E E wae E E E E E E E EN eee eae eee emenesaa tates N E E in the pbs newslist Th
397. is is not the creator of the item The object files UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotCreator pbo and UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotCreator pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ErrorMessage gt Contains an error message lt ErrorField gt Contains the value User UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedin pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the response for the user trying to submit a form but where the user is not logged in The object files of UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotLoggedIn pbo and UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotLoggedin pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ErrorMessage gt Contains an error message lt ErrorField gt Contains the value User UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the extra fields list part of the submit form for the user generated by pbs usersubmitform The object files of UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFields pbo and UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFields pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ltems gt Contains the extra fields formatted using UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo lt Count gt Contains the amount of extra fields UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the extra fields part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object f
398. is the number of pixels It is recommended that this option should not be used simultaneously with the drop shadow option Example Order picture If you would like to have an order form in which web guests can purchase prints of pictures include the following link in your ArticlePicture pbo lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt misc url misc orderpicture pbs amp lt ImgKeyParams gt gt Order Picture lt a gt Template In this example the file orderpicture pbs in the misc folder is used 362 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Form The form is setup with the following line Hidden fields These fields are used to set options Article URL From Lang Photo URL Redirect URL Subject Sets the URL to the story that is linked to the photo ordered by the web guest You must replace www yoursite com with the address to your website lt INPUT TYPE hidden NAME Article URL VALUE lt a href http L www yoursite com lt pbs link artikkel inherit href gt gt Click here lt a gt gt i lt INPUT TYPE hidden NAME LANG VALUE ENG gt Sets the URL to the photo the web guest has ordered You must replace www yoursite com with the address to your website lt INPUT TYPE hidden NAME Photo URL VALUE lt a href http www yoursite com lt pbs link inherit href text img ondate 0 gt gt Click here lt a gt gt Sets the URL to which the web guest will be sent after the form is filled out correc
399. isabled 0 AnonymousUserld If AllowAnonymousSubmit is enabled this setting allows to set who the submitter appears to be by From version 6 2 0sr17 giving this setting a Userld as value By default anonymous users have Userld 0 which is an invalid Userld making it easy to identify an identity as anonymous in the various templates where variables like CreatedBy are available ForceAbonUid Overrides the submitted UserlD of items submitted by users logged in as subscribers Not available from version 6 2 0sr17 ForceUid Overrides the submitted UserID of items submitted by non subscriber users From 6 2 0sr17 only non subscriber users can submit content Controlling publish status By default it is possible to use the User Generated Content component to push stories onto the site with any publish status To prevent this the following settings in the UserSubmit section are available ForceStatus Same as StoryForceStatus PhotoGalleryForceStatus Overrides the published status of user submitted photo galleries 0 unpublished 1 published Default is 0 StoryForceStatus Overrides the published status of user submitted story 1 unpublished 9 published Default is 1 Example 66 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmit PhotoGalleryForceStatus 0 i l StoryForceStatus 1 i ForceUid 12345 i AbonForceUid Subscriber Which will unpublish stories and photo galleries no matter what the submitters try to do Also it will mak
400. ists with profiles against a Read Only database forces a level higher than 3 The option is set like this zZ oO v EA p v a mj o K Q oO E oO lt oO H Il S This feature requires that there is a background job running on the Read Write sen which updates the profile_cache every minute This feature cannot handle multi site profiles so the newslist tags with multi site and profiles will still be executed on Read Write database Example Current date 20060620 Site code xx Currently there are 10 stories with the current date and profile 1000 Journalists wr new stories with tomorrow s date 20060621 which will effect profile 1000 Even tl the controlcache table will be updated every time a new story is created and the profile_cache table will be updated with site xx and profile 1000 the new stories w be inserted into profile_cache table since they have tomorrow s date forcelevel 3 will be used Forcelevel 3 Update profile_cache table now using the Only server Only relevant for sites running versions older than SAXOTECH Online 6 0 1 The embedded newslist query has been optimized since this one was the cause of mar warnings and errors in the dblogs errors being caused by timeouts Since rewritinc construction of these SQL statements is complex the old code has been left in the is used by default To enable using the code that constructs the new embedded ne query use the following setting in The default value i
401. ith picture i lt a href i Javascript NewWindow 460 300 apps pbcs d1ll misc url misc zoom pbs amp lt ImgKeyParams gt gt Zoom lt a gt 364 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Options Logo Please see images_Watermark_Images tlmage_Watermark for more information Title Please see images_Watermark_Images Text_Watermark for more information Width You can set the width of the picture by appending E amp Maxw X i where E AA II IE l is the width of the image in pixels pbs photogallery lt pbs photogallery gt Options ObjectClass Sets the object class ShowExtraFields Use to show extra fields default is 0 From version 6 2 0 E EA e ShowTaxonomy Use to show taxonomy words default is 0 From version 6 2 0 PEPEE N TERE EE EE TE EE E TE EEEN IgnoreStatus Use if publish status is to be ignored default is 0 From version 6 2 0 A E E Ez sk kenan a Using it will display published and unpublished galleries The template for the photo gallery is called gen_gallery pbs It must be placed in the template folder It is possible to create templates for each category Link to the gallery page from a story or by using the pbs photogallery latest tag If you want to link to the gallery manually you must specify all parameters like this PREE EE E ASEPE NSN tl This tag can also be used to display a zoomed version of the photo in the gallery This function uses the template gen_galleryzoom pbs
402. ject class for the tag By default the tag will use the ThemeLinks pbo and ThemeLinkltem pbo object files Enter where x is any number from 1 to 99 to change the object class ThemeLinkltem pbo and overview tags lt Date gt The story s date Formatting is controlled by the Dateformat option lt lsoDate gt The date in ISO format lt Leadin gt The summary of the story The amount of text shown is controlled by the Leadin option lt Link gt The link to the story lt Title gt The title of the story An example of using these options in the object file might be the following ThemeLinks pbo and pbs related lt ltems gt This field outputs all the items lt Theme gt The name of the theme pbs subcategories 181 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs subcategories gt This tag is used to list subcategories It can also list the category s stories The tag with options can look like this lt pbs subcategories force main columns 3 description 0 class 2 gt lt table gt i lt table gt i This tag must be placed inside a table if you use multiple columns Options Note that the system will use object files if they exist All options except class are also available when you are not using object files Category Used to list a specific subcategory Class Determines which object class the tag should use By default SubcatSimpleLink pbo is used By setting this option to 1 the system will use
403. js file instead of a relative one The s_code js file is required when using Omniture statistics When looking at the page source code for a website that has Omniture enabled one might see something similar to this when using UseHostName 0 lt script language JavaScript src js s_code js gt Para UseOmnitureTag To disable automatic insertion of Omniture JavaScript which is necessary for Omiture to generate statistics you can use the Omniture tag lt pbs omniturecode gt You must use this tag with the following setting made in the Publicus ini file in the Omniture section id a v Q o 3 z B E 5 0 4 w Q Il p This setting disables the automatic insertion of the Omniture JavaScript Instead it inserts Omniture JavaScript wherever an Omniture tag is found in the templates The following actions on other tags Tip a Friend AdClick PollClick and NewsLetterSignup are not affected by this setting because they do not use templates Because Omniture SiteCatalyst will only generate statistics if there is Omniture JavaScript on the pages we recommend not using this feature except in special circumstances OVRSUBCLASS section The story classes for sectionfronts are defined under the heading OVRSUBCLASS You define the labels for the different classes OVRSUBCLASS a Big News b Mega News POLL section In the POLL section you enable settings to prevent poll participants from voting more than once POLL CheckRe
404. js function are to be outputted default is 1 Content options Limit the search when you load the page If you have a search form for events on the same page the options in the search form will override the parameters in the tag when the form is submitted Parameters in the URL will override the search form Community Controls which regions will be shown By default all regions will be shown By setting this value you can select one or multiple regions This option is set this way This will select the regions with the specified region codes The region codes are shown by the region name in the SAXOTECH Online interface The communities must be in quotes and separated by commas Current This option makes the list ignore the date in the URL and use the current publishing day This option should be used when you list events on story pages and section fronts with stories Otherwise the list of events will be for the story s publishing day 276 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Detail Selects a subcategory for the specified subject By default all items on subcategories are shown Enter The Subject must also be specified for this to work Filtersubjects Used to remove specified subjects from the list By default this option is not used Enter to NOT show subjects 1 and 3 The values must be in quotes and separated by commas Interval This option sets the number of days shown in the list The default is one day This option can be set from
405. kieDomainPeriods 2 SuiteID saxotechcom BuildHierarchy 0 The following settings are available in the OMNITURE section BuildHierarchy Optional If enabled a category tree will be inserted into the Java Script and will be accessible from SiteCatalyst If disabled only the current category on a page if any will be inserted into the Java Script and not the category tree The default is disabled Example 1 The category tree in the JavaScript file BuildHierarchy 1 j s hierl Sports Football Vic Carucci notes Pittsburghs loyalty 20060310 60310001 s hierl Football Vic Carucci notes Pittsburghs loyalty 20060310 60310001 There is a tiny tradeoff between performance and getting the category tree built You will get the most useful statistical information when BuildHierarchy is enabled and it will probably make no difference regarding performance as the information is cached with the rest of the page CookieDomainPeriods This setting refers to the number of periods in the domain when the domain begins with www For example the domain www mysite com contains two periods while www mysite co jp contains three periods Another way to describe the variable is the number of sections in the main domain of the site two for mysite com and three for mysite co jp SuitelD If no SuitelD is set Omniture statistics will be disabled 58 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UseHostName It is possible to use a full URL for the s_code
406. l fun enables sorting by extra fields The sorting is done on the FIRST field in the fields parameter The fields are taken from the fields defined for EditExtraFields in the Extra fields definition section in the Publicus ini For example lt pbs newslist category MOVIE count 10 useobjects 1 objectclass 1 profilelink 0 ExtraSortField 1 ExtraSortFieldOrder asc i fields movie_titel movie_manuscript gt i Extrasortfieldorder Sets up a sort order for the ExtraSortField Legal values are asc and desc By default the sort order is ascending sets up a descending sort order for the ExtraSortField Letter Used with Alphasort to select which letters should be output The system looks for stories with a Net title that matches the designated letter If the story does not have a Net title the story title will be used instead By default this option is not used Entering El El oO oO oO oO R R ll ll an a El oO ct ct 0 B i o I wo will output all stories that start with numerals Priosort Sorts the stories by the following criteria in the listed order 1 By either the Publication date or the Publish Control From date whichever is most recent 2 By priority 3 By either the Last Modified time or the Publish Control From time whichever is most recent Web guests will see today s prio1 n stories yesterdays prio1 n stories etcetera If you want to sort stories by priority and then by date use Priosortonly B
407. l categories from all classes By default this option is not used Only categories from the current class are shown Enter EE EO NENI RIIA se oeee aon A O once tecaouseaosee ca S oe ser E ae ae uaa NE Sree S NE ea EEE E eee enews E EEE EEEE for all categories to be shown Any Enables Any as a choice in a drop down menu This function can only be used when you output an option list By default _Any _is not available as an option Enter to have Any as a choice in the drop down menu Class Sets the ad class This field must be set if it is used Class is set by entering where x is the ad class Columns Defines how many columns the option list will have This option can only be used when Opt ion1ist 0 The option is set this 201 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Dateformat Field Objectclass Optionlist Related Vertical Sets the date format for date fields Dateformat is set using the codes found in the section The following options are available Category This value will make the system list the categories defined for the ad class e Class This value will make the system list the ad classes Date This value will make the system display the dates for the days in the last week It will also display options the last 7 14 and 30 days e Subcategory This value will make the system list the subcategories defined for the ad class Week This value will make the system display the dates for the days in th
408. l fields in the field definitions can be used The option is set like this lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Condition Wind gt FIELDMultiSearch Searches a specified field for multiple keywords Replace FIELD with the name of the field The option is used like this FIELDMultiSearchAnd Determines that the multiple keyword search in a specified field use AND as the logical operator The default is to use OR Replace FIELD with the name of the field The option is used like this H H a p iw z e an pe n 10 w 5 Q y D D T un lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Town TownMultiSearch Las Vegas TownMultiSearchAnd 1 gt 218 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual FIELDSearch Searches a specified field Replace FIELD with the name of the field The option is used like this A O o or FIELDSearchExact Turns off wildcard searches The text in the criteria must be an exact match The option is used like this A gs lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Condition ConditionSearch Sunny ConditionSearchExact 1 gt FromDate Sets the start date for the list The date is specified in ISO format FromDate 20030715 Groups Sets the group header not to be confused with group mappings in the ini file The groups option can only be used on custom fields For example if you determine that the field County is the group header the file ModuleShortNameGroupHeader pbo will be output whenever the coun
409. l message The numeric user ID The IP address of the user who posed the message For moderated forums this is the date time the moderator published the message For non moderated forums this is the date time the message was created The link to the page for posting a reply A link to a list of messages for this message s group that is not restricted by MaxDays 305 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ShowRepliesLink gt The same as lt Link gt lt Signature gt The signature text of the message author lt Subject gt The group name for this message lt Theme gt Theme name for this message lt ThemeDescription gt The theme description for this message lt ThemeLink gt Link to the list of groups lt ThreadCount gt The number of replies to this message lt Title gt The title of the reply lt Today gt This has a value of 1 when there is a reply to the current message that has been created today lt ToggleLockLink gt A link that will cause the message s locked status to toggle A locked message will become unlocked lt TreeLines gt lt UserlD gt lt UserLevel gt and an unlocked message will become locked Lists tree line characters appropriate to the level of indent for this thread item An integer ID that represents the author in the system The user level of the author that created the message lt UserPostCount gt The total number of posts the author has made in th
410. l misc URL misc password_email pbs Forgot your password lt a gt H i qe gt H H i i i i or lt a href apps pbcs dll misc URL misc password_email pbs gt Forgot your password 1 lt a gt i Which link you use depends on whether the page is a pop up or not Link for Use the following to create a link to the user registration page registering A A O EE ANIN AAEE EESE EEAS TAE ENN AAAS EAE ER E E A E E E lt a href frontpage ForceUserreg 1 gt Register yourself lt a gt lt br gt Login This hidden field must be in the form to tell the system that the user should log in and not register a new user The field is used like this lt input type hidden name Login value 1 gt f Password The password field is called pwd lt input type Password name pwd value lt pbs ureg_pwd gt size 20 maxlength a S kaa RedirectURL Use this hidden field to send the user to a page other than the one for which you have set user login You must add the following hidden field to the form A H 5 ae S a 3 w 3 D Il pa D Q fp K 0 Q a a wD 5 a K O D ll 3 pa Q Q 0 5 lt w H g o ll n fe 3 D Y E v y Usecookie You can use the field usecookie to allow the user to store her user name and password in a cookie so that she do not have to log in each time A H 5 e a ca ct K o oO ll Q T oO Q ES o Q X 5 w 3 oO Il g n oO Q
411. l objects that were active on the specified date are shown e Rule 2 Fromdate and Todate are different and All objects that were active within the specified interval are shown e Rule 3 Fromdate and Todate are the same and po w 5 Q 10 Il o All objects that were published on the specified date are shown e Rule 4 Fromdate and Todate are different and pa w 5 Q oO I o All objects that were published within the specified interval are shown RelatedFieldName Defines which value from the related information table will be shown By default this option is not used Enter RelatedFieldName NAME lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Town RelatedTo Town RelatedFieldname Name gt Related Uses a field to look up another field from the related information table The field you use must be defined in the Fields option By default this option is not used Example If you enter Related Town i in the tag information from the town field on the ad will be used to look up information from the related information table lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Town Related Town RelatedFieldname Name gt 221 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SearchTaxonomy Uses the taxonomy expression for the profile to create a query that will return the CCE objects that match the expression Syntax for the searches e Or expression id1 or id2 or id3 e And expression id1 or id2 or id3
412. l pbo Used to send the confirmation e mail to the subscriber lt url gt Contains the URL the user must click to confirm the subscription NewsLetterSubscriptionForm pbo The NewsletterSubscriptionForm pbo object file describes the form that users use to subscribe to newsletters An example subscription form frame lt script gt function SaveEmail newsletterform Remove value 0 newsletterform Subject value Subscribe to the newsletter newsletterform submit function RemoveEmail newsletterform Remove value 1 i newsletterform Subject value Unsubscribe to the newsletter l newsletterform submit i L lt script gt lt form name newsletterform action lt pbcs d11 gt savenewsletteruser method POST gt Form fields goes here lt form gt lt a href javascript SaveEmail gt Subscribe lt a gt lt br gt lt a href javascript RemoveEmail gt Unsubscribe lt a gt lt br gt Available form fields Add This hidden field can be used for telling if the categories in the categories field are to be added 1 to the list of subscribed categories for the email address or if they are to replace 0 the list Default is replace 0 Categories This hidden field is used to set the categories to which the web guest subscribes Email Captures the subscriber s e mail address lt input name Email size 30 gt 385 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual HTML These radio buttons enable t
413. ld like to download Other uses You can also use this function to process local images The tag can look like this lt img src apps pbcsi dll urlget url graphics cl_ lt pbs categoryid gt jpg amp MaxW 120 amp 0 100 amp noborder border 0 alt align right gt Pbs getcontent lt pbs getcontent gt This function allows you to include a file from another website If the operation fails the system will leave a comment about how long it took and the URL that could not be downloaded Example 80 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Options Cacheid Cachetime Imgsrc Interval StatusOutput Timeout URL ConnectTimeout This is the local file name which should be used for caching The default setting is the URL option This option is optional Controls how long the pbs getcontent tag is cached in seconds The default setting is 1 indicating that it does not use any cache This option is optional Adds a string before x in Panne cee n nen enn nee ene nnn eee neem ene e nnn n ee nen n een n nee e nnn n nee ne nnn nn nn nn neen nnn eneen anne ene nns 1 i 1 i lo sre x i i H H L i of the URL response content This is used to change local relative paths in the HTML of the external site to point to the external site Default is blank This option is optional An example is to change a E O A EEE to scr http www dailynews com apps g image jpg by using imgsrc http www dailynews com This op
414. lds pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCE pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbon UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyListltem pbom UserSubmitFormPhotoGallery pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorInvalidInput pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyListltem pbo User Submitted Stories From version 6 2 0 the feature has been completely reworked The existing object files have been renamed giving them a more general prefix because it is now possible to submit items other than stories The system will fallback to the pre 6 2 0 object filenames for backward compatibility However they should be considered deprecated ArticleForm pbo Renamed to UserSubmitFormArticle pbo ArticleFormMedialtem pbo Renamed to UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo ArticleFormNotL
415. le code for the form lt Change gt Stores the previous selection lt ZipCode gt Outputs the zip code that was previously entered pbs tv_programinfo lt pbs tv_programinfo gt This page is usually presented as a pop up window from the TV Guide Uses the template X_ovr pbs where X is the category specified in the link to the page The example uses Tv1_ovr pbs The tag is used in the following manner Options Useobjects This option makes the tag use object files TvPrograminfo pbo lt Actors gt The list of actors for the program lt Crew gt Contains information about the creators of the program lt Description gt A description of the program lt ProgramType gt The name for the type of program This name matches the fields in the legend in the main listing lt Showtimes gt The show times for the program lt Title gt The name of the program lt TVRating gt The age rating pbs tv_schedule lt pbs tv_schedule gt After the web guest has selected her zip code and provider she will be directed to the page that shows the TV line up This page uses the xxx_ovr pbs based on the category selected in the form action The example uses Tv_ovr pbs 404 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The tag is used in the following way Options Interval Determines for how many minutes the TV schedule should be output LineupTier Sets the default lineup Provider Sets the default provider This option is o
416. le in the template You put the code A H Q p a Q 10 4 Ek K a w H ll H fa e Q w ct 19 Q O R K Se H a Q Os Vv in your file and create inc_arts inc Instead of creating another copy of the file which is to be used when the category is Opinion you set the map opinion arts in Publicus ini instead When the system is displaying a story in the Opinion category the system will first look for inc_opinion inc If this file does not exist it will look for inc_arts inc If you use this function you avoid duplicating your code in multiple files 82 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual When profiles are used In addition to including files that are to be used on all profiles it is also possible to have different files included based on the profile being viewed If you use the code PIRE E iS Seen ene ah ase N E see aes eee anaes ete in a o ee lt include virtual includes poll_ profile inc gt Profile i is replaced by the profile ID of the profile being viewed This is the same name that is used for menu links and so on If no specific file exists for the profile the system will look for a file with the profile name replaced by default If this file does not exist SAXOTECH Online will not display anything When sectioncat is used When you use profiles stories can be placed in another category than the one through which they are displayed To include files based on
417. le link is output By setting Profilelink 0 in the tag the profile will not be output 168 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ProfileSite ProfileType Refant Relprofile Reltaxonomy Reltaxonomycount Reltaxonomyoperator Reltaxonomytopnode ShowBloggerlnfo From versions 6 2 0sr20 6 3 0sr3 Determines from which site the profile should be selected Enter where xx is the site code for that site Determines the sub profile to select Enter where xxx is the Profile Type ID Controls how many stories should have a lead in By default all stories have a lead in Enter where x is any number from 1 to 99 to display lead ins on the specified number of stories Saxotech strongly recommends using objectscripting instead of the refant option to control how many stories should have a lead in By using objectscript you can keep the number of object files low while still displaying a lead in For example NewsitemX pbo Counter 1 counter 2 lt ssummary gt This function makes the system look for the most relevant profile for a story If you specify the profile in the Newslist tag the link to the story will contain the profile ID with the most matching points for the story This function is used when your design is attached to the profile and not the category or you have a Newslist tag on the story page showing stories from the same profile By default the profile specified in the tag is used By adding relprofile t
418. lects occurrence days 1 Daily 1 1 For every 2 days If FromDate is a Monday then it selects Monday Wednesday Friday etc 1 2 Selection is defined as weekdays if FromDate is a Thursday it selects Thursday Friday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday etc 2 Weekly 2 1 Repeat for every 2 weeks on Mondays and Tuesdays if FromDate is a Tuesday that day is selected The next weeks Monday and Tuesday is not selected In the week after that week the Monday and Tuesday is selected Then two weeks later Monday and Tuesday is selected again 2 1 Repeat for every 2 weeks on Mondays and Tuesdays if FromDate is a Wednesday no selections are made for the week The next weeks Monday and Tuesday is not selected In the week after that week the Monday and Tuesday is selected Then two weeks later Monday and Tuesday is selected again 3 Monthly 3 1 On day 14 every 2 months if FromDate is February 13th it selects February 14th April 14th June 14th etc 3 1 On day 14 every 2 months if FromDate is February 17th it selects April 14th June 14th etc 3 2 The second Tuesday every 1 month If FromDate is February 17th 2009 the second Tuesday is the 10th Therefore the first occurrence is the second Tuesday of March second occurrence is the second Tuesday in April etc Had the second Tuesday in the current month been in the future then that Tuesday would have been the first event date 4 Yearly 4 1 On day 14 in
419. leries and stories and used if the type specific setting is not set If this is not set UNKNOWN or UKJENT is used depending on the language settings Example UserSubmit E i CategoryList SPORTS DOMESTIC NEWS CULTURE LTTE BLOGS i i DefaultCategory BLOGS i Taxonomy words on user generated content O These settings are available from version 6 2 0 For user generated stories photo galleries and CCE objects it is possible to supply a list of available taxonomy words that will be displayed to the user through object files A setting is available for every specific type and a fallback common setting PhotoGalleryTaxonomyList Use to define a list of taxonomy IDs that is available to photo gallery submitters StoryTaxonomyList Use to define a list of taxonomy IDs that is available to story submitters CCETaxonomyList Use to define a list of taxonomy IDs that is available to CCE object submitters TaxonomyList Use to define a list of taxonomy IDs that is available to submitters Example UserSubmit PhotoGalleryTaxonomyList 2 4 23 26 47 i StoryTaxonomyList 2 4 23 41 42 CCETaxonomyList 2 4 33 TaxonomyList 2 i 67 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Here TaxonomyList is never used as all types have specific definitions Extra fields on user generated content O These settings are available from version 6 2 0 For user generated stories and photo galleries it is possible to supply a list of available extra fields that will be m
420. letter ini in the ADX section In some cases some of the variables are predefined Specific instances are described for each template The predefined values can be overridden in the tag definition AdCategory The category to use on the spot Ini file ADX variable DefaultCategory Default value but the value should be defined AdLabel Instead of using category or profile use a direct OAMS label Ini file ADX variable DefaultLabel Default value no label AdPagelD An ID common to all OAMS references in the newsletter Must be unique on the OAMS server Default A random ID is generated AdProfile The profile to use on the spot Ini file ADX variable DefaultProfile Default value 1 no profile AdServer Name of the server that should handle OAMS calls Ini file ADX variable Server AdSite The site code used in the OAMS calls Ini file ADX variable Site Default The site defined by the v switch AdSubLabel The ad sublabel Ini file ADX variable DefaultSubLabel Default No sublabel AdSubSite The subsite used in the OAMS calls Ini file ADX variable SubSite Default value 001 IDN An ID identifying the individual hole Must be unique on the OAMS server Default A random ID is generated NoLink If this is 1 no link will be generated for the OAMS ad and only the banner will be shown Ini file ADX variable NoOamsLinks Default value 0 Spot The spot to replace the newsl ad tag Ini file ADX variable DefaultSpot Default value
421. link to the page manually use the following link SE ee ee ae ee E EA oa ee eee ee eee eee E ee eee Template The template is called gen_subscribe pbs You must create a template specifically for the category If the category you have created is called NLETTER call the template nletter_subscribe pbs If you call the template gen_subscribe web guests can bypass the user registration screen by putting another category name in the URL Tags and fields The following tags and fields are available on the subscription page Please see the example file nletter_subscribe pbs in the sample template zip file Active Determines whether the subscription function is active lt input type hidden name Active value i i lt pbs active gt gt i 388 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Category subscribed This tag outputs the value of the category to which the web guest has subscribed i lt input type checkbox name Category value i BUSINESS lt pbs CB_BUSINESS gt gt Business lt br gt i First name Outputs the subscriber s first name HTML format Outputs the value checked if the subscriber has selected to receive HTML mail lt input type checkbox name HTML value 1 t lt pbs ReceiveHTML gt gt i Received letters This tag shows how many newsletter the subscriber has received Surname Outputs the subscriber s surname Basic subscription page Form code The form must begin with lt form name selections
422. list part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object files UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyList pbo and UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyList pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ltems gt Contains the taxonomy words formatted using UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo lt Count gt Contains the amount of taxonomy words UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the taxonomy words part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The object files of UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyListltem pbo and UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyListltem pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ID gt Contains the taxonomy word ID lt Count gt A forthrunning number lt Name gt Contains the taxonomy word display text lt Selected gt Has the value selected if the item is associated with the taxonomy word Only available when updating existing data UserSubmitFormArticle pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo 329 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryListltem pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbo Works the same way as UserSubmitFormError
423. ll_Error pbo with pbs quest_multipage 2 0 0 ec 265 1 19 4 9 Poll_Saved pbo with pbs quest_multipage 0 0 cette eee 265 T1925 PDS QUCSHIONMy 5 te tar smug a ea aa ata Rd ER tl IA wap Seta Anak a Ada 265 1 19 5 1 Polls_Error pbo with pbs questform 0 tenes 265 1 19 5 2 Polls_Saved pbo with pbs questform 1 00 eee tte ete n teens 265 V1 9 523 QUESTEORMDDO antral Te Ae talent CANS Ma IN oe A Mes a iN Li a Ried O le ct 265 1 19 5 4 QuestFormAlternativesltem pboO 1 tenet t nents 265 191 9 5 5 QuestForMIteMm POs e heccceweranigs a dias 266 1 20 Chapter 20 Events sxe caa A A A don wdc aa Ae eee 266 1 20 1 Printer friendly calendar ee eee ee eee ceded eee es oat eee vee ta eee cee eh eee eee ews 267 1 20 2 pOS O VENIS PrEViOUS MAK tie ies a e a ai cae 267 120 3 Events Setup eri a A MPR Ata cae gaat RA a b 267 1 20 4 Events search form commerce a A A A 268 1520 5 Add events TOM ii a a a A dd 272 120 0 pbs eventlist dui a A A a AA AR ew 275 1 20 6 1 EventDateHeader pbo o oooooooncnocnncnccar cr 279 1 20 6 2 EventDetallS pB0 iii e Ad A bald E AA ti eae ahd 279 1 20 6 3 EventltOM pbo aii bec cee ta ed A a a A a A tie 279 1 20 6 4 EventLocationHeader pbO o o oo ococooco eee 280 1 20 6 5 EventSubjectHeader pDO o ooocococcoc nent e tte ene ees 280 1 20 7 pbs events_next_link Loe searre pee a E a O E e aa tne 280 1 20 89 POS cinemaliSt ita A A Soong By dale AS A aNd ee ene heck dE ET 281
424. longer override general ads but share the spot To enable this opt enter A A SS centre eee ae eee Determines that the system should always use the byline object file even if it is no turned on for the category in the edit interface The option is enabled like this Overrides the default cachetime for the article action This option determines that an extra A E A A A a A A gt ct pe Q pa o H pe ja o ea o o T o 36 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleRepositories ArticlePayment AssetExportFilename AutoArticleCache Avis Cache CacheTime CCEExport From version 6 4 0 Channel Charset CheckForGuideCatID CountryCode Allows you to use the category in which the story displayed and not the category in it is placed when using profiles This option can only be used when you have a 1 tc relationship between profiles and categories Categories that are treated as story repositories are specified in a comma separated list UIT cio cesiones trar ecos To use this setting for Access Control you must also enable AccessControl setting MODULES section section and AccessControl Enabled WSDL and TargetName settings in the EXTLOGIN section Enables asset export from the user interface To enable this option enter The default is O Enables automatic re caching of articles If you add to the Publicus ini the article will automatically be re cached when the user clicks and Close in
425. lowing three checks e Checks to make sure the referrer simply matches the domain from Publicus ini Referrer is the Request Referrer e If it does not directly match the domain setting the same thing is checked for all values in the REFERRERS section in the XSendMail ini Then the systems checks whether the allowed host has been added to the ini file Example GENERAL E Mailserver fully qualified address i E From webserver somesite com i E Fromname The Webserver UseNewVerificationScheme 0 i E KeyVerificationEnabled 1 E KeyVerificationLifeTime 30 ReferrerVerificationEnabled 1 i l ReferrerVerificationShowDetails 0 ReferrerVerificationMethod REGEXP e ReferrerVerificationSection REFERRERS REFERRERS section This section is used to list the actual referrers For example REFERRERS i www mydomain com http www anotherdomain com A Chapter 40 URL Rewrite URL Rewrite is a function that recodes SAXOTECH Online URLs into a shorter more user friendly format This benefits both you and your web guests Users can easily read and remember the new URLs The new URL format is also easier for search engines to read because the URLs appear to be static This will lead to increased indexing of your site on search engines A standard SAXOTECH Online URL looks like this http www somesite com apps pbcs dll section Category NEWS With URL Rewrite enabled it will look like this http www somesite com section NEWS N
426. lt 74 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CacheRefreshinterval The interval for refreshing a template cache can be modified By default the setting is 300 seconds 5 minutes To change this setting write another number of seconds NoOfFileReadAttempts The number of times the system should try to read the file until it aborts because the file is not there To change this setting write the number of attempts you need The default is one attempt Please note that this setting works regardless of whether caching is enabled or not FileReadRetrylnterval If NoOfFileReadAttempts is set to a number larger than 1 this setting controls how many milliseconds a request thread must wait before retrying file retrieval The default is 500 milliseconds pa A A A A A A A To change this setting write another number of milliseconds Thread pool To enable or disable the ISAPI thread pool used the THREADPOOL section Enabled Can be 1 or O If a 3 D oO e o T man ISAPI thread pools are enabled NumberOfThreads Specifies the number of threads in the timeout time for the search connection PbcslEnabled Enables thread pools for pbcsi dll Image DLL To enable use the setting as follows PbcsIEnabled 1 The default setting is 0 PbcsINumberOfThreads Specifies the number of threads for pbcsi dll Image DLL To specify a number use the setting as follows pa A a A E E a A A A A A AAA AA The default setting is 30 Chapter 4 HTML a
427. lt Categoryname gt The name of the category 429 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Example A A E cas A e A E R lt a href lt link3 gt class menu style color 000000 gt lt Categoryname gt lt a gt lt br gt pbs lightid lt pbs lightid gt This tag has no options pbs links on community site lt pbs links gt The links tag supports object files on Community Sites pbs sectionfront on community site lt pbs sectionfront gt Builds a section front for the Community Site The tag follows normal behavior Community site setup To enable Community Site the option A A e a A A O A must be set in your Publicus ini in the MODULES section Create Users To create a Community Site user you must log on to the editing interface as a system administrator When you create the new user you must use the Light ID field This ID field is a numerical value from 001 to 999 At least one user for each light ID must be given system administrator rights These rights apply only to the Community Site and not the entire website Instructions for creating users can be found in the SAXOTECH Online User Manual Create categories After you have created a user the user must log on and create categories These categories can have any names The main category must be named FRONTPAGE These categories are separate from the main siteOs categories Alias To give the users easier access to the Community Sites hosted
428. lt pbs login gt method post name Login id Login gt lt input type hidden name PBS_Target value lt pbs target gt gt Username lt input type text name PBS_UserID size 14 class input gt lt br gt Password lt input type password name PBS_Password size 14 class input gt lt br gt lt input type submit value Continue amp gt amp gt class button gt lt form gt pbs login lt pbs login gt This tag must be used as an action by the template pbs logininfo lt pbs logininfo gt Outputs the information field from the subscription category pbs target lt pbs target gt This tag is placed inside a hidden field called PBS_target lt input TYPE hidden NAME PBS_Target value lt pbs target gt gt The system uses this field to return the web guest to the correct sectionfront or story pbs changepassword 333 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs changepassword gt This tag outputs the URL to which the form must be submitted This is also the URL for the change password form The user must be logged in to change her password To access the change password page you must use this URL You can specify a category Templates This function uses the template gen_nyttpass pbs Form The form is set up with the following code Fields Old password The user enters the old password in this field lt input type password name PBS_OldPassword size 12 i value gt N
429. lways pull the weather from the database This is done to keep information up to date on a page that does not change very often For example a story is usually not modified after it is put into the system However it might be active on the site long after it is published if it is linked to another story by a theme Web guests will want to see current weather information not weather information from the time the story was published interested in seeing the weather at the time the Story was published The exclamation mark will insure that the weather stays current If this function is used on too many tags the result can crash the server It should only be used on tags that are cached in the database If you are unsure about using this function contact SAXOTECH Database configuration SAXOTECH Online requires a complex database design to run Configuration of the database is not a task for the customer alone SAXOTECH will assist you in setting up the database if you run your system yourself If your solution is hosted by us we will handle the configuration Date formats and time zones Date formats Date formats are different from country to country SAXOTECH Online allows you to format the systemOs date output as needed There are two major ways of formatting dates 1 SAXOTECH Online tags that output dates often have an option called date format If the tag supports this option it is described with the tag 2 You can set the format
430. m pbo ArticleMultimediaListltemExtension pbo 140 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleMultimediaListltemXXX pbo ArticleParagraph pbo ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo ArticlePhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo ArticlePicture pbo ArticlePublished pbo ArticleSummary pbo InvalidArticle pbo Tips pbo and articles WAPArticle pbo WAPArticleContent pbo WAPArticleParagraph pbo Article pbo This is the main object file for the story It supports the following variables lt AccessControlldentifier gt Contains the flow ID that is associated with a story in the edit interface If there are no flows associated with the story then this variable will be empty This variable is used in conjunction with Access Control Adinsert The ad insert function allows you to display an ad inserted into the story text The function allows you to display any ad type in the story This function requires a special setting in the Publicus ini Please see Adinsert for more information lt ArtNo gt Contains the story number lt ArticleStatus gt Used to show different text based on the story status This example shows how you can use the article status field to show different messages S ArticleStatus 0 This story is not yet online 5 ArticleStatus 1 This story has been unpublished and is no longer available ArticleStatus 7 This story is not available because we do not have the rights to publish it online 5 S ArticleStatus 8
431. mages on the website It is set like this H 3 p Q 0 Q o Ko lt K p Q E ad ll s w p lt Z 10 z n Q fe 3 Optional Sets the copyright text for the sitecode XX The option allows you to have multiple copyright text strings when you run a shared image server The option is s this H 3 p Q 0 Q o kel lt K H Q ey i x x lt Ul z z uv o 3 m n p cat 0 Q fe 3 Optional Used if you have a separate web server that serves all images on your w It is set like this Optional Only used when you edit on a separate machine in a non clustered environment The path must end with a slash like this u O 3 10 10 10 K lt 10 K 2 10 ar z z 0 p 10 Q O 3 Sets the language for your website This option controls the language used in the e interface and date formats on your site Valid languages are DEN Danish ENG English FRA Canadian French GER German NOR Norwegian POL Polish SWE Swedish Set this value to 1 to determine that title field output will be blank if no title exists Otherwise the title will be shown as No title Define extra fields on the edit interface for light users 42 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual LightNoCache LiveArtStatUpdate MaillD MailSender Mailserver MapQuest MaxCCESearch Used to control whether Community Site pages should be cached or not Setting will make
432. mber The link to the page for posting a new top level message For moderated forums this is the date time the moderator published the message For non moderated forums this is the date time the message was created The link to the page for posting a reply The same as lt Link gt A link to the list of groups for the theme The number of replies to this message The title of the message This has a value of 1 when there is a reply to the current message that has been created today A link that will cause the messages locked status to toggle A locked message will become unlocked and an unlocked message will become locked The message ID of the original posting Threaded Forums only This lists tree line characters appropriate to the level of indent for this thread item ForumThemeltem pbo Used to build each item in the list lt Counter gt lt Description gt lt Groupltems gt The counter for the theme items The description of the theme Outputs the group items if is on the URL 294 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt GroupsListLink gt The link to the theme listing lt HasNew gt This field is set to 1 if there are messages or replies created after the reader last view this page This option uses a cookie lt lsLastitem gt This field contains the value 1 if it is the last theme item listed lt lSOLastMessageDate gt _ The last message date in ISO format lt LastMessageDate gt
433. mber of minutes the list should be cached Noduplicates This functionality allows a synchronization of lt pbs newslist gt tags By incorporating the NoDuplicates and SynchID parameters the developer of a website is able to control whether or not stories are allowed to repeat relative to two or more lt pbs newslist gt tags This enables easy removal of duplicate teasers in newslists Note that lt pbs news1ist gt tags which you would like to be synchronized must be placed in the same file By default this attribute is disabled Enter noduplicates 1 for the PBCSDupArtFilter dll to maintain a list of stories to be displayed For more information on this dll file please see PBCSDupArtFilter Setting the synch ID value to a specified number effectively groups all lt pbs news1ist gt tags that have the same synchronization ID The following code provides an example of how to use the SynchID and NoDuplicates parameters lt pbs newslist days 20 multisite 1 noduplicates 1 site ap cj synchid 1 count 4 objectclass 1 gt lt pbs newslist days 20 multisite 1 noduplicates 1 site ap cj synchid 1 count 2 objectclass 1 gt In the example above both lt pbs news1ist gt tags share a common SynchlD value which allows SAXOTECH Online to group these tags together By setting the NoDuplicates parameter the PBCSDupArtFilter dll will potentially incorporate the results of each lt pbs news1i st gt into its list of stories If a story is found to be repeat
434. messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished The name description of the group in which the message is posted The link to the page for editing the message This feature is only available to the original poster The email address of the author The link back to the group listing This field contains an HTML option fragment that contains a list of group names and IDs for the theme in which the current message exists This is typically used to present a drop down list of groups that the user can use to navigate to a new group This has a value of 1 when the current message has replies that have been added since the current user s last visit date time This field has the value 1 if the thread is hot The Hotthreshold parameter on the lt pbs news_content gt tag controls the number of replies required before a message is considered hot Lists image attachments This field has a value of 1 when the group has been locked The group in which this message exists is moderated This has a value of 1 if the message is locked This has a value of 1 when the current message has been created since the current user s last visit date time The date time the message was written in ISO format The same as A tees rn except in ISO format The date time the message was published in ISO format This value is used when the forum is moderated If moderation is not enabled creation date time and published date t
435. meters in the URL This is done by adding to the URL Here are the most common functions Date To set the start date use the following code apps pbcs dll events category EVENTS amp Dato 20030726 278 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Interval To set the interval in the URL use the following code apps pbcs dll events category EVENTS amp Params Interval 30 i Region To set the region use the following code i apps pbcs dll events category EVENTS amp Params Kommune 4003 i apps pbcs dll events category EVENTS amp Params Emne 1 EventDateHeader pbo This file is output when the date changes lt Date gt The date that the event happens EventDetails pbo This page must be built as a complete HTML document It is not wrapped in the gen_events pbs template This object file can use all variables from the other object files lt Date gt The date that the event happens in English lt Dato gt The date that the event happens in Danish lt Netinfo gt Contains the same information as the field in Eventltem pbo Eventltem pbo lt bannerimagelink gt Outputs the link to the banner image It must be used with the banner URL lt bannerurl gt The link for the banner image lt CommunityName gt The name of the region in which the event is placed lt Date gt The date that the event happens or the first date the event happens if it is recurring lt Daterange gt The from t
436. mples above are required for the search form to work The form can use the following tags Get options Extracts options from the database To extract available dates use the tag like this lt pbs tv_getoptions type MVDates dateformat dddd mmmm d gt The Dateformat option is used to set the format of the dates shown in the drop down Radius Extracts a previously entered search radius The tag is used like this lt pbs Radius gt Zipcode Extracts a previously entered zip code The tag is used like this i lt pbs ZipCode gt i Chapter 37 Other Tags This chapter describes miscellaneous tags that are used with SAXOTECH Online Internet Explorer functions pbs calendar e Calendar pbo e CalendarDateltem pbo e CalendarWeekltem pbo pbs category pbs categorydescription pbs categoryid pbs catselect pbs datecalc pbs datechoice pbs delimiter e Delimiter pbo e pbs dingbats DingBats pbo e pbs frontpagearchive e FPArchive pbo e FPArchiveltem pbo 410 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e pbs getcookie e pbs getheaderinfo e Headerlnfo pbo e pbs GetKeywords e KeyworoList pbo pbs lastupdated pbs link pbs metarefresh pbs parvariables name site pbs PbcsRequestRandomA pbs PbcsRequestRandomB pbs profileid pbs profilename e ProfileName pbo e pbs prog e pbs query e CustomQuery_queryname pbo e CustomQuery_querynameitem pbo pbs queryparam pbs random pbs script pbs sessioninfo e ArticleExtLogin pbo pbs SetHeaderl
437. n about the valid statuses The field can be used like this patios A E TS Es s Status 7 lt font color ff0000 gt lt b gt This is a restricted article lt b gt lt br gt lt font gt lt TeaserUrl gt The url attached to a teaser lt Title gt The title of the story Search form The search form is where the web guest enters her query Most field values can also be coded in the Searchresult tag or as parameters in the URL in addition to being set using fields in the search form Example form code 190 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual By using the line of code below you can choose which template should be used to display the search results A AN 5 o E a lt o 10 Il y a Q Q 10 e e p 3 o Il Q w ct 0 Q o K lt lt o H c oO Il Q w Eb 0 Q Le K lt a p 3 0 v For example without this code the search result will be shown by the gen_search pbs template But with this code A b 5 o E S f lt 48 D Il 5 pe Q O D B 5 w 3 0 Il Q y ct o Q O K lt lt w H c D 1 n TU O be 4 v The SPORT_search pbs template is used Templates The search form can be placed on all pages Fields Input field The field in which web guest enter the search criteria is called Crit The field is used like this lt input type text name crit style width 95px size 8 gt This field is used for passing information to the se
438. n such as the following A ones eae eatin me E E E E E E EEE OE EEEE E E EEE E E E E EE EE ene E POER E eae 1 Search_result No articles found Your search returned no results Please modify your search criteria and try again TE lt Search_result gt 5 SearchResultltem pbo This object file is output for each item the search returns lt ArticleAddress gt The URL of the website on which the story was published This is only useful for a portal that wants to link to a page on another site lt ArticleCategory gt The category in which the story was published lt ArticleDate gt The story s date field matching the story s lt lSODate gt lt ArticleLink gt The URL for the story lt ArticleModifiedDate gt The story s ModifiedDate field matching the story s lt ISOModifiedDate gt From 6 2 0 lt ArticlePublishDate gt The story s PublishDate field matching the story s lt lSOPublishDate gt From 6 2 0 lt ArticleSource gt The name of the website on which the story was published This is only useful for a portal that searches multiple sites lt Byline gt The byline for the story lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt Leadin gt The lead in of the story lt MainImageUrl gt Link to main image on story lt Rating gt The story s rating lt Status gt Outputs different messages based on the status code for the story Please see Article Status for informatio
439. n the offset It is recommended that this option should not be used simultaneously with the rounded corners option Example lt img src lt image gt amp DsRadius 20 gt Image The image height is usually set in the tag that is used for displaying the picture The tag automatically ads this option It height is also possible to code the height in the object file This is usually done when you use article classes By default the height is set by the tag Enter amp Maxh X to set the height of the picture to x pixels Example lt img src lt image gt amp Maxh 80 gt 361 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Image You can override the value for the JPEG compression level For most pictures the quality is at the right level but for quality larger pictures you may want to increase the quality The default quality level is set to 60 To change this value add Pee e EA tho O a 1 is the lowest quality and 100 is the highest Image width The image width is usually set in the tag that is used to display the picture The tag automatically ads this option It is also possible to code the width in the object file This is usually done when you use article classes By default the width is set by the tag Enter bee Dacthowidhothepouret ee pee OCU SC a sea Rounded This function makes the corners of the image round To set the radius of the corner you specify the option corners pi ia amp RCRadius X m o A
440. n this way election results from AP s elections service are updated every fifteen minutes Position based design Position based design allows you to design the layout of each item in a newslist To create object files for position based design you add the position number to the end of the object file name The object files for object class 1 must be named Newsltem1 pbo Used for stories which have no position based design Newsltem1_1 pbo Used for position 1 Newsltem1_2 pbo Used for position 2 Newsltem1_3 pbo Used for position 3 System variables System variables are available in all object files They are used to extract a query parameter from the URL for use in an object file or macro This is done using a regular expression The example above takes the value of the query parameter myParam and stores it in an objectscript variable called myVariable lt activedate gt Contains the publishing date lt clientip gt Contains the IP address of the computer that generated the page lt CurrCategory gt Contains the current category ID It must be run within a macro when used in article object files 119 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt CurrMainCategory gt Contains the current main category ID It is written It must be run within a macro when used in article object files lt CurrProfile gt Contains the current profile ID It must be run within a macro when used in article object files lt currentdate gt Contains
441. nabling this setting requires that ProtectedPost is enabled The default is 0 which disables the option To enable the setting enter VerifyUsers 1 DoNotSaveLastVisitCookie Posibility to disable saving the lastvisit cookie The default is O Enter DoNotSaveLastVisitCookie 1 Forum cache settings are made in the GENERAL section section of Publicus ini In order for caching to work on forums both and must be set in the GENERAL section section The Article module and Forum module are integrated To enable web guests to make comments on article pages NOT forum pages without logging in you must add the following to the FORUM section ProtectedPost 1 i UseLogin 1 i VerifyUser 1 i FRONTPAGESUBCLASS section This section defines the subclasses that should be available for the front page In the example below there are two subclasses that are to be used for breaking news and major event These subclasses can have different layouts than basic stories For example they can have larger titles and photos FRONTPAGESUBCLASS a Breaking news b Major event GENERAL section GENERAL section The GENERAL section contains the system settings for the site This section is started by the header GENERAL 35 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual AdServer AddSecCatToStoryShortUrl Agentcode AllowChangingPublishedStatusOnNewslistTags AllowForceLevel4OnRWatRollover AlwaysCheckMainCatMap AlwaysIncludeGlobalAds AlwaysUseBylineObjec
442. nctionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition OAMS_MultiSiteBooking This line enables multi site booking functionality in OAMS This feature requires purchase of OAMS Enterprise edition A E E E E E EA peeeaceeacace sua E Q amp A This line enables the Poll Contest Module Q amp A 1 Results This line enables the Results Module i Results 1 i Subscription This line enables the Subscription Module i Subscription 1 H Tansa This line enables the Tansa Spellchecker Module i Tansa 1 i Taxonomy This line enables the Taxonomy and Profiles Module Taxonomy 1 Teasers This line enables the Teasers Module l Teasers 1 TemplateTheme SAXOTECH Online offers the possibility to create template themes that you can switch between Examples are in times of breaking news or natural disasters In these cases a theme that switches the web site to a slim version can help ensure that the service is available during periods of very intense traffic Another example is themes that relate to holidays Read more about this in the Template Theme section of the SAXOTECH Online User Manual To activate this functionality you must set 4 10 3 O pu w o 4 p o 3 m i p Timetable Unknown 56 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual TvGuide This option enables the TV guide MULTIPRIORITY section The Multi Priority function enables you to give a story different priorities depending on the profile in which it
443. nd Includes Include tags and options are used to include content not only from your site but also from other sites This section also includes information about the HTML document structure and meta tags e Document structure e Fonts e Meta tags e Article90 pbo e ArticleHead90 pbo 75 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e ArticleHead pbo meta tag Pbs filecheck Pbs getcontent Pbs include Server side includes Special graphics directory Document structure Framework There are certain tags that should be present in your document These are shown in the example below 3 lt body bgcolor FFFFFF text 000000 link 003366 vlink 003366 alink 003366 gt 14 Your webpage goes here 5 lt body gt 6 lt html gt i 1 lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN gt 2 lt html gt E 3 lt head gt 4 lt title gt SAXOTECH Online Times lt title gt i i 5 lt meta name Description content Saxotech SAXOTECH Online Demosite gt 6 lt meta name Keywords content Demosite SAXOTECH Online gt 7 lt meta http equiv Content Type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt E 8 lt link href includes Style css rel stylesheet type text css title Stylesheet gt 9 lt link href includes TV css rel stylesheet type text css title TV Styles gt 10 lt script language JavaScript1 2 src includes functions js type text javascript gt E lt script gt 11 lt script languag
444. nd transparent Enter to enable this function Underline Makes the text underlined Enter to enable this function Width Specifies the width of the image Setting this value to will make the system scale the image Xoffset Specifies the padding in pixels on the left hand side of the text string Yoffset Specifies the padding in pixels on top of the text string Example code This document will allow you to experiment with the image functionality 359 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt HTML gt lt BODY BGCOLOR fEEEEEE gt lt SCRIPT Language Javascript gt lt function Update var frm document Settings var img document getElementById image var url apps pbcsi dll text text escape frm Text value amp Fontname escape frm Font value amp Font if frm Bold checked url url amp Bold 1 if frm Italic checked url url amp Italic 1 if frm Underline checked url url amp Underline 1 if frm Transparent checked url url amp Transparent 1 img src url gt lt SCRIPT gt lt FORM NAME Settings gt TABLE Border 0 gt R gt D gt Width lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name Width Size 5 value 300 gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Height lt TD gt lt ID gt lt INPUT Type Text Name Height Size 5 value 1 gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Text lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name Text Size 40
445. ndexTitle pbo lt LinkList gt This field outputs the items lt Title gt The keyword pbs mostread lt pbs mostread gt Used to list the most frequently read stories for a category Please see LiveArtStatUpdate on how to enable the use of lt pbs mostread gt Mostread does not support cachetime xx so do not insert in this tag It will run uncached Templates 162 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag can be used on all templates O Documentation of the All parameter was wrong and documentation of parameter includenodate was missing Options All Enter this option to omit the date rage filter lt pbs mostread count 10 all gt IncludeNodate Set this parameter to 1 it is default 0 to include undated stories lt pbs mostread count 10 all includenodate 1 gt Category Determines the category for which stories will be listed By default stories are listed for the current category To list popular stories for all categories use the option Category 3 You can also specify a single category by using Category NEWS To list a category with subcategories use the option like this category NEWS Count Determines how many stories will be shown By default 10 stories are shown Enter Count x to show X stories CurrentDate Lists only the most read stories with today s date as the publication date Note that the category must be set For example lt pbs mostread showref 0 count 10 CurrentDate category
446. ne to be used with the selected image in the paragraph It is used like this body lt Counter gt imagecaption The caption to be used with the selected image in the paragraph It is used like this body lt Counter gt imagetext Any text to be used with the selected image in the paragraph It is used like this intermediateheading lt Counter gt The paragraph heading It is used like this lt input type text size 66 name intermediateheading lt sCounters gt gt This Article FormSectionltem pbo file has the following pbo variables lt counter gt Returns the paragraph number lt NoOfSections gt _ This variable returns the value of the tag option sections UserSubArticles_ArticleFormNotLoggedin ArticleFormNotLoggedin pbo This object file contains no fields pbs usersubmitform for user generated content 319 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt pbs usersubmitform gt O From version 6 2 0 The tag is used to submit data to the system through the front end The data can be a story a photo gallery or a CCE object and the data type is determined through the parameter of SubmitType Parameters available ObjectClass Specifies what object file design class to use SubmitType Specifies what type of data is to be submitted Use ph for photo gallery cce for CCE object and ar for story Default is ar Stories Every story specific form tag supports the following parameters Sections Defines the maximum num
447. ned under the heading FORUM CaptchalD The lt ID gt in the captcha object file Captcha The user s solution to the captcha Protects forums using a captcha using the lt pbs captcha gt tag To enable this setting enter pai kinna A aaa an anaa naa The default is 0 The form submitted must contain the CaptchalD value In case the user submits an incorrect solution the dll returns the preview page instead Therefore a special variable lt ValidCaptcha gt has been added to the ForumNewMessage pbo object file that is only available when the solution was incorrect The value of lt ValidCaptcha gt is always 0 CaptchalD The lt ID gt in the captcha object file CaptchaFontColor The font color for the captcha Needs to be put in the publicus ini file in the same folder as the Pbcsl dll para ii E E A A A A A CaptchaNoiseColor The noise color for the captcha Needs to be put in the publicus ini file in the same folder as the Pbcsl dll CaptchaBackgroundColor The background color for the captcha Needs to be put in the publicus ini file in the same folder as the Pbcsl dll CaptchaBackgroundColor RRGGBB i CheckReferer Checks that the referrer of the request is matched against the domain value in the Publicus ini file The default is 0 34 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ConnectedForumModerated Determines whether connected forums will be created as moderated forums by default To enable connected forums to be moderated by
448. nferences into divisions and divisions into teams In SAXOTECH Online taxonomies are used with profiles Profile description Profiles are used for extracting information based on the taxonomy words added to a story By tagging all stories with keywords as deep in the hierarchy as you can go you get the most flexibility This is because the stories will be extracted when you select a keyword higher in the hierarchy The profiles are predefined extractions based on taxonomy keywords You can use multiple taxonomy keywords and you can also exclude taxonomy keywords Example There is a story in the system about the Baltimore Ravens winning the Super Bowl The Ravens are a National Football League NFL club from Baltimore Maryland The Super Bowl was in Tampa Florida The story is tagged with the following words from the taxonomy NFL Baltimore and Tampa The story will be extracted from the system for all profiles that use the defined keywords directly or keywords that are on the same branch higher in the hierarchy Higher than NFL would be Football and Ball Sports higher than Baltimore and Tampa would be Maryland Florida United States and North America Profiles and categories 14 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual You can tie a profile to a category This allows you to use the category template for design and the profile for selection of content Please see the _Categories _chapter in the _SAXOTECH Online User Manual _for information ab
449. ng gt The heading of the linked article lt Leadin gt Outputs the summary if the leadin is larger than 0 lt Link gt The address of the connected article RelStoriesltems pbo Used with RelTaxonomy when showing related stories based on taxonomy lt ltemCount gt The number of stories in the list lt stories gt The list of stories URL Parameters and overview tags You can control what the page displays by putting parameters in the URL This is done by adding amp paramsz to the end of the URL Calling a Newslist with the URL parameters EA A A A A A A A A is a O A A A EEA sets a start date and an end date for the Newslist stories If nothing is specified a default range will be used The default maximum range is 30 days StDato SIDato This can be changed in the ini file Please see MaxDaysForNewslistDateRange StDato Used to specify the start date Use YYYYMMDD format SiDato Used to specify the end date Use YYYYMMDD format Slstdato An alternative way to set the start and end date of the story selection Possible values could be SISTE12T SISTE24T or SISTE14D If the value given is not one of these three then it is assumed that the given value is a date in YYYYMMDD format and it will select stories from only that day Another option in the URL is to set the profile When you place a profile in the Newslist tag the profile selected on the Category settings page in the edit interface will be used You can over
450. ng on your FTP server Multiple formatting operations You can also use multiple formatting operations on the same variable lt Date d dd mmmm yyyy gt will output 16 May 2001 Output the month in lowercase by combining d and lowercase like this lt Date d dd mmmm yyyy I gt you will get 16 may 2001 Notice that must be last because the commands are executed in the order they are listed The commands must be placed in front of the formatting information dd mmmm yyyy and only one command that requires formatting can be used Arithmetic You can add subtract multiply divide and perform the modulo operation with the values in variables This is only possible for the variables that contain an integer An integer is a number without decimals EEE EEE AE E El If you do not specify what kind of operation you are performing the number will be added Varname The name of the variable H Tells the system to perform an operation on the value Tells the system to add the value to the variable Tells the system to subtract the value from the variable Tells the system to multiply the value with the variable Tells the system to divide the variable by the value Used to check if a variable is divisible without leaving a fraction If this is true the value will be true You use it like this s Counter 4 This text is output if counter is divisible by 4 without a fraction The tells the system to p
451. ning the list of blocked words is called nolist txt and is placed in the root folder of the website Enter one word per line Phrases can also be used The file should be no longer than 50 words This system is not foolproof If your users want to use these words they will find a way around it By replacing letters with numbers and misspelling words is possible bypass the system like this r3allybadw0rd Message form This form is used for all message creation and editing ForumNewMessage pbo lt PostMessageLink gt lt Attachments gt lt AttachmentsNotlmage gt lt Author gt lt AvatarLink gt lt Body gt lt CanPost gt lt DeleteMessageLink gt lt DeleteReplyLink gt lt Description gt lt Edit gt lt EditMessageLink gt lt Email gt lt ExtEmailAdr gt lt ExtFirstName gt lt ExtSurName gt lt FirstName gt The link to the program that processes the submission lt form method POST action lt PostMessageLink gt gt Lists file attachments Please see ForumMessageAttachmentltem pbo The number of non image attachments associated with this message This is the same is lt Attachments gt A ee ne Re OEE CER Re ee ea RE ee eee eee RD A N oe E minus a lt Imagess gt Re eae ee EEE EEE SE E EE EIEEE EAE A E E E A E E The name of the logged on user This is usually the nickname but if there is no nickname it is the user name An image link to t
452. nk gt The URL for the first image The field lt ImageLink2 gt contains the URL for the second image and so on lt lmageRet gt The reference code This is used when you want to use the zoom function on a picture It is used like this pi A EA eens PA A A A A e A A A A A AA A contains the Reference code for the second image and so on lt Rating gt The age rating lt ReleaseDate gt The release date If no value is present this will be empty lt Reviews gt A link to reviews lt RunningTime gt The running time for the film lt Title gt The title of the film lt WideReleaseDate gt The nationwide release date as read from the tvmv dbo FilmInfo table MVMovielnfolmageltem pbo lt Caption gt The caption for the image 407 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Filmld gt The ID for the film It is used in the zoom link lt lmageLink gt The URL for the image lt lmageRet gt The reference code for the image It is used in the zoom link like this lt pbcs dl11 gt misc url templates zoom pbs amp i FilmId lt FilmId gt amp Ref lt ImageRef gt i MVMovielnfolmageRow pbo This file is output by the field in MVMovielnfo pbo The file is output for each row of images lt will be output for as many rows as needed lt Col1 gt Outputs the image for the first column You also have lt 2C012 gt lt Co13 gt and so on up to the number of columns you specified in
453. nk to an action that will cause the top message to be deleted with all its sub messages Deleting messages actually only marks those messages as unpublished The group name for this message The link to the page for editing the current message The email address of the author Link to the list of messages for a link This field contains an HTML option fragment that contains a list of group names and IDs for the theme in which the current message exists This is typically used to present a drop down list of groups that the web guest can use to navigate to a new group This field has the value 1 if the thread is hot The number of image attachments associated with this message This has a value of 1 if the group in which this message belongs is locked The group in which this message exists is moderated This has a value of 1 if the message is locked The date time the message was written in ISO format The date time the message was published in ISO format This value is used when the forum is moderated If moderation is not enabled creation date time and published date time will be the same The same as lt UserRegDate gt but in ISO format This has a value of 1 if the message is a sticky message A sticky message will appear above all normal messages 302 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt LastMessageDate gt lt Link gt lt MessagelD gt lt MessageThreads gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt NoVoteCount gt Fr
454. nks to external objects that are linked to the story For more information please see NewsltemExternalLinks pbo 174 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Field_xxx gt lt ForumLink gt lt Heading2 gt lt ID gt lt lmageHeight gt lt lmagelink gt lt lmageOrientation gt lt lmageRet gt From version 6 2 0 lt lmageWidth gt Image zoom lt ingres gt lt InternalLinks gt lt lsCurrent gt lt lsLastitem gt lt lsoCreateDateTime gt lt lsoDateTime gt lt lsoPubDate gt This field is used for extracting extra fields from the story Replace xxx with the name of the field Thi fields must be specified in the tag The maximum number of characters that will be output for extra fi is 255 Used to link to the forum on the story This is the subtitle for the story The article ID which can be used with category and date as here http www yoursite com apps pbcs dll article AID 20060721 PCSPORT 607210 The height of the image The link to the main story photo You use the field like this s Imagelink lt img src lt Imagelink gt amp MaxW 120 amp MaxH 80 border 0 hspace 1 vspace 1 alt align right gt The options for setting the maximum width and height of the image have also been added to the link can use either one or both The image orientation The field has the value P for portrait and L for landscape lt is written A ole A 3 D Q D O 8
455. nly used if the page is opened without any parameters Useobjects Enables object files Width Sets the width of the output These object files are used both for displaying the line up for multiple channels and for a single channel line up TVSchedule pbo Used to output the entire schedule lt ColCount gt Used by the system to set the width of the columns for the different TV programs lt Header gt The content of the file TVScheduleHeaderRow pbo lt Legend gt The program legend lt ScheduleContent gt Outputs the schedule lt StationNum gt The station number lt Width gt The width set in the tag TVScheduleHeaderRow pbo Used to output the header for the listing lt Cellinfo gt Outputs the cells with the time headers or the name of the channel if you are viewing the listing of one channel lt StationNum gt Controls the output of either the text channel or time TVScheduleRow pbo Output for each row in the listing lt Cellinto gt Outputs the information about each program lt ChannelCallSign gt The channel call sign lt ChannelNum gt The channel number lt ShowStart gt The start time of the program when listing all programs for a single channel lt StationNum gt The station number It is used when linking to the page for listing all programs for a single channel TVScheduleRowCell pbo lt Category gt The program s category lt CC gt This field has a value
456. ns no position article class or object class Newsltem_5 pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has o o a H a H o 5 Il 6 When the newslist tag also contains object class or article class it will start looking for other files You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position NewsltemA pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has w 5 pad Le Q le Do Q an y a a I D When the newslist tag also contains object class or position it will start looking for other files NewsltemA_5 pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has articleclass A i and ko 0 v H e H o 5 Il oO When the newslist tag also contains object class it will start looking for other files You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position Newsltem1 pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has When the newslist tag also contains article class or position it will start looking for other files Newsltem1_5 pbo This file is selected if the newslist tag has Popes CCC s CSsCS a OO A E When the newslist tag also contains article class it will start looking for other files You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position 96 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Newsltem1A pbo The system will use this object file if the newslist tag has ogee ee eae A When the newslist tag also contains a position it will star
457. ns the speed value necessary to view the movie stream ArticleMultiMediaList pbo Lists the connected media items lt Medialtems gt Lists all the connected items ArticleMultiMediaListltem pbo Used for all connected items lt AutoStart gt lt Counter gt lt DirectDownload gt lt DirectLink gt lt Embed gt lt FileDescription gt lt FileName gt lt FileSize gt lt Link gt lt MediaDescription gt lt OrgFileName gt lt PopupLink gt lt Start gt lt Stopp gt lt StreamLink gt Contains either 1 or 0 Controls whether or not embedded clips auto start Countains the counter value Has the value 1 if the item is to be downloaded directly Contains the link for direct download Has a value if the file can be embedded This is defined in media type setup A description of the file The internal file name The file size in bytes The link to the item A description of the media type The original file name Contains the link to the popup page This page is used if the item is not to be downloaded directly Controls the start point in the clip Controls the end point in the clip The streaming link to the item ArticleMultimediaListltemExtension pbo ArticleMultimediaListltem Extension pbo You can override the object file used for each media type This is an optional feature for special cases ArticleMultimediaListltemXXX pbo Where XXX is your Castfire video ass
458. nt date It can be used in conjunction with the date input field like this lt b gt Date lt b gt amp nbsp lt input type text size 10 name date value i lt ADate gt gt l Location Writes the location to the database It is used like this lt input type text size 30 name location gt lt br gt lt mediafiles gt Outputs the media files such as images Picture The local path to a picture that will be uploaded It is used like this lt input type file size 30 name picture value Picture gt Picturebyline The picture byline lt input type text size 50 name picturebyline gt 317 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Picturecaption Picturecaptionheading lt PostAction gt RedirectURL lt Sections gt Status Subtitle Summary Superheading Title lt UserEmail gt lt UserName gt The picture caption The picture caption heading lt input type text size 50 name picturecaptionheading gt lt form action lt PostAction gt method POST enctype multipart form data gt lt input type hidden name status value 1 gt lt input type hidden name RedirectURL value i apps pbcs dll section category SUB gt Outputs the paragraphs This field can be used to override the story status By default stories come in as unpublished If you would like to publish automatically upon submission enter the following line in the form l
459. nt face Verdana Arial Helvetica sans serif size 2 gt i lt Sentryname gt lt font gt lt td gt i lt td width 170 gt lt img alt src img reddot gif width lt votepercent gt height i 10 gt lt td gt i i lt td align right gt lt font face Verdana Arial Helvetica sans serif size i i moms lt votepercent f 0 gt lt font gt lt td gt r lt tr gt A oe Ree E E A ION eee Oe en A er rae Se loa j 259 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual PollForm pbo lt Action gt The URL to which the form must be posted lt ID gt The ID code for the poll This is used in a hidden field lt Info gt The information field from the poll lt ltems gt Contains all the poll items lt MaxAnswer gt The maximum answer code for the poll This is used in a hidden field The Name in this field must be r H i i I max i lt input type hidden name max value lt MaxAnswer gt gt H Please note that the above line is required in the pbo file lt kRedirect gt The redirect URL for the poll This is used in a hidden field lt Title gt The title of the poll PollFormAlternatives pbo lt ltems gt Lists all the alternatives lt Name gt Contains the name lt type gt Contains the poll type PollFormAlternativesltem pbo lt Alternative gt Contains the alternative text lt Name gt Contains the question ID lt Value gt Contains the alternative ID PollFormlt
460. nto pbs showdate pbs statuslog pbs UniquePagelD Pop up calendar sessioninfo with static cache files Internet Explorer functions The following Internet Explorer functions can be used with SAXOTECH Online Make us your homepage This JavaScript triggers the Set homepage function in the browser The text somelink should link to a page containing information about setting the default homepage for browsers that do not support this function PREEN EENE EEEN E IEE A a Ee a ee E a eye ee ee ee a E E E E R lt a href http www website com somelink onClick if IE4 Ed this style behavior url default homepage i l this setHomePage http www website com return false i EEP e i TITLE Make us your homepage gt Make us your homepage lt a gt lt a href javascript window external AddFavorite http www website com Website com target _top gt Add us to your favorites lt a gt pbs calendar lt pbs calendar gt This tag outputs a calendar that you can use to browse your content This tag can be used on all templates Options 411 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Eventdates Determines whether only dates with events should be active Enter to enable this option Futuredates Determines whether the calendar should show future dates Enter to disable this option Objectclass Sets the object class for the calendar Pastdates Determines whether the calendar should show past dates Enter t
461. nui e A E E ee a Wig lars aa ee a EEE a E E a 436 140 5 Using URL Rewrite ia A A AAA A A as A A gece E aN 439 dAl Chapters i Gordllis grenn tr 440 14i iguide GuideAGItem i iii A A A A hee tee ee Mitek did EDEA 440 1 41 2 guide GuideMainltem sick ee ee tie A adituri a eee a be 440 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Tags Manual Welcome to the SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This manual covers the technical aspects of setting up a publication with SAXOTECH Online It is targeted toward people who make and manage SAXOTECH Online templates This manual is to be used as a reference manual in conjunction with the Template Training documentation Chapter 1 Introduction AboutOnline AboutThisManual Caching DatabaseConfiguration DateFormats DirectoryStructure StoryJumps TaxonomyProfiles Zoning About SAXOTECH Online SAXOTECH Online is a database and template driven system lt retrieves information from a database based on queries made by templates Your job in building a SAXOTECH Online site is to design templates that will properly pull the information from the database and display it in the correct manner This documentation contains the information about the Publicus ini file template structure SAXOTECH Online tags and object files About this manual SAXOTECH Online version The version information for SAXOTECH Online is shown by accessing the editing interface This documentation reflects the most recent version of Online as releas
462. o o ES pl Z D ha o x ial E his in 3 ea ale V These options will turn regular expression mode on ignore case on greedy mode off and multi line mode on Regular expression flags These extra flags are available when you are using regular expressions e g Greedy mode On by default e m Multi line mode Off by default When this function is turned on the symbol will match every line beginning and will match every line end When this function is turned off the symbol will match the beginning of the text and will match the end of text e s Single line mode Off by default When this function is turned on period will match any character including and When this function is turned off period will match any character except and Standard flags e i Ignore case Off by default a Replace all occurrences On by default This flag has no effect when using regular expressions When using regular expressions all occurrences will always be replaced 113 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e r Use regular expression Off by default If r is included in ReplaceFlags the NewText is treated as a regular expression substitution template This means 0 will return the expression match and 1 n will return the sub expression matches Special characters In both OldText and NewText quotation marks must be escaped like this And consequently backslashes must be escaped like this
463. o e NetGuestListltem pbo pbs netguest_questionform e NetGuestQuestionForm pbo NetGuest pbo lt Caption gt The caption for the photo lt CaptionHeading gt The heading for the photo lt Heading gt The heading for the interview lt lmage gt This field contains 1 if you have an image attached to the interview lt lmgLink gt The URL for the image lt ImgWidth gt The value of the image the width lt InfoText gt The text from the InfoText field lt Photo gt The photo credit lt Questions gt This field displays the questions lt QuestionEditLink gt A the link to the Question form 310 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs netguest lt pbs netguest gt The template is called gen_netguest pbs and is accessed through the address apps pbcs dll netguest Options Count Controls how many questions are shown By default all questions are shown Enter count i to show a specific number of questions Enddate Sets the end date for the list of questions By default all questions are shown Enter i enddate YYYYMMDD to show only questions entered before this date Pictureheight Sets the maximum height of the image Picturewidth Sets the maximum width of the image Sort Sets the sort order of the answered questions By default the answers are output in the order in which they were answered Enter to output the answers in the order in which the questions were written Sortdirection Control
464. o i a eg 3 D lt w H E o Il A o o v Q El o K lt O w 5 w a Oo w 5 w 3 ll ES T 3 D fe a V v The tag pbs queryparam is used to output the theme ID for the theme URL parameters 307 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SearchType Used to qualify the search type For example lt SELECT NAME SearchType SIZE 1 onchange SearchForm action lt pbs search type forum gt amp SearchType this selectedIndex gt lt OPTION VALUE gt All Fields lt OPTION VALUE Body gt Body lt OPTION VALUE Author gt Author lt OPTION VALUE Title gt Title lt OPTION VALUE EMail gt EMail lt SELECT gt It can have one of the following integer values e 1 Search all fields e 2 Search only the body field 3 Search only the author field 4 Search only the title field e 5 Search only the e mail field pbs searchresult and forums lt pbs searchresult gt Template This function uses the template gen_forumsearch pbs Options Count Sets the number of messages that will be shown on the search result page Showref Enter A a A castes Da AA to enable the output of the body for the message Sites Used to search multiple site codes Usage SearchResultForum pbo This file works in the same way as SearchResult pbo SearchResultForumltem pbo lt Body gt The entire message body lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt Description gt The description of th
465. o 1 when the priority for the story is from 1 to 3 You can use this variable to set the size of the title Newsltem pbo With this Newsltem the story will have the title size 4 for stories with priority 1 through 3 and title size 2 for stories with priority 4 or lower Imagelink lt img src lt Imagelink gt 8MaxW 100 width 100 border 0 hspace 0 vspace 0 align S S Counter is even amp Imagelink right gt Counter is odd amp Imagelink left gt lt font face Verdana TopStory size 4 gt size 2 gt lt b gt lt Title gt lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt Leadin gt lt font gt lt br gt lt div align left gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt a href lt Link gt gt Whole story lt a gt lt a href lt pbcs dl1 gt section Category lt Categorys gt gt lt Categoryname gt lt a gt lt font gt lt div gt lt br gt lt font gt Example news list 116 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UR Promote Olympic Bid i H Chinese leaders reacted indignantly seven yenrs aga vhen Beljinga Lo Em bid to hot the Olympics naz derailed by quertione about human rights They denouncad eitice for mixing aporte and politice Orm hols stori world Hans Md Cemetery Gives Families Little Solace Nicole Williarne stares silandy at the foot of the maple traa for a long vhile Thi is where har flance Maurice Pincknay nar supporad to be burned after a sensel
466. o allow the reader to type in a search criteria that also is used to search custom fields some java script trickery is needed to transform what the user type to an expression that makes FAST search there 213 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual More examples Below are some examples on how you can search the CCE objects From to search You can also search from and to values For this to work you must define two fields lt input type text name fromDocketNumberSearch value lt pbs ffromDocketNumberSearchit gt size 8 gt To lt input type text name toDocketNumberSearch value lt pbs toDocketNumberSearch gt size 8 gt This will allow you to search any value between the from and to values This can also be used with dates so you can make a form for searching from to date When this function is used you must remove Single 1 from the lt pbs cce gt tag Selecting type l lt select name Type style width i lt pbs ccefields field Type optionlist 1 any 1 class 0 gt lt select gt 3I0Px5 gt Used to select a type Use the ccefields tag to list all categories for the class Online Search powered by FAST in CCE objects Online Search in CCE can use near and or and not operators to build complex search expressions The search parameter is used to set the search expression See Search syntax The SortField parameter is used to set to the sort field This search can be used in combination with th
467. o date value if the event occurs on multiple days If the event occurs on a single date this field is blank otherwise lt Datetime gt This variable is used to display both date and time lt Days gt The names of the days on which the event happens if it happens on multiple dates lt Extralnfo gt Corresponds to the Extralnfo for print in the editing interface This field can be used for extra information that should only appear in the print edition of the newspaper lt ID gt This is the ID for the event item 279 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lmagelink gt Contains the link to the image lt must be used like this Maxw sets the maximum image width lt Infolink gt Contains a link to EventDetails pbo It can be used with the field Netinfo to only output the link if this field contains information netinfo 1 1 lt a href lt Infolink3 gt gt More info lt A gt lt BR gt linktype raw i wikidestination originalalias netinfo 1 lt a href lt Infolink gt i gt More info lt A gt lt BR gt class linkerror gt netinfo 1 lt a href i 1 lt Infolink gt gt More info lt A gt lt BR gt lt InfoLinkNoWin gt Contains the link to the details for the event A new window is not opened If you are using lt lnfoLinkKNoWin gt then you should add following parameter to the url lt lnfoLinkNoWin gt amp lSODate lt lsoDate gt If you won t the event date and not toda
468. o disable this option Weekstart Sets the first day of the week 1 is Sunday 2 is Monday and so on URL Options CalDate Determines which month the calendar should show Calendar pbo lt CalChangeScript gt Outputs a script that can be used with the previous and next month fields to browse the calendar It can be used like this lt a href javascript calChange lt PrevCalDate gt gt Previous lt a gt lt a href javascript calChange lt NextCalDate gt gt Next lt a gt i lt MonthName gt The name of the current month lt NextCalDate gt The next month in YYYYMM format lt NextMonthName gt The name of the next month lt NextShortMonthName gt The name of the next month in short form lt PrevCalDate gt The previous month in YYYYMM format lt PrevMonthName gt The name of the previous month lt PrevShortMonthName gt The name of the previous month in short form lt ShortMonthName gt The name of the current month in short form lt Weekltems gt Lists the week items lt Year gt The year CalendarDateltem pbo lt Active gt This field has the value 1 if the date is active It is speculated that this variable will have a value of 1 if there is an event that occurs on the date currently being output need confirmation from Development 412 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Date gt The date lt FirstinWeek gt This field has the value 1 if the day is the first in t
469. o match a substring You can check for a substring using a regular expression Case insensitive Unknown macro Name Bob will output something if the name is Bob This check is case insensitive Case sensitive By typing Unknown macro Name Bob the check is case sensitive Quote marks If you are going to check a string that contains quotation marks you must prefix the quotation marks with back slashes like this Unknown macro Name Fast Willy Parker A Special You can check for values containing spaces or the special characters amp and by using quotation marks around the characters string like this Unknown macro Department Research amp Development Ph Extracting a substring This function allows you to extract a substring of a variable There are three different substring functions Character Use the option like this c start count Start is the character with which you start count is the number of character you would like to show If you leave the count blank it will show the rest of the string For example lt font size 5 gt lt Heading c 1 1 gt lt font gt lt Heading5 c 2 gt an e ke Se a a cd ce a A This example will make the first letter in the heading bigger 108 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Line Extracts lines from a multiline text Use the option like this converts the text to lowercase Word Copies a substring and then truncates th
470. o the tag the most relevant profile will be used in the link Relprofile logic lt uses the sorting functionality in this order 1 Profile priority 2 Then Profile level It takes the deepest profile in the profile tree 3 Then Taxonomy level It takes the deepest Taxonomy in the Taxonomy tree This function enables you to show a list of related stories for each element in a newslist This solution is based on taxonomy where taxonomy is used to group stories so that they are shown together The related stories will always be sorted by the Last Changed date The function is used with the RelStoriesltems pbo and RelStoriesltem pbo object files Note that this feature is hard on the database so limited use is advised The Or operator gives fewer database queries because only one taxonomy word is used for the related taxonomy so it should be used whenever possible By default the reltaxonomy option is disabled Add Reltaxonomy 1 to the tag to enable the related taxonomy feature The number of related stories to show in the list under each element By default five stories are shown in each list You can enter any number up to 24314 1 The Or operator gives fewer database queries because only one taxonomy word is used for the related taxonomy so it should be used whenever possible By default a single taxonomy word is used for related taxonomy To use reltaxonomyoperator enter Reltaxonomyoperator And Several taxonomy words are used for related
471. oc tenet ents 380 1 28 15 PhotoGalleryltemExtraFieldlteM pbO oooccocococcoc o 380 1 28 16 PhotoGalleryltemExtraFields pb0 o ooococcocococc ete e nent eee 380 1 28 17 PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFieldltem pbo 2 2 0 ect t ee tetnt ene 380 1 28 18 PhotoGalleryLatestltemExtraFieldS pbO 2 1 1 eee etn ene 380 1 28 19 PhotoGalleryLatestltemTaxonomy pbO 1 0 cee ent teee teen 380 1 28 20 PhotoGalleryLatestTaxonomyltem pbO 1 1 ec ent teen ee 381 1 28 21 PhotoGalleryTaxonomyltem pbO 1 1 ec ene nett teen 381 1 29 Ghapter 29 Newsletien iio toby aca patie ye oie Bade Dhl dain irae olen Sebi eee iy 381 1529 1 Newsletiontemplate coi a aid 381 129311 NEWSIletter aiii ta tea oats ee brace aod A oii AE Pattee ROWE aod doa eens 381 1 29 1 2 NewsletterAditxt ni cients ev eee eee Pale pee eta tae A a ble ee ae ale ene 382 1 29 1 3 NewsletterAriche Ixi coca ic ced aca can We dhe el al cd sae Boab Me sd A ii 382 1 29 1 4 NewsletterCategory txt 0 annann 382 1 29 1 5 NewsletterLinks txt onneaan n ee eee eee eee eV gee cee Pee ewe Eee ee ee he 383 1 29 1 6 NewsletterOAMSAdHTML pbo 0 cee tenet teens 383 1 29 1 7 NewsletterOAMSAdSpot txt 2 0 0 auaa 383 1229 18 NEWSletterSmitt txt pp a Ri 383 12972 pbs AN EAT O E NN Gees 384 1 29 3 pbs newsletter_subscriptionform 2 1 0 ccc eee ee eee eee nee ene n eee rene eee e tenes 384 1 29 3 1 NewsletterActivated PbO ic a ea ee ae ered Sie See ee wee A PEO na ee eS Katee
472. ocation gt The address or other text representation of the location as for example Petersbuger Str 91 Berlin lt Latitude gt The latitude of the location if known Latitude will be a number between 90 and 90 If unknown it is blank not to be confused with 0 which is a valid although rarely used latitude lt Longitude gt The longitude of the location if known Longitude will be a number between 180 and 180 If unknown it is blank not to be confused with O which is a valid although rarely used longitude ArticleGeoDataltems pbo O Geo Data is available in SAXOTECH Online from version 6 3 0 lt ArticleGeoDataltems gt Outputs all Geo data items attached to the story The individual Geo Data items are rendered using ArticleGeoDataltem pbo Chapter 10 Overview Tags 154 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The tags in this chapter are used for building overviews of stories This is similar to a section front and can be used as such They can be used on most templates e pbs agent e Agent pbo e Agentltem pbo pbs agentcategory pbs history e History pbo e Historyltem pbo e pbs keywordindex e KeywordlndexHeader pbo e KeywordIndexLink pbo e KeywordIndexTitle pbo e pbs mostread e MostRead pbo e MostReadltem pbo e pbs newslist e News pbo Newsltem pbo NewsltemArticleConnectionltem pbo NewsltemConnectionltem pbo NewsltemExternalLinkltem pbo NewsltemExternalLinks pbo NewsltemForumConnectionltem pbo NewsltemForumGroupL
473. ocation Used to select the location ID for the information Site This option is used to set the site code from which the weather data will be retrieved This option is only to be used if you are retrieving information from another site WeatherForecast pbo lt WeatherForecastContent gt Lists all the content WeatherForecastColltem pbo If no region information is used the weather forecast uses these column and row tags lt WeekDay gt Shows the day of the week WeatherForecastltem pbo lt WeekDay gt The day of the week lt WCode gt lt MaxTemp gt The maximum temperature WeatherForecastRowltem pbo If region information is used the weather forecast uses this tags lt Name gt The region name lt ColContent gt Shows the content of the column pbs weathergraph lt pbs weathergraph gt ad Averages are stored on the year 9999 in the table LocationForecast This tag can be used on all templates Options Objectclass Sets the object class for the tag Site Sets the site code from which the weather data will be retrieved This option is only to be used if you are retrieving information from another site Location Used to select the location ID for the information Dateformat Sets the date format for the graph It uses default SAXOTECH Online formats By default the format is d m Dateoffset Sets the offset from today s date Days Sets how many days the graph should show The default is 30 day
474. of the fields must be in the format field namesearch Free text search You can also use free text search on the CCE objects Use the following fields b 5 O E E dt kK e D Il a D Es pal 5 D 3 0 Il 4 O K A n D D l8 a 5 lt o H E O Il A hol o a CJ 4 o x u D D h Q S V a pe N D Il N o v This field is used for free text searches The tag lt pbs TextSearch gt is used for outputting the user entered text on the result page By replacing text with the name of another field you can search that field instead It is important to note that Full Text search using FAST Search does not search through custom fields In order to also search the custom fields you must write a search expression using direct acces to an XML field in the FAST Schema containing all contents including contents of custom fields i lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 search xml ford sortfield pubdate gt H H The above example wil find all cce objects where the word ford is in there somewhere You can also use this xml field to search in specific fields as in the following example A Lo o a Q Q 10 3 o Q a hs 10 I A Q an w 17 n Il Ss fi u 10 w K Q ey Il x 3 a Ers ej K w 5 Q hh fe 5 Q n o A a Eh des Oo H Q Il O E O o p x 0 v Here it must be the field brand that is equal to ford in order for a cce object to be found In order t
475. ofile that shows all entries with North America or Canada as a zone To create a profile that shows all products sold in the US you build a profile that shows all entries with North America or the US as a zone Category setup When you create categories you must assign names for all Zones to the categories This allows you to have different names for the categories based on the website guest s zone You can also assign profiles to each zone the category has Please see the SAXOTECH Online User Manual tor more information Building templates For selecting a zone please see Zones To include files based on zone please see Server side includes Tags that use profiles lt pbs menu text gt Output the name assigned to the zone for the category lt pbs newslist gt The Newslist tag supports selection of object files based on zone Object files Selecting object files based on zone Please see Zones and Selecting which Object Files to Use for more information Tagging content When a story is created a taxonomy word must be assigned to the story This word is later used by the profile to extract the right content based on zone Images scaler 15 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Our images scaler can handle these formats Bmp Pcx Jpeg TIFF PNG TGA PBM PGM PPM and Gif Chapter 2 Publicus ini Publicus ini controls the operation of the website Unless you are absolutely sure what the settings do you should not change these setting
476. oggedIn pbo Renamed to UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo ArticleFormSectionltem pbo Renamed to UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo e lt pbs userarticleform gt Renamed to lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt The new section The tag lt Pbs UserSubmitForm gt generates a submit form formatted through a number of object files and can load in an existing item for updating purposes The object files are listed below and they allow specialization through the filename For example generating a story submit form will first try to retrieve the file prefix UserSubmitFormArticle If it is not available it will try the file prefix UserSubmitForm Finally if applicable it will try the depricated file above The following object files can display stories photo galleries and CCE objects UserSubmitForm pbo UserSubmitFormTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormErrorInvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormErrorFailed pbo The following general object files are only applicable for displaying stories and photo galleries UserSubmitFormCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormExtraFieldsltem pbo Live Extrafields lt FieldName gt pbo The following object files are available for stories UserSubmitFormArticle pbo UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryList pbo 315 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UserSubmitFormA
477. om version 6 4 0 lt NoVoteLink gt From version 6 4 0 lt PostedBy gt lt PostedByHost gt lt Published gt lt ShowAllLink gt lt ShowRepliesLink gt lt Signature gt lt Theme gt lt ThemeDescription gt lt ThemeLink gt lt Title gt lt ToggleLockLink gt lt Userld gt From version 6 4 0 lt UserLevel gt lt UserPostCount gt lt UserRanking gt From version 6 4 0 lt UserRegDate gt lt YesVoteCount gt From version 6 4 0 lt YesVoteLink gt From version 6 4 0 Outputs the date of the newest reply to the message The link to the full text of the message A value that represents the current message as a number The listing of replies to the message This field cannot be used with the Protected Forum option The link to the page for posting a new top level message Number of users who have voted no No vote link The user must be logged in before voting The numeric user ID The IP address of the user who posed the message The date time the message was published This value is used when the forum is moderated If moderation is not enabled creation date time and published date time will be the same A link to a list of messages for this message group that is not restricted by MaxDays The same as lt Link gt The signature text of the message author The theme name for this message The theme description for this message A link to the list of group
478. om which the story is retrieved Used with multisite in the tag Contains the category ID of the story Contains the date of the story Contains the lopenr StoryID of the story Lists all profiles in which the current story is listed This variable will only be available when using the Priority option Please see MULTIPRIORITY section Contains the story reference which differs from lt lmageRef gt when using teasers This is the summary of the story If the story does not have a summary the first paragraph will be us To avoid outputting the first paragraph of the story if a summary does not exist use lt SingresS gt F more information please see lt ingres gt Outputs the super heading You can use object scripts to force capitalization of the super heading F example lt Superheading u gt will show as THIS IS A TEST lt Superheading p gt will show as is a test lt Superheading n gt will show as This Is A Test lt Superheading gt will show as this i test Outputs the first paragraph of the story This field is used with the option Alltext Outputs the theme field for the story Outputs stories that have the same theme as the current story The function uses the object files NewsltemThemeLinks pbo and NewsltemThemeLinkltem pbo The time the story was last modified This field uses the Timeformat option in the tag for formatting The story title Top story is set on all stories with a priority between 1 and 3
479. on DailyNews com E lt SAccept gt H lt P gt If you do not want to activate your account or if you never requested the account please click on the following link i lt Decline gt i lt P gt The request to create this account was made from lt ClientHost gt If you UserVerify pbo lt EMailAddress gt The e mail address that is being verified lt Error gt An error message if anything went wrong lt NextLink gt A link back to the page that triggered the verification lt SendMailError gt An error message if anything when wrong during the sending of the email lt Status gt The status for the verification The field is used to output different texts Please look at the example to see what the different statuses mean Example 309 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual s Status 3 A verification e mail has been sent to lt EMailAddress gt In order to use our forums we need to verify your email address When you receive this e mail click on the link provided to verify this account Once you have verified your account you can post in the forums lt br gt You should receive the verification e mail within the next 5 10 minutes lt br gt s Status 1 Your user account has been verified You can now proceed to post in our forums If you want to modify your user preferences you can click lt a href javascript NewWindow 400 400 lt pbcs d11 gt Forumoptions Category FORUMS gt here lt a gt lt
480. on in the form should be selected when the date is chosen sessioninfo with static cache files lt pbs sessioninfo gt This tag is processed when using static cache files It calls the sessioninfo function and uses object class 999 The lt pbs sessioninfo gt will be processed in before dispatch thus global variables defined during the process of this tag will be available during the processing of all tags This tag will not be processed for the following actions STATUS VER ALIVE EXEC lt pbs sessioninfoarticle gt This tag is processed when using static cache files It calls the sessioninfo function and uses object class 998 As the name of the tag indicates this tag is only processed for ARTICLE action The lt pbs sessioninfoarticle gt will be processed in before dispatch thus global variables defined during the process of this tag will be available during the processing of all tags This tag will not be processed for the following actions STATUS VER ALIVE EXEC Like the existing lt pbs sessioninfo gt tag the processed content will only be added during the post processing of static cache files if the following is set in the publicus ini 428 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CACHE EnablePostProcessSessionInfo 1 Chapter 38 Community Site Community Site previously known as Publicus Light is the Community Publishing Module which allows your customers to maintain their own sites as a part of y
481. on redirect for two days CSAuthReq This is defined as a variable in the Publicus ini consisting of TimeStamp assigned by SAXOTECH Online on the way to Services server and assigned by Services on the way back to SAXOTECH Online Session assigned by SAXOTECH Online and stored in cache for the entire length of the login session Hash A key any combination of letters and numbers for example b63e9de2 that we will encode in an MD5 hash and send with our request to the customer s servers This relies upon a predetermined key agreed upon by both SAXOTECH and Services and defined in the field Key The hash MUST be sent back by the third party to SAXOTECH Online in order for the process to be complete SAXOTECH Online does not have to send the HASH in the URL and if that is the case the Publicus ini file will have i CSAuthResp i CSProduct The Product should be defined in the CLICKSHAREPRODUCTS section Key The key provided by Clickshare URL The URL provided by Clickshare COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS section CollectMostReadStats is a component that collects statistics of how many times stories are shown e mailed and printed After a specified duration of time it flushes the information in log files This is an improved alternative to the LiveArtStat scheme for collecting story related statistics It is recommended to use CollectMostReadStats instead of LiveArtStat To enable CollectMostReadStats set LiveArtStatUpdate 2 under the GENERAL sec
482. only Setting Prio 1 will select all stories with priority set to 1 To select stories without a defined priority use the option Prio 0 in the tag Using Prio disables the Priosort setting Only stories with a defined priority will be shown If you want to show stories without a defined priority use the option Prio 0 If you use Prioonly you must use Priosort too Sorts the story list by priority By default this option is disabled and stories are sorted by timestamp Enter Priosort 1 to sort stories by priority The result is that stories are sorted by priority code Used to select stories based on profiles instead of categories A profile is a collection of taxonomy words For more information please see Taxonomy and profiles By default A Oo o a 5 oO 1 Pp H a a gsi B o Eh H p 10 Vv takes the profile from the URL For example profile 1038 When you place a profile in the Newslist tag the profile selected on the Category settings page in the edit interface will be used You can override this profile by entering Rm FU K o Eh H 10 ll a a x lt FU K o Fh H p 10 ll x ta x lt in the tag This will lock the tag to display stories matching profile number XXX You can limit the selection of stories using categories with profiles This means that stories matching a profile also will have to match the category Used to turn off the profile in the link to the story By default the profi
483. ont page story function It is set like this FrontpageArticles 0 GraphHeight Optional Sets the height for the poll graphs in the editing interface The option is set like this GraphHeight 100 GraphWidth Optional Sets the width for the poll graphs in the editing interface The option is set like this GraphWidth 122 IndexedlLinkSearch This option can be used to disable the indexed internal link search and use unindexed search instead The advantage is that you can search stories that have not been indexed yet The drawback is that you can only search using one word pa A A A A A E LastKeyValues Optional Controls if last used themes and keywords should be available in the drop down menus in the story editing interface The option is set like this i LastKeyValues 1 OnlyCounties Enables the listing of the top level in the Regions field The option is turned on by this line OnlyCounties 0 PrioDateSpan Optional Sets how many days back priorities should be changed when you use the rotate priority function The option is set like this PA A A E A A E A A AAN 29 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual PrioRotatelncrement Optional Sets the increment of priorities for the rotate priorities function The option is set like this i PrioRotateIncrement 1 PubTid Sets the publish time for new stories The option is set like this PubTid1 Optional Sets the publishing time for Sundays PubTid2 sets the publishing time for Mondays PubTid3 for Tuesda
484. oose the photo you downloaded If you already have a picture set as your desktop choose Remove Picture first and then click on Place Picture Finally select Set Desktop Link To link to this function use code from Showlmage pbo Template The template can be named whatever you like You specify the template in the link so be sure that you use the same name in both instances The example uses photos_desktop pbs in the misc folder Tag 375 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Options Logo Sets which image should be overlayed on the picture as a logo Maximagewidth Sets the maximum width of the image Quality Sets the image quality Showtitle Makes the system overlay the title on the picture If no title exists the image copyright will be used instead Size Enter i size 1 E to show a thumbnail of the picture even if the full picture is loaded from the server Watermark images The images in the system can be watermarked with either a text string or an image This allows you to put a copyright text on your pictures for example You can reference the watermark in the URL of the Pbcsi dll also known as the Image dll When using a separate image server the copyright text must be present in the publicus ini on the image server If you are running a shared image server you must use the option IMMAGGE Watermark with object files In the object file that is used to display the picture you add the option that turns watermarking on
485. or preparing search in stories lt NavigatorName gt The name of the current story navigator lt NavigatorHits gt Specifies the number of hits in the result set used in the story navigator lt Modifiers gt Holds all elements modifiers for one story navigator All modifiers use the StorySearchNavigatorltem pbo file StorySearchNavigatorltem pbo Used for preparing search in stories lt Counter gt Countains the counter value lt ModifierName gt The name of the current modifier lt ModifierHits gt The number of hits related to the current modifier 184 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ModifierValue gt Returns a pre made search string that if chosen will be used as input to search criteria when performing a new search Image search SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search functionality has two parts regarding SQL free text searching e The search form where the web guest inputs the query e The search result page that displays the result All existing search options in the SQL free text search described above can be used SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search is available in a standard edition as well as an advanced edition The standard edition has the same options as the SQL free text searching but with a more efficient SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search engine Image Search and Guided Search are only available to users of the advanced edition Image search allows for searchin
486. ord like sunny foggy or overcast lt lcon gt The icon number for the weather It is usually used like this lt CurrTemp gt The current temperature lt FeelsLike gt The feels like temperature lt Humidity gt The humidity value lt Dewpoint gt The dew point lt Barometer gt The barometric pressure lt WindSpeed gt The wind speed lt WindDir gt The wind direction lt WindCurr gt The current wind speed lt WindGusts gt The current wind gusts lt Visibility gt The visibility information lt Sunrise gt The sunrise time lt Sunset gt The sunset time lt State gt The state code for the entry being viewed lt MapCode gt The map code for the entry being viewed pbs accuwname lt pbs accuwname gt This function outputs the name associated with a label Options Label The name of the location for which you would like to show weather This is the same label you use to show current conditions and forecasts Country Sets the country code for the label By default the country code is The United States Other country codes can be used Example C019 Bermuda 396 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs accuwmap lt pbs accuwmap gt This function allows you to display maps provided by the weather service The lt pbs laccuwmap gt tag can be placed on all templates Options Maplabel Selects the map from the database Which maps are available depends on the weather service
487. ou use when you do not have object files lt search_hits gt The value of from to hits the page shows This tag is similar to the tag you use when you do not have object files lt search_totalhits gt The total number of stories found The system will not return more than 1000 hits This tag is similar to the tag you use when you do not have object files lt search_previouslink gt The link to the previous page of results The recommended method to use this criteria is as follows lt form action search method post gt lt div id Prevsearch gt Previous lt input type hidden name url value lt search_previouslink gt gt lt input src xXxxxxxx alt search style vertical align middle type image gt lt div gt lt form gt i lt search_nextlink gt The link to the next page of results It must be placed inside a lt a href gt tag The recommended method to use this criteria is as follows lt form action search method post gt lt div id Nextsearch gt Next lt input type hidden name url value lt search_nextlink gt gt lt input src xXxxxxxx alt search style vertical align middle type image gt lt div gt lt form gt 189 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Search_result gt Where the results will be listed f for example no articles are found then search result returns the message No Articles Found This message can be modified using a regular expressio
488. ould be prefixed with sitecode_ If you overwrite system variables there might be severe consequences Global variables To create a global variable prefix with A vas ewwioeebet T E E S E A E A T E E E E E E E E ET TE f i 1 lt sh_myvariable gt i i A e e eie eA eaea eee a a e a Eaa a eea EEES The value is also available for other macros used on the page For more information please see Global variables For example To set a global variable sh_bar with the value 12 It is possible to overwrite system variables Therefore all your variables should be prefixed with sitecode_ If you overwrite system variables there might be severe consequences Odd and Even variable picture handling You can use the counter variable to alter the layout of photos in the list of stories 115 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual In a table Example code lt table align Counter is even amp ImageLink right Counter is odd amp ImageLink left s Imagelink bgcolor CCCCCC cellspacing 0 cellpadding 2 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt img src lt Imagelink gt amp MaxW 100 width 100 border 0 hspace 0 vspace 0 gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt 5 lt font face Verdana size 2 gt lt b gt lt Title gt lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt Leadin gt lt font gt lt br gt lt div align left gt lt font face Verdana size 1 gt lt a href lt Link gt gt Whole s
489. ounty kommune for the customer lt Counter gt Holds the counter item lt Description gt A description of the customer from the guide item lt DetCat gt The name of the detail category lt E Mail gt The customer s email address from the guide item lt Fax gt The customer s fax number from the guide item lt GuideAdltems gt The result of the GuideAdltem pbo lt GuideOpeningHours gt The business opening hours as defined in GuideBusinessHours pbo lt lsLastiltem gt This field has the value 1 when the record is the last record in the list lt ltemID gt Shows the database ID of the guide item lt ltemLink gt Used to link to the detailed information lt Location gt The customer s city state and zip code or post code from the guide item lt MainCat gt The main category of the guide item lt Name gt The name of the guide item lt NewDetailCat gt This field has the value 1 if the detail category has changed This allows you to use the following code to output a header between the different items lt Phone gt The customer s phone number from the guide item lt SortCode gt An integer that is calculated when the guide is created to determine how the guide item will be sorted lt SubCat gt The subcategory of the guide item This only has a value of the subcat option is set in the pbs ptguidesearchlist tag pbs ptguidesearchoptions lt pbs ptguidesearchoptions gt 252 SA
490. our website Your customers have access to the same functions that you have A Community Site can use the following features e Stories e Links All other tags will pull information from the main site A Community Site can also pull information from a main siteOs database This allows the site to show stories from a category or stories tagged with a keyword or a theme e Other tags and community site e pbs article and community site e pbs buildmenu e MenuGraphicltem pbo e MenuTextltem pbo pbs lightid pbs links on community site pbs sectionfront on community site Community site setup Community site templates Other tags and community site All other tags will pull information from the main site s database pbs article and community site lt pbs article gt The article tag does not support object files on Community Sites pbs buildmenu lt pbs buildmenu gt Used to build Community Site menus this tag builds a sorted menu based on the value in the Sort field in the category register MenuGraphicltem pbo lt link gt The link to the section front lt lmage gt Used to show an image based on the category It is used like this lt a href lt link gt gt lt img src lt lmage gt border 0 gt lt br gt lt a gt lt br gt The system looks for an image called menu_ lt category gt gif in the folder ight lt LightID gt graphics Example MenuTextltem pbo lt link gt The link to the section front
491. out a date You can use any date in YYYYMMDD format to select stories from only that date Example lt pbs newslist date 99999999 gt Controls how many days back the system will look for stories The default is 7 days Enter from 1 to 999 days to change the option For the sake of speed you should never use more days than necessary Setting this option to a high number will slow down the page When you use profiles the Week span option on the profile will set the hard limit for how far back the system looks for stories If you have a week span of 7 Days 49 is the highest number of days that will have any meaning This option controls how many days the tag should skip relative to today s date before it starts displaying stories Setting Daystart 1 and Days 2 lists stories from yesterday You cannot modify the date using Allow Date Override Ado 1 Enter Even in the tag to output only items with an even position code By default this option is not used Enter ti lt 10 in the tag to output only items 2 4 6 8 and so on This settings controls whether the entire taxonomy tree is used when using Taxonomywords parameters By default the entire taxonomy tree is used This means that stories which have the taxonomy word identified in the newslist including the parent structure will be selected If this settings is set to 1 then only stories which have specified taxonomy ids assigned to the directly will be selected This option is lik
492. out tying a profile to a category Profiles and zones You can also tie a profile to a zone This allows you to set up a multi zone website This is described in the next chapter Zoning Zoning enables multiple versions of websites based on geographical locations For example local news has different content based on geographical location The zoning functionality allows you to build one website for different zones or languages and different templates will be shown based on the language or zone chosen by the website guest Zone as language You can use zoning for selecting different templates based on the zone the user is in This allows you to use different languages for Zones However this system does not allow you to create multiple versions of a story in different languages Creating zone profiles You must set up the Zones before you can use them You can assign Zones to each category and you can set fallback Zones in the ini file You must first create a geographical taxonomy that you will use to build the Zones Example taxonomy Big Co is building their worldwide website They have products assigned to the regions in which they are sold and need to build Zones so that the products appear in the correct Zones They build their taxonomy like this e World e Europe e Norway e Denmark e France e North America e United States e Canada Creating profiles To create a profile that shows all products sold in Canada you build a pr
493. p has been sent To redirect back to the story use the following code Outputs the hidden fields needed by the system This field contains the title of the story and must be placed in a hidden field named Tittel like this lt input name Tittel type hidden value lt Title gt gt The recipient s email address 356 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The TipsText pbo file is used when no function specific file exists This file has the same fields as ArtTipsText pbo Setup tip functions The TipsText pbo file is used when no function specific file exists This file has the same fields as ArtTipsText pbo If this file does not exist the system will send an email based on system defaults It is likely that the default message is in Norwegian In order to use tip functions the following settings must be added to the GENERAL section of the Publicus ini MaillD MailSender MailServer Chapter 28 Images This chapter contains general information about images in the system and information about the permanent gallery Please note that SAXOTECH Online has a permanent gallery and a story based gallery The two galleries are accessed at different locations in the editing interface e Access control for images e PhotoGalleryExtLogin pbo Story linked photo gallery Generate graphical text Image settings Order picture pbs link and images pbs photogallery e ArticleConnectionltem pbo and images e ArticleConnections pbo and images
494. pName gt The name of the group lt DepOverviewltems gt Outputs all employees in the group DepOverviewHeader pbo Outputs a header for each department lt DepEmail gt The group e mail address for the department lt DepFax gt Outputs the department fax number lt DepName gt The name of the department lt DepOverviewGroups gt Outputs the department groups containing all employees and un grouped employees lt DepPhone gt Outputs the department phone number DepOverviewltem pbo Output for each employee lt Address1 gt This field displays address line 1 lt Address2 gt This field displays address line 2 lt Address3 gt This field displays address line 3 lt Address4 gt This field displays address line 4 lt City gt This field contains the city name 351 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt DepFax gt The department fax number lt DepGroupName gt The name of the group lt DepName gt The name of the department lt DepPhone gt The department phone number lt Email gt The employee s email address lt EmailHome gt This field contains the personal email address for the employee lt Firstname gt The employee s first name lt ImgLink gt The source address for the image associated with the employee The maximum size for staff images is 500 x 500 pixels which is the default To limit the image to a smaller size determine the maximum width as in the example b
495. page If you put another ad on the page replace adspot_1 with adspot_2 URL You must change the URL to reflect the URL for your site Example code 237 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual At the ad position lt nolayer gt lt iframe src http sh us publicus com apps pbcsad dll adsource Spot SKYSCRAPERO2 FRONTPAGE amp TARGET _blank amp H 240 amp W 120 name Foo id Foo width 120 height 240 marginwidth 1 marginheight 1 scrolling no frameborder 0 gt lt a href http sh us publicus com apps pbcsad dll adlink Spot SKYSCRAPERO2 FRONTPAGE amp ID target _blank gt lt img src http sh us publicus com apps pbcsad dll adimage Spot SKYSCRAPERO2 FRONTPAGE border 0 height 240 width 120 alt gt lt a gt lt iframe gt lt nolayer gt lt ILAYER id adspot_1 name adspot_1 visibility hide width 120 height 240 gt lt ILAYER gt AAA eh EAA e E E AO a L a ee a a Se ee Se tees AAS i At the bottom of the page lt LAYER name adspot_1X src http sh us publicus com apps pbcsad d1ll adsource Spot SKYSCRAPER02 FRONTPAGESTARGET _blanksH 2408W 12 visibility hide onLoad moveToAbsolute adspot_1 pageX adspot_1 pageY clip height 240 clip width 120 visibility show gt lt LAYER gt Chapter 15 Links The Links functions allow you to build lists of links You can use these functions to manage all types of links lists on your site e Links pbo e pbs links e pbs linkscategorylist e Linkslt
496. pbs ft gt tag Please see the section for the pbs ft tag for more information pbs profiletree lt pbs profiletree gt This tag is used for building a tree of all profiles in the system This tag can be used on all templates Options Autoexpand This will make the subcategories expand when a category is selected Category Specifies the category like this E E E a Pi e 1 A E A E A EA E Please note that when you use lt pbs profiletree gt as a navigation menu the category must be specified If you do not specify the category the profile tree will be broken when a web guest goes to a category other than the one in the profile tree Excludeid This option is used for excluding profile IDs that should not be part of the tree Example A E A A A A a dd A A A Object This option sets the object class for the object files class Sectioncat Sets the category in the link Topnode This option is used for setting the top node for the profile tree This enables you to build a profile tree for just one branch This function requires object files Profile Tree pbo Profile Treeltem pbo Profile TreeltemActive pbo Profile TreeltemPassive pbo ProfileTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo ProfileTreeltemSeparatorExp pbo ProfileTree pbo If the ProfileTree pbo does not exist it will default to lt items gt which will output the same result as earlier versions 124 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt TopNode gt The profile name of the ID
497. ple a story about Tasmania was published 100 days ago This story might be read many times today if a girl from Tasmania was married to a Danish prince yesterday This story would not be shown with the Days option set to 7 but it would be counted if StatDays was set to 7 Please see Days MostRead pbo lt ltemCount gt The number of stories lt ltems gt Lists the items MostReadltem pbo lt Date gt The date for the story lt ExtLink gt The link to the story when you use the site option lt IsLastltem gt This field has the value 1 when the last story in the list is shown lt lSODate gt The date in ISO format lt Leadin gt The summary for the story This field only has a value if showref is larger than zero lt Link gt The link to the story lt Position gt The position number for the story lt Title gt The title of the story pbs newslist lt pbs newslist gt The Newslist tag is used to build overviews of stories This tag can be used on all templates Options 164 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual AccessDomain Used in ClickShare for setting the common domain for clicks Cachetime The option cachetime is used to determine how long a Newslist should be cached The function is typically used on front pages and for breaking news lists By default cachetime is disabled To use the cachetime option you must run the tag uncached The option is used like this Cachet ime X where X is the nu
498. ple code from each template is included in the relevant sections Unless otherwise noted only the fields in the template are available article_xml_asset pbo The following is an example of the article_xml_asset pbo A A A a A a A A lt asset gt lt Filename gt lt Filename gt lt Filename gt lt asset gt article_xml_connection pbo The following is an example of the article_xml_connection pbo 84 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt articlekey gt E lt date gt lt Date gt lt date gt i lt category gt lt Category gt lt category gt lt articlenumber gt lt ArtNo gt lt articlenumber gt i lt reference gt lt Reference gt lt reference gt lt articlekey gt article_xml_paragraph pbo The following is an example of the article_xml_paragraph pbo lt paragraph id lt Block gt html lt IsHTML gt gt lt heading gt lt Heading gt lt heading gt lt body gt lt Body gt lt body gt FactsBody lt facts align lt FactsAligns gt gt lt heading gt lt Fact sHeading gt lt heading gt lt body gt lt Fact sBody gt lt body gt lt facts gt lt image align lt ImgAlign gt mimetype lt ImgMimeTypes gt width lt ImgWidth gt height lt SImgHeight3 gt gt lt filename gt lt ImgFilename gt lt filename gt lt caption leadin gt lt Caption Leadin gt lt caption leadin gt 1 lt caption gt lt Caption gt lt caption gt
499. pstories x will show all stories for the Top story category A list of AP theme codes is available at www support us saxotech com in the FAQ section The tag appears like this A koj o a w Q Oo 5 i Q w ct 10 Q lo K lt I ole a e e a o K H 0 a Il so o o o Q w Q E o Li fas 3 o Il ps o Vv Only stories listed in the newest priority document will be shown You can further limit the output using the count option Agent pbo lt ltems gt This field outputs the items Agentltem pbo Used to list stories lt Counter gt The item counter The counter starts at 1 for the first item lt Date gt The publication date preformatted lt DateHeader gt The date header The tag supports formatting and can be used like this It is only output when the date changes lt lmgLink gt The image link It must be used in an tag lt lsoDateTime gt _ The date and time in ISO format It can be formatted using object script lt Leadin gt The lead in 159 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Link gt The link to the entire story Example use lt Time gt The publication time preformatted lt Title gt The title for the story pbs agentcategory lt pbs agentcategory gt This tag can be used on all _art pbs templates on which you display agency stories pbs history lt pbs history gt The history tag is used to list older stories in the category being viewe
500. ptions You can define other variables by adding to the tag In addition all options specified in the URL will be available in the macro file When defining other variables the names of the variables should not be words used elsewhere in SAXOTECH Online for field names tag names and so on Other variables For fields are available in addition to system URL and global variables If you put a macro on the result page all fields in the form are available URL All parameters in the URL are available as fields If you have the following URL parameters EIM A aise A EAEE AETA apps pbcs dll article Date 20020907 amp Category NEWS02 amp ArtNo 221004 amp Ref AR with the value AR System variables The following system variables are available in addition to variables defined in the tag and taken from the URL Please see System variables for more system variables lt CurrMainCategory gt This field holds the current main category It is written lt sCurrMainCategory gt You can use your own variables in a format like the following A o o a 3 D Q 8 o 5 D 3 10 Il a D tal o lt o K jis w o oO sa i Pe 10 tal pas p lt o 8 B o o o N Il q oO X ies N v Example 1 You want macro variables to contain the same values as the tags lt pbs categoryname main gt and lt pbs categoryname gt Use a macro tag like this A O o a 3 D Q B o 5 p 3 10 Il o p w 5 Q p A 10 Q o
501. put the text in lowercase Makes the system output the text with the first letter in the first word in uppercase Makes the system output the text with the first letter in each word in uppercase Makes the system output the text in uppercase lt pbs link article inherit template printart text Printer friendly version gt lt pbs link gt lt pbs link inherit ondate 0 href text img gt amp MaxW 580 gt 420 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs metarefresh lt pbs metarefresh gt This tag is put in the lt head gt lt head gt section to enable pages to auto refresh This tag can only be used on front pages section fronts and stories The lt pbs metarefresh gt tag has only one option refresh time The refresh time is set in the web siteconfig table You can set separate refresh times for the front page section front and story The default refresh time is 10 minutes pbs parvariables name site pbs parvariables name site It is currently not possible to use all story parameters as global variables This tag can be used to retrieve parameters pbs parvariables name site Where name can be set to the following values site The site indicated in the publicus ini date The date in the URL If there is no date the current date will be used category The category in the URL storyid The story ID in the URL This is only available on the article action publishdate The current site publish date ref The story or photo
502. quest ErrorMsg ErrorStatusCode The message to be returned to the browser if HaltOnInvalidURLInput is set to 1 The code returned to the browser if HaltOnInvalidURLInput is set to 1 default is 404 UserSubmitCCE Section UserSubmitCCE section 65 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual These kind of sections are used to set up CCE object type definitions that are being used along with the UserSubmit section for User Generated Content The section is using the format of AA eens dd e E a A I E O AE E E E E A E A E eepaaseenssenceseseessseeeceeeeseceeany and it has the following settings available CCEModule Sets the module ID of the definition CCEClass Sets the class ID of the definition CCEType Sets the type ID of the definition TaxonomyList Use to define a list of taxonomy IDs that is available to submitters Example of making two type definitions UserSubmitCCE_2_2_CarType CCEModule 2 CCEClass 2 CCEType CarType TaxonomyList 28 144 347 UserSubmitCCE_3_23_BoatType CCEModule 3 CCEClass 23 CCEType BoatType TaxonomyList 28 144 321 UserSubmit section Work flow on user generated content For workflow you can control who appears to have created the content as well as its initial publish status Controlling creating Userld AllowAnonymousSubmit If enabled 1 it is possible for all users to submit content whereas if disabled 0 only logged in users From version 6 2 0sr17 can submit content Default is d
503. r It looks like this WHOOP Class 70 Category CAT70017 Days 3 Link http www starbanner com apps pbcs dll dclassifieds Date lt Date gt amp WHOOP amp Class 70 1 Category amp Type lt Type s gt amp Lopenr lt ID gt E E E AE A P A A A I EE EN EEE E E A E A A E A E A N E E 196 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Category Used to limit the system to display ads from just one ad category This option is optional Class Determines which adclass will be shown This option is mandatory Days Determines how many days the system should look back to find active ads Link Sets the link for the pop up ad You must set the category for the object files and the class in the link Object files You must create an object file with the same name as the defined section To follow the example configuration file it must be called Whoop pbo It can look like this Text lt script language JavaScript1 2 src http www starbanner com includes functions js type text javascript gt lt script gt E lt link href http www starbanner com includes style css rel stylesheet type text css title Stylesheet gt E lt a href Javascript NewWindow 620 600 lt Link gt gt lt img src http imgsrv starbanner com apps pbcsi dll classifiedimg i Date lt Date gt amp Category lt Type gt amp Lopenr lt ID gt amp Element 1 amp MaxW 120 amp Border 0 border 0 gt i lt a gt lt b gt lt
504. r as categories The option is enabled like this the profile ID is used in the cache name The default is 0 50 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual UseProfilelnStoryCacheName UseProfileSortCode UserSettings From version 6 4 0 UseRWforRuban UseSectionCatInStoryCacheName UseSimple404 UseSmartBylines GOOGLEMAPS section Includes the profile in the story cache name By default the profile is included in th cache file name To disable the option enter a A A a A a to determine that the Profiletree tag will be sorted by the sort code on the profile in of alphabetically Determines whether to use the user settings GUI or not By enabling this it is possible to use the RW db for all classified database calls Th enabled by adding this This is needed due to some US replication issues Includes the section category in the story cache name By default the section cate included in the cache file name Disable the option by entering EIEEE E EPE EEE EEE E E E A E ce tasicsnooc pr psrcpsopiosepsic isos sicess Using this option you can avoid having several stories cached with the same layot The system will show the value of UseSimple404 setting The following template w used instead of the value of USeSimple404 if available Please note that this templ not be parsed thus it is used as a flat HTML file To enable this option please add A OS iso paa e SS a ee ey pa A A A a A The options works with ArticleByline p
505. r cellphone payment for stories The complete story ID It is for use with cellphone payment of stories Contains the average ranking of a story Contains whether the story is a user generated story blog entry 1 or not 0 The byline on the story The main text for the picture The byline for the photo The heading for the picture The category ID for the category in which the story is shown The link to the category This field is often used in the following link The name of the category in which the story is placed This field starts with the value 1 and is increased by one for each story i Sfcounter 1 Article 1 View ad 1 s counter 2 counter 3 Article 2 and 3 Melt our newslist tags together with this function and increase database connections Contains the creator s user ID if the story is a blog entry Contains the creator s first name if the story is a blog entry Contains the creator s last name if the story is a blog entry Contains the creator s email address if the story a blog entry The date the story was last modified This field uses the Dateformat option in the tag for formatting This field outputs the date but only when the date changes in the listing This field uses the Datefori option in the tag for formatting The dateline from the story The value of the design class The value 1 when the design class changes in the list of stories It is written lt tDesignClassChang Used to show li
506. r happens This file is named warning_ lt SessionNumber gt FailedOverToLocalCache lt TimeStamp gt txt as shown in this example warning_173226033609092 FailedOverToLocalCache_20050512 13 22 20 txt To set up the fail over system use the following settings in the Cache section A A a CACHE FailOver_NumberOfConnectionAttempts 1 i FailOver_RetryInterval 100 i i FailOver_ReestablishInterval 0 i ForceLocalCache 0 i FailOver_NumberOfConnectionAttempts Controls how many attempts should be made before failing over to the local cache The default is 1 attempt which is the minimum FailOver_RetryInterval If NumberOfConnectionAttempts is 2 or more you can specify a slight delay before retrying The delay is expressed in milliseconds It is advised to keep this delay very low The default is 100 ms FailOver_ReestablishInterval If a fail over happens this parameter controls whether SAXOTECH Online should retry accessing the Cache Server The FailOver_ReestablishInterval is expressed in seconds and the default is 0 which means that no retry will be done On successful re access a file with the following name will be written to the ExceptionLogs folder info_ lt SessionNumber gt SuccessfullyReestablishedConnection lt TimeStamp gt txt 71 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ForceLocalCache Can be 1or 0 If set to 1 only the local cache is used The default is 0 This means that you do not need to specify this setting to use the fail over
507. r matching the section category The section category is the category in which the story is shown and not the category in which the story is placed The system looks for a folder matching the section category If the section category is a subcategory the main category will be checked as well When using category tree with more than two levels two digits will be removed at a time In the following example five lookups will be performed Example 1 NEWSO10101 NEWSO101 i NEWSO1 NEWS l default If a site has used an odd number of digits on a subcategory this will be regarded as the only subcategory For example 94 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Example 2 Note that there are three digits on the subcategory NEWS123 SS A SS A E NEWS123 NEWS default objects lt category gt A ease se ec eee A ease se eaee N ee eee EE EEE E E DEA pbs eebeladesebeccetbbewereeeeemese cesses ceteneeeSeseus veces wacie sce EER SS EE E E a oe nace henna iene tos ances The global folder is the system s fallback folder and is only used when no object files are found This folder is maintained by SAXOTECH Selecting which object files to use There are 16 possible object files that can be used The following example illustrates which object file will be used first You have a newslist tag on the front page which uses object class 1 You have multiple stories in the system some with article classes and some without The zone i
508. r s zip code as saved in the staff register ArticleConnections pbo lt Connectionltems gt Outputs the story items lt ForumConnectionltems gt Outputs the forum items lt GalleryConnectionltems gt Outputs the photo gallery items ArticleExtraPictureltem pbo lt ArtNo gt Contains the image ID number lt Category gt The image category lt Counter gt Contains the picture counter It starts on 1 for the first picture lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt lmg gt HTML image tag to make sure the image is displayed lt lsLastitem gt This field has the value 1 on the last picture lt lSODate gt The date of the image lt Site gt The two letter site code All fields from ArticlePicture pbo are also supported ArticleExtraPictures pbo lt Count gt Shows the number of pictures lt DesignClass gt Contains the design class used lt ltems gt Outputs the items ArticleFacts pbo Used to define the fact box It is used for all fact boxes in the story The file Art icleFacts_0 pbo will only be used for the main fact box ArticleFacts_1 pbo will be used for the fact box in the first paragraph ArticleFacts_2 pbo for the second paragraph and so on ArticleFacts pbo is used for all fact boxes that do not have their own template 146 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Align gt Outputs the alignment of the fact box In the editing interface users can select eith
509. rch form The search form allows web guests to search the CCE Objects Template The search form can be placed on all pages The result uses gen_cce_ModuleShortName pbs This page must have the lt pbs cce gt tag to show the results Form The tag lt pbs ccefields gt is used in some of the fields to extract information from the database lt form name ccefsearch method POST action lt pbs prog gt cce Module ModulesCategory lt pbs categoryid gt gt The form code and hidden fields in the example code must be present If this code is missing the search form will not work Also you must add the variable lt SearchString gt to the submit form for the link to the next page to return the same search string as the original search lt SearchString gt contains the actual search string Fields Almost all options that you can use in the tag can also be used as a field in the form They are either set using hidden fields or as a field where the web guest can select the value The fields are documented with the lt pbs cce gt tag In order to search custom fields you cannot just use the name of the field You must append search to the end of the custom field name as in the following example for a custom field called cost A Be 5 No ct ca lt o 10 Il ER 0 x pa 5 w 3 M Il Q O u at a o p 5 Q y e v As you can see from the example above in order for the form fields to work the names
510. rchCategory value gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory value Categoryid gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory value Categoryidl Categoryid2 gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory value Categoryids gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory value Categoryid 1 3 gt value Categoryid Categoryid gt lt input type hidden name SearchCategory e Drop down example To create a drop down menu that lets the web guest select a category you must build a select box like this lt select name SearchCategory gt lt option value SELECTED gt A11 lt option gt i l lt option value NEWS01 SELECTED gt Local news lt option gt lt option value NEWS02 gt Regional news lt option gt lt option value NEWS03 gt National news lt option gt lt option value NEWS04 gt World news lt option gt lt select gt E Search You can limit the search to a profile You can build a drop down for selecting profiles like this profile lt select name SearchProfile gt lt option value 0 SELECTED gt A11 lt option gt lt option value 1002 gt Sports lt option gt lt option value 1001 gt News lt option gt lt select gt Specifying a nonexistent profile will result in profiles being ignored You can also set the profile using a hidden field Excluding You can exclude specific categories from a search The option is set like this categories CA a as ee
511. re working with a headline object file you can have 99 different styles of headlines numbered 1 to 99 Object class class is set by the designer in the tag on the template and has a numerical value from 1 to 99 Zone The zone value is used to show different layouts for different geographical zones The system only checks for a zone version if the non zoned version is found For example the file News2a_NOR pbo will not be used if News2a pbo does not exist The zone cookie must also be set Directory structure Object files are placed in a folder under the template folder called objects Inside the objects folder you can create a folder for each category These folders are named after the category ID of the category not the category name By using the folder structure you do not need to have all object files in the main folder This makes it easier to keep an overview of the object files Folder selection When you use object files for a tag SAXOTECH Online looks in the object folder for the correct object file to use The system will look for object files in the following order bno En e o o e o o H tk LR Q 10 10 a Q Q ct ion Sy v v A N SS rg q je R aj Q o oO T hh 3 ice He O H nm Q oO Vv v A ct o A gt oO Ho oO kk R 3 oO o oO Q Fh v gg ad n fs oO Vv o o w 10 a ct Wn Wn 10 Q o Q w ct A un 10 a p o 5 C w ct v The system looks for a folde
512. rewidth Sets the maximum width of the main picture This value is used by the image dll pbcesi dll to resample high resolution pictures uploaded to the system The default is You can use any value between 1 and 999 If you set this value higher than the the width of the pictures you upload to the system the system will not optimize the picture Formatting options These options control the layout of the story if object files are not used Faktawidth Sets the width of the fact box in pixels The default is a A A ad You can use any value between 10 and 1000 Titlefont Sets the font used for the story title The string used here is used by the Pa SS cae ascos a yq Eu can be set to any font or combinations of fonts Titlesize This function sets the size of the story title The legal values are 1 6 Setting the title size will result in the system outputting a A Ph o a u B N oO ll He v where is the value set Special options 139 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual adinsertspot The ad insert function allows you to display an ad inserted into the story text The function allows you to display any ad type in the story The following code must be present in your article tag To show the ad you must use Adinsert in your Article pbo Gifoutput Makes the system output the story as a GIF image instead of as text This is used for making a preview for special Inherit List WAP access pay sections of
513. ride this profile by entering in the tag This will lock the tag to display stories matching profile number XXX You can limit the selection of stories using categories with profiles This means that stories matching a profile also will have to match the category pbs related lt pbs related gt 180 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The theme overview is used for showing all stories with a common theme Usually only 5 to 10 links to stories with the same theme are shown when you view the story The theme overview enables you to show all the stories with the same theme This function uses the template gen_tovr pbs The link to this page is provided by lt sMoreLink gt in the listing of related stories on the story Options Antall The number of stories to be shown By default the value is all stories will be shown Enter antall x where x is any number between 1 and 9999 Bgcolor Sets the background color This color is set in the standard HTML way This option is ignored when object files are used Color Sets the text color when object files are not used This color is set in the standard HTML way Daterange By default only stories from the last 180 days are shown Enter months x to show stories from the last x months Leadin This option determines how many characters of the lead in will be shown By default the entire lead in is shown Enter TS SE cases E cis porristas css O O E turns off the lead in Objectclass Sets the ob
514. rmation should be removed It is also possible to activate the remove for all getcontent tags by calling newsletter exe with the parameter removehtmlhead URL The URL from which content will be retrieved If the URL is not valid the tag will be empty and the newsletter will not be sent To activate getcontent in the newsletter the newsletter exe must be called with the parameter If the tag fails the newsletter will not be sent The application will try to resend the newsletter during the next run Web based management Web based management of newsletters lets subscribers manage their subscriptions through a webpage This can be done on your standard newsletter subscription page You should name your category something that will make it easy to see that is a newsletter composer category The value you specify will be shown in the newsletter composer interface Example code This code goes on your subscription page lt input type checkbox name Category value COMPFOOTBALL lt pbs CB_COMPFOOTBALL gt gt Football roundup lt br gt i lt input type checkbox name Category value COMPARTS lt pbs CB_COMPARTS gt gt Arts newsletter lt br gt User registration The web guest must be a registered user of your site This is because the newsletter uses the same database as the White Pages for user registration User registration is described in the section Chapter 25 User Registration 392 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual C
515. rticleCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorinvalidinput pbo UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbo The following object files are available for photo galleries UserSubmitFormPhotoGallery pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryCategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryTaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFields pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryExtraFieldsltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryPhotoltem pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorInvalidInput pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorFailed pbo The following object files are available for CCE objects UserSubmitFormCCE pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryList pbo UserSubmitFormCCECategoryListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyList pbo UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCEModule pbo UserSubmitFormCCEFieldList pbo UserSubmitFormCCEFieldListltem pbo UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotLoggedIn pbo UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotCreator pbo UserSubmitFormCC
516. ry lt Text gt The description of the gallery lt ThumbnailLink gt The link to the thumbnail version of the gallery lt Title gt The title of the photo gallery lt UserSubmitDeleteLink gt URL that if visited will delete the story in case the story is a user submitted story and the user is the From version 6 2 0 i lt GalleryID gt Contains the lopenr StoryID of the gallery From version 6 2 0 lt GalleryCategory gt Same as Category From version 6 2 0 lt GalleryDate gt Contains the date of the gallery From version 6 2 0 lt Location gt Contains the location field value From version 6 2 0 369 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt PhotoGalleryStatus gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByUserlD gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByFirstName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedBySurName gt From version 6 2 0 lt CreatedByEmailAdr gt From version 6 2 0 lt BlogEntry gt From version 6 2 0 lt lSOCreatedDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt lSOModifiedDate gt From version 6 2 0 lt Taxonomy gt From version 6 2 0 lt ExtraFields gt From version 6 2 0 lt AvgRanking gt From version 6 4 0 lt RankingLink gt From version 6 4 0 lt TotalNoofVotes gt From version 6 4 0 Contains the publish status of the photo gallery It can be published 1 or unpublished 0 This is only returned if the photogallery latest tag has the ignorestatus 1 parameter
517. s The Publicus ini file should not be edited without contacting SAXOTECH Please note that some of the field names and options are in Norwegian We are in the process of translating all tags and options Placement The ini file is placed in the root folder for the website Each website s root folder is usually a sub folder of www and has the same name as the website This folder is only readable by the customer and the web server Sample See Publicus ini in the sample set This file contains most of the known parameters ADCLASSES section ADX section AGENDACLASSSUBJECTMAPPING section AGENDA section ALIASREWRITE section ARTSUBCLASS section CACHE section CAPTCHA section CCE section CLASSIFIEDSIMAGE section CLICKSHAREPRODUCTS section CLICKSHARE section COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS section CONTENTVALIDATION section DEBUG section EDITINTERFACE section EVENTSDEF section EXTLOGIN section EXTRAFIELDDEF section EXTRAMENUCPEDITORIAL1 section FACEBOOK section FASTSEARCH section FORUM section FRONTPAGESUBCLASS section GENERAL section GOOGLEMAPS section HOSTSITECODES section IMAGE section LIGHTUSERSTORYLIST MODULES section MULTIPRIORITY section MULTITABSTORYEDIT Section NETGUEST section NEWSLETTER section OBJECTRANKING section OMNITURE_FRONTPAGE_MAPPING section OMNITURE section OVRSUBCLASS section POLL section PRIOROTATEGROUPS section PUBLISHTIMES section QA section SEARCHSTRINGDEFS section SECTIONSUBCLASS section SINGLETABSTORY
518. s cee eka ee Pe bed eae rect ete hee ree Cea eee 364 128 7 PDS Photogallery sce cio e is oe doe cae dee lated ecard Pia aegis a dada di 365 1 28 7 1 ArticleConnectionltem pbo and images 0 6 cece cette tenes 365 1 28 7 2 ArticleConnections pbo and imageS 0 cect etn teen eee 365 1 28 73 PhotoGallery pb0 nnen aci ci As So eee pare diel Bea ade te Shenae ease peek ees 366 1 28 8 pbs photogallery latest 2 0 cece ee eee ee ee ee ee ee te eee A eee eens 367 1 28 8 1 PhotoGalleryLatest pb0 2 1 Lect eee ete n teens 369 1 28 8 2 PhotoGalleryLatestlteM pbO 2 1 0 ketene tenet e eee 369 1 28 9 pbs photogallery thumbnails se taena paa ean p ee eee 370 1 28 9 1 PhotoGalleryThumbnailltem pbo oococcocococcoco ttn t eens 371 1 28 9 2 PhotoGalleryThumbnailS pbO 0 cee ett tents 372 1 28 71 05 PDS DtSMOWIUMAGE a e a A ode Die le a A Pea av lth ake leptin todo 372 1 28 40 1 SHOWIMAGE PDO sitea seri a its 373 1 28 11 PROLO AlDUMEOX POM ati a ca Aaa a 373 1 28 11 1 EXxpPhotoAlbUM pPDO tic oo ode A da 374 1 28 11 2 ExpPhotoAlbumltem pbo o oooocooco eee 375 1 28 11 3 ExpPhotoAlbums pbo 2 0 0 eee 375 1 28 12 Set picture as desktop background ooo 375 128 13 Watermark imags semi e e A O A e 376 1 28 14 POS PLIMAGES Terrine A ad E eae ce A bi ee ra 377 1528 1471 lmageltem POO a A pal A A A a ste eb ty 379 1 28 14 2 ImageltemRowEnd pbo o oocoo eee 380 1 28 14 3 ImageltemRowStart pbO o ooococ
519. s Objectclass Determines which object class will be used Useobjects Determines whether the tag should use object files DirectoryCategoryList pbo lt items gt Outputs the categories and must be placed inside a table pa lt table gt lt items gt lt table gt 243 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual DirectoryCategoryListltem pbo lt Categorydetails gt Contains the names of the subcategories lt CompanyCategory gt Contains the name of the category lt params gt Contains the parameters needed to link to the page You must also specify a category to determine which template is used paras e lt a href lt pbcs dl1 gt section Category YP24 params lt params gt gt Link lt a gt pbs ypdetails lt pbs ypdetails gt The lt pbs ypdetails gt tag is used to display the entries in a subcategory It can also be used to display all details about an entry if you do not want all information in the list To use this function you must link to the page from the entries list using the lt params gt function If it is used this way you must use another object class to display the details The tag should be used as follows A Sie choses s o cet ek SAA E AS Sa5 Sees AE SAT E EEN E ese heise E eet Sci ere loses toe ook EE oto Sho tee oe a eee aioe rece ees cose Options Objectclass Determines which object class will be used Useobjects Determines whether the tag should use object files D
520. s The title of the message A link that will cause the messages locked status to toggle A locked message will become unlocked and an unlocked message will become locked The id of the user The user level of the message author The total number of posts the author has made in the system The ranking given by the specific user on an object The date the user first registered in the system Number of users who have voted yes Yes vote link The user must be logged in before voting ForumMessages pbo This file builds the framework for the message list lt ArtLink gt lt Description gt lt GroupLogoLink gt lt GroupsListLink gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsModerated gt lt LoggedinUserLevel gt lt LoggedinUserVerified gt A link back to the story if the forum is an Article Forum The description of the group The same as lt LogoLink gt The same as lt ThemeLink gt This field is set to 1 if the group is locked This field is set to 1 if the group is moderated The user level of the user currently logged on to the forum This field is set to 1 if the user currently logged on is verified 303 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt LogoLink gt The link for the logo if the group has a logo lt Messageitems gt This parameter lists all the top level messages in the group lt NavBar gt Lists a page navigation area This functionality provides a more powerful alternative to using
521. s Type Sets the type of graph Precip This option sets the graph to show precipitation Temp With this setting the graph shows temperature This is the default WeatherGraph pbo 399 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lmgLink gt Contains the link to the graph image pbs weatherlastupdate lt pbs weatherlastupdate gt This tag is used to show the latest time that weather information was updated This tag can be used on all templates Options Format Sets the date format This option uses the standard SAXOTECH Online method of formatting dates Region Used to select the region for which you would like to show the update Which region codes match which areas is dependant on the server configuration Contact the server administrator for a list of relevant region codes Type By default this is not used and the tag shows the update time from either WeatherRegionForecast or WeatherLocationForecast depending on which was updated most recently Set pio A AAA A e AA to force the tag to show either WeatherRegionForecast or WeatherLocationForecast pbs weatherobservations lt pbs weatherobservations gt This tag is used to report weather observations This tag can be used on all templates Options Region Used to select the region for which you would like to show observations Which region codes match which areas is dependant on the server configuration Contact the server administrator for a list of relevant region codes Site Set
522. s Contains the author s fax number as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s first name as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s fylkenr as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s group as saved in the staff register Contains the URL of the author s picture For additional authors use the field lt lmgLink2 gt This tag supports up to 9 people Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s information as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines H a Lo B H 3 D K he I j indicates that the author is the primary author Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s kommunenr as saved in the staff register Used for smart bylines Contains the author s surname as saved in the staff register Contains the first line of the byline field You can increase the line number to output the different lines of the byline field Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s mobile phone number as saved in the staff register Outputs the names of all authors without e mail links The function also outputs the other lines in the story Contains the number of authors the system has recognized It can be used like this namecount 1 lt BylineNamePart1 gt lt BylineNamePart gt and lt SBylineNamePart2 gt Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s office as saved in the staff register Used for Smart
523. s news_content tag controls the number of replies required before a message is considered hot The number of image attachments associated with this message Controls the story indent This value is 1 if the author of the message has a user level of 9 This field has a value of 1 when the group has been locked The group in which this message exists is moderated This value is 1 author of the message has a user level of 8 This has a value of 1 if the message is locked This has a value of 1 when the current message has been created since the current user s last visit date time This value is 1 if the author of the message has a user level in the range of 5 to 7 Same as lt Created gt except in ISO format The same as lt LastMessageDate gt except in ISO format The same as lt Publisheds gt except in ISO format The same as lt UserRegDate gt but in ISO format This value is 1 if the author of the message has a user level of 1 This has a value of 1 if the message is a sticky message A sticky message will appear above all normal messages The date time the last message in the thread was created The nickname of the user that last posted to this thread The link to the full text The level of the user currently accessing the system This field is set to 1 if the user currently accessing the system has been verified A value representing the current message as a number The link to the page for posting a new top leve
524. s 0 45 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual OnlyUseEmbeddedNewsList From version 6 2 0sr17 NyNorsk OnlyLocalCommunities OriginalUrlInInheritedLink From version 6 3 0sr13 OverwriteNewsListCacheWithEmptyResult PermanentCookie PhotoAlbumRootPath This setting forces the system to use the embedded newslist SQL statement The default value is 0 Optional Setting this option will give you day and month names in Nynorsk when y have set language NOR The option is set like this Pemba a Optional used by the Agenda and Events Modules it affects the lt pbs eventoptio communities gt tag When this setting is enabled lt pbs eventoptions communities gt will NOT list all communities counties fylker it will be limited to thi specified in the Publicus ini as A A E A A a scenic Diana orcos EEE E AE resi osos posea sapos apost Optional Setting this option will use the original URL in the InheritedLink variable i of the URL modified by URLRewrite The option is set like this If a newlist SQL failed or generated an empty result the content from the previous file was used This caused problems when an empty result was actually expected can determine whether the cache file will be overwritten even through the SQL resi empty A e A o E a taee See eee eee The default is 1 By default the cache file is overwritten even though the SQL resul empty however if the SQL statement fails raises an exception the cache file
525. s Manual The number of replies to this message If this is a reply this field contains the title of the original posting with Re appended to the beginning This field has a value of 1 when there is a reply to the current message that has been created today A link that will cause the messages locked status to toggle A locked message will become unlocked and an unlocked message will become locked The user level of the logged on user When a forum is protected using a captcha tag if the user submits an incorrect solution the dll returns the preview page instead lt ValidCaptcha gt is only available when the solution was incorrect It has a value of 0 The following form fields are sent to the application to complete the action following a form submission Attachments Author Body DeleteAttachments Edit Email EmailReplies Extra_XXX GroupRedirect InReplyTo MessagelD ModeratorMsg MsgType Signature Title Any HTTP file input type lt input type file gt will be interpreted for attachments The author name that is used in non Extended Forums Body text of the new message If this item has a checked value then any current attachments will be removed from the message If this value is set to 1 an existing record is to be updated The e mail address that is used in non Extended Forums If this value is set to 1 the user is to be notified when someone has replied to the message Name and value details can
526. s are not used Ledetekst Sets the title when an object file is not used Objectclass Determines which object files the system should use By default this option is disabled By setting A e A y the system will look for object files named History1 pbo and Historyltem1 pbo By using other numbers the system will look for object files named History pbo where is the number Object files Enter Useobjects 1 to use object files By default object files are not used Useobjects This option controls the use of object files By default this option is disabled Enter Useobjects 1 to make the system look for object files 160 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Visref Determines how many characters of the summary the lt text gt variable should use By default it uses O characters Enter where x is any number between 0 and 9999 History pbo The wrapper for the objects lt ltems gt The position where the code for each item will be output Historyltem pbo The file Historyltem pbo is output for each item in the history list lt Date gt The story s date Formatting is controlled by the Dateformat option lt Link gt The link to the story lt Text gt The summary of the story The amount of text shown is determined by the Leadin option lt Title gt The title of the story pbs keywordindex lt pbs keywordindex gt The index tag is used to build keyword indexes The stories must be tagged with keywords
527. s categorytree gt This tag allows you to build a category tree showing all categories This tag can be used on all templates Options ExcludedCategoryList Specifies the categories that the tag should not list By default this option is not used Expand Levels Object class Shownext Type Usesectioncat CategoryTree pbo Category TreeltemActive pbo Category TreeltemPassive pbo Category TreeltemSeparatorColl pbo Category TreeltemSeparatorExp pbo Category TreeltemSeparatorNone pbo categories enter Controls which branches should be expanded The expand option has the following values e All All branches are expanded e Active Only the active branch is expanded Specifies how many levels will be expanded by default Usage This option sets the object class for the object files Expands all subcategories when a category is clicked This option controls the type of category tree that is built This option is set by using pa e secseneessneeeeseces E E E PA sess E A A AE The following values are available for xxx upper The tree goes from the current category to the top of the tree e top The tree has all top level categories e complete A complete tree of all categories e lower The tree shows the category currently being viewed and its subcategories To exclude a list of a Makes the function use the category in which the story is shown and not the category in which the story is placed By
528. s control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH Sets the maximum range of days for stories shown in a newslist tag For example This option is used with eventsclass so only events belonging to your site appear outputs all categories from the web emner from class 0 the default up to whateve have defined This should not be used in the EU hosting environments since each may have a custom class This could result in errors For example z D X E lt D 5 zi un Q w a a Il Ww will output _Sport 4 times _once for each custom class if it exists once in all of t The option is set like this z D X E lt D 5 4 un Q w a a Hl un this z D X E lt 10 B n n 10 w 5 Q ley ll N These settings control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH Controls how many concurrent Forum searches can run The option is set like this z w x fy o 5 c 3 n wn O w K Q or tl N These settings control how many requests will be sent to the database server The settings will influence the response times of your website and should only be chan SAXOTECH Controls how many concurrent free text searches can run The option is set like thi z D X j 5 10 0 4
529. s prog gt To output the path to the SAXOTECH Online dll you have two functions These functions should be used instead of writing the path directly in the document In pbs files you can use the function lt pbs prog gt to output the path to the SAXOTECH Online dll In pbo files you can use the function lt pbcs d11 gt to output the path to the SAXOTECH Online dll pbs query lt pbs query gt The tag is used to execute a stored procedure that you have written and output the content as part of the page The tag is written as follows It will look for the stored procedure in the database You must must have direct access to the database so you can execute queries and create stored procedures Custom queries can only use stored procedures In the stored procedure you can reference e Stored procedures e Tables e Functions All references to functions stored procedures and tables require full database and owner qualifiers for example custom dbo mystoredprocedure You can also make references outside the custom database When doing this you also need full qualifiers such as web dbo brukere In addition all selects should use the nolock hint to ignore locks that might slow down the query The tag has the following options Objectclass This option sets the object class for the object files This option is not required 422 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Name Name sets the name of the stored procedure Name is required The
530. s set to ENG When the page is built the system will look for object files in the following way The newslist tag will start looking for the object file that best corresponds with the specifications on the tag It will start somewhere in the list below and move downwards if it does not find the corresponding file Newsitem1A_5 pbo The system will use this object file if the article is in position 5 and has article class A Position article class and object class match Newsitem1A_5 ENG pbo Newsitem1A pbo Newsitem1A_ENG pbo Newsitem1_5 pbo Newsitem1_5 ENG pbo Newsitem1 pbo Newsitem1_ENG pbo NewsitemA_5 pbo NewsitemA_5 ENG pbo NewsitemA pbo NewsitemA_ENG pbo Newsitem_5 pbo Newsitem_5 ENG pbo Newsitem pbo Newsitem_ENG pbo The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG The system will use this object file if there is not an object file for the position but there is one for the article class Article class and object class match The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is selected if there is no object file for the article class but there is one for the position the article has in the list Position and object class match The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is used if there is no object file for the position or article class Only object class matches The sys
531. s sure that the tag is parsed before the story or in whatever context you are using the After macro It is used like this Conversely the After option makes sure that the tag is parsed after Cachequalifiers This option is used for specifying which fields are needed to make the cache file unique so another page does not overwrite it with different content The option is used like this lt pbs macro cachetime 1440 CacheQualifiers Date Category foo site name macro gt This function can take fields from the URL and use them to create unique file names Cachetime This sets the time the include should be cached before it is refreshed This option is only used when the tag is running uncached Name This option defines the file name for the macro If you set the name to AP the system will look for the macro file AP pbo 117 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Noparse This parameter should be used lightly In the most extreme of circumstances within a specific section of a website it might be required to call a macro that then calls two or more other macros which require the sharing of created global variables Within this subsection of a website where the two or more macros will need to share user created variables the noparse option should be added to the two or more second level macro tags This parameter ensures that the bottom level macros execute simultaneously and that any user created variables on the same level are shared Other o
532. s the current answers It must be present and used like this Form The basic form code must include at least the following information lt form name frmOppgave action lt Link gt method POST gt lt input type hidden name CurrentAnswers value lt CurrentAnswers gt gt lt input type hidden name oppg value 1 gt lt input type submit name Submit value Submit gt lt form gt Freetext answer It is also possible to have free text answers To enable this function use the following code lt textarea name answer value cols 50 rows 10 gt lt textarea gt This question type is typically used in questions of the type In twenty words or less tell us why you should win You use this code instead of the lt alternatives gt field and typically only on one of the questions lt Link gt The link to the next page It must be placed inside the action parameter of the form lt Question gt Outputs the question lt QuestionNumber gt Outputs the question number MultiPageQuestPageX pbo It is possible to design the layout of each question To do this you must add a number corresponding to the question number after the file name If you want to make a special design for question number 3 the file must be MultiPageQuestPage3 pbo You use the same field names as the regular question page MultiPageQuestSubmit pbo Form All input fields must be inside the following form lt Form action lt Link gt met
533. s the site code from which the weather data will be retrieved This option is only to be used if you are retrieving information from another site WeatherObservation pbo lt RegionName gt The region name lt Observationltems gt Lists all the items WeatherObservationltem pbo lt Name gt The region name lt WCode gt lt MaxTemp gt The maximum temperature lt WadDir gt The wind direction lt WdSpeed gt The wind speed pbs weatherpicture lt pbs weatherpicture gt This tag is used to display a weather image This image can be a map satellite image or other image provided by the weather service This tag can be used on all templates Options 400 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Region Used to select the region for which you would like to show the picture Which region codes match which areas is dependant on the server configuration Contact the server administrator for a list of relevant region codes Width Sets the width of the weather picture OnclickUrl Used to open up a larger version of the image It is used like this lt pbs weatherpicture region 8 width 235 onclickurl Javascript NewWindow 536 434 lt Simgur1 gt amp maxw 500 gt WeatherPicture pbo lt Picture gt This field contains the picture URL Example A A A ls pbs weathertext lt pbs weathertext gt This tag is used to retrieve the weather forecast text and the description of the current weather This tag
534. s the sorting of the questions and answers By default the questions and answers are sorted ascending Enter if the sort should be descending when the interview is active and ascending when its not Start Sets the start number for the first question By default the first question is shown Enter and the system will skip the first 1 questions 311 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Startdate Sets the start date for the list of questions By default all questions are shown Enter to show only questions entered after this date NetGuestQuestionltem pbo lt Author gt The name of the question submitter lt Answer gt This field contains the answer lt Birthday gt The submitter s birthday lt Custom1 gt _ The information from the first custom field lt Custom2 gt The information from the second custom field lt Email gt The submitter s email lt Heading gt The title for the question lt Phone gt The submitter s phone number lt Question gt The question pbs netguest_list lt pbs netguest_list gt This function is used to list future and past guests This tag can be placed on all templates In the example it is placed on the template gen_netguest pbs Options Archive Makes the tag list past guests instead of future guests Category Determines the category for which guests will be shown By default guests for all categories are shown To show only guests for the current category enter E
535. sage cols 20 rows 3 gt lt textarea gt i Optional but should be present 353 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Outputs the Submit button Outputs a Close button Optional This feature should only be used if you open the tip form in a separate window lt input type button name Cancel value Cancel onClick Javascript window close gt Closes the form For an article tip please see ArtTipsText pbo For a Classifieds tip please see ClassTipsText pbo pbs article tiplink lt pbs article tiplink gt This tag creates a link to the Tip a friend page There are two versions of the article tip The form integrated into the page and the pop up page version This section covers the integrated tip form For information about the pop up version see External tip page The field lt ttips gt in ArtTips pbo triggers the form being displayed The tip page is described in the chapter External tip page This tag can be used on all article templates This tag has no options The function requires that the Tips active checkbox has been marked on the properties page for the category Example code This piece of code will open a new window when a web guest clicks the text Email this to a friend lt SCRIPT LANGUAGE JavaScript1 2 gt function NewWindow height width url window open url ShowProdWindow menubars 0 scrollbars 1 resizable 1 height height width width lt SCRIPT gt lt a href javascript NewWindow 4
536. scape 4 X and an iframe for Internet Explorer and other browsers that support iframe To get this function to work in old browsers you must place the tag lt pbs PollLoad gt at the bottom of the page right before the lt body gt tag You can put this tag in your standard footer so it is always included Options Bgcolor Defines the poll s background color An iframe is a separate HTML document with its own lt body gt tag You must write the parameter like this bgcolor e9eef9 Category The category in which the poll is placed If this option is not specified the current category is used Current Makes the tag display the poll for the current date and not the storyOs date This option should be present in the tag Otherwise web guests will see an old poll when they read an old story Height The height of the Iframe or llayer It should be in the range 100 to 400 pixels depending on your design Imgheight The height of the result graph shown to people that have voted It is also shown after the poll is closed Imgwidth The width of the result graph shown to people that have voted It is also shown after the poll is closed Objectclass Sets object class By default this option is not set Enter objectclass x to set the class where x is any number between 1 and 999 Profile The profile attached to the poll If this option is not specified the current profile is used For example will this tag filter on current category and the profile of 1002
537. section For multi tab story edit please refer to MULTITABSTORYEDIT Section and for general story edit settings refer to StoryEdit section SectionDefaultExpanded Determine whether the sections will be expanded or collapsed by default A pil Pp u T o Fh o a o 5 Q p a 3 p E Q 5 pb ja Q a 0 o 3 G oO K Vv O is the default SectionOrder Determines the order in which the different section will appear on the single tab story edit Edit and Properties sections are required and will be appended the SectionOrder section list if they are missing Duplicates are ignored The following sections are supported In addition the keywords and connections sections has a combined section keyandconnections which can be used as well and it overrides adding keywords Or connections to the list SingleTabForLightUsers To determine that light users will use single tab editing enter The default is 0 or multitab editing SingleTabForNormalUsers To determine that normal users will use single tab editing enter The default is 0 or multitab editing Below is an example in which all available sections are added to the single tab Edit and Connections sections are initially expanded the rest are collapsed SINGLETABSTORYEDIT SectionOrder edit properties connections keywords extrapictures teaser 1 SectionDefaultExpanded 1 0 1 StoryEdit section These settings are available from version 6 2 0 The StoryEdit sec
538. sed for recurring events that do not happen every day days of the week This info must be insted if you will use ToDate lt input type Checkbox name aday value 1 lt pbs events_adayl gt gt Sunday lt input type Checkbox name aday value 2 lt pbs events_aday2 gt gt Monday lt input type Checkbox name aday value 3 lt pbs events_aday3 gt gt Tuesday lt input type Checkbox name aday value 4 lt pbs events_aday4 gt gt Wednesday lt input type Checkbox name aday value 5 lt pbs events_aday5 gt gt Thursday i lt input type Checkbox name aday value 6 lt pbs events_aday6 gt gt Friday E E lt input type Checkbox name aday value 7 lt pbs events_aday7 gt gt Saturday E lt textarea name ExtraInfo cols 40 rows 5 wrap VIRTUAL style width 250px gt lt pbs events_ekstrainfo gt 273 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual From Captures the start date date PERR ENE O NI gn nea EPE SII E T ELI E EPE E ra he lee Rat hates cl Exes oh POs eae ed ee a lt input name FromDate type text size 8 maxlength 8 value lt pbs events_fradato gt gt From Captures the start time time Fe A A EAE E REP A AE EA TAE E LEE EEE E EE A SaaS ERT RE EE ERE E AE AS ee SEER CEE EEE A MCS ne aN are nee REE gt Link 1 Used to add the description for the link text P EL as a E a se E E E A AE T RS E A E ee ea a E lt input name Linktext1 type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style widt
539. sed for the email address to which the password should be sent Email subject Used to give the e mail a subject line FailedNext Hidden field Used to set the page to which the user will be taken if the email address is not in the database lt input type hidden value i lt pbs prog gt misc URL misc password_emailfailed pbs name failedNext gt i Next Hidden field Used to set the page to which the user will be taken when the email has been sent lt input type hidden value lt pbs prog gt misc URL misc password_emailsent pbs name Next gt Buttons The following code enables Send and Close buttons You should only use a close button if you have used a pop up window for the page lt input type submit name Submit value Submit gt lt input type button name Cancel value Cancel onClick javascript window close gt PwdSent pbo 342 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual An email is sent to the user when she requests her password This email is sent to the email address that is provided The PwdSent pbo must be placed in the objects folder lt clienthost gt The IP address from which the request was sent lt password gt The user s password lt to gt The email address pbs adregusertargets lt pbs adregusertargets gt This tag is used to match user login profiles and criteria from the SAXOTECH Online database to the OAMS database for the purpose of returning ads targeted to t
540. should be a list of IDs for taxonomy words TaxonomyWords 23 45 56 i TaxonomyWordsAnd This option is set to 1 if the objects should have all the taxonomy words given in the list E TaxonomyWordsAnd 1 ToDate Sets the end date for the list The date is specified in ISO format ToDate 20030715 Type Specifies the CCE type category This option is only used when listing one object which belongs to a single type Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 Type CAT2901 gt Types Works like Type but you can specify multiple types categories The types must be specified in a comma separated list Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 Types CAT2901 CAT2950 gt Reset drop down field values You can use a JavaScript to reset the drop down fields to the same values that they had before the form was submitted The following JavaScripts set the value for the fields ToDate FromDate and Type JavaScript is case sensitive You must write the field names exactly as they are in the form This script must be placed at the bottom of the gen_cce_ModuleShortName pbs template lt script language javascript gt l var a document classfsearch ToDate options i for x 0 x lt a length x E if lt pbs ToDate gt amp amp a x value 1 a x selected true else i E if a x value lt pbs ToDate gt a x selected true o 1 a document classfsearch FromDate options for x 0 x lt a length
541. ss phone number e mail or other static meta data related to classified ads can be imported through a csv file This is a special import for display WOW ads and is not intended to be used with regular classified ads The information can be shown using the relatedinfo option Customer meta data must be imported into the same ad class as the ads pbs classifieds lt pbs classifieds gt The main listing is used for giving an overview of ads in the system This template usually has a search form enabling web guests to find items Template The default template for displaying the list of ads is called gen_class pbs The template for displaying the ad details is called 204 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual gen_classd pbs The template for displaying the print version is called gen_classdp pbs Options If you have a search form for the classified ads on the same page as the listing the options set in the form will override the options in the tag You can also put parameters in the URL These will override the form Cached Used to make settings for caching By default this option is not used and caching is enabled If you are using cache qualifiers and cache time in a macro for use with a Classifieds tag and the only difference in the data being fed from the macro into the Classifieds tag is the date then must be used in the Classifieds tag to ensure that the cache layers do not conflict To ensure cache layers will be correct when lo
542. ss type Text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px value lt pbs events_gateadresse gt gt Subject Determines the subject You must use the pbs tag to build the list of valid subjects i lt select name Subject style width 250px gt i lt pbs eventoptions regemner gt i i lt select gt i Title The title of the event lt input name Title type text size 40 maxlength 50 style width 250px value lt pbs events_tittel gt gt To date Captures the end date lt input name ToDate type text size 8 maxlength 8 value lt pbs events_tildato gt Totime Captures the end time E lt input name Totime type text size 4 maxlength 4 value lt pbs events_tilkl gt gt E i pbs eventlist lt pbs eventlist gt This is the main tag for building the overview of events This tag can be used on all templates However if you are going to use the search form it must be placed on the template gen_events pbs This tag uses object files if they exist If you have a search form for the classified ads on the same page as the listing the options set in the form will override the options in the tag You can also put parameters in the URL These will override the form Appearance options Datesort Determines whether the entries are sorted by date or by region By default entries are sorted by region Enter a w pa 10 19 O 8 a l p to sort the entries by date Infowinheight Determines the
543. ssage in the thread The link to the message lt ThreadCount gt The number of messages in the thread This field cannot be used if the option Expandthreads is used in the tag lt Title gt The title of the message ForumGroupltem pbo Used to build the item list lt AllMessageListLink gt lt Counter gt lt Description gt lt GroupLogoLink gt lt HasNew gt lt Headlines gt lt ISOLastMessageDate gt lt lSOUserLastVisitedDate gt lt lsGrpLocked gt lt lsLastitem gt lt LastMessageDate gt lt LogoLink gt lt MessageCount gt lt MessageListLink gt lt Moderator gt lt Name gt lt NewMessageLink gt lt TopMessageCount gt ForumGroups pbo A link to the story listing that shows stories according to the FORUM section MaxDayslInactive setting in the Publicus ini The counter for the groups The description of the group The link for the logo if the group has a logo This field is set to 1 if there are messages or replies created after the reader last viewed the page This option uses a cookie This field can be used to show the threads in a group This option requires that the ShowHeaders option is enabled This option should not be used The same as LastMessageDate but in ISO format The date this reader last visited the page This field is set to 1 if the group has been locked This field contains the value 1 if it is the last field listed The date of
544. ssword a o e r a E E E E EE S EEE E A E het EA E E AA neds A AE E R lt input type Password name pwd value lt pbs ureg_pwd gt size 20 maxlength H 20 gt i Edit form After the user has logged on to the system the form for editing her current information is shown The form is built with the following fields This line sets up the form Fields These fields must be present for the form to work lt input type hidden name Region value 0000 gt lt input type hidden name edit value 1 gt lt input type hidden name id value lt pbs ureg_id gt gt All input fields available in the user registration form can be used in this form as well pbs reguserinfo lt pbs reguserinfo gt When a user is logged in you can show the user s information The tag must be run uncached Otherwise the information for the user that generated the cached file will be shown Templates This function can be used on all templates Options lt extra_income gt To retrieve custom user information use followed by the custom field names for example income Userreginfo pbo 2 This file can support anything contained in the USERINFO_XXX section of the session file as a variable lt User_email gt The user s email address lt User_ID gt The user ID lt UserLevel gt The User level for forums 344 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt User_Name gt The user name If the user has not registered
545. sting Staff listing is used to build employee white pages This function is usually used to display contact information e pbs departmentlist e DepList pbo e DepListltem pbo e pbs departmentoverview e DepOverview pbo e DepOverviewGroupHeader pbo e DepOverviewHeader pbo 349 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual e DepOverviewltem pbo e pbs staffinfo e Stafflnfo pbo pbs departmentlist lt pbs departmentlist gt This function lists all departments registered in the system This tag can be placed on all templates Options Location Used to filter the list based on the information in the Office field For more information please see DepOverviewltem pbo By default the tag lists all locations Enter to filter the list so that only records where the office matches will be shown When you click on this link the resulting list will be filtered as well Objectclass Sets the object class DepList pbo This file is optional lt DepListltems gt This field lists the items DepListltem pbo This file is output for each department lt Department gt This field contains the name of the department lt Link gt This field contains the link to the staff list pbs departmentoverview lt pbs departmentoverview gt The tag for displaying the staff list can be placed on any template The usual way to do it is to place the tag on an overview page like contact_ovr pbs Options City This option is used to filter based on the city
546. system GLOBAL section GLOBAL LocalTimeBias This option sets the time in minutes between the web server and the website The setting is how many minutes the clock on the website is out of sync from the web server Example If the web server is in the Eastern time zone and the website is in the Mountain time zone you would use this setting LocalTimeBias 120 The TimeOffset column in the web dbo Sitelnfo table must also be set to the same offset for the site Language file caching Settings for caching of the language file are made in the PBOLCache section Enabled To start caching of the language file enter E SS SS E EO e SS This is recommended since PBOL files are not changed without restarting the dll anyway By default this functionality is disabled NoTranslateMode Use to disable translation This is useful for a translator needing to know which strings are used where Online Search The SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search technology is set up in the FASTSEARCH section To enable the SAXOTECH Online Search powered by FAST search engine the following settings must be made FASTSEARCH PrimaryHostIP IP address of primary FAST server PrimaryHostPort 15100 BackupHostIP IP address of backup FAST server BackupHostPort 15100 15100 is the standard port used in most setups Plugins Use of more than one lt pbs newslist gt tag on a page is sometimes required These tags can be synchronized an
547. t lt pbs weatherobservations site TA region 1 gt lt pbs weatherlastupdate format dd mmmm yyyy kl hh nn region 8 type observations gt lt pbs weathertext region 8 dateoffset 3 gt lt br gt lt pbs weatherforecast days 4 location 64 site TA gt Chapter 34 Horoscopes The horoscope function is used to display horoscope data imported from a horoscope provider e pbs horoscope pbs horoscope lt pbs horoscope gt Template The tag can be put on all templates The example uses the template horoscope_ovr pbs Options Category The category option is used to select the data for the different signs Today This option makes the tag show the extended horoscope for today Aquarius This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Aquarius Pisces This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Pisces Aries This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Aries Taurus This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Taurus Gemini This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Gemini Cancer This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Cancer Leo This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Leo Virgo This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Virgo Libra This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Libra Scorpio This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Scorpio Sagittarius This option makes the tag show the horoscope for Sagittarius Capricorn This option makes the tag
548. t Article_CacheTime Articlelinefeed Overrules the host name which can be an internal IP To enable this option enter Peewee caress A AN par A the section category is added to the story short URL The default setting is 1 Determines which press agency you use This code is used by the lt pbs agent gt tac retrieve the right stories Valid options are AP The Associated Press North America http www ap org CP Canadian Press Canada http www cp org NTB Norsk Telegrambyr Norway http www ntb no RZ Ritzaus Bureau Denmark http www ritzau dk TT Tidningarnas Telegrambyr AB Sweden http www tt se start Makes it possible to show stories depending on their status To enable this option Cs irector isos The default is 0 This enables the use of the status parameter on the newslist tag parameter must be set to a set of valid statuses separated by comma For all statu this option see Status This setting ensures that the cache file is updated using the Read Write server bul the cache file has not been created since the last rollover If set to the profile_cache table is updated using the Read Write server if the cache file doe exist This option will make the category mapping look at the main category before using default object This function is described in more details in AlwaysCheckMainCatM Changes the behavior of the Advertising Module Ads assigned to a spot in a speci category will no
549. t Body r w x3D w 1 equals 2 gt Ur o contains x 4 in this example Removing text To remove the text unknown address from the story byline you can use this function lt BylineEmailPart r unknown address gt oia at E E a so The text matched on the left hand side is not replaced so the text is removed from the string The backslashes in front of the parenthesis are there so they are treated as characters and not operators Extracting text You can also extract a part of a string 112 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt currentrequest r category x3d wt d 2 gt The first parenthesis looks for text from the beginning of the line to category The second parenthesis looks for x amount of letters and zero or more numbers The third parenthesis looks for the rest of the string The second parenthesis will contain the category ID because it will find all text and numbers between and amp The function as used here complicates the problem lt Currentrequest gt is only available in a macro which splits all URL parameters into their own fields The field lt category gt should be used instead since it contains the same information Wrapping text You can also match the entire field to output text before or after the field Since does not match new line every line in the field will be wrapped in paragraph tags lt Body r g lt p gt 0 lt p gt ole T
550. t ReplyMessageLink gt lt ShowRepliesLink gt lt ThemeLink gt lt ThreadCount gt lt Title gt lt Today gt lt ToggleLockLink gt lt TopThreadMessagelD gt lt TreeLines gt A link to the list of messages for a link This has a value of 1 when the current message has replies that have been added since the current user s last visit date time This field has the value 1 if the thread is hot The Hotthreshold parameter on the lt pbs news_content gt tag controls the number of replies required before a message is considered hot Threaded Forums only The number of image attachments associated with this message Threaded Forums only This field is used to place message details at the appropriate position on the screen depending on the level of threading This has a value of 1 if the group in which this message belongs is locked This has a value of 1 if the message is locked This has a value of 1 if the current message has been created since the current user s last visit date time The same as lt Created except in ISO format The same as lt SLastMessageDate gt except in ISO format The same lt Publisheds gt except in ISO format This has a value of 1 if the message is a sticky message A sticky message will appear above all normal messages The date time the last message in the thread was created The link to the full text message A value the represents the current message as a nu
551. t The employee s last name Chapter 27 Tip Functions The tip functions allow web guests to send links to other internet users This can include links to stories classified ads or guide entries in the system e External tip page pbs article tiplink e ArtTips pbo ArtTipsText pbo ArtTipsTextHtml pbo ClassTipsText pbo ClassTipsTextHTML pbo GuideTipsText pbo GuideTipsTextHTML pbo Tips pbo TipsText pbo e Setup tip functions External tip page This tip page is used by the Story Classifieds and Guide components The template is called gen_tip pbs This table describes what the lines in the form do Unless stated all lines are mandatory Starts the form The action must be lt pbs action gt Pa ner eee A eR A Aa Re ce kre Raa ete an Sr ee AOS a Outputs the hidden system fields lt pbs hidden gt E E A Id E 4 Sets the page to which the web guest will be directed after the email lt input type hidden value has been sent lt pbs prog gt misc URL misc tip_emailsent pbs amp NoMal 1 name Next gt Writes the category name for the section being viewed Optional Captures the user s name Optional but should be present Captures the user s email address Optional but should be present Captures the recipient s email address lt input type text name to size 20 gt een ren A a E Outputs the message area that is used for a message to the recipient lt textarea name mes
552. t This field uses the standard SAXOTECH Online date formatting options The option is used like this DateFormat dddd mmmm dd yyyy hj 5 o 3 ll 5 o lt D foe p m yal D D a Q lo 3 e Sniff categories By default the Sniff Search looks in all categories for the system To limit Sniff Search categories use this option like this n 5 he Hh kh Q y ai D Q O K pe o un I Z a n n TU O o El wn Ss o ue 10 Q ct Il K o Ga K oO 3 D h B 10 17 nan 10 ct A Oo K Hh K o 3 2 10 d o Q p p kal o 10 w H Q o 3 Subscription page with Sniff Search This subscription page is a more advanced version which allows the web guest to select stories based on keywords This is an extension of the basic subscription feature Sniff Search Sniff search is a function that allows a web guest to receive links to all stories with a specific keyword This functionality can allow Bob s Widget Company to receive all stories in which widgets are mentioned Types The added search word can be one of three types Containing A word in the story must contain the word These words are marked with in the list of words If the sniff word is tree it would match tree treehugger and street 387 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Matching The word must match a word in the story exactly If the sniff word is tree it would match tree but not treehugger or street Starting
553. t gt The story s first text block Predefined lt newsl ad gt variables If nlsort is not set the variables AdCategory and AdProfile will be set corresponding to NewsLetterHTMLCategory txt NewsletterCategory txt This file is called NewsletterCategory txt and it is output for each category to which web guest has subscribed It must be placed in the objects folder lt Articles gt Outputs the stories in the category lt Category gt Outputs the name of the category 382 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Predefined lt newsl ad gt variables AdCategory Corresponds to lt Category gt if the nlsort switch is not set AdProfile If a profile corresponding to the category has been used to select stories it will be used in the tag This means that the nlsort switch is not set the profiles switch is set the current category has an associated profile and keywords are not used for the selection NewsletterLinks txt The file is output when the field lt links gt is used in the mail file Links are added to the newsletter The links are selected by a command line switch when the program that sends newsletters is run lt Description gt The description of the link lt Title gt The title for the link lt URL gt The URL for the link NewsletterOAMSAdHTML pbo Controls the way OAMS banners are placed in the composed list lt HTMLOAMSAd gt The generated OAMS banner NewsletterOAMSAdSpot txt Controls t
554. t Soe ti Sak tls ON oo Seek eAlerts he AN he eee cll ats Ae IAT A AA ctas 393 1 32 Chapter 32 US Weather ds cede lane bontan iene ad td beet 393 1 32 1 pbs accuwlorecast isses eeu eles cee dale en eels nk been ha A pve ele ewe a whe ead 393 1 32 1 ACCUWForeCast PDO sinr oi niie a oa ae ie da 394 1 32 2 PDS ACCUWCUITOME pit ci care E A A A a cadet A a STE co 395 1 32 21 ACCUWGCUIFENE DDO Sie cats e es asain cede r Ua thle ache a a catty gles atte pu shsm cae ede at begun EA OE A A E A EErEE EAA 396 1232 3 PDS ACCUWNAIMNG ist Seg stan tenets E gece eR A and Pe wage RA ew Gash Meena E re Reeder heck E dag aji 396 1 324 PDS ACCUWMAD os ese cri kee OE SUE ee A be EA A E a ee GUE ERTS alia a es 396 1 3241 ACCUWMapspD0 siii da A da da 397 132o PDS ACCUWOPLIONS vit E AN TR AA EA cda 397 1 33 Chapter 33 European Weather ooococcococ enn t aaar aaea 398 1 33 11 pbs weatherlOreCast Vocales e a AA BNE Soe sieges dae j 398 1 33 1 1 WeatherForecast pbo sierici cee he ee eee A RE ERC Eee Ck ee 399 1 33 1 2 WeatherForecastCollleM pbO 6 tenet tenes 399 1 33 1 3 WeatherForecastltem pb0 os eis iy geet ie eddie odes Panga Sh ee Mita Pace yale Se age ln Da od Pa S 399 1 33 1 4 WeatherForecastRowltem pbo o oococcccc ee eee eee 399 1 39 2 pDS WOathnergraph niente ela sec Bde Mig rain iS 399 t 33 2 4W atherGraph pbo cu A ee A a y 399 1 33 3 pbs weatherlastupdate 2 0 ccc ee eee eee eee ee eee eee ete beeen ee eee eee eens 400 1
555. t This setting contains any copyright watermark you want on images By default this is blank DPIx and DPly Theses values indicate the size of the images used You might set the values if you need to process the images further f DPIx and DPly are not set the standard settings of the machine 96 or 72 DPI are used Not setting these values is recommended if they are not needed for special purposes Notice that DPI is only available for formats that include this meta information like JPG and TIFF images Formats without this meta information like GIF will always use 96 DPI or 72 DPI on older machines images PreTitle This setting determines whether the lead in text if there is any should be added Quality This option sets the compression ratio for your story images Setting this value low will result in smaller images that are displayed faster Setting it too low will result in fuzzy pictures The value that is best for your website depends on the quality and size of the pictures being sent to SAXOTECH Online It is set like this Quality 50The default quality setting is 60 Quality can be set from 1 to 100 with 100 resulting in the largest files Using values above 80 will most likely not give you better quality pictures 52 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual RequestTimeout Defines an HTTP request timeout in the Publicus ini file on the image server It is used with the urlget parameter and is set in the following way IMAGE RequestTimeout 5
556. t based on the value of a variable The format looks like this S variable The variable has a value The variable has no value A A A NR E Example In this example the title will be a link only when the link field has a value S Link lt a href lt Link gt gt lt Title gt lt a gt lt Titles gt rr dit iris ias E Value tests It also possible to check against the value of a field This allows you to do a more advanced test than merely checking if a field has a value Basic math 103 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual You can preform the following tests Width gt 240 which is true when lt Width gt is larger than 240 Width lt 240 which is true when lt Width gt is smaller than 240 E Width 240 which is true when lt Width gt equals 240 l Width 240 which is true when lt Width gt does not equal 240 A A A A A Example In the following example the field Width is checked to see if it contains a value that is lager than 240 Code is output based on the check 3 Width lt 240 lt img src g t gif width 240 gt lt img src g t gif width lt Width gt gt The width of the image will be at least 240 pixels If the width field has a higher value the image will retain its value Odd or even test This function allows you to build a newslist in which you can alternate pictures on the left or right For more information please see Odd and even Use the following test to c
557. t gt tag on the template If not you must use the other tags described in this chapter The lt pbs searchresult gt tag has the following options Showref Determines whether summaries will be retrieved from the database If Showref 1 then the summaries will be retrieved from the database If Showref 0 then the summaries will not be retrieved from the database If you do not plan to show summaries you should use this option to gain speed Sites Used when combining multiple sites in a portal If you are not searching multiple sites you do not need this option To use this option enter the site codes in a comma separated list Alltext Determines that all the text will be shown for each story instead of only the summary Count Determines how many results will be shown per page The default value is 10 SearchType SearchType can have two values Forum or Story If both stories and forum messages should be searched two A ue o Wn Wn Oo w 5 Q gt 5 O a Ss a E V tags must be placed on the template One with Searchtype forum and another with Searchtype story By default if no search type is specified Search Type will default to Story This is an example taken from the gen_search template lt pbs searchresult showref 1 navigatorlist Publishdate Locations Names Companies Rating searchtype story gt lt pbs searchresult showref 1 navigatorlist Publishdate Locations Names Companies Rating searchtype forum gt
558. t input type hidden name status value 9 gt Writes the subtitle to the database It is used like this lt input type text size 66 name title2 gt Writes the summary to the database It is used like this lt textarea cols 50 rows 7 name summary gt lt textarea gt Writes the Superheading to the database It is used like this lt input type text size 66 name superheading gt Writes the title to the database It is used like this lt input type text size 66 name title gt The logged in user s email address The logged in user s first and last name 318 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ArticleFormMedialtem pbo The ArticleFormMedialtem pbo is used when rendering the submit form It must contain the following name media lt Counter gt Selects the media file name media lt Counter gt description Used for a description of the media The object file has the following pbo variables lt counter gt Returns the number of assets lt NoOfSections gt Returns the value of tag option mediafiles ArticleFormSectionltem pbo The object file contains the following fields body lt Counter gt The paragraph body It is used like this pi A A A A A A i lt textarea cols 50 rows 7 name body lt Counters gt t gt lt textarea gt body lt Counter gt image This selects the image file to be used with the paragraph It is used like this body lt Counter gt imagebyline The byli
559. t looking for other files Newsltem1A_5 pbo The system will use this object file if the story has E objectclass 1 E j articleclass A and is in i position 5 i You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position If zone is set to ENG Newsltem_ENG pbo This file is used if the newslist tag contains no position article class or object class and the zone is set to ENG Newsltem_5_ENG pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has No o a H a H o 5 Il a and the zone is set to ENG You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position NewsltemA_ENG pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has w K a H a p 10 Q an 0 a I D and the zone is set to ENG NewsltemA_5_ENG pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has articleclass A position 5 and the zone is set to ENG You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position Newsltem1_ENG pbo This file is used if the newslist tag has and the zone is set to ENG 97 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Newsltem1_5 ENG pbo This file is selected if the newslist tag has objectclass 1 position 5 and the zone is set to ENG You can also use the lt Counter gt variable in Newsltem files to match position Newsltem1A_ENG pbo The system will use this object file if the newslist tag has e dy objectclass 1 articleclass A and the zone is set to ENG
560. t on all pages Including files based on category In addition to including files that are to be used on all categories it is also possible to have different files included based on the category being viewed If you use the code A f He H 3 Q p B Q 10 lt pk R E w H Il jas ja Q Pp a Q oO a ie o p T He Q w ct 10 Q o la KE Se H ja Q I I v Category is replaced by the category ID of the category being viewed This is the same name that is used for menu links and so on If no specific file exists for the category the system will look for a file with the category name replaced by default If this file does not exist SAXOTECH Online will not display anything If you are on a subsection you can use the following piece of code to include a file based on the category ID of the main category A pe fa Q p a Q 10 lt p R g w Pp ll a pl a Q p E Q oO v o O pa m 3 w H be Q w ag oO Q o 6 K jas 5 Q Vv a 10 Fh w e ct When template mappings are used When you map one category to another the system will first look for the original category and then the category to which it is mapped For more information please see Template mapping opinion_arts For example You have created a gen_art pbs which will be used on all stories For the categories Opinion and Arts you would like to include a fi
561. t pbs imagesearchresult Showref 1 sites DA ResultsOnPage 6 navigatorlist Keywords Locations imagecolumns 3 objectclass 1 sortfield news gt SearchResultimage pbo lt SearchCriteria gt The text of the search query lt SearchPreviouslink gt The link to previous page of results lt SearchNextlink gt The link to the next page of results lt TotalHits gt The total number of images found lt SearchHitRange gt The value for from to hits the page is showing lt SearchResult gt Where the results defined in SearchResultImageltem pbo and SearchResultImageRow pbo will be listed lt SearchTaxonomy gt Where the taxonomy tree will be placed lt SearchNavigator gt Where the navigators will be placed SearchResultimageltem pbo This pbo file is needed to define each result item The items returned can either be images belonging to stories or images found in photo albums lt DocumeniNumber gt The story number or photo album number depending on the type of result lt DocumentByline gt The byline of stories or photo albums depending on the type of result lt DocumentTitle gt The title of stories or photo aloums depending on the type of result lt DocumentStatus gt The status of stories or photo albums depending on the type of result In photo album s status will always be 9 186 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt DocumentDate gt lt DocumentCategory gt lt DocumentLink gt lt
562. t tenes 329 1 23 5 UserSubmitFormArticleCategoryListltem pb0 2 1 con 329 1 23 6 UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbO 1 1 0 eee ett e net teens 330 1 23 7 UserSubmitFormArticleErrorInvalidInput pb0 0 0 anaana 330 1 23 8 UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotCreator pbO ooococcccoccoc tenet nets 330 1 23 9 UserSubmitFormArticleErrorNotLoggedIn pbO ooococcococccco teens 330 1 23 10 UserSubmitFormaArticleExtraFieldS pbO 0 eet tent n ett e een ee 330 1 23 11 UserSubmitFormArticleExtraFieldsltem pbo 2 0 6 tnt ete nents 330 1 23 12 UserSubmitFormaArticleTaxonomyLiSt pbO 1 2 0 0 eee tent tne t teens 330 1 23 13 UserSubmitFormArticleTaxonomyListltem pbO 0 ieee tte 330 1 23 14 UserStibmitFormGGE obo ui a a aM RAGE BENE lA 330 1 23 15 UserSubmitFormCCECategoryList pb0 1 6 cette tenet tenes 330 1 23 16 UserSubmitFormCCECategoryListltem pbo 2 1 o 330 1 23 17 UserSubmitFormCCEErrorFailed pbO 2 1 0 ent n tenet teen 330 1 23 18 UserSubmitFormCCEErrorinvalidInput pbO 1 0 ee ett eet eee 330 1 23 19 UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotCreator pb0 2 2 ett teen eee 331 1 23 20 UserSubmitFormCCEErrorNotLoggedin pbo o oocoocococccc ee teens 331 1 23 21 UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbon o oococcoccocccc u annaa 331 1 23 22 UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyLiSt pDO ooooocococc eet ent tenes 331 1 23 23 UserSubmitFormCCETaxonomyListltem pb0M 00 eet tenets 331 1 23 24 UserSubmitFormPhotoGallery pDO ooocococc
563. t used Enter information in the tag as an option to output the info field instead instead of the description field pbs categoryid lt pbs categoryid gt This tag outputs the name of the category ID currently being viewed This function can be used to include an image based on the category It can be used like this 413 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual A A A A A A AA AR A AS A AS AA A A AAA Options Main Makes the tag output the ID of the main category when a subcategory is being viewed Section Makes the tag output the section category instead of the story s category The section category is inherited from the section front on which the story is displayed If section category is blank this option has no effect pbs catselect lt pbs catselect gt Enables you to output text based on the category being viewed This tag can be used in all templates The tag might appear as follows Options Default Sets the default value Selection Used for the list of categories Values Used for the list of values for each category in the selection option pbs datecalc lt pbs datecalc gt The tag for date calculation is called lt pbs datecalc gt It allows you to do date calculations for search forms and other fields Without any options the tag will output the active publication date Options Dateformat This tag supports the SAXOTECH Online Date format for output Date format is documented in the section Formatting dates
564. t written for The Royal Gazette Engine 1 and 9 are local to The Royal Gazette and are handled differently than the search engines The URL for the search engines was gathered by performing a search using the search engines and then modifying the search so the script can add the query term to the URL string passed to the individual search engines Using this method will allow you to add other search engines to this list 193 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt script language JavaScript gt function EngineCheck var Engine for i 0 i lt document forml engine options length i if document forml engine i selected Engine document forml engine i value if Engine 1 document forml action search if Engine 9 document forml SearchCategory value MIDOCEAN document forml action search Category MIDOCEAN if Engine 2 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http www google com search sourceid mozclient amp ie utf 8 amp 0e utf 8 amp q Q if Engine 3 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http alltheweb com search cat web amp cs utf8 amp q Q amp rys 0 amp _sb_lang pref if Engine 4 var Q document forml crit value document forml action http www altavista com web results itag wrx amp q Q amp kgs 1 amp kls 0 if Engine 5 var Q document
565. tForm SubmitType cce gt The following variables are available lt ModulelD gt The module ID lt ModuleName gt The module name lt ModuleShortName gt The module short name If the CCE object belongs to a class the following variables are available lt ClassID gt The class ID lt ClassName gt The class name If the CCE object belongs to a type the following variables are available lt TypelD gt The type ID lt TypeName gt The type name UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the recurrence pattern part of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm 324 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SubmitType cce gt It is only used for objects belonging to Event modules The following variables are available when updating a CCE event lt FromDate gt Contains from what date the system is to calculate occurrences yyyymmdd format lt ToDate gt Contains to what date the system is to calculate occurrences yyyymmdd format it is used when StopMethod is 0 lt NumberOfOcc gt Contains how many occurrences to calculate from the FromDate it is used when StopMethod is 1 lt StopMethod gt Contains how the system is to stop calculating occurrences 0 is on a set date 1 is after a certain number of occurrences lt FromTime gt Contains from what time of day the object occurs lt ToTime gt Contains to what time of d
566. tains the date information Dateformat Sets the date format which is to be used when the system displays the ads Relatedto Pulls data from the related table in the database This is typically customer information If the field in the database is called CUSTOMER you can use this option If you use this option the object file ClassifiedsRelated pbo is used to show the related information 200 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ClassifiedDetails pbo All fields in Classifiedsltem pbo are available Other You can output the other fields that have been defined in the ini file lt kRelatedinto gt This field pulls in the related information object file ClassifiedPrintDetails pbo This is used for the printer friendly version of ads The same fields as in ClassifiedDetails pbo are available ClassifiedsRelated pbo If you use the Relatedto option you can use this field to show the related information The fields that are available here match the fields you have in the related table pbs classifiedsfields lt pbs classifiedsfields gt This tag is used to populate the search form with relevant data It extracts information from the database The tag must use one or more options and be used with the exclamation mark option Object files will only be used when the parameter Optionlist 0 is used XXX in the object file names is replaced with the value from the field Field Options All This option is used with Field C1ass to show al
567. tching settings in the publicus ini file are required for the user to be able to do a succesful submit see https docs saxotech com display Onl UserSubmitCCE Section The lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt tag will appear in the source of the page unless the correct section exists in the publicus ini file SubmitType Specifies what type of data is to be submitted For CCE objects this will be cce Default is ar for article Example A o o a E a o 5 v E 3 P h o 5 3 O ioe io o a a Q H o v Wn Il Pp Q Q za n 0 a E ja o 5 i p E Q w 5 a n E o El pe m 4 lt o i Q Q E v SubmitCCEObject action This method of submitting CCE objects through the front end is considered depricated from version 6 2 0 Instead use the lt pbs UserSubmitForm gt tag This method enables submitting CCE objects using the SubmitCCEObject action All fields including custom fields must be specified as content form fields when using SubmitCCEObject The following fields must be included Date Module Class and Type Examples of Submitting a CCE object using SumitCCEObject action lt form name cce method post enctype multipart form data action submitcceobject gt lt input type hidden name date value 20060117 gt i lt input type hidden name module value 4 gt E lt input type hidden name class value 41 gt E E lt input type hidden name Type value WTYP001 gt
568. td gt lt td gt lt input name fromtime id fromtime maxlength 4 value lt FromTimes gt gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt Er gt lt td gt End time lt td gt lt td gt lt input name totime id totime maxlength 4 value lt ToTime gt gt HHMM lt td gt lt tr gt table gt lt td gt yyyymmdd HHMM 24h UserSubm itFormErrorFailed pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the response where something unexpected happened The object files UserSubmitFormArticleErrorFailed pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorFailed pbo and UserSubmitFormCCEErrorFailed pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType lt ErrorMessage gt Contains an error message UserSubm itFormErrorinvalidinput pbo 9 From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the response for the user trying to submit a form but with invalid data The object files of UserSubmitFormArticleErrorInvalidInput pbo UserSubmitFormPhotoGalleryErrorInvalidInput pbo and UserSubmitFormCCEErrorInvalidInput pbo are also available for the specific SubmitType 327 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ErrorMessage gt Contains an error message lt ErrorField gt Contains the name of the field containing invalid data UserSubmitFormErrorNotCreator pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the response for the user trying to submit a form holding an existing item that is being updated and where the user
569. te Country The country or state lt input type text name country size 15 value lt pbs ttureg_country gt gt Submit This button submits the information to the server 348 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Tip This field is used for a newsletter The newsletter is unavailable at the moment Tip interval Sets the tip interval for the newsletter This a separate newsletter function separate from the headlines newsletter This function is currently not available lt select name mailinterval gt lt option value 0 gt Select interval gt gt lt option value 1 lt pbs ureg_mailintervall gt gt Daily lt option value 7 lt pbs ureg_mailinterval7 gt gt Weekly lt select gt Use cookie This checkbox allows the user to store the user name and password in a cookie so that she does not have to type the user name and password each time a protected section is accessed White pages This checkbox controls whether the user is willing to have her name in your email catalog Zipcode The zip code lt input type text name zip size 5 value lt pbs tureg_zip gt gt Data retrieval fields These tags are used to pass information back to the form if the user fills in a field incorrectly must complete the form again These fields save the user from retyping information There is a matching tag for each field in the form For example To retrieve the information for the field email use the tag Chapter 26 Staff Li
570. ted the default is 0 0 or 1 If this setting is omitted the default is 1 0 or 1 If this setting is omitted the default is 1 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 0 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 1 None default Category AllCategories or CategoryGroup 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 1 This setting overrides the GENERAL DefaultPublished setting 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 0 0 or 1 If this setting is omitted the default is 0 Determine the default section class for stories Enter The default is no default Determine the default story class for stories Enter The default is no default The name of the flow you want as standard if any Set this to a value you would like as default Its default is set to nothing Standard default FrontPage if GENEREL FrontpageArticles 1 is used Note or SubStory 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 0 0 or 1 If this setting is omitted the default is 1 0 or 1 If this setting is omitted the default is 1 The extra fields on the Edit tab can be moved around in the Edit section using this setting Enter e Top is above the story body default Right is below the main image fact and SMS boxes Bottom is below the story body Determines whether the facts edit boxes is to be edited using the HTML editor 1 or using a text area 0 Default is to use the text area 0 63 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual
571. tem will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is used if there is no match for the object class but article class and position match The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is used if there is no match for position or object class Only article class matches The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is used if there is no match for article class or object class Only position matches The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG This file is used if there us no match for position article class or object class The system will use this file if the previous file is found and the zone is set to ENG 95 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual You can set up object files in subfolders example templates objects news Newsltem pbo If you are using the Newslist tag on the sectionfront for the category News the system will use Newsltem pbo in News instead of the default Newsltem pbo Further if you are using the Newslist tag on the sectionfront for the category NEWS04 the system will use Newsltem pbo in News instead of using Newsltem1A_2 pbo in the objects folder File descriptions The 16 files are listed below in the order of increasing specification detail of the object file name Newsltem pbo Default This file is used if the newslist tag contai
572. template in which the users can create their accounts This file can be named whatever you like but SAXOTECH recommends adduser_ovr pbs so it can be accessed as a sectionfront Fields The following fields are mandatory Omitting any of this code will break the page Date range Set the date range in which the account is active These dates are entered in the YYYYMMDD format lt input type hidden name Fra_dato value 00000000 gt i i lt input type hidden name Til_dato value 99999999 gt i Email The user s email address address P EE E E E E E E A EE A E E E E E E E E T E seadtcbateeeaes i 336 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ErrorURL The URL to which the user will be sent if the form is filled in incorrectly lt input type hidden name ErrorURL value apps pbcs dll misc URL misc error pbs gt Fax The user s fax number This field is optional lt input type text name Fax value gt Form code The template must start with the following line lt form name frmEditAbo method POST onSubmit return SjekkData this action apps links dll savelink Type 6 gt This code must not be changed Changing it will break the page Javascript The JavaScript in the top of the example code must be present Name The user s name lt input type text name Brukernavn value gt Newspaper Used to set the newspaper code It must be set to your code code A ee ae Se at ee eles See SE PEN EEA ee ate ee ee ee atc Se
573. tension gt lt Fax gt lt Firstname gt lt Fylkenr gt lt Group gt lt lmgLink gt lt Information gt lt lsPrimary gt lt Kommunenr gt lt LastName gt lt Line1 gt lt Line2 gt etc lt MobilePhone gt lt Name gt lt Namecount gt lt Office r gt lt PagerNumber gt The first part of the address as defined in the staff registry The second part of the address as defined in the staff registry The third part of the address as defined in the staff registry The fourth part of the address as defined in the staff registry Outputs the names of all authors with the names as links to the e mail addresses of those authors the system finds in the register The function also outputs the other lines in the story Contains the author s e mail address as saved in the staff register The same functions as for lt BylineNamePart gt are available here Contains the author s name as registered in the staff register If you have two names in the byline you also have the field lt BylineNamePart2 gt This function supports up to 9 names in the byline Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s city as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s department as saved in the staff register Contains the design class used Used for Smart Bylines Contains the author s work phone number extension as saved in the staff register Used for Smart Byline
574. textfield must be named dateselected and have the value lt pbs DateSelected gt The button used to open the calendar must be named DateChoice and have the onClick JavaScript 270 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual JavaScript Interval dro This JavaScript is used by the pop up calendar The pop up calendar itself is described in the section Pop up calendar lt script language javascript gt function choosedate window open g kalender_eng html searchform dateselected menubar 0 titlebar 0 width document searchform Interval options document searchform Interval options length 1 select function ResetDate if document searchform Interval selectedIndex document searchform Interval options le document searchform dateselected value lt script gt This JavaScript should not be changed p down The interval field must have the onChange field and the eventoptions tag must have the selectdate option like this lt select name Interval 11 F OnChange Javascript ResetDate nS lt pbs eventoptions intervals intextended selectdate default 7 gt lt select gt Browse by calendar Use the tag pbs calendarto build a calendar into the page that allows web guests to browse the events calendar by clicking on the date In the CalendarDateltem pbo you must use the following link lt INPUT name freetext size 10 maxlength 50 value lt pbs FreeText gt
575. th HTML entities j is used to convert text from plain text to URL encoded text J is used to convert text from URL encoded to plain text h is used to convert the variable from text to HTML H is used to convert the variable from HTML to text l is used to convert the variable to lowercase For example lt Superheading 1 gt will show as this is a test n is used to convert the first letter of every word to uppercase Name case For example lt Superheading n gt will show as This Is A Test u is used to convert the variable to uppercase For example lt sSuperheading u gt will show as THIS IS A TEST p is used to convert the variable to Norwegian proper case For example lt Superheading p gt will show as This is a test b is used to convert the variable to US proper case t is used to strip out all HTML codes o converts date to text in FAST InStream search compatible format 0 converts datetime to a text in FAST InStream search compatible format C Surrounds variable contents in CDATA tags Use F to force the tags if no special characters are present For example lt Titlesc F gt s Returns the length of the variable D Converts ISODateTime into Extended format For example lt sISODateTime D gt will output in a GMT minus local time offset like this Wed 13 Feb 2008 16 16 00 0400 S Runs a script which name is given as the input parameter The second paramter given is the script language T
576. the category in which the stories are displayed use the variable Including files based on zone When you use zones the system will automatically try to include a file for the zone you are in The regular include will look for the file includes zone inc when zones are not used When zones are used the system will first try to include the file includes zoneid zone inc is the ID you have given to the zone This ID is usually a three letter abbreviation of the zone name You must create a folder under the includes folder with the same name as the zone ID If the folder does not exist the system will fall back to regular behavior Including files based on week day This option allows you to include different files for different days The option is used like this lt include virtual includes header_tdow inc gt dow is a number between 1 and 7 Sunday is 1 Monday is 2 etc The default will be used if no file matching the day is found Special graphics directory The special graphics directory is placed outside the base folder for the website The default location for this folder is inetpub g This folder is mounted as a virtual non browsable readable folder in the website configuration as g The folder contains graphic files that are used by SAXOTECH Online and is not editable by the website operator The most important files are 83 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual b gif Black t gif Transparent w gif White
577. the current date lt CurrentDomain gt Contains the domain from the Publicus ini lt currentrequest gt The request part of the URL It is written Currentrequest will give you exactly what is in the request portion of the URL including nocache 1 if it is present lt currentrequestmethod gt Request method for the page It is written lt currenturl gt Contains the current URL lt inheritedlink gt Contains the same value as Inheritedlink will exclude the query parameter nocache 1 lt lmageServer gt Contains the value from the image server setting in Publicus ini Chapter 7 Menu Tags The menu tags are ways of building navigation using templates and objects rather than building each link manually You can also put in lt a href gt lt a gt tags manually where you want menu links When you use the menu tags you can turn entries on and off using settings in the category setup e pbs categorytree e CategoryTree pbo CategoryTreeltemActive pbo CategoryTreeltemPassive pbo CategoryTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo CategoryTreeltemSeparatorExp pbo CategoryTreeltemSeparatorNone pbo pbs ft pbs leftmenu pbs menu image pbs menu text pbs profiletree e ProfileTree pbo ProfileTreeltem pbo ProfileTreeltemActive pbo ProfileTreeltemPassive pbo ProfileTreeltemSeparatorColl pbo e ProfileTreeltemSeparatorExp pbo e pbs qwiknavsearch e QwikNavSearchForm pbo 120 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs categorytree lt pb
578. the database server and the web server must have the same time Example If the web server is in the Eastern time zone and the website is in the Mountain time zone you would use this setting A E A A e A A Chapter 3 PBCSdb ini _pbcsDB ini controls the caching of the website and its templates Settings affecting how the website is cached are placed in this file Unless you are absolutely sure what the settings do you should not change these settings The name of the file may vary Examples could be Apps_pbcsDB ini and Default_pbcsDB ini The ini file should not be edited without contacting SAXOTECH Placement of the _pbcsDB ini file The ini file is placed in the root folder for the website Each website s root folder is usually a sub folder of www and has the same name as the website This folder is only readable by the customer and the web server This chapter contains information about the different sections of the _pbcsDB ini file Database connection pool Database servers Edit template settings General cache settings GLOBAL section Language file caching Online Search Plugins SC_Map Template settings Thread pool Database connection pool The software is using a pool of database connections and the CONNECTIONPOOL section is used for setting it up DefaultidleSeconds The amount of idle time in seconds allowed before a connection is closed Default is 300 DefaultMaxLifeSeconds The amount of time in seconds a conn
579. the edit interface The default is O Sets the site code which determines the dataset that is used Changing this code give you data belonging to another site or no data at all if the code you enter has r been used Avis is the Norwegian word for newspaper Turns caching on or off for the whole website Only sites in development should rui caching turned off The option is set like this Use this setting to specify a cachetime for the action cache level 1 cache By defe value is 1 meaning that the cache is disabled Enables export of CCE objects from edit interface Default is off Optional Determines which of the channels in the editing interface the website sho use The default value is web Channel can also be set to either PDA or WAP This can also be set directly in a newslist tag The option is set like this Optional Sets the character set output in the header The default value is ISO 885 This option is only required if your language requires a different character set for displaying all local characters correctly Eastern European websites require the set ISO 8859 2 Optional This setting supports using multiple sub sitecodes as subcategories for C The option is enabled by entering E A E E Optional Controls the country code in the options table 37 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual DefaultDetSkjerSok DoEventCache Domain DomainCookie EditExtraFields Optional Sets the default region for the Agenda The op
580. the extra fields formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormExtraFields pbo Contains the name of the extra fields group name Contains the media files input fields formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo Contains the number of allowed media files in the form based on the tag parameter of MediaFiles Contains the story paragraphs formatted using UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo Contains the number of paragraphs When updating an existing story the following variables are available as well lt Status gt Contains the published status of the story 1 is unpublished 9 is published lt ArticleStatus gt Same as lt Status gt lt Summary gt Contains the summary of the story lt Title gt Contains the title of the story lt Location gt Contains the location of the story lt PictureCaption gt lt PictureSummary gt lt PictureByline gt lt PictureURL gt Contains the caption of the main image Contains the image summary of the main image Contains the image byline of the main image Contains a link to the main image lt OrgSections gt Contains the number of paragraphs in the original lt OrgDate gt Contains the original date lt OrgStoryID gt Contains the original ID lt OrgCategory gt Contains the original category 321 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Photo gallery specific variables lt Categories gt Contains the available categories
581. the last record being viewed 209 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt NextLink gt Contains a link to the next page if you are not on the last page It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this lt a href javascript dosubmit lt SNextLink gt gt Next lt a gt E lt PrevLink gt Contains a link to the previous page if you are not on the first page It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this lt a href javascript dosubmit lt PrevLink gt gt H amp laquo Previous lt a gt lt SortBy gt You can use other fields for sorting in addition to date Replace with the name of the field lt SortByDate gt Contains a link that will sort all the ads by date It must be posted to the server with JavaScript like this lt a href javascript dosubmit lt SortByDate s gt gt Published lt a gt The system will remember the sort order so you can reverse the list To keep the sort order when you browse using a search form you must add a field to the form that remembers the value lt TotalHits gt The total number of records for the category being viewed Javascript The following script is used in this file lt script language javascript gt var hasclicked 0 function _Check if hasclicked 1 return false function dosubmit t var f document classfsearch i if t l 0 f action ty i f submit hasclicked 1 E
582. the name of the field lt ForumConnectionltems gt Outputs the links for connected forums It uses ArticleForumConnections pbo and ArticleForumConnectionltem pbo It is written pe 7 A ole a o 5 ja 3 a o 5 ja 0 Q a z o a a a 10 3 n ole Vv 142 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt GalleryConnectionltems gt Outputs the links to the connected galleries It uses the files ArticleGalleryConnections pbo and ArticleGalleryConnectionltem pbo lt Head gt Outputs the story head lt uses the ArticleHead pbo file lt Inheritedlink gt Contains the link to the page It can be used for building a link to a printer friendly page like this j lt a href lt inheritedlink gt amp template printart i gt Printer friendly lt a gt i lt lsoModifiedDate gt The date the story was last modified in ISO format It is written lt lSOPublishedDate gt The publication date for the story in ISO format It is written If publish control are activated and this publish control have a newer date then published date will the value of publish control take over lt KeywordLinks gt Outputs links to other stories that have the same keywords as the story You set the count option like this lt KeyWordLinks count 10 gt dd A ole x 0 lt z o 5 Q p pa 5 gt a 3 o a 5 a Il a oe Vv For more information please see pbs keywordlinks lt Keywords gt Contains the keywords att
583. the row The field is used to end the table row A E A a arent a o lt RowStart gt This field has the value 1 on the first photo on the row The field is used to start the table row A A q gg ee I AEEA EEE ee ye eee EE E lt TableEnd gt This field has the value 1 on the last photo The field is used to end the table L tpiemnaicebiers ATI This ok has th value Y on ho fs photo The felis used o stat the table A 371 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt ThumbnailGallerylink gt A link to the thumbnail gallery This field is used to display photos from the gallery on other templates such as directly in a story lt Title gt The title of the photo lt Width gt The width of the photo PhotoGalleryThumbnails pbo This file builds the wrapper for the gallery lt GalleryLink gt A link to the browsable gallery This field is used to display photos from the gallery on other templates such as directly in a story lt GalleryTitle gt The title for the album lt GalleryText gt The description of the gallery lt ltems gt Outputs all the items lt NextLink gt The link to the next page lt PageStart gt The number for the first photo on the page lt PageStop gt The number for the last photo on the page lt PrevLink gt The link to the previous page lt ThumbnailGalleryLink gt A link to the thumbnail gallery This field is used to display photos from the gallery on other templates s
584. the site This function creates a heavy system load and should be used sparingly The default is Q B hh o a ct o a i o A 5 a AEE NA E N eee AE cece aS saan a eee secre de aos eos siesbe ses N SEE EE A EE E N A sewer OEO E disables output of the story in GIF format This option makes the article tag inherit the information about which story to show from the page that linked to it Makes the story output bullet points for each paragraph The default is disabled Enter hs un de ll a H un H in the tag to enable bullet points By entering in the article tag the following WAP object files will be used instead of the normal object files e WAPArticle pbo e WAPArticleContent pbo e WAPArticleParagraph pbo This will limit the length of the article page so it can be displayed by WAP devices WAP stories behave like web stories For example images can be shown in both kinds of stories However large images do not work well with WAP Article pbo ArticleByline pbo ArticleConnections pbo ArticleExtraPictureltem pbo ArticleExtraPictures pbo ArticleFacts pbo ArticleForumConnectionltem pbo ArticleForumConnections pbo ArticleGalleryConnectionltem pbo ArticleGalleryConnections pbo ArticleHead pbo ArticleLinkltem pbo ArticleLinks pbo ArticleLocation pbo ArticleModified pbo ArticleMultiMedia pbo ArticleMultiMediaExtension pbo ArticleMultimediaLinkltem pbo ArticleMultiMediaList pbo ArticleMultiMediaListlte
585. the tag MVMovielnfoReviewltem pbo This field is output for each review lt Body gt The body of the review lt Description gt A description of the reviewer lt FilmID gt The film ID lt Title gt The title for the review pbs mv_schedule lt pbs mv_schedule gt The tags can be placed on all templates The example uses mv_ovr pbs The tag is used like this lt pbs mv_schedule ZipCode 43660 useobjects 1 width 625 gt Options Radius Sets the search radius in miles Timeformat Please note that it is not possible to include the date in Timeformat It outputs the time and should be used as in this example E A A Sewnsseenedsemedeeeneseecenseressbaescewessedemegeeecdeececewececedencuwendeueeseucnceesntenencbeoaeesaccessemadcesseseneg lt pbs mv_schedule zipcode 9000 useobjects 1 width 625 timeformat H nn ss i i AM PM gt 408 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Useobjects Enables the use of object files Width Sets the width of the output Zipcode Sets the default zip code for the listing MVSchedule pbo lt ScheduleContent gt Outputs the content MVScheduleChainFooter pbo This file has no fields MVScheduleChainHeader pbo lt ChainName gt The name of the movie theater chain MVScheduleMovieltem pbo lt FilmID gt The ID for the film lt MovieName gt The name of the movie lt Rating gt The movie s rating lt kRunningTime gt The running time lt ShowTimes
586. theme ThemeLinksCount This option tells the system how many stories with the same theme should be listed By default 5 stories are shown Enter Themelinkscount 2 to show two stories for example ThemeLinksMonths This option controls how many months back the system should look for stories with the same theme By default the system looks back 3 months Enter ThemeLinksMonths 6 if the system should look back 6 months for example Timeformat Sets the format for the lt date gt parameter in the object file You can also format the time field directly in the object file By default time is displayed as hh mm using a 24 hour clock Please see Formatting dates for more options Special options Allow date Used to allow the date to be overridden in the URL This option must be set if you want to use the override Ado Frontpagearchive function Ado is not to be used with Daystart By default this option is not used Enter aC ee to override the date used by the Newslist tag Frontpageflag Makes the Newslist tag on the front page link to the template gen_fart pbs instead of gen_art pbs Please see Template mapping By default this option is not used Enter to use gen_fart pbs Frontpageflagforce This makes the Newslist tag on all templates link to the template gen_fart pbs instead of gen_art pbs By default this option is not used Enter A A o nannan A e in the tag to use gen_fart pbs There are multiple object files that can be used
587. ther without The code used in the templates is stripped down and uses very little formatting The JavaScript in these templates will automatically open the print dialog box if the function is supported If the function is not supported the text To print this article open the file menu and choose Print is shown instead The plain text version uses the template gen_printart pbs The version with pictures uses the template gen_printpicart pbs If you are using object files for the layout of stories you must use the option UseObjects in the article tag on the print templates The lt pbs article gt has the following options Object file options Objectclass The object class controls which object files the page will use By default the system will use the files in the default object class Object class can be set from 1 to 999 Useobject This option turns off the use of Article pbo Object files are used for parts of the story instead This is triggered by entering E a 10 O o u o Q Il o in the article tag 133 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Useobjects Object files are automatically used if they exist To turn off the use of object files add the option SR in de o ON eee Output options Byline Controls the output of the byline The default is AS ae On A to disable output of the byline Facts If the story contains a fact box setting Facts 1 i Facts 0 i a i Enter l Facts 1 i a NI A hee er
588. time in 24 hour format using colon as a separator QA section The QA section is used for setting options for polls AlwaysUselFrame Enabling A E A E A E A E E E de A aay determines that the system will always use an iframe to display the result Without the option enabled the result will be shown as a part of the page after the poll has expired This option also fixes a different issue where you add a poll after the roll over time in the morning Using the old behavior you would have to recache the pages containing the poll because SAXOTECH Online did not output an iFrame on the page With the new behavior the iFrame will be output but it will be blank or display the no poll message UselFrameForPollmini Used to disable the iFrame when rendering mini polls The default setting is 1 To disable iFrames enter Po A O gn OE Extra fields You can define three extra fields for the Q amp A Module These fields are added to the list of available information fields when you create a poll or a quiz QA CustomFieldl Horoscope sign i i CustomField2 Hobbies i CustomField3 Favorite food SEARCHSTRINGDEFS section When using the FAST search engine it is possible to customize Boolean and proximity operators in search expressions This is done in the SearchStringDefs section in the following way 60 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual SearchStringDefs ValidChars WildCards AndTokens og OrTokens eller NotTokens
589. ting Descending 0 gives you the normal sort order 205 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Execute Deactivates the initial search By default the search is executed f you enter in the tag you must set execute to 1 in the search form using a hidden field to see any search results Otherwise the search will not be executed FIELDMultiSearch Used to search a specified field for multiple keywords Replace FIELD rj H ti E ie Ss E hp H Y D K Q los Il a 10 Ps pal jei D K a N FIELDMultiSearchAnd Determines that multiple keyword searches in a specified field will use the logical operator AND The default is to use the logical operator OR Replace i FIELDMultiSearchAnd 1 i Fields Determines which extra fields should be available All fields defined for the Adclass can be used The option is set like this fields County CaseType DocketNumber DateOfVerdict Judge Pattorney Dattorney The Fields option should be used before any Groups SortOrder or Search options in the tag Please note that if you group by a Field you should not use that field in the SortOrder option FIELDSearch Used to search a specified field Replace FIELD with the name of the field The option is used like this FIELDSearch text lt pbs classifieds module 4 class 41 fields Condition ConditionSearch sunny gt The parameter FIELDSearchExact 1 must be used in order for FIELDSearch to work FIELDSearchExact Disables wil
590. tion enables you to define the default settings for article properties This saves time for your users because properties will have the default settings selected automatically AllowAddingParagraphs Determine whether users will be allowed to add additional paragrpahs on the Edit tab AllowDeletingParagraphs Determine whether users will be allowed to delete paragrpahs on the Edit tab DefaultArticleBlockCount Determine how many paragraph fields will appear by default on the Edit tab Enter DefaultArticleBlockCount x The default is 5 DefaultArticleSource NA default Paper or Electronic DefaultEmbedMultiMedia List default Left or Right 62 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual DefaultExtraFieldsType DefaultForum DefaultFrontpageClass DefaultKicker DefaultLocation DefaultNewsletterChannel DefaultPDAChannel DefaultPublishControl DefaultPicPublishControl DefaultPrioRotate DefaultPublished DefaultRating DefaultSMSChannel DefaultSectionClass DefaultStoryClass DefaultStoryFlow DefaultStoryPriority DefaultStoryType DefaultTeaser DefaultWAPChannel DefaultWebChannel ExtraFieldsPlacement FactsHTMLEditor From versions 6 2 0sr30 6 3 0sr5 The name of the ExtraFields definition section you want to use Default is none None default Story or Theme Determine the default frontpage class for stories Enter The default is no default 0 or 1 if the setting is omitted the default is 0 0 or 1 if the setting is omit
591. tion is set like this e o 5 lt 10 5 2 QO y Q gt 10 ll fun All Events tags must be run with an exclamation mark when this option is used Optional Sets the domain for your website This is used to ensure that all links poii the correct site when you edit on another server or have a cluster of web servers like this This allows a session to be shared across a domain In the example two subdoma mydomain com for example news mydomain com and www mydomain com can sl the same session file To activate this feature permanentcookie must be enabled enable this feature enter Je o 3 D H 5 Q o O So La oO ll 3 Z Q o 3 D H 5 Q o 3 Optional Allows you to determine which extra fields are available in the story editir interface This option only controls which fields will be visible Fields that are prese the story can still be shown on the site even if they are not editable e The template is Stemplatepath lobjects e The description assumes the setting GENERAL templatepath Templates and adds the subfolder of object which should be objects e The edit template article Edit ExtraFieldsItem is the default tem for extra fields so the users do not NEED to add a new template Using th setting alone will work just fine The option is set like this ti Q pe ct ta X pal K w Ry pe 10 H o a Il fe e o 4 10 0 a c Q g o Q 10 On your site you must create a n
592. tion is the same as Cachetime The default is 1 do not cache This option is optional If set to 1 the status comment normally added on errors is added on success as well The default setting is 0 This option is optional Timeout of the HTTP request in seconds The default setting is 5 This is optional This is the URL that should be pulled from the other site This option is mandatory Limit the time it is allowed for the client to wait for the server to return the 1st byte of the response Mainly made in order to avoid foreign web servers to take forever before providing answer Default is 5 000 ms Available from 6 3 0sr11 and up Pbs include lt pbs include gt A more advanced version allows you to put a category specific include in a general file This include type is slower than the standard include and is performed later in the template assembly This tag should only be used when there is no other way to achieve the result Options Artupdate CacheQualifiers Cachetime Categorymatch Interval Nocache Used instead of cache time With this option the file will be updated when changes are made to stories in your database Please see Cachequalifiers for more information about caching Sets the time the include should be cached before it is refreshed This option is only used when the tag is running uncached The file will only be included if you are viewing the category specified in categorymatch A synonym for
593. tion of Publicus ini To configure the settings for CollectMostReadStats specify the following settings in the COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS section AIEN EIE AAEREN tl COLLECTMOSTREADSTATS LOGDIR logdir RUNLOGDIR runlogdir FLUSHINTERVAL N FLUSHINTERVAL The number of minutes between every flush The default is 1 LOGDIR The directory to which data log files will be written The default is 27 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual RUNLOGDIR The directory to which run log files will be written The default is CONTENTVALIDATION section 0 From version 6 2 0 This section determines that the Pbcs dll prevents SQL or scripting injections in Content fields The section is used like this i ContentValidation i ContentValidation 1 i InvalidContentInput m i g alert select update drop script l HaltOnInvalidContentInput 1 l ErrorMsg Your request contains a forbidden substring ErrorStatusCode 303 i And has the following settings ContentValidation Enables ContentValidation InvalidContentinput A list of comma delimited regular expressions that are not allowed in Content fields HaltOnInvalidContentinput Determines whether a request is halted upon invalid input The default is O do not process the request ErrorMsg The message to be returned to the browser if HaltOnInvalidContentInput is set to 1 ErrorStatusCode The code returned to the browser if HaltOnInvalidContentInput is set to 1 default is 404 DEBUG se
594. tional print 1 parameter be appended to the URL of the Print article link This option lists the stories that have been printed the most on a chosen date Best practice If you use MostEmailedArticles do not use MostPrintedArticles Sets the object class for the tag By default object class is not used Enter where x is any number between 1 and 999 to set the object class Profile Displays the most read stories based on profile By default this option is disabled Enter Profile x to show stories with the profile X Relprofile This function makes the system look for the most relevant profile for a story If you specify the profile in the MostRead tag the link to the story will contain the profile ID with the most matching points for the story This function is used when your design is attached to the profile and not the category or you have a MostRead tag on the story page showing stories from the same profile Showref Determines how many characters of the summary will be shown By default no characters from the summary will be shown Enter i Showref 150 i to show the first 150 characters of the summary Site Shows the most popular stories from another site By default this option is disabled Enter Site X in the tag to show stories from the site with site code X StatDays Limits the age of the stories shown StatDays uses the date for the last time the story was read which is the last time statistics changed on the story For exam
595. tly lt INPUT TYPE hidden NAME REDIRECT_URL VALUE apps pbcs dll misc url misc orderpicture_ok pbs gt i Sets the subject of the email sent to your staff 363 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Title Sets the title of the table that contains the information in the email To Sets the recipient of the e mail This is the e mail address of the person handling picture orders lt INPUT TYPE hidden NAME TO VALUE eh saxotech no gt Input fields Include the required input fields like name address and phone number The fields are defined in the following way lt input type text name Name size 20 maxlength 40 gt with the name of the field Buttons You must have a Submit button in the form Thank you page This template must be called orderpicture_ok pbs and be put in the misc folder if you are using the paths in this example This page can contain whatever you like pbs link and images lt pbs link gt This function is used to give the web guest the ability to zoom in on a picture in a story This function uses the lt pbs 1ink gt tag You must use the tag like this E lt img src lt pbs link inherit ondate 0 href text img gt amp MaxW 580 title 1 gt Template The template used to zoom can be called whatever you like You must specify the desired template in the link Link to zoomed picture To link to the template used for the zoomed picture you must place the following link in the object file w
596. to 2 if the system should always show the sectionfront even if there is only one story e pbs oversiktnotiser e pbs sectionfront pbs oversiktnotiser lt pbs oversiktnotiser gt This tag is used for listing notices on the sectionfront of a category Notices are used when you would like to avoid listing very short stories in the main overview These stories must have the Notice checkbox marked in the story properties Options Link Controls the text in the story link By default the tag will output Read more Enter p pe p gt i GS a Y Y where 2 is any text of your choice The system will use this text instead for the link Setting link title makes the title the link Sortering There are two possible sort options By default stories are sorted to show the newest stories first Enter o K ca O ko ct H o 5 ll 5 K H o to sort the stories according to priority Visref Controls the number of summary characters that will be shown By default the whole summary will be shown Enter leadin l to determine how many characters should be shown This can be any number between 0 and 9999 pbs sectionfront lt pbs sectionfront gt 126 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag is used for listing stories on sectionfronts You should use the lt pbs newslist gt tag to build sectionfronts Output options Count Controls how many stories should be shown By default all stories published on today s date are
597. to appear in the index The tag must be placed on the template gen_idx pbs Stories must be tagged with one or multiple keywords to appear in the index To link to the page you must link to apps pbcs dll index To specify a category add Category Categoryid Options Current The keyword index only show stories from the category currently being viewed This requires that the category is specified in the URL Descending This option reverses the sort order of the index By default the index is sorted ascending Includesubs The keyword index shows stories from the category currently being viewed and subcategories Objectclass Determines which object class will be used 161 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Range Controls which items are output Range is set by using the option like this y w j Q oO I ai gt will output all entries with keywords that begin with A The default is A to Z Useobjects This tag will use object files if they exist To turn off the use of objects enter KeywordIndexHeader pbo lt Header gt The header The header is the first letter of the alphabet lt TitleList gt This field outputs the items KeywordIndexLink pbo lt ArticleLink gt The link to the story lt ArticleTitle gt The title of the story lt ArticleDate gt The date the story was published lt lsoArticleDate gt The date in ISO format This date can be formatted using the variable formatting options KeywordI
598. to other internal objects that are linked to the story lt ArticleConnectionitems gt Shows links to connected stories lt Connectionitems gt Shows internal links to both stories and photo galleries lt ForumConnectionitems gt Shows links to connected forums lt GalleryConnectionitems gt Shows links to connected galleries NewsltemKeywordLinks pbo Please see KeywordLinks pbo for information about available fields NewsltemKeywordLinksltem pbo Please see KeywordLinkltem pbo for information about available fields NewsltemMultiMediaExtension pbo NewsltemMultiMedia Extension pbo Used to link to directly connected multimedia objects Extension is replaced by the media type extension lt Description gt The description of the media object listed as title in the edit interface lt FileName gt The file name lt FileSize gt The file size lt Link gt The link for direct download of the object lt PopupLink gt The link for the pop up multimedia window lt StreamLink gt The link for streaming the object NewsltemThemeLinkltem pbo 179 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Please see ThemeLinkltem pbo for information about available fields NewsltemThemeLinks pbo Please see ThemeLinks pbo for information about available fields RelStoriesltem pbo Used with RelTaxonomy when showing related stories based on taxonomy lt Date gt The publication date for the story lt Headi
599. to replace the session info The default is 0 IfNotExistUseFromYesterday Use the cache from yesterday if there is none for today Start builing a new cache file the default is 0 NoCacheWhenUpdFCacheFilelInBackground Do auto nocache when updating static cach files The default is O UpdFCacheFilelnBackground Update static pages in the background by calling the current URL updfCache 1 The default is O Webserver AWebServerName The webserver that updates the content in the background If it is not supplied the domain setting from the publicus ini will be used instead There are a few things to consider when setting this up e This only works with FastSection Article Frontpage cache enabled See earlier e The switch NoCacheWhenUpdFCacheFilelnBackground can be hard on your database server as it rebuilds all tags on the whole page every time the fastpage cache runs out e Webserver is needed in some conditions and not needed in others depending on the hosting setup of your site Omitting this setting in some conditions will result in totally static pages not updating content at all e f your setup is a single webserver directly connected to the Internet you don t have to give it a value If you are behind a load balancer or router of some sort that changes the request host from www yoursite com to like loadbalancer1 the webserver setting must be assigned the name of the domain For example www site com If this is forgotten the site
600. tory lt a gt lt a href lt pbcs d11 gt section Category lt Category s gt gt lt SCategoryname gt lt a gt lt font gt lt div gt lt br gt lt font gt China Using wRights ssues To Promote Olympic Bid chinese luadars reacted indignantly saven years ago nhan Baliing s bid to host the Slurreics was darallad by questions about politics Ones whole story Word Mana md Gemetery Gives Familles Little Solace Hicola Willierne rterme ailmny et the Foot of the maple tree for a long while This ls where har flancos Maurice Bincknay var supposed to ba burlad after a consaless shooting ost short his lifa Bm Esplonal Hays Bill Possed To Sanction Lobbylsts The Maryland Senete voted For the Fret time yactarday bo create a ayabem of sancione thet could bar an unethical lobbyist from the halle of the Btate House For Itfa whole story Ranlonal Have Sples roam State posing as Jurnallsts FBI says Foreign Intelligence agents vorking as news reporters retain rmasping unauperviced ucconaa to the Steba Depatmante cartral headquartere decpibe s curii cackdonn efter amveral major lspzaa Mational Name Georgetown Selects Non Jesult President Georgetown University broke vith tradition yeaberdas to select a prealdert vho ls not a Jesutt priest a Arst for the nation s oldest Roman Catholic untumretty Whole xtory Local Have Topstory Variable The Topstory variable is set t
601. tructure This naming structure is based on the template type and category All template files have the pbs extension All template files must be placed in the template folder under the root directory for the website Front page template The front page template is called frontpage pbs This is the template that is used by the website s homepage The front page is called by accessing the following URL A is You must place a default document in the root folder of the web server that redirects to this address Sectionfront templates Sectionfronts are accessed through the URL 90 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual with the name of the category Default template The default sectionfront template is called gen_ovr pbs This template is used if no template exists for the category or no mappings exist in the ini file Section templates are named using the following structure The first part of the name signifies the category e Gen is the general category and is used when no other template file exists e The second part of the name indicates the template type For example ovr signifies that the template is an overview section template Single category template If you want to use a special template for the category News the file should be named news_ovr pbs The gen portion of the name has been replaced with the category ID For subcategories of news that are named news01 news99 the template named news_ovr pbs will be used Th
602. tting dates For example 231 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Detailtype Excludevalues Field FieldName Module Objectclass Optionlist Related Subtype Subcategory Taxonomy Lists the detail types defined for the class Example Excludes values from the option list that is generated By default this option is not used Enter a comma separated list of values that should be excluded Example lt pbs ccefields module 4 class 41 field JOBOPTION excludevalues 1 2 gt This tag builds a option list of the values of the extra field JOBOPTION but will not include the values 1 and 2 Determines which field will be shown Lists the values of a given extra custom field Example Determines the component from which data will be shown This option is required Sets the objectclass It is only valid when to use object files instead of an objectlist Specifies the information that will be shown from the related information table You can then use the related fields with the field option Example 232 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Type Lists the categories defined for the class Example category A Vertical Adding the option vertical to the tag makes the tag list the options vertically instead of horizontally The option can only be used with the Columns option The option is used like this a sree we cases n aaa Week Displays the dates for the days in the last week CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFdNmR
603. ty changes The option is set like this Groups County The field specified in the groups option will be available as a field in the object file Example E lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 fields Temperature Groups Country gt Another example i Groups CategoryName and the pbo file lt CCE_townGroupHeader pbo gt lt h2 gt lt CategoryName gt lt h2 gt i Intfields Determines which fields should be treated as numbers This option is deprecated Use a custom field with the type Integer instead Locked This option can only be used in the tag It locks the tag so it cannot be overridden either in the form or the URL This option is useful when you have a sidebar with objects that should not be affected by other CCE tags on the page The option is set like this Locked 1 Multisite If you cooperate with other media sites you can use this option to list CCE objects from several sites Example There is a Weather Data module with ID 4 and the short name weather lt pbs cce multisite BA TY FC module 4 gt 219 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual NavigatorList It is now possible to add navigators to a solr search result This is done by adding the fields to build From version 6 4 0 navigators for to the NavigatorList parameter of the CCE tag that should output the result The navigators are built using the two templates cce_ModuleShortNameNavigator pbo and cce_ModuleShortNameNavigatorltem pbo lt pbs cce navigatorlist module
604. u can use the tag tags directly in the search result page Building the page without object files You can place the following tags on the result page pbs search_criteria lt pbs search_criteria gt This tag outputs the text of the pbssearch_hits lt pbs search_hits gt This tag outputs the hits range pbs search_next_link lt pbs search_next_link gt query the web guest is viewing This tag outputs a link to the next page of hits The tag will only output a link if there is a next page The label will be shown anyway Label This option sets the text string that should be used for linking to the next hits pbs search_previous_link lt pbs search_previous_link gt 187 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This tag outputs a link to the previous page of hits The tag will only output a link if there is a previous page The label will be shown anyway Label This option sets the text string that should be used for linking to the previous hits pbs search_totalhits lt pbs search_totalhits gt This tag outputs the total number of hits pbs searchresult without object files lt pbs searchresult gt This tag outputs the search result Infocolor This color will be used to show the category and date Showref 1 the lead in of the story will be shown0 the lead in of the story will not be shown pbs searchresult lt pbs searchresult gt If you want to use object files place the lt pbs searchresul
605. ualified You cannot use relative paths Images Images are loaded like regular images with the lt img gt tag but the format must be wbmp Links All links to sectionfronts must include WAP This option tells the system to display the page using the WAP template All links must be fully qualified You cannot use relative links Gen_wapovr pbs This template is used for displaying the sectionfronts Gen_wapart pbs This template is used for viewing the story For more information on WAP object files please see WAPArticle pbo Zones Checking zone cookie You can check if the zone cookie is set by accessing the front page through this URL 5 w to o a Met e o Q a o ms mh 5 o 5 ies o p Q o cee Q 5 o Q gt Q o O ES 5 10 I ty w Q U N o 5 o 92 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual This will bring you to the template called PBCSzone_setcookie pbs Chapter 6 Object Files Object files are the pieces used for designing the layout of the output They give you total control of how the information is presented The object file for a tag is described with the tag About Object Files Article classes Global function Global variables Inline objects Localdata ini Object script Odd and Even variable picture handling Pbs macro e Election2008 pbo Position based design e System variables Object files are the pieces that make up a story page a Classifieds page or any other dynamically
606. uch as directly in a story lt Total gt The total number of photos in the gallery pbs ptshowimage lt pbs ptshowimage gt This function is used to display one of the pictures in the gallery The tag might appear as follows Templates This option uses the template specified in the link to the page Options Maximageheight Sets the maximum height for the picture Maximagewidth Controls the width of the picture It must be present If it is missing the system will load the full image from the database which could destroy your layout Quality Controls the quality of the picture The higher the number the better the quality The default quality setting is 85 This option can be set from 1 to 100 where 1 is the lowest quality and 100 is the best quality Showtitle Determines whether the name of the picture will be overlayed on the picture By default the title will not be output Enter NORTE Sica crios sisi psss cases ee ees o css oc co asc eisr E ic cis to show the title Link from gallery The link from the gallery is described in the section Imageltem pbo 372 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Link from story To link from the story to the zoomed picture you must put the following code in the ArticlePicture pbo lt a href gt Zoom lt a gt i lt pbcs d11 gt misc url misc photos_single pbs amp IDato lt ISODate gt amp IKategori lt Category gt amp ID lt ArtNo The URL must match the URL you ha
607. ueries manual CustomQuery_queryname pbo Replace queryname with the name of the query you are running lt items gt This field outputs all items CustomQuery_querynameitem pbo Replace queryname with the name of the query you are running All column names become fields in the object file In addition the following fields are available lt counter gt This field contains the counter value for the record shown lt islastitem gt This field has the value 1 on the last record lt odd gt The field has the value 1 if the record number is odd lt even gt The field has the value 1 if the record number is even 423 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual pbs queryparam lt pbs queryparam gt This tag outputs query parameters on the page A query parameter is the part of the URL that comes after the character This function is usually used to put values from the link in forms for further use Options Param Used to select the parameter that will be output The following code will output the category ID for the category being viewed pbs random lt pbs random gt This tag is used to create a variable with a random number This number can be used in other functions Options ID Sets the name for the global variable If the ID is set to xxx the value will be called Max Sets the maximum value Min Sets the minimum value This example shows how you can output different tags based on the random value The tag mi
608. ult sort order when profiles are not used is date modified time Category ID and Article ID with lowest Article ID first e The default sort order when profiles are used is date priority and Article ID with highest Article ID first e When you combine the sort options Alphasort will take precedence over Priosort and Datesort Datesort takes precedence over Priosort when these two options are used together e The following options for sort are available Alphasort Sorts the stories alphabetically Only the first letter of the title will be used By default this option is not used Enter gt i koj gt w a O 8 ai Il un to sort the stories alphabetically by the first letter of the title 170 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Datesort Sorts the stories by the following criteria in the listed order e By the Publication date or the Publish Control From date whichever is most recent with the newest story first By either the Last Modified time or the Publish Control From time whichever is most recent Using Datesort disables Priosort By default this option is not used Enter pon iw D a 0 17 o K ai Il ps in the tag to sort the stories by publication date Extrasortfield When ExtraFieldDef is used in Publicus ini the Newslist tag can be sorted by the extra fields set up in that section Please see Extra fields definition By default this option is not used ea x a K w n lo K a tj H oO an Q
609. umber of records for the category being viewed lt search_navigator gt The navigators build when doing search lt PageNo gt Contains which pagenumber in the search result you are on added from 6 3 0sr12 lt PageCount gt Contains the nunber of pages the search result consists of added from 6 3 0sr12 lt PageSize gt Contains the size of a page same as count on pbs cce tag added from 6 3 0sr12 lt PageLinks gt Outputs links to all pages for the curren search result See templates cce_ModuleShortnamePageLink and cce_ModuleShortnamePageLinkltem CCE_ModuleShortNameGroupHeader pbo Contains a single field with the same name as the field specified by the Groups option If you use the option in the object file If you have specified a date field in the Groups option the field will be formatted as a date if it is also listed in the Datefields option This object file is required Example file name cce_weatherGroupHeader pbo Example object file PE E EEEE EEE E A T EE E A E E N E E EN l lt tr gt i i lt td gt H lt b gt lt Temperature gt lt b gt i lt td gt i 1 lt tr gt I CCE_ModuleShortNameltem pbo This file is output for each CCE object This object file is required Example file name CCE_Weatherltem pbo Example object file EN EEEE PEIEE ENEE ER E E OEE E E TE E EENE E EEE EE E PERE E E E EN EEEE EE E E E ES EE EE E E E E OE E E E A Town lt Town gt
610. umber of votes cast PolIMiniNoPoll pbo Used to output a message if there is no poll available It is only used when the flag for always using iframe is set in Publicus ini The use of this file is automatic If you want to use the option in Pollmini pbo this file cannot be present for the object class pbs quest_multipage lt pbs quest_multipage gt This function uses one page per question instead of having all questions on a single page To access this contest you must link to apps pbcs dll quest Category Questcategory where Questcategory is the category in which the contest is placed This function uses the gen_quest pbs template This quiz type requires another tag to be put on the gen_quest pbs template You should make a template for the category because this function uses a different tag than the normal contest This tag gives you a lot of freedom in designing the contest because it uses object files The multipage contest needs the following object files MultiPageQuestindex pbo The start page for the contest 262 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt Info gt Outputs the information field for the contest lt Link gt The link to the next page It should be placed inside a link tag like this lt Title gt Outputs the title field for the contest MultiPageQuestPage pbo lt Alternatives gt This is where the alternatives are output This tag should be placed inside the form lt CurrentAnswers gt Hold
611. ums export window The path for user defined templates must exist in web dbo siteconfig table with the following values SITE SECTION NAME VALUE XX SETTINGS AlbumExportTemplates templateserver xx AlbumExportTemp Where XX is the site ID and Value is the path to the user defined templates The path is visible to the edit web server ExpPhotoAlbum pbo This is required It includes the information for each photo album lt albumid gt The photo album s unique ID lt AlbumPictures gt A placeholder for each exported photo album item image lt category gt The category in which the photo album is placed lt createdate gt The photo album s creation date lt createdby gt The name of the user who created the photo album lt date gt The album s publication date lt lastmodifiedby gt The name of the user who last modified the photo album lt lastmodifieddate gt The date on which the photo album was last modified lt numberofimages gt The total number of image in the photo album 374 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt published gt Indicates whether or not the album is published lt site gt The ID of the Site on which the album is placed lt summary gt The photo album s summary lt title gt The photo album s title ExpPhotoAlbumltem pbo This is required It includes the information about the photo album image All images are exported in JPG format The created image files are pla
612. upHeader pbo CCE_ModuleShortNameltem pbo cce_ModuleShortNameNavigator pbo cce_ModuleShortNameNavigatorltem pbo CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLink CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLinkltem CCE_MPLACE pbo CCE_MPLACEitem pbo e CCE search_ovr pbs e pbs ccedetails e CCE_ModuleShortNameDetails pbo e CCE_ModuleShortNamePrintDetail pbo e CCE_ModuleShortNameRelated pbo pbs ccefields e CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFdNmRw e CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldName pbo e CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldNameltem pbo pbs usersubmitform SubmitCCEObject action CCE data retrieval tags You can retrieve the values of posted fields using the following tags All other hidden fields in the form can be retrieved using the same method Tye eee ee eee eee lt input type hidden name type value 1 lt pbs Type gt gt Range lt input type hidden name range value 1 lt pbs Range gt gt Descending lt input type hidden name descending value i lt pbs Descending gt Defaultdate pai lt input type hidden name defaultdate value i lt pbs Defaultdate gt FromDate lt input type hidden name FromDate value 1 lt pbs FromDate gt gt ToDate A nasosi Ras l lt input type hidden name ToDate value 1 lt pbs ToDate gt gt 212 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual CCE pbs LastUpdate lt pbs LastUpdate gt Outputs the update time for the category being viewed CCE sea
613. utes the story is free and available to all web guests Enter ArticleFreeInterval X Be ss ede A o AEE i where E A AR nen ats eee EN cates ae eee chee S E i is the number of minutes for which the story will be free 31 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Enabled Enables Extended Login Must also be used in conjunction with Access Control see above EnableGoldLevel With the Subscription functionality there are four different levels of payment status on a story free temp locked locked and gold locked It is possible to disable the highest level of protection from the user interface by making the following setting in the EXTLOGIN section El 5 D T o Q fe fm o p o lt D B Il o The default value is 1 EXTLOGINCOOKIENAME The name of the additional cookie that is created and maintained by SAXOTECH Online when using extended login The value of the cookie is the number of seconds since midnight January 1 1970 The domain of the cookie is defined using the DomainCookie setting in the Publicus ini file If the DomainCookie setting is not available the current domain in the URL is used The default is empty EXTLOGINLIFESPAN The expire time current time number of days of the cookie The default is 180 TargetNamespace Used for Access Control see above Enter TargetNamespace URL to targetNamespace of WSDL WSDL Used for Access Control see above Enter WSDL URL to 3rd party webservice WSDL i WebService
614. utside your website With the parameter enabled the system will look for and act on the lt ExternalLinks gt tag in the Newsltem pbo That tag calls the NewsltemExternalLinks pbo file The NewsltemExternalLinks pbo will recognize the tag lt NewsltemExternalLinkltem gt that uses the pbo by the same name Fields Specifies which extra fields should be available in the Newslist The fields are specified in a comma separated list like this Fields Edition Section Tearsheet Image Determines whether images will be shown in the Newslist Enter Image 1 to show images in the newslist InternalLinks Used to enable links that list stories related to the story currently being viewed By default this option is not used Enter InternalLinks 1 to show links to related stories KeywordLinks Enables links to stories with the same keywords as the story currently being viewed By default this option is not used Enter KeywordLinks 1 to show links to stories with the same keywords KeywordLinksCount This option tells the system how many stories with the same keywords should be listed By default 5 stories are shown Enter KeywordLinksCount 2 to show two stories for example KeywordLinksMonths This option controls how many months back the system should look for stories with the same theme By default the system looks back 3 months Enter KeywordLinksMonths 6 if the system should look back 6 months for example Leadin Controls how many characters of th
615. uy our cars Example AdmanifestSummer20040601 csv Filename Title Value Proposition Category Start Date End Date 112589NS000031 Jiffy Lube More than an oil change 70320 20040530 20050530 118980NS000014 Dana Shoes All Azaleia Sandals 20 off 70320 20040530 20050530 Images Ad inserts allow two images A company logo and the ad itself The logos can be either GIF or JPG format The ad can be a JPG GIF or PDF These must be uploaded at the same time or after the Advertiser and Ad manifest spreadsheets are uploaded If a change is made to an image the Ad manifest must be uploaded again to recognize the change Uploading ad inserts You must upload the spreadsheets and images to the new folders you created in order for SAXOTECH Online to read them into the database Standard folders bas Sie hea w w w Q Q Q H H H 5 5 3 a a a D o D K K 8 A A A v un un a je S b Us o Q Q H lo N n hie ay w Q re n 10 5 ct n N ie P Q S c 5 0 n e should contain any JPG image files The Multifilter will take a little time to accept the files and input them into the database Once the file has been read it is moved to the archive folder Classifieds data retrieval tags You can retrieve the values of posted fields using the following tags Default date e o Ee SER EO i l lt input type hidden name defaultdate value lt pbs Defaultdate gt es l Descending Ei E E E n
616. value Test gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Fontname lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name Font Size 40 value Arial gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt TD gt Fontsize lt TD gt lt TD gt lt SELECT Name Fontsize gt lt OPTION Value 1 gt Automatic lt OPTION Value 10 Opt lt OPTION Value 12 gt 12pt lt OPTION Value 16 gt 16pt lt OPTION Value 20 gt 20pt lt OPTION Value 24 gt 24pt lt OPTION Value 30 gt 30pt lt OPTION Value 36 gt 36pt lt SELECT gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Fontcolor lt TD gt lt ID gt lt INPUT Type Text Name Fontcolor Size 8 value FFFFFF gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Backgroundcolor lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name BGColor Size 8 value 000000 gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Text X Offset lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name XOffset Size 5 value 0 gt lt TD gt TR gt R gt D gt Text Y Offset lt TD gt lt TD gt lt INPUT Type Text Name YOffset Size 5 value 0 gt lt TD gt TR gt TR gt lt TD COLSPAN 2 gt Bold lt INPUT TYPE Checkbox Name Bold gt nbsp Italic lt INPUT TYPE Checkbox Name Italic gt amp nbsp Underline lt INPUT TYPE Checkbox Name Underline gt nbsp Transparent lt INPUT TYPE Checkbox Name Transparent gt nbsp lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD COLSPAN 2 gt lt hr gt lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD COLSPAN 2 ALIGN Right gt lt INPUT Type Button Value Update onClick Update
617. ve in a component You can setup the classes in the user interface Example There is a Weather Data module with ID 4 and the short name weather and there is a Class 41 which belongs to module 4 A A wees ees ccesaceses eeeacey SAXOTECH recommends using the class parameter When you use the lt pbs cce gt tag WITHOUT a class parameter you get a list of objects returned whose class 1 in the lt dlink gt field of the cce_moduleshortnameitem pbo file This will NOT populate the dcce template with the objects field information from the database In order to build a legitimate dlink from a list of CCE objects for which class is NOT set in the tag perform a regex operation similar to the following A a sp e 216 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Component Sets the component used by the tag The module s short name is used to look up the templates This option is required Example There is a Weather Data module with ID 4 and the short name weather lt pbs cce module 4 gt Count Specifies the number of objects per page Example lt pbs cce module 4 class 41 count 15 gt CreatedBy Enables filtering on creator CurrentUser is available for showing the current user s submitted objects From version 6 2 0 Datefields Determines which of the fields should be treated as dates This option causes the data to be formatted according to the Dateformat options Example i lt pbs cce module 5 class 51 fields Birthday DateFields Birthday gt Dat
618. ve made for the zoom template This function can only be used on the main picture Showlmage pbo This file is used by pbs ptshowimage and it can contain the following variables lt Byline gt lt Caption gt Desktop background lt lmagePath gt lt Title gt The photo credit The caption for the image To allow web guests to use the picture as a desktop background you must use this piece of code to link to the functi lt a href javascript NewWindow 460 300 apps pbcs dll misc URL misc photos_desktop f amp NoMal 1 amp IDato lt IDato gt amp IKategori lt sIlKategoris gt amp ID lt ID gt gt Set as desktop backgrc You can change the name of the template used bold in the example above but not any of the other parameters Tr described in the section Set picture as desktop background The path to the image It is used like this The title of the image Photo album export This functionality enables export of one or more photo albums from the system Output is static image files and an XML file describing the photo album structure and meta data to be delivered to an FTP server The exported photo album can be imported to other sites using the Album Importer Publicus ini settings To activate the permanent gallery you must have the following setting in the Publicus ini file in the GENERAL section section General File structure PhotoAlbumRootPath imageserver photoalbumexports T
619. ve text Poll_Error pbo with pbs quest_multipage This page is used if the user does not fill in the name address form correctly You can place a JavaScript on the page so guests can go back and complete the form The script could look like this Poll_Saved pbo with pbs quest_multipage This page contains no variables It is used to thank the web guest for taking part in the contest pbs questform lt pbs questform gt It is possible to use the Polling component for contests Depending on the type of contest different templates will be used Single and grouped refer to options in the editing interface The tag must be placed on the gen_quest pbs template or a template for a specific category After the poll has been posted the template gen_poll pbs will be used to show either the thank you message or an error message To access the contest you must link to apps pbcs dll quest Category Questcategory where Questcategory is the category in which the contest is placed Options Category Determines the category from which contests will be shown Polls _Error pbo with pbs questform This page is used if the user does not fill in the name address form correctly You can place a JavaScript on the page so guests can go back and complete the form The script could look like this ED Meena see eeece EE E cent seeeeeeadetennetsnecweeedewemsnteestedeseneeneee ses ces ences steee steceeeesceeescesusneseseecnciecncceey Polls Saved pbo with p
620. version Contains the value of the lt pbs cce gt tag parameter of 6 2 0 ShowEventOccurrences The following variables describe the recurrence pattern attached to the object lt EventFromDate gt From Contains the date from which the system is to calculate occurrences yyyymmdd format version 6 2 0 226 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt EventToDate gt From Contains the date to which the system is to calculate occurrences yyyymmdd format it is used version 6 2 0 when StopMethod is 0 lt NumberOfOcc gt From Contains how many occurrences to calculate from the EventFromDate it is used when version 6 2 0 StopMethod is 1 lt StopMethod gt From version Contains how the system is to stop calculating occurrences 0 is on a set date 1 is after a certain 6 2 0 number of occurrences lt EventFromTime gt From Contains from what time of day the object occurs version 6 2 0 lt EventToTime gt From Contains to what time of day the object occurs version 6 2 0 lt Pattern gt From version 6 2 0 Contains the overall method used to calculate occurrences lt Subpattern gt From version Contains the specific method used to calculate occurrences 6 2 0 lt Jump1 gt From version 6 2 0 Contains the first specific value in the pattern lt Jump2 gt From version 6 2 0 Contains the second specific value in the pattern lt ActiveDays gt From version Contains what days in the week are selected in the pattern 6
621. w CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldNameRow pbo When you use the Columns option you must use the cce_ModuleShortNameFieldNameRow pbo file Example file name cce_weatherFieldsTypeRow pbo lt Col1 gt Outputs the first row lt Col2 9 gt You will have a col field for each row CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldName pbo Example file name CCE_WeatherFieldsType pbo lt ltems gt Outputs the items Example PENE E EN EISE E NESE IENE E A E A suas sone e ears ease sarees eee esae sec see ae eee ee eee CCE_ModuleShortNameFieldsFieldNameltem pbo This file is output per item Example file name cce_weatherFieldsTypeltem pbo lt ld gt The ID for the item lt Name gt The name for the item The fields can be used together like this Pee emans SebRwe cecee NAS rsu rona np RASS Sainn nAn A A an q a lt Value gt Returns the data type defined for a custom field see above pbs usersubmitform lt pbs usersubmitform gt From version 6 2 0 233 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual The tag is used to submit data to the system through the front end This section will focus on submitting CCE objects Every CCE object specific form tag has to specify a specific Module Class and Type that the CCE object will belong to ObjectClass Specifies what object file design class to use CCESection Specifies Module Class and Type that the CCE object will belong to on the form lt ModulelD gt lt Class D gt lt TypelD gt Ma
622. will become static e If you are in doubt you can try to see what the variable lt currentURL gt contains It s a variable that you can use on an item template or a macro If it contains www yoursite com then everything is fine without the webserver setting If it contains anything else than your site set the webserver setting as described above for example www yoursite com Do not use http since this is added by the code CAPTCHA section CAPTCHA section The settings control the general lt pbs captcha gt tag that renders a captcha which can be used for client side scripting validation 24 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual ForceUnpersist _ If value is 1 it overrides the amp unpersist N argument on checkcaptcha ensuring that users cannot keep submitting using the same captcha when using client side captcha validation Default is 0 CCE section This section controls settings for the CCE Module The section has the heading CCE CCE l CCEClassifieds 0 H ClassifiedsModule 11 Cache 1 ForceCache 1 i ForceCacheTime number of min ForceFieldsCache 1 ForceFieldsCacheTime number of min i NoMDCache 1 L 1 Cache Determines whether caching is enabled The default is Cache 1 i This is not recommended unless you are debugging your pages CCEClassifieds Determines that CCE data will be used instead of classifieds data This means that CCE will be used when the Classifieds tags like Pbs classifieds an
623. will r overwritten and the content from the previous cache file will be used This option is used to enable permanent cookies if your version of SAXOTECH On Permanent cookies are disabled by default To enable the feature enter A nn 0 A The PermanentCookie setting only controls the creation of the PBCSPERMUSERI cookie This cookie contains a session ID As a side effect of this setting the physi session file is reused if available The DLL will try to locate the physical session file on this session ID If it exists the DLL will not create a new session file and use the existing one If the physical session does not exist the DLL will create a new sessi This setting prevents the creation of multiple session files from the same browser s the session ID is kept in PBCSPERMUSERID and the physical session file is reuse the same user Specifies the root folder for exported photo album files For example PhotoAlbumRootPath imageserver photoalbumexports 46 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual PhotoGalleryExtraFieldDefs PrivateGuide PrivateLinks PrivatePortal ReadLimitAccess Redfylke ReduceWapStoryLength SavelnvalidStoryCacheFile Use this setting to prepare for extra sets of fields to use in the edit interface photo properties For example FU jaj o ct o Q o H oO K lt el x a K w tj H 10 Pp Q 10 Hh a ll Et o Q w ct H o fa Y 10 lt B 0 For each definition there must
624. wing variables are available as well lt CCERecurrencePattern gt Contains the recurrence pattern formatted using the object file of UserSubmitFormCCERecurrencePattern pbo lt Pattern gt Contains the overall recurrence pattern used for calculating when the object event occurs lt StopMethod gt Contains the method used for determining when the event series stops 0 means a set date 1 means after a certain amount of occurrences If editing an existing object the following variables are available lt Latitude gt Contains the latitude of the object lt Longitude gt Contains the longitude of the object lt PictureURL gt Contains the image link to the object s attached image if there is one lt RowGUID gt The ID of the object lt Summary gt Contains the summary of the object lt Title gt Contains the title of the object UserSubmitFormArticleMedialtem pbo O From version 6 2 0 322 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Object file for formatting the media files of the story submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm SubmitType ar gt lt Count gt A forthrunning number lt NoOfMediaFiles gt Contains the number of media files allowed by the MediaFiles tag parameter UserSubmitFormArticleSectionltem pbo O From version 6 2 0 Object file for formatting the story paragraphs of the submit form for the user generated by lt pbs UserSubmitForm SubmitType ar gt lt Counter
625. wn It is used like this i Published 1 i When you use this option only ads that are still active on the current date will be shown If you do not use this option the current status is ignored Random Makes the tag show a random sampling of classified ads The option is set like this ENEE E EEE PEA E E N EE E E E E EEE EOE By default the tag looks back seven days You can override this using the Days option 207 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Range When you use the option Range 1 the system will look for ads that were active within the Daterange e Rule 1 Fromdate and Todate are the same and pa w l Q oO Il H All ads that were active on the specified date are shown e Rule 2 Fromdate and Todate are different and pa w a Q 10 I PR All ads that were active within the specified interval are shown e Rule 3 Fromdate and Todate are the same and pa w has Q 10 Il o All ads that were published on the specified date are shown e Rule 4 Fromdate and Todate are different and pa w l Q 10 Il o All ads that were published within the specified interval are shown RelatedFieldName Determines which value from the related information table will be shown By default the option is not used Enter RelatedFieldName NAME E to make the value of the name field available in the ad Only one field name can be defined RelatedTo Enables you to use a field to look up another field from
626. words You can use to display stories from both APF and APP You can use multiple signs so the string does not have to start with the keyword You cannot use multiple keywords The AP feed contains keywords for the state To list all stories with the keyword Alabama you can use this tag E lt pbs lagent category AP keyword AL cachetime 10 gt Leadin Determines how many lead in characters will be shown By default the entire lead in is shown Enter any number of characters from 0 to 9999 to show that number of lead in characters Setting Visref 0 will turn off the lead in option Location Displays stories with a specific dateline By default this option is disabled Entering Location X will show all stories with the specified dateline The tag appears like this Only stories listed in the specified dateline will be shown You can further limit the output using the count option Maxpicturewidth Determines the maximum width of the image Objectclass Determines which object file should be used By default the general objects will be used Object class can be set from 1 to 999 by entering objectclass x where x is the number Priority Shows stories matching a specific priority By default this option is disabled If you enter Priority 1 it will show all stories that have priority 1 You can specify only one priority for each tag The priority codes differ from vendor to vendor so some experimentation might be necessary The tag then appe
627. x if lt pbs FromDate gt amp amp a x value 1 a x selected true else i l if a x value lt pbs FromDate gt a x selected true a document classfsearch Type options for x 0 x lt a length x if a x value lt pbs Type gt a x selected true i i lt script gt L Objects with modules of module type Event From version 6 2 0 There are parameters available that can filter on the special properties for Event objects EventFromDate At least one event occurs on or after the given date yyyymmdd format default none EventToDate At least one event occurs on or before the given date yyyymmdd format default none 223 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual EventDateSort If set to 1 the search result will be sorted by event date default 0 It cannot be combined with other sorting parameters ShowEventOccurrences _If set to 0 objects appears once on the first following event occurrence If set to 1 the object appears once for every event occurrence default 0 CCE_ModuleShortName pbo CCE_ModuleShortNameGroupHeader pbo CCE_ModuleShortNameltem pbo cce_ModuleShortNameNavigator pbo cce_ModuleShortNameNavigatorltem pbo CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLink CCE_ModuleShortNamePageLinkltem CCE_MPLACE pbo CCE_MPLACEitem pbo CCE search_ovr pbs CCE_ModuleShortName pbo Contains the framework that is output once This object file is required Example file name cce_weath
628. xclude a specific taxonomy word Using it will display published and unpublished galleries Include a specific taxonomy word Sets the object class 368 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Order Sets the sort order for the listing of photo galleries By default the list is sorted by creation date Enter l order modified i o B o O K Il Ma c o e ps a gt o a to sort the list by the photo albums publication date ShowExtraFields Use to show extra fields The default is 0 From version 6 2 0 ETARA N EE EEEN teat EEE E E EOS EE EEE 3 i showextrafields 1 E ShowTaxonomy Use to show taxonomy words The default is O From version 6 2 0 PhotoGalleryLatest pbo This file is output when the system shows the latest galleries lt Galleryltems gt This field outputs all items PhotoGalleryLatestltem pbo lt Category gt The category for the photo gallery lt Counter gt A counter for the gallery lt CreatedLongDate gt The date on which the gallery was created in long format lt CreatedShortDate gt The date on which the gallery was created in short format lt lmgLink gt The img src for the first photo in the gallery lt Link gt The link to the photo gallery lt ModifiedLongDate gt The date on which the gallery was last modified in long format lt ModifiedShortDate gt The date on which the gallery was last modified in short format lt PictureCount gt The number of photos in the galle
629. xtra fields attached to an entry lt Name gt The name of the extra field lt Value gt The content of the extra field This field is formatted by the system lt ValueNoTranslate gt Retrieves the information untranslated from the database If you have HTML code in the extra field this code will be output exactly as entered pbs ptguidesearchlist lt pbs ptguidesearchlist gt Template The template gen_guide pbs is used to display entries when you link from the list of categories If you specify the main category and subcategory the tag can be used on all pages URL The URL for using the gen_guide template is apps pbcs dll ptshowguide Options Count Determines how many entries should be displayed per page 249 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Maincat Specifies the main category It should not be used on gen_guide pbs By default all categories are listed Enter A A eee ooo oy Namesort Allows you to sort a main category ignoring the subcategories and detail categories This option is not used by default The function is enabled by entering in the tag Objectclass Sets the object class for the list OnlyShowGuidesWithActiveAd Allows you to select only guides that have an active ad the ad has a start date before today and end date after today Show ads Shows ads associated with the guide Uses GuideAdltem pbo Enter ShowAds ShowBusinessHours Makes the GuideOpeningHours variable available on the GuideSearch
630. y Palm templates To build a functional site for users with handheld devices you build lightweight templates that are displayable by the browsers built in to the devices Handhelds can be Palm or WinCe users with the Avantgo browser or a direct online solution like the PalmVIl and OmniSky modems Setting up a Palm site To build a handheld site you set up an additional site that only contains lightweight templates This can either be a separate site or a subfolder on your main site Please see the examples in the pa1m folder Front page template The front page is usually handled by the file default htm from which you link to the other sections Sectionfront The gen_palmovr pbs template is used for building the sectionfronts Story The template gen_palmart pbs template is used for showing the stories 88 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Setting MIME Types MIME types are used for identifying content to the browser or application you use for downloading information By default these are predefined in the web server based on the file extension When you download a JPG file the server automatically sends the MIME type image jpeg You can override MIME type directly in the URL This is useful if you would like to have your web page treated as XML instead of HTML As long as you are dealing with text you only have to specify the last part of the MIME type Add PRINSER BANERA EE PANE SISIANE I AE ese a Stash cies soe Sse aso A
631. y This field uses GuideSearchltemExtraltem pbo lt Fax gt The fax number lt GuideDetailCat gt The name of the detail category to which the entry belongs lt GuideDetailCatld gt The detail category ID lt Guideld gt The ID for the record lt GuideMainCat gt The name of the main category to which the entry belongs lt GuideMainCatld gt The main category ID lt GuideName gt The name of the entry as a link lt GuideSubCat gt The name of the subcategory to which the entry belongs lt GuideSubCatld gt The subcategory ID 248 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt lmagelink gt The URL for the attached image To resize this image you must use the link like this In this example the image will be displayed with a maximum width of 200 pixels lt Location gt The location for the entry lt Logolink gt The URL for the logo To resize the logo you must use the link like this In this example the logo will be displayed with a maximum width of 200 pixels lt Name gt The name of the entry as a link if the link field has content lt Phone gt The phone number for the entry lt Sortcode gt Has the value from the sortcode field on the current record lt TipLink gt The link to the tipform It uses the same template as the article tip function The e mail sent to the user uses GuideTipsText pbo lt Url gt The entry s homepage GuideSearchltemExtraltem pbo Output for all the e
632. y default this option is not used Enter FU K H o n o H Il fay to sort the stories by date and then by priority 171 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Priosortonly Sorts the stories by the following criteria in the listed order 1 By priority 2 By either the Publication date or the Publish Control From date whichever is most recent 3 By either the Last Modified time or the Publish Control From time whichever is most recent Example Ratingsort Sorts the stories by rating By default this option is not used Enter to sort the stories by rating Formatting options These options control some of the formatting of the content output by the system and determine whether related content should be shown Alltext Makes the system output all the text in the first paragraph The variable A ole co 10 X a ole Vv is used for displaying the story Dateformat Sets the format for the preformatted date field The default setting for this option is language dependent The system will output the dates in the normal format for your language Format the dates by using Dateformat mmmm dd yyyy or any other date format option You can also format the date field directly in the object file Please see Formatting dates for more information ExternalLinks Used to enable links to external stories related to the story currently being viewed By default this option is not used Enter ExternalLinks 1 to show links to related stories o
633. you to list events for an entry in the guide database 30 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual EVENTSDEF GuideID GuideID 40 1 EXTLOGIN section Extended login enables integration with a third party payment system to control login to your web sites To enable Extended Login make the following setting in the EXTLOGIN section EXTLOGIN Enabled 1 AllowCrawler 1 AccessControl 1 TargetNamespace URL to targetNamespace of WSDL WSDL URL to 3rd party webservice WSDL AccessControl Used to enable Access Control which is used to limit access to stories or photo galleries To enable Access Control enter AccessControl 1 To use Access Control you must also enable the AccessControl setting in the MODULES section and the ArticlePayment setting in the GENERAL section as well as the Enabled WSDL and TargetNamespace settings in this list AllowCrawler Enter AllowCrawler 1 A OE D Pp o Q la w fan Y K i Sa Only crawlers defined in the CRAWLERS section of apps_pbcsDb ini are allowed to index stories It is possible to control whether search engines are allowed to cache the stories This can be controlled using one of the following two options 1 Add the following to the header part of story page lt meta name robots content noarchive gt Noarchive EE E sensupenaedusipauc ocd ecascesesustesueeneauennsncectuaecestescuctecseseuatucesenceceuaswaacaes i ArticleFreelnterval Determines how long in min
634. you use Please see the list provided by your weather provider The following maps are provided by AccuWeather LOCAL_RAD Local radar REGRAD Regional radar USRAD US Radar TODHI Today s high temperatures TONLO Tonight s low temperatures REGSAT Regional satellite USSAT US Satellite Dateformat Sets the date format This option follows the default SAXOTECH Online behavior and can be set like this Maxwidth Sets the maximum width of the map in pixels AccuWMap pbo lt Map gt Contains the path to the map It is use in an image tag like this PEE E E EE E E E E EE EEEN pbs accuwoptions lt pbs accuwoptions gt This tag can be used to build a search form that allows web guests to browse states and cities The lt pbs accuwoptions gt tag can be used on all pages The tag must be used uncached Options States This option makes the tag list states Cities This option makes the tag list cities States This option makes the tag list states States This option makes the tag list states Cities This option makes the tag list cities Example search form 397 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual lt form name weathersearch action lt pbs prog gt section Category WEATHER2 method POST gt lt input type hidden name LastState value lt pbs State gt gt lt input type hidden name MapLabel value lt pbs MapLabel gt gt lt table border 0 gt lt EE gt lt td gt lt b gt Choose state
635. ype button name Search value Search amp raquo onClick EngineCheck gt lt form gt 194 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Search syntax The search syntax is used when the web guest is searching on your pages This information should be present on your website The default search operator is AND AND is used to determine that the word must appear in the story This option is not necessary on the first word The default search operator is AND This means that all words are required in the story 3 B Q ea O pa e u o 5 Q w 5 4 o w a a 0 T o D H This search will return results where all three words appear NOT is used to select words that must not appear in the story 3 B Q o O H u o 5 Q p 5 I o D a Es O ea o D H p This search will return all stories where michael and jordan are included but basketball is not included NEAR uses NEAR as the logical operator This means the words must be near each other in the story michael jordan This search will return all stories where michael and jordan are close to each other This option is used for phrase searches IS fm Q o D D p q o 8 G D 5 Q E pe E a This search will return all stories where these words appear exactly as written OR Uses OR as the logical operator Q fo a gt D y z 5 Q o 5 Y D o o 5 This search will return all stor
636. ys and so on These options are used for overriding publishing for specific week days See the PUBLISHTIMES section for more information on overriding publishing times RedFylke Optional Sets which additional regions should be available in the editing interface The option is set like this A IS E E EN A EE E e RedTid Optional Sets the time of day at which the default date will switch to the next day The option is set like this i RedTid 23 59 RetainDateDefault Optional Controls if the Retain date property on the story should be set by default The option is set like this RetainDateDefault 1 ShowFactstitle Optional Controls whether the title from the main fact box should be displayed in the story list with the title for the story The option is set like this ShowFactstitle 1 Taxonomylnclude When you are using taxonomy this option must be set to determine the top levels that will be visible in the editing interface The option is set like this A SS A A A a E ThemeKeywordRestriction Optional Allows you to restrict the creation of new themes and keywords to administrators The option is set like this UsePublishControl Optional Enables the Publish control function The option is set like this E UsePublishControl 1 UseHTMLEditor Optional Enables WYSIWYG editing of stories The option is set like this UseHTMLEditor 1 EVENTSDEF section This section is used for creating a link between a guide ID and an event This allows
637. ys date lt lsoDate gt The date in ISO format lt link1 gt Contains custom link 1 lt link2 gt Contains custom link 2 lt linktext1 gt Contains the link text for custom link 1 lt linktext2 gt Contains the link text for custom link 2 lt Location gt This is used for the venue name lt Mailingaddress gt The event s mailing address lt maplink gt This field contains the map link for MapQuest This function requires that MapQuest is installed on your web server and that you have a contract with MapQuest lt MapURL gt Contains the link to the map for customers using TTmaps Not used by MapQuest lt Netinfo gt Contains the Netinfo text lt netinfotext gt This field has the value 1 if the field Netinfo in the editing interface contains information This field is used with the Infolink field to open a window containing the complete event information lt Phone gt The phone number lt Streetaddress gt The event s street address lt Text gt This field is used for the description of the event lt Time gt The from to time for the event lt Title gt This is the title for the event EventLocationHeader pbo This file is output when the location changes lt CommunityName gt The name of the community EventSubjectHeader pbo This file is output when the subject changes lt Subject gt The event type field lt subsubject gt This option has no parameters If the opt
638. ystem to write the new function URLrewrite must be enabled in the GENERAL section of the website s Publicus ini The option is written like this URLrewrite 1 Using URL Rewrite The format for a URL when URL Rewrite is enabled is different than when it is disabled With URL Rewrite enabled the story URL will look like this http servername apps pbcs dll article AID 20041019 REPOSITORY 110180004 1001 NEWSLISTO2 E http l servername apps pbcs dll artikkel Dato 20041019 amp Kategori REPOSITORY amp Lopenr 110180004 amp Profile 100 http i servername apps pbcs dll article Date 20041019 amp Category REPOSITORY amp id 1101800046Profile 1001 amp Sec The new URL format is shorter and easier to read is used as a separator instead of amp This will allow Google Yahoo and other popular search engines to index all your pages When URL Rewrite is enabled the following tags will write the new URL form automatically lt pbs ft gt lt pbs newslist gt lt pbs agent gt You can create your own short URLs for use in menus and other places You an use either URL format 439 SAXOTECH Online Tags Manual Chapter 41 Go dll This is a method for tracking clicks Use Logging The clicks are logged in the folder adlogs The log file is called ads lt isodate gt _ lt number gt log guide_GuideAdltem GuideAdltem pbo The GuideAdltem makes a list of the ads for a given guide lt Active gt Is the item active

Chapter 2 Publicus ini

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents